TE ADC Catalog 4th Edition

8/9/2019 TE ADC Catalog 4th Edition

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/te-adc-catalog-4th-edition 1/478

4th Edition

TrueNet®Structured Cabling Solutions

ADC and Tyco Electronics

are now TE Connectivity



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

Table of Contents

w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Introduction .......................................................................................................................................... 1

Technical Reference Designing the Optimized Data Center .............................................................................................. 18

Industry Standards ............................................................................................................................ 23 How to Choose the Right Cabling Infrastructure .............................................................................. 36 10Gigabit Ethernet over UTP ............................................................................................................ 39 Choosing the Right Ethernet Patch Panels ........................................................................................ 43 Key Fiber Optic Cable Management Concepts .................................................................................. 48

Copper Cable Solutions Introduction ...................................................................................................................................... 52 CopperTen ® Augmented Category 6 Horizontal Cable ..................................................................... 53 CopperTen Category 6a Plenum Data Cable ................................................................................ 53 CopperTen Category 6a Riser Data Cable ..................................................................................... 54 CopperTen Augmented Category 6 F/UTP Horizontal Cable ............................................................. 55 CopperTen Four Pair F/UTP Plenum Cable .................................................................................... 55 CopperTen Four Pair F/UTP Riser Cable ......................................................................................... 58 Category 6 Horizontal Cable ............................................................................................................. 61 Category 6 Plenum Cable ............................................................................................................ 61 Category 6 Riser Cable ................................................................................................................. 64 Category 6 Bundled Plenum Cable ............................................................................................... 67 Category 6 Bundled Riser Cable ................................................................................................... 70 Category 6 Limited Combustible Cable ............................................................................................. 73 Category 6 Outdoor Cable ................................................................................................................ 76 Category 5e Horizontal Cable ........................................................................................................... 79 Category 5e Plenum Cable ........................................................................................................... 79 Category 5e Riser Cable .............................................................................................................. 82 Category 5e Bundled Riser Cable ................................................................................................ 85

Category 5e Outdoor Cable ......................................................................................................... 88 Category 5e Backbone Cable ....................................................................................................... 90 25-Pair Category 5e Plenum Cable ............................................................................................... 90 25-Pair Category 5e Riser Cable ................................................................................................... 92 Category 3 Horizontal and Backbone Cable ..................................................................................... 94 Category 3 Plenum Cable ............................................................................................................ 94 Category 3 Riser Cable ................................................................................................................. 96 Category 1 Horizontal and Backbone Cable ..................................................................................... 98 UTP Plenum Cable ........................................................................................................................ 98 UTP Riser Cable .......................................................................................................................... 100

Copper Connectivity Solutions – Category 6a UTP Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 104 CopperTen UTP Horizontal Cable .................................................................................................... 105 CopperTen Category 6a Plenum Data Cable .............................................................................. 105 CopperTen Category 6a Riser Data Cable ................................................................................. 106 CopperTen UTP Patch Panels ........................................................................................................... 107 CopperTen UTP Termination Blocks ................................................................................................. 109 CopperTen Augmented Category 6 8-Pair Block ........................................................................ 110 CopperTen UTP Modular Jack ......................................................................................................... 112



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

Table of Contents

w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

T a

b l e o

f C o n

t e n

t s

CopperTen ® UTP Patch Cords .............................................................................................................. 113 Augmented Category 6 Patch Cords For CopperTen 8-Pair and 20-Pair Termination Blocks ............................................................... 114 CopperTen UTP Faceplate ............................................................................................................... 116

CopperTen UTP Surface Mount Box ................................................................................................ 117Copper Connectivity Solutions – Category 6a F/UTP Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 120 CopperTen F/UTP Horizontal Cable ................................................................................................. 121 CopperTen Four-Pair F/UTP Plenum Cable .................................................................................. 121 CopperTen Four-Pair F/UTP Riser Cable ....................................................................................... 125 CopperTen F/UTP Patch Panels ........................................................................................................ 129 CopperTen F/UTP Modular Jack ....................................................................................................... 130 CopperTen F/UTP Patch Cords ......................................................................................................... 131

Copper Connectivity Solutions – Category 6 Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 134 Category 6 Copper Cable ............................................................................................................... 135 Category 6 Plenum Cable .......................................................................................................... 135 Category 6 Riser Cable ............................................................................................................... 138 Category 6 Bundled Plenum Cable ............................................................................................. 141 Category 6 Pair Outdoor Cable .................................................................................................. 144 Patch Panels .................................................................................................................................... 147 TrueNet ® Patch Panels ................................................................................................................ 147 24-Port ................................................................................................................................... 147 48-Port ................................................................................................................................... 147 Dynamic Angle Right/Left Patch Panels ...................................................................................... 149 UMS/Mini Patch Panels ............................................................................................................... 150 Plug-and-Play Patch Panels .........................................................................................................151

Patch Plus 24-Port ..................................................................................................................151 48-Port High Density ..............................................................................................................151 24-Port High Density ..............................................................................................................151 12-Port Mini ...........................................................................................................................151 Termination Blocks .......................................................................................................................... 153 Ultim8™ Termination Blocks ........................................................................................................ 153 Ultim8 Field Assembly Kits.......................................................................................................... 154 HighBand ® 25 Termination Blocks ..............................................................................................155 300-Pair Basic System ............................................................................................................. 156 900-Pair Basic System ............................................................................................................. 156 300-Pair Cable Management Kit ............................................................................................ 156 900-Pair Cable Management Kit ............................................................................................ 156 HighBand 25 Block with Rear Cable Manager ........................................................................ 156 HighBand 25 25-Pair Voice Module ........................................................................................ 156 Modular Jacks .................................................................................................................................158 Patch Cords ..................................................................................................................................... 159 Patch Cords for Ultim8 Blocks .................................................................................................... 160 Ultim8 1- and 2-Pair Patch Cords ............................................................................................... 161 HighBand 25 Patch Cords .......................................................................................................... 162 Category 6 Specialty Patch Cords ............................................................................................... 163



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

Table of Contents

w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Copper Connectivity Solutions – Category 5e Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 166 Category 5e Copper Cable ............................................................................................................. 168 Category 5e Plenum Cable ......................................................................................................... 168

Category 5e Riser Cable ............................................................................................................ 171 Category 5e Bundled Riser Cable ............................................................................................... 174 Category 5e The Outback ® Outdoor Cable ................................................................................ 177

Patch Panels .................................................................................................................................... 180 TrueNet ® Patch Panels ................................................................................................................ 180 24-Port ................................................................................................................................... 180 48-Port ................................................................................................................................... 180 Dynamic Angle Right/Left Patch Panels ......................................................................................181 Plug-and-Play Patch Panels ......................................................................................................... 182 Patch Plus 24-Port, ................................................................................................................. 182 12-Port Mini Patch Panel ........................................................................................................ 182 UMS/Mini Patch Panels ............................................................................................................... 183 Modular Jacks ................................................................................................................................. 184 Patch Cords .....................................................................................................................................185 Category 5e Specialty Patch Cords ............................................................................................. 186

Copper Connectivity Solutions – Specialty Products Ethernet Test Access Panel .............................................................................................................. 190 T1 Demarcation Modular Patch Panels ............................................................................................ 191 RJ45 Coupler Panel ......................................................................................................................... 192 Fast Ethernet Patch Panels .............................................................................................................. 193 25-Pair Cable Assemblies ................................................................................................................ 194 RJ21x/RJ21x ................................................................................................................................ 194 RJ21x/Hydra ............................................................................................................................... 194 Highband ® 10 Collocation Block Systems ....................................................................................... 195

100-Pair ...................................................................................................................................... 195 200-Pair ...................................................................................................................................... 195 300-Pair ...................................................................................................................................... 195 Feed-Thru (FT) Termination Block Systems ....................................................................................... 197 5-Pair Color-Coded ..................................................................................................................... 198 4-Pair Color-Coded ..................................................................................................................... 198 Type 160 Hinged Label Holder ................................................................................................... 198 Label Sheets for Type 160 Hinged Label Holder ........................................................................ 198 Feed-Thru (FT) Field Assembly Kits .................................................................................................. 199 100-Pair, 4-Pair Color-Coded Kit ................................................................................................. 200 100-Pair, 5-Pair Color-Coded Kit ................................................................................................. 200 300-Pair, 4-Pair Color-Coded Kit ................................................................................................. 200 300-Pair, 5-Pair Color-Coded Kit ................................................................................................. 200 Patch Cords for Feed-Thru (FT) Blocks ............................................................................................. 201 4-Pair FT Plug to RJ45 (8P8C) Plug ............................................................................................. 202 1-Pair FT Plug to FT Plug ............................................................................................................. 202 2-Pair FT Plug to FT Plug ............................................................................................................. 202 Feed-Thru (FT) Block Test Shoe Harness .......................................................................................... 203 Feed-Thru (FT) Block Test Cord ........................................................................................................ 203



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

Table of Contents

w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

T a

b l e o

f C o n

t e n

t s

Copper Cable Management Solutions Ethernet Distribution Frame ............................................................................................................ 206 Vertical and Horizontal Cable Management .................................................................................... 207 Glide Cable Manager ................................................................................................................. 207

Finger Duct Front Managers ....................................................................................................... 210 Finger Duct Front and Rear Managers ........................................................................................ 210 Vertical Cable Manager for 7’ Equipment Racks ......................................................................... 211 Termination Block Mounting Hardware ........................................................................................... 212 Introduction................................................................................................................................ 212 Universal Mounting System ........................................................................................................ 213 Universal Mounting System (UMS) Cable and Wire Managers ................................................... 214 Universal Mounting System (UMS) Backboards .......................................................................... 216 Universal Mounting System (UMS) High Volume Cable Managers ............................................. 217 Back Mount Frames ........................................................................................................................ 218 Type 85 Back Mount Frames ...................................................................................................... 218 Type 105 Back Mount Frames .................................................................................................... 219 Type 105 Back Mount Frames with Ground Lug ........................................................................ 220 Rod Mount Frames ......................................................................................................................... 221 Type 85 Rod Mount Brackets ..................................................................................................... 221 Type 105 Rod Mount Brackets ................................................................................................... 222 Rod Mount Bracket Spacer ......................................................................................................... 222 Rod Mount Bracket Spacer ......................................................................................................... 222 Mounting Frames ............................................................................................................................ 223 19” Mounting Frame ................................................................................................................ 223 23” Mounting Frame ................................................................................................................ 223 35.5” Mounting Frame .............................................................................................................. 223 Wall or Rack Mount Support Bars ................................................................................................... 224 19” Support Bar ......................................................................................................................... 224 23” Support Bar ......................................................................................................................... 224

35.5” Support Bar ...................................................................................................................... 224 Type 85 and Type 105 Inverted Support Bars ............................................................................. 225 Jumper Ring Bars ............................................................................................................................ 226 19” Jumper Ring Bars ............................................................................................................... 226 23” Jumper Ring Bars ............................................................................................................... 226 35.5” Jumper Ring Bars ............................................................................................................. 226 Accessories ...................................................................................................................................... 227 Vertical Cable Organizer ............................................................................................................ 227 High-Density Cable Manager ..................................................................................................... 227 Horizontal Cable Organizer ........................................................................................................ 227 High-Density Cable Manager ..................................................................................................... 227 Rear Wire Management Guide ................................................................................................... 227 Ring Wire Manager .................................................................................................................... 227



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

Table of Contents

w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Copper Connectivity Solutions – Accessories and Labels Accessories ...................................................................................................................................... 230 HighBand ® to Series 2 Adapter .................................................................................................. 230 HighBand Dummy Plug .............................................................................................................. 230

HighBand Marking Cap .............................................................................................................. 230 HighBand Bridging Test Cord ..................................................................................................... 230 HighBand “Look-Both-Ways” Test Cord ..................................................................................... 230 HighBand Winged West Adapter ............................................................................................... 230 HighBand Disconnect Plug ......................................................................................................... 230 Labeling .......................................................................................................................................... 231 Type 105 Label Strip ................................................................................................................... 231 Type 105 Label Holder ................................................................................................................ 231 Type 105 Hinged Label Holder ................................................................................................... 232 Side-Mount Label Holder ............................................................................................................ 232 Paper Labels ............................................................................................................................... 233 Copper and Fiber Labeling Software and Labeling Sheets .......................................................... 235

Work Area Solutions Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 240 Category 6a Modular Jacks ............................................................................................................. 241 Category 6 Modular Jacks ............................................................................................................... 242 Category 5e Modular Jacks ............................................................................................................. 243 Modular Adapters ........................................................................................................................... 244 F-81 Adapter .............................................................................................................................. 245 SC Multimode/Singlemode Adapter ........................................................................................... 245 ST® Multimode/Singlemode Adapter .......................................................................................... 245 LC Multimode/Singlemode Adapter ........................................................................................... 245 BNC Adapter .............................................................................................................................. 245 S-Video Adapter ......................................................................................................................... 245

RCA Adapter .............................................................................................................................. 245 Blank Modular Insert .................................................................................................................. 245 Angled Port Faceplates .................................................................................................................... 246 4-Port ......................................................................................................................................... 246 8-Port ......................................................................................................................................... 246 Extender ..................................................................................................................................... 246 Flush Mount Faceplates................................................................................................................... 247 Single-Gang 2-Port ..................................................................................................................................... 248 4-Port ..................................................................................................................................... 248 CopperTen ® 4-Port Staggered Faceplate ................................................................................. 248 6-Port Faceplate ..................................................................................................................... 248 Dual-Gang 4-Port Faceplate ..................................................................................................................... 248 8-Port Faceplate ..................................................................................................................... 248 12-Port Faceplate ................................................................................................................... 248



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

Table of Contents

w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

T a

b l e o

f C o n

t e n

t s

Specialty Faceplates ......................................................................................................................... 249 Stainless Steel Faceplate ............................................................................................................. 250 Stainless Steel Wall Phone Plate ................................................................................................. 250 4-Port Walker Monument Faceplate ........................................................................................... 250

Drywall Faceplate Adapter .......................................................................................................... 250 Electrical Faceplate 106 Adapters ............................................................................................... 250 2-Port ......................................................................................................................................... 250 4-Port ......................................................................................................................................... 250 Dual-Gang Surface Mount Box .................................................................................................. 250 Modular Furniture Faceplates .......................................................................................................... 251 CopperTen 3-Port ....................................................................................................................... 252 3-Port ......................................................................................................................................... 252 4-Port ......................................................................................................................................... 252 4-Port Beltline Adapter ............................................................................................................... 252 2-Port ......................................................................................................................................... 252 Surface Mount Boxes ...................................................................................................................... 253 2-Port ......................................................................................................................................... 253 4-Port ......................................................................................................................................... 253 6-Port ......................................................................................................................................... 253 CopperTen ® 6-Port ..................................................................................................................... 253 Surface Box for Modular Furniture .................................................................................................. 254 12-Port ....................................................................................................................................... 254 Mounting Accessories ................................................................................................................ 254 Specialty Boxes ................................................................................................................................ 255 Multimedia Box .......................................................................................................................... 255 Empty Multimedia Bezels ........................................................................................................... 255 All-Fit Specialty Box 6-Port ..................................................................................................................................... 256 4-Port ..................................................................................................................................... 256

Steel Cover ............................................................................................................................. 256 Duplex SC Bezel ..................................................................................................................... 256 All-Fit Surface Mount Box ....................................................................................................... 256 Magnet Strip .......................................................................................................................... 256 Accessories ...................................................................................................................................... 258 Termination Puck ........................................................................................................................ 258 ID Tabs with Icons Numbered 1–6 .............................................................................................. 258 Paper Labels for Faceplates ......................................................................................................... 258

Data Center Optical Distribution Frame Solutions Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 259 Fiber Main Distribution Frame ......................................................................................................... 262 Frame Accessories ...................................................................................................................... 263 Fiber Optic Terminal Jumper Storage Panel ................................................................................. 263 End Guard .................................................................................................................................. 264 Fiber Termination Blocks (FTBs) ........................................................................................................ 265



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

Table of Contents

w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Fiber Termination Blocks (FTBs) – Factory Terminated Stubs ........................................................ 265 SC Style FTBs with Factory Terminated Stubs .......................................................................... 266 LC Style FTBs with Factory Terminated Stubs .......................................................................... 266 Fiber Termination Blocks (FTBs) – Unterminated (Adapter Only) ................................................. 268

Cable Clamping/Block Conversion Kits ....................................................................................... 271 Sliding Adapter Packs ...................................................................................................................... 272 Data Center Splice Cabinet ............................................................................................................. 273 Accessories ...................................................................................................................................... 274 Splice Wheel ............................................................................................................................... 274 Cable Clamps ............................................................................................................................. 274 Cable Clamp Kit ......................................................................................................................... 275 Frame Installation Kit .................................................................................................................. 276

Fiber Connectivity Solutions Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 278 TFP System ...................................................................................................................................... 280

Introduction................................................................................................................................ 280 Product Overview ....................................................................................................................... 281 Panel Configurations .................................................................................................................. 282 Chassis Dimensions .................................................................................................................... 283 TFP Series Empty Chassis ............................................................................................................ 285 TFP Series Standard Adapter Packs ............................................................................................. 286 TFP Series Standard Adapter Packs with Pigtails ......................................................................... 287 TFP Series Custom Adapter Packs ............................................................................................... 288 Pre-Configured TFP Series Custom Termination/Splice Fiber Panels ............................................. 289 Fiber Management Tray .................................................................................................................. 290 Introduction................................................................................................................................ 290 Product Overview ............................................................................................................................ 292 1 Rack Unit Specifications ............................................................................................................... 293

1 Rack Unit Slack Storage .......................................................................................................... 294 1 RU Adapter-Only Fiber Termination Drawers ........................................................................... 295 1 Rack Unit Termination / Splice Drawer with Adapters and Pigtails ........................................... 296 2 Rack Unit Termination with Adapters Only .............................................................................. 297 2 Rack Unit Termination and Splice ............................................................................................ 298 1 Rack Unit Mini Splice Tray ....................................................................................................... 299 1 Rack Unit Wall Mount Kit, Cable Clamp Kit and Vertical Cable Guide .................................... 299 2 Rack Unit Mini Splice Tray ....................................................................................................... 300 2 Rack Unit Cable Clamp Kit and Vertical Cable Guide .............................................................. 300 FL2000 System ................................................................................................................................ 301 Product Overview ....................................................................................................................... 302 Empty Termination/Splice Panels ................................................................................................. 303 Empty Termination Panels ........................................................................................................... 304 Empty Splice Panels .................................................................................................................... 305 6pak Connector Plug-Ins ............................................................................................................ 306 6pak Connector Plug-Ins with Adapters and Pigtails .................................................................. 307 Preconfigured Termination/Splice Panels ..................................................................................... 308 Custom Preconfigured Termination/Splice Panels with

Two Adapter Styles ..................................................................................................................... 309



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

Table of Contents

w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

T a

b l e o

f C o n

t e n

t s

Mounting Options ...................................................................................................................... 310 19” (48.26cm) Rack Mounting: Standard and Flush Mount ................................................... 310 19” (48.26cm) Rack Maximum Mounting .............................................................................. 311 RMG Series Fiber Enclosures ........................................................................................................... 312

Product Overview ....................................................................................................................... 313 Specifications ............................................................................................................................. 314 RMG Empty Panels ..................................................................................................................... 316 RMG Standard Adapter Packs .................................................................................................... 317 Custom Modular Adapter Packs ................................................................................................. 318 RMG Pre-Configured Panels with Adapters Only or with Pigtails ................................................ 319 FL1000 System ................................................................................................................................ 320 Introduction................................................................................................................................ 320 Product Overview ....................................................................................................................... 320 Wall Mount Boxes ...................................................................................................................... 320 One Door Wall Mount Chassis ................................................................................................... 321 Two Door Wall Mount Chassis ................................................................................................... 323 6pak Connector Plug-Ins and Accessories .................................................................................. 324

6pak Adapter — Adapters and Pigtails ...................................................................................... 325 WMG Series Wall Mount Enclosures ............................................................................................... 326 Product Overview ....................................................................................................................... 326 WMG Empty Wall Box ................................................................................................................ 327 Modular Adapter Packs .............................................................................................................. 328 WMG Standard Adapter Packs ................................................................................................... 329 Custom Modular Adapter Packs ................................................................................................. 330 Fiber Optic Specifications ................................................................................................................ 331 Optical Performance ................................................................................................................... 331 Mechanical and Environmental Characteristics ........................................................................... 331 Patch Cords ................................................................................................................................ 332 Connector Dimensions ............................................................................................................... 332

Fiber Optic Patch Cords ................................................................................................................... 333 Fiber Optic Connectors ................................................................................................................... 335 Accessories ................................................................................................................................. 337 Field Termination Kit ............................................................................................................... 337 Field Termination Consumables Kit ......................................................................................... 338 Fiber Connector/Adapter Cleaning Kit .................................................................................... 339 Field Installation Connectors ................................................................................................... 340 Field Installation Tool Kit ......................................................................................................... 341

Fiber Plug-and-Play Solutions Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 344 Polarity Made Simple ...................................................................................................................... 345

Data Center Optical Distribution Frame with Plug-and-Play Cassettes ............................................. 346 TFP Plug-and-Play Cassettes ............................................................................................................ 349 TFP MPO Pack ................................................................................................................................. 352 RMG Plug-and-Play Cassettes ......................................................................................................... 353 Plug-and-Play Microcable Trunk Assemblies .................................................................................... 355 High Fiber Count Plug-and-Play Trunks ........................................................................................... 358 12 Fiber Plug-and-Play Array Cables ................................................................................................ 361 MPO Cleaning Kit ........................................................................................................................... 364



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

Table of Contents

w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Fiber Cable Raceway Systems Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 366 Features and Benefits ...................................................................................................................... 367 Recommended and Maximum Patch Cord Densities ....................................................................... 368

FiberGuide®

Fiber Management System .......................................................................................... 369 Express Exits™ Units .................................................................................................................... 369 2x2 System ................................................................................................................................. 369 2x6 System ................................................................................................................................. 370 4x4 System ................................................................................................................................. 371 2x6, 4x4 and 4x6 Support Kits ................................................................................................... 372 4x6 System ................................................................................................................................. 373 4x12 System ............................................................................................................................... 374 Vertical Duct Systems ................................................................................................................. 375 Accessories ................................................................................................................................. 375 4x24 System .............................................................................................................................. 376 Plenum FiberGuide System .............................................................................................................. 380 System Description ..................................................................................................................... 380

Fiber Optic Cable Solutions Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 382 Indoor/Outdoor Cable .................................................................................................................... 383 Dry Loose Tube Cables ............................................................................................................... 384 Armored Dry Loose Tube Cables: Plenum ................................................................................... 385 Armored Dry Loose Tube Cables: Riser ....................................................................................... 389 Compact Building ™ Plenum Cable .................................................................................................. 393 Plenum Cable ............................................................................................................................. 394 Armored Plenum Cable .............................................................................................................. 395 Riser Cable ................................................................................................................................. 399 Armored Riser Cable .................................................................................................................. 401

Complementary Products Voice Grade Solutions ..................................................................................................................... 406 Series 2 Wired Termination Block System ................................................................................... 406 8-Pair ...................................................................................................................................... 406 10-Pair Series 2 K110 Disconnect Block ................................................................................. 406 10-Pair Series 10 Block ........................................................................................................... 406 Series 2 Field Assembly Kits ........................................................................................................ 407 160-Pair .................................................................................................................................. 408 200-Pair .................................................................................................................................. 408 300-Pair .................................................................................................................................. 408 Series 2 Preterminated Assemblies ............................................................................................. 409 160-Pair .................................................................................................................................. 410 168-Pair .................................................................................................................................. 410 200-Pair .................................................................................................................................. 410 300-Pair .................................................................................................................................. 411 Series 2 Preterminated Blocks ..................................................................................................... 412 200-Pair .................................................................................................................................. 412 300-Pair .................................................................................................................................. 412



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

Table of Contents

w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

T a

b l e o

f C o n

t e n

t s

Series 2 Stubbed Disconnect Blocks ........................................................................................... 413 100-Pair .................................................................................................................................. 413 200-Pair .................................................................................................................................. 413 Series 2 8-Pair Termination Block Systems .................................................................................. 414

Grounding Blocks ................................................................................................................... 416 Type 105 Grounding block ..................................................................................................... 416 Ground Clips .......................................................................................................................... 416 Series 2 Rod Mount/Back Mount Frame Ground Kit ............................................................... 416 Category 5 Patch Cords ......................................................................................................... 417 Labeling for Series 2 Blocks ........................................................................................................ 418 Type 85 Label Holder .............................................................................................................. 419 Type 85 Rod Mount Label Holder ........................................................................................... 419 Type 85 Hinged Label Holder .................................................................................................. 419 Side-Mount Label Holder ........................................................................................................ 419 Type 105 Label Holder ............................................................................................................ 419 Type 105 Hinged Label Holder ................................................................................................ 419 Type 105 Slotted Label Strip ................................................................................................... 419 Label Sheet for Type 85 Rod Mount Label Holder .................................................................. 421 Label Sheet for Type 85 Label Holder, Hinged Label Holder or Label Strip .............................. 421 Label Sheets in TIA/EIA-606 Colors for Type 85 Label Holder,

Hinged Label Holder or Label Strip ......................................................................................... 421 Label Sheet for Type 105 Hinged Label Holder ....................................................................... 421 Label Sheets in TIA/EIA-606 Colors for Type 105 Hinged Label Holder ................................... 421 Label Sheet for Type 105 Label Holder ................................................................................... 421 Label Sheet for Type 105 Label Strip ...................................................................................... 421 Series 2 Accessories .................................................................................................................... 422 Disconnect Plug ...................................................................................................................... 423 Flat-Top Dummy Plugs ............................................................................................................ 423 Marking Caps ......................................................................................................................... 423

Ground Clips .......................................................................................................................... 423 Cable Clamp .......................................................................................................................... 423 Disconnect Bars ...................................................................................................................... 423 8-Pair Disconnect Bar ............................................................................................................. 423 200-Pair Dust Cover ............................................................................................................... 424 Winged Test Adapter .............................................................................................................. 424 Signature Device ..................................................................................................................... 424 Test Cords............................................................................................................................... 424 Series 2 Bridging Test Cord, 1-Pair with 2 Banana Plugs ......................................................... 424 Series 2 “Look-Both-Ways” Test Cord .................................................................................... 424 Series 2 1-Pair Site-Mounted Test Cord .................................................................................. 424 NT System ....................................................................................................................................... 425 NT Termination Block System ..................................................................................................... 425 Disconnect Block .................................................................................................................... 426 Ground Block ......................................................................................................................... 426 NT to Series 2 Adapter ........................................................................................................... 426 Dummy Plug ........................................................................................................................... 426 Marking Caps ......................................................................................................................... 426 Disconnect Plug ...................................................................................................................... 426 Hinged Label Holder ............................................................................................................... 426



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

Table of Contents

w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Label Holder .......................................................................................................................... 426 NT 1-Pair Site Mounted Test Cord .......................................................................................... 426 NT 1-Pair “Look-Both-Ways” Test Cord .................................................................................. 426 NT Changeover Adapter ......................................................................................................... 426

5-Position NT Back Mount Frame ........................................................................................... 427 10-Position NT Back Mount Frame ......................................................................................... 472 20-Position NT Back Mount Frame ......................................................................................... 427 30-Position NT Back Mount Frame ......................................................................................... 427 LSA Plus Insertion Tool ................................................................................................................ 428 89D Style 25-Pair and 50-Pair Termination Blocks and Assemblies ............................................. 429 25-Pair Disconnect Block Assembly ........................................................................................ 429 50-Pair Disconnect Block Assembly ........................................................................................ 429 5-Pair Disconnect Block .......................................................................................................... 429 25-Pair Disconnect Block RJ-21X Connector ........................................................................... 430 25-Pair Disconnect Block with RJ-71C .................................................................................... 430 25-Pair Disconnect Block with 8 RJ48X Connectors ............................................................... 431 25-Pair Disconnect Block with 12 RJ48S Connectors .............................................................. 432 25-Pair Disconnect Block with 12 RJ48S and RJ-21X Connector ............................................ 433 25-Pair Disconnect Block with 12 RJ14C and RJ-21X Connector ............................................ 433 50-Pair Disconnect Block with RJ-21X Connectors ................................................................. 434 50-Pair Disconnect Block with 16 RJ48X Connectors ............................................................. 435 50-Pair Disconnect Block with 16 RJ48X Connectors Modified for Shielded Applications ..... 435 50-Pair Disconnect Block with 16 RJ48C Connectors ............................................................. 436 50-Pair Disconnect Block with 12 RJ45 Connectors ................................................................ 436 50-Pair Disconnect Block with ARMM Stub ............................................................................ 437 50-Pair Disconnect Block with ARMM Stub and (2) 25-Pair Male Telco (RJ-21X)

Connectors ............................................................................................................................. 437 Disconnect Frame with ARMM Stub ....................................................................................... 438 89D Style Mounting Frames ....................................................................................................... 439

19” Mounting Frame ............................................................................................................. 439 23” Mounting Frame ............................................................................................................. 439 35.5” Mounting Frame .......................................................................................................... 439 89D Style Termination Block Accessories .................................................................................... 440 50-Pair Block Center Mount Label Holder .............................................................................. 440 Clear Dust Cover .................................................................................................................... 440 Paper Labeling Strip for 50-Pair Dust Cover ............................................................................ 440 Hinged Dust Cover ................................................................................................................. 440 89D Bracket for 25- and 50-Pair Blocks .................................................................................. 440 Disconnect Plug ...................................................................................................................... 441 Flat-Top Dummy Plugs ............................................................................................................ 441 Building Entrance Terminals Fiber Wall Boxes .............................................................................................................................. 442 Indoor Fiber Distribution Terminal ........................................................................................... 442 Outdoor Fiber Distribution Terminal 24 .................................................................................. 446 Outdoor Fiber Distribution Terminal 48 .................................................................................. 448 Fiber Splitter Box (FSB) ............................................................................................................ 450 FSB-16 - Indoor/Outdoor Enclosure ........................................................................................ 450 FSB-32 - Indoor Enclosure ...................................................................................................... 451 FSB-72 - Outdoor Enclosure ................................................................................................... 451



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

Table of Contents

w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

T a

b l e o

f C o n

t e n

t s

Protection Devices ........................................................................................................................... 453 High-Density 5-Pin Protection ..................................................................................................... 454 25-Pair .................................................................................................................................... 454 50-Pair .................................................................................................................................... 454

100-Pair .................................................................................................................................. 454 5-Pin Indoor and Outdoor Enclosed Building Entrance Terminals ............................................... 455 25-Pair Indoor ........................................................................................................................ 456 25-Pair Outdoor ..................................................................................................................... 456 50-Pair Indoor ........................................................................................................................ 456 50-Pair Outdoor ..................................................................................................................... 456 100-Pair Indoor ...................................................................................................................... 456 100-Pair Outdoor ................................................................................................................... 456 10-Pair Magazine Protection .................................................................................................. 456 25-Pair Outdoor ..................................................................................................................... 458 50-Pair Indoor ........................................................................................................................ 458 100-Pair Indoor ...................................................................................................................... 458 10-Pair Magazine Protection Indoor and Outdoor Enclosed Building Entrance Terminals ........... 459 100-Pair Indoor ...................................................................................................................... 460 10-Pair Protection Magazine with Fail-Safe ................................................................................ 461 10-Pair Solid State Magazine with Fail-Safe ............................................................................ 461 Solid-State Protector with Fail-Safe ......................................................................................... 461 Single-Pair Protectors .................................................................................................................. 462 Single-Pair System Building Entrance Terminals ..................................................................... 463 25-Pair Building Entrance Terminal, Single-Pair System ........................................................... 463 50-Pair Building Entrance Terminal, Single-Pair System ........................................................... 463 100-Pair Building Entrance Terminal, Single-Pair System ......................................................... 463 Index .................................................................................................................................................. 465



TrueNet ® Structured Cabling SolutionsIntroduction

TE’s TrueNet® Structured Cabling System is the integrated portfolio of high-performance copper andfiber cable, connectivity, and cable management products from TE. The precisely tuned TrueNet systemexceeds TIA/EIA standards and provides a clear path for uninterrupted data throughput within the entirenetwork.

True End-to-End SolutionsThe TrueNet system delivers proven cable, connectivity, and cable management solutions for fiber,Augmented Category 6, and Category 6/5e from the data center to the desktop.

What’s TrueNet? Premier Infrastructure Solutions:• Copper solutions• Fiber solutions• Connectivity solutions• Cable management solutions• All optimized to maximize system uptime

Category 6 & 5e EthernetTE's TrueNet Category 6 & 5e patch

panels, patch cords, and cable areimpedance matched to deliver extra

bandwidth and better attenuationwith zero bit errors.

Work Area SolutionsTE’s high-performance modular

jacks are eld-congurable forush, surface, and furnituremounting applications.

Cable ManagementProtect, route, and managenetwork cables for optimizedsignal integrity with TE’s portfolioof cable management, labeling,and racking solutions.

Copper CablesTE’s high-performance riser and

plenum cable supports backboneand horizontal applications. TrueNet

copper cables feature patentedAirES® technology to enhance

signal speed and strength whileminimizing cable size and crosstalk.

1w w w . T E . c o m • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Fiber CablesFiber cables including: cost

saving interlocked armoredversions, plenum rated dry

loose tube small diameterIndoor/outdoor cables, single

mode reduced water peak, andstandard or laser optimizedmultimode congurations.

Fiber ConnectivityIn the backbone or to the desk,

optical networks achieve peakperformance with TE’s high

density frames, ber connectors,patch cords, raceways, and

panels featuring integratedcable management and bendradius protection.

Augmented Category 6TE’s patent-pending CopperTen ® Solution is the world's rstcomplete system to meet the IEEErequirements for 10G Ethernetover 100 meters of the UTP cable.

Applications SolutionsA global network infrastructureleader, TE offers completesolutions for data centers,storage area networks, centralofces, campuses, wireless andWi-Fi networks, and other high-performance applications.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

2w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

I n t r o d u c t i o n


Your data center and network is the epicenter of the organization.The typical data center is a high-performance machine constructed of thousands of components.And like the spot welds in the frame of a car, the data center is held together and cannot functionreliably without the “spot welds” of structured cabling and connectivity equipment.

TIA-942 sets the data center standard.The Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA) has published design guidelines for data centerdesigners in a standard known as TIA-942. Shown here, the standard breaks down the data center intodistinct sections. TE equipment depicted is typical of the equipment you’ll find in each ofthese areas.

Horizontal Cabling

Backbone Cabling

EquipmentDistribution AreaRacks and Cabinets

HorizontalDistribution AreaLAN, SAN, andKVM switches

Main DistributionAreaRouters, BackboneLAN/SAN Switches,PBX, M13 Muxes

Entrance RoomCarrier Equipment

and Demarcation



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

3w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


AirES® TechnologyCables for Cat 5e, Cat 6 and Cat 6a over UTP feature the patented AirES ® technology. AirES (AirEnhanced System) uses air as part of the conductor insulation, which enhances signal speed andstrength while minimizing cable size and crosstalk.

AirES Cable Technology deployed in the data center: 22% smaller than typicalAugmented Category 6 cable.

Increased Uptime

• Crush resistance surpasses UL 444 requirements by factor of 4

• Improved electrical and physical properties

• Improved airflow increases reliability and lifespan of electronics

• Increased reliability by providing better circuit access

Improved Scalability

• Reduced diameter yields 16-22% increase in conduit fill rates versus competitors

• 22% less fuel to be burned in case of fire• Better utilization of floor space

• Decreased cable size

• Fewer and smaller pathways

Competitor’sAugmented Category 6

TE’s PlenumCopperTen with AirES ®



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

4w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Hard to Crush an AirES CableAir channels within the FEP insulation are distributed evenly along the entire conductor, forming aunified system of arched channels to strengthen the construction.

AirES cable improves attenuation dueto lower dielectric loss—resulting insmaller gauge copper than other cable.

The choice ofconductor insulationis critical to cableperformance.• In AirES technology, air channels

are used in the traditional FEPinsulation, which results in a 17%better dielectric constant overconventional FEP cables

• The result: Improved datacommunications in a smallerdiameter cable

• 22% smaller than typicalAugmented Category 6 Cable



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

5w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


LSA-Plus®

Silver-plated contact tags at 45-degree angles across the axis of the wire make a solid, gas-tightconnection with TE's patented LSA-PLUS connectors. Insulation clamping ribs hold the wire securely andisolate the contact area from vibration and mechanical stress. In addition, positioning contactsat a 45-degree angle leave more wire between contact points and provides a more reliable, stressresistant connection.

• 70 percent of network downtime is attributed to the physical layer, or cables andconnectivity equipment

• The patented LSA-Plus Insulation Displacement Contact (IDC) is the highest performing, most reliableIDC in the industry

• LSA Plus technology is used throughout TE’s TrueNet line – in jacks, panels and termination blocks



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

6w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



3

Typical primary wire after being punched into a 110IDC; positioning contacts at a 90-degree angle resultsin a weaker connection, which is prone to breakage.

Insulation clamping ribs hold the wire

securely – isolating the contact area fromvibration and mechanical stress.

Silver-plated contact tags at 45-degreeangles across the wire’s axis make a solid,gas-tight connection.

Axial and torsional restoring forces make asolid, gas-tight connection.

3

3

1

2

1

2

F1

F2

F1

F2

LSA-Plus IDC versus 110 and 66 Block IDCs

TE leaves more wire between contact points; providesa more reliable stress resistant connection.

• Accepts 26-22 AWG insulated conductors

• Accepts solid or stranded insulatedconductors

• Accepts two insulated conductors of thesame type (solid or stranded) and size(26-22 AWG)

• Can be re-terminated 200 or more times

LSA-Plus Contacts

• Split beam technology• (F1=F2) = no movement• Balancing of forces eliminates the

tendency for a conductor to be forced out of

the contact over time

110-Plus IDC versus 110 and 66Block IDCs

• Wedge technology• (F2>F1) = wire movement• Unequal forces at top and bottom cause

conductor movement over time

LSA-Plus silver-plated angled contacts are the securestavailable, anywhere.

Billions of ConnectionsLSA-Plus technology has been used in billions ofconnections worldwide, and continues to set thepace for others to follow.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

7w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Termination BlocksTE is the only manufacturer to offer a termination block with a disconnect feature. Competitors typicallyoffer one solution: Closed.

• TE’s UL certified blocks exceed all TIA and EIA requirements. Not all of our blocks are Cat 6. Some areCat 3 or 5, some are Cat 5e, some are Cat 6a

• Available in 5-, 8-, 10-, 20 -, 25- and 50-pair blocks• Enables a path from the cable to the jumper side of the block, which can be used to either temporarily

or permanently disconnect the circuit from cable side (top) to jumper side (bottom) via the built-intest/disconnect port



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

8w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Normally Closed Patching CapabilityWhen a patch cord is inserted, the cable-side circuitmay be redirected to another location.

Cross-section view of TE’s Ultim8™ terminal block.

Disconnect Feature• When a disconnect plug is inserted, the

circuit is broken, either temporarily orpermanently

• Disconnect port provides fault isolation,testing and monitoring without removingany wires

When a look-both-ways Test Cord is inserted, both

sides of the circuit may be tested independently.

Testing Feature

• Accelerates fault isolation• Eliminates finger pointing in collocation

applications



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

9w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


The day-one savings of solutions that do not consider how to manage and grow the networkinfrastructure are quickly eclipsed by outages, as well as open chassis slots and stranded network

capacity, which require new floor space.

Active network equipment can only perform if the cables perform—a gigabit port is of no value ifattenuation from a damaged cable impedes performance or if restricted access delays fiber endface maintenance.

Simple Density Solutions are Costly

• TE’s Managed Density™ approach takes the long view of LAN, SAN and data center design with cablemanagement features that ensure maximum density and growth without disrupting service or addingunneeded floor space

• Managed Density ensures the network can grow today and be managed tomorrow



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

10w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



With Managed Density honed fromyears of experience designing theworld’s largest data centers, you earnsignificant benefits:

• Improved Reliability. Thorough cable managementavoids cable pile-up, mishaps in handling fibers andother forces that damage cables and jumpers

• Lowest Capital Costs. Enables efficient use of floorspace, such as fiber frames that scale to 2,304 fibersper frame and not stranding ports on active equipment

• Decreased Operating Costs. Plug-and-play cassettes,tracing jumpers in seconds, proper technician accessadd-up to fewer man hours for managing the network

Manages up to 2,304 fiber terminationsUses industry’s highest count MPO plug-and-play cassettes

Slack storage included in each rack allows for the use of a s ingle jumper lengthMPO trunks enter rack from under-the-floor or overheadOn-frame jumper routing provides bend radius and physical protection foreasily managing slack

The TracerLight ® jumper reduces system turnuptime and improves accuracy.

FiberGuide ® incorporates bend-radius

protection; installs with tool-less components.

Angled left and right TFP MPO cassettes canprovide up to 24 fiber terminations.

The Optical Distribution Frame Plug-and-Playcassette is available in 144- and 192-positionblocks.

Data Center Optical Distribution Frames

TE’s Data Center Optical Distribution Frame easily scales to make the best use of expensivefloor space.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

11w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


The patented star filler used for TE’sAugmented Category 6 cable, CopperTen.

I I I

I I I

Creates an oblong cable shape that producesdistance between cable pairs. In a bundle, the

oblong-shaped cable also creates naturalseparation between adjacent cables.

The World’s First Augmented Category 6 Cable

TE’s quest to lead the industry in innovation has resulted in an impressive record of scientific firsts. Onesuch first is the Augmented Category 6 cable, CopperTen ®.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

12w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



The weakest link in any channel is the patch cord.This is especially true under the high-frequencyoperation of Augmented Category 6 systems.

Typical StrandedConductor

CopperTen ® StrandedConductor

Minimizing Alien Crosstalk

• By effectively maintaining the distancebetween the same twisted pairs, alien

crosstalk is negated in a six aroundone bundle. The result: Outstandingelectrical performance in a compact,unshielded twisted pair cable

• TE designed and built the world’s first 10Gbpssolution to run over a full 100 meters, andstill leads the industry today. All of TE’sAugmented Category 6 channel solutions metthe strict performance requirements of IEEE802.3an and ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.2-10

• Your infrastructure must last 10-15 years—so should your patch cords

• TE patch cords are made with stranded con -ductors for improved mechanicaldurability

• Solid conductor patch cords break whenthey are over flexed

• With its patch cords, TE uses a machine dieto compact individual strands in aform that resembles a solid conductor. The

result: Electrical performance of a solidconductor combined with the flexibility anddurability of a stranded cord

CopperTen ® Patch PanelsOffset jack positioning and a composite(not metal) frame reduces alien crosstalk.

Laser tuning

Laser tuning

CopperTen ® Modular JacksEach modular jack is laser-tuned usingan automated process performed inBerlin, Germany. Trimming each boardguarantees performance to 500 MHz.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

13w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


True impedance matching guarantees extraordinary performance with the TrueNet cabling system.

In high-bandwidth applications, signal throughput is imperative formaintaining signal integrity.

TE manufactures each component of the TrueNet cabling system.As a result, we manufacture component compliant products that are specifically tuned to maximumthroughput when used as a part of a system.

By tightly controlling the impedance of each component in the channel, the effects of Return Loss areminimized and the Bit Error Rates (BER) plummet.

• All TE systems are impedance matched to operate at tolerances of 100 Ω ±3Ω . The industry standardis 100 Ω ±15 Ω

• Impedance matching allows systems to run at the highest possible performance levels

• Optimizing impedance minimizes return loss and greatly reduces Bit Error Rates (BER)



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

14w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



True PerformanceWith TrueNet, you can push networks to the performance edge. Innovative products that exceedindustry standards support advanced applications such as 10GigE over UTP, VoIP, and Wi-Fi today andtomorrow. Building upon a high-performance TrueNet infrastructure foundation, network managers anddesigners are assured a flexible evolution path to next-generation technologies and services.

A Tradition of Innovation

With thousands of patents worldwide, TE continually invests in innovation to support emergingtechnologies and to enhance our customers’ network operations. In fiscal 2000 to 2003, TE investedapproximately 13% of net sales to fuel research and development.

For example, TE’s innovative CopperTen ® solution is the world’s first Augmented Category 6 system. Toachieve high-performance specifications, CopperTen incorporates patent-pending features including aunique oblique filler that minimizes alien crosstalk (interference from adjacent cables).

The company’s patent-pending AirES ® technology is a critical element in the TrueNet CopperTen,

Category 6, and Category 5e solutions and results in the first and only cable design to increasesignal speed and strength while simultaneously minimizing crosstalk. AirES technology utilizes air as aconductor insulator, eliminating the bulky fillers and extra bonding that increase cable weight, reduceflexibility, and require extra space.

Setting the Standards

TE’s TrueNet solutions meet or exceed all major cabling standards. We are actively establishing andadvocating next-generation technologies and standards worldwide through work with these leadingindustry organizations:

TIA: Telecommunications Industry Association

EIA: Electronic Industries Alliance

IEEE: Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers BICSI: Building Industry Consulting Service International

MEF: Metro Ethernet Forum

ISO: International Organization for Standardization

IEC: International Electrotechnical Commission

ANSI: American National Standards Institute

Training and Certification

Studies show that over 70% of network downtime can be directly attributed to physical layer problems,specifically cabling faults. TE recognizes that proper installation of structured cabling solutions isa critical success factor for high-performance networks. TE’s network of more than 400 TrueNetSystem Certified contractors and installers undergoes extensive training to ensure that TrueNet systeminstallations meet the most stringent industry standards.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

15w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


True ReliabilityMission-critical networks rely upon trusted TrueNet infrastructure. Built and tested in TE’s world-classfacilities, TrueNet is backed by the industry’s only true Zero Bit-Error Warranty that guarantees signalintegrity and throughput.

World-Class Manufacturing Expertise

TE is committed to consistently delivering the highest possible quality in all that we do. A registeredTL9000 and ISO9001:2000 manufacturer, TE is certified in 21 categories—the largest number ofregistrations of any ISO-certified company. Additionally, TE facilities are approved to self-certify productsfor compliance with UL Safety Standards.

A best-in-class manufacturer, TE operates more than 385,000 square feet of manufacturing spacein the Americas.

Backed by the TrueNet Warranty

TE’s TrueNet system is backed by an industry-leading warranty that not only addresses physicalcomponent performance, but also data throughput. Cable and connectivity solutions are tuned toeliminate impedance mismatches to standards five times more rigorous than industry specifications.As a result, TrueNet optimizes network speed by eliminating data retransmissions.

The TrueNet warranty covers all aspects of the structured cabling system for horizontal and backbonenetworks that support voice and data. A 20-year all-inclusive industry standards compliance warrantyaddresses all parts, labor, and technical support. In addition, TrueNet CopperTen Augmented Category6 solutions carry an additional 20 year throughput warranty and the Category 6/5e and Fiber solutionscarry and additional 5 year throughput warranty that guarantees zero bit-error performance for theentire TrueNet structured cabling channel.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

16w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



About TEFounded in 1935, TE has served the communications industry for more than half a century and todayis a leading supplier of global network infrastructure products and services. In 2004, TE acquired theKRONE Group, a leading global supplier of copper and fiber-based connectivity solutions and cablingproducts. The integration of these two companies positions TE with annual sales exceeding $1 Billionand an employee base exceeding 9000 professionals worldwide.

The company conducts business in more than 100 countries and operates primary facilities inMinneapolis, Minnesota; Denver, Colorado; Sidney, Nebraska; Bennington, Vermont; Santa Teresa, NewMexico; Delicias and Mexico City, Mexico; Berlin, Germany; Glenrothes, Scotland; Chelthanham andRichmond, Great Britain; Shanghai, China; Berkley Vale, Australia; Cotia, Brazil; and Bangalore, India.

Customers around the world include leading communications service providers and enterprises of alltypes including Bank of England, BellSouth, Bloomberg, British Telecom, Chase Manhattan, Cingular,CitiBank, Deutsche Telekom, Glaxo Smith Kline, Hong Kong Telecom, Morgan Stanley, Nextel, RelianceTelecom (India), Qwest, T-Mobile, SBC, Seagrams, Sprint, Verizon, and many others.

Learn More About TrueNet Structured Cabling SolutionsWithin this catalog, you’ll find complete descriptions and ordering information for the most popularTrueNet Structured Cabling Solutions. Because we continually enhance our product portfolio and ourspecifications, we encourage you to visit our web site or contact an TE representative to keep pace withthe latest innovations.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

17w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Technical Reference

Designing the Optimized Data Center .............................. 18

Industry Standards ........................................................ ... 23

How to Choose the Right Cabling Infrastructure .............. 36

10Gigabit Ethernet over UTP ........................................... 39

Choosing the Right Ethernet Patch Panels ....................... 43

Key Fiber Optic Cable Management Concepts ................. 48



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

18w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

T e c h n i c a l R e f e r e n c e

Technical ReferenceDesigning the Optimized Data Center

The data center is a pivotal resource in any enterprise. Most organizations simply shut down whenemployees and customers are unable to access servers, storage systems and networking devices.Businesses can lose millions of dollars in a single hour of downtime.

According to recent surveys, the utilization of the physical and power infrastructure in many data

centers is much less than 50 percent. This unused capacity is an avoidable capital cost, and one thatcontributes significantly to unreliability and lack of flexibility in the data network.

Many critical decisions must be made in order to arrive at an overall data center design thatmaximizes flexibility and minimizes costs. These decisions include:

• Planning for the space you need today, and the space required to accommodate future growth

• Establishing a well-deployed cabling setup to reduce cable congestion and confusion,and to increase network uptime

• Creating an architecture within the data center that allows for moves, adds and changeswithout service disruption

Space and Layout

Data center real estate is valuable, so designers need to ensure that there is a sufficient amountof it and that it is used wisely. This must include the following:

• Ensuring that future growth is included in the assessment of how much space the data center requires

• Ensuring that the layout includes ample areas of flexible white space, i.e., empty spaces withinthe center that can be easily reallocated to a particular function, such as a new equipment area

• Ensuring that there is room to expand the data center if it outgrows its current confines.This is typically done by ensuring that the space that surrounds the data center can be easilyand inexpensively annexed



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

19w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Entrance Room

The entrance room houses carrier equipment and the demarcation point. It may be inside thecomputer room, but the standard recommends a separate room for security reasons. If it is housedin the computer room, it should be consolidated within the main distribution area.

TIA-942 Compliant Data Center

Layout

In a well-designed data center, functional areas are laid out in a way that ensures that

• Space can be reallocated easily to respond to changing requirements, particularly growth

• Cable can be easily managed so that cable runs do not exceed recommended distancesand changes are not unnecessarily difficult

Layout Help: TIA-942

TIA-942, Telecommunications Infrastructure Standard for Data Centers, offers guidanceon data center layout. According to the standard, a data center should include the following keyfunctional areas:

• One or more entrance rooms

• A main distribution area (MDA)

• One or more horizontal distribution areas (HDA)

• A zone distribution area (ZDA)

• An equipment distribution area (EDA)

CarriersEntrance Room

Offices,Operations Center,

Support Rooms

Carriers

Backbone Cabling

(Carrier Equip &Demarcation)

Main Dist Area(Routers Backbone

LAN/SAN Switches,PBX, M13 Muxes)

Telecom Room(Office & OperationsCenter LAN Switches)

Zone Dist Area

Horiz Dist Area(LAN/SAN/KVM

Switches)

Equip Dist Area(Rack/Cabinet)


Backbone Cabling

Horizontal Cabling

Horizontal Cabling

Backbone

Cabling

ComputerRoom


Switches)


Horizontal Cabling


Switches)


Horizontal Cabling

Horizontal Cabling



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

20w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Main Distribution Area

The MDA houses the main cross-connect, the central distribution point for the data center’s structuredcabling system. This area should be centrally located to prevent exceeding recommended cabling distancesand may include a horizontal cross-connect for an adjacent equipment distribution area. The standard

specifies separate racks for fiber, UTP and coaxial cable.

Horizontal Distribution Area

The HDA is the location of the horizontal cross-connects, the distribution point for cabling to equipmentdistribution areas. There can be one or more HDAs, depending on the size of the data center and cablingrequirements. A guideline for a single HDA is a maximum of 2,000 4-pair UTP or coaxial terminations.Like the MDA, the standard specifies separate racks for fiber, UTP and coaxial cable.

Zone Distribution Area

This is the structured cabling area for floor-standing equipment that cannot accept patch panels.Examples include some mainframes and servers.

Equipment Distribution Area

This is the location of equipment cabinets and racks. The standard specifies that cabinets and racksbe arranged in a “hot aisle/cold aisle” configuration to effectively dissipate heat from electronics.

Data center with flexible white space



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

21w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Key Principles of Cable Management

The key to cable management in the optimized data center is an understanding that the cablingsystem is permanent and generic. It’s like the electrical system, a highly reliable and flexible utilitythat you can plug any new applications into. When it’s designed with this vision in mind, additions

and changes aren’t difficult or disruptive. Highly reliable and resilient cabling systems adhere to thefollowing principles:

• Common rack frames are used throughout the main distribution and horizontal distribution areasto simplify rack assembly and provide unified cable management.

• Common and ample vertical and horizontal cable management is installed both within and betweenrack frames to ensure effective cable management and provide for orderly growth.

• Ample overhead and under-floor cable pathways are installed—again, to ensure effective cablemanagement and provide for orderly growth.

• UTP and coaxial cable are separated from fiber in horizontal pathways to avoid crushing fiber—electrical cables in cable trays and fiber in troughs mounted on trays.

• Fiber is routed using a trough pathway system to protect it from damage.


Cable racks

Formula Cables x 0.0625 square inches (cable diameter) x 1.30 = Cable ManagementRequirement.

Example 350 cables x 0.0625 x 1.30 = 28.44 square inches (minimum cablemanagement of 6" x 6" or 4" x 8")

It’s worth doing a little math to ensure that any rack or cabinet provides adequate cable managementcapacity. The formula for Category 6 UTP is shown below. The last calculation (multiplying by 1.30)is done to ensure that the cable management system is no more than 70 percent full.

Racks and Cabinets

Cable management begins with racks and cabinets, which should provide ample vertical and horizontalcable management. Proper management not only keeps cabling organized, it also helps keep equipmentcool by removing obstacles to air movement. These cable management features should protect the cable,ensure that bend radius limits are not exceeded and manage cable slack efficiently.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

22w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Cable Routing Systems

A key to optimized cable routing is ample overhead and under-floor cable pathways. Use the under-floor pathways for permanent cabling and the overhead for temporary cabling. Separate fiber fromUTP and coaxial cables to ensure that the weight of other cables doesn’t crush the more fragile fiber. For

more information on fiber cable and its proper management, see page 20.

Ideal Rack and Cable Routing System

What is an ideal rack and cable routing system? TE’s vision is illustrated below. Here are someof the key features:

1. The FiberGuide ® assembly is mounted to the overhead cable racking and protects fiber optic cabling.

2. Express Exits™ units are mounted where they are needed, allowing flexible expansionor turn-up of new network elements.

3. Upper and lower cable troughs are used for patch cords and jumpers, and an overhead cablerack is used for connection to equipment located throughout the data center.

4. Eight-inch Glide Cable Manager with integrated cable management organizes cables and aidsin accurate cable routing and tracing.

5. Racks are equipped with 3.5-inch upper troughs (2RUs) and 7-inch lower troughs (4RUs), providingadequate space for cable routing.

6. Eight-inch vertical cable managers are shown. Six-, ten-, and 12-inch cable managers are also optionsto best meet the specific requirements of the data center installation and applications.

7'-0"

24"

DSX-1DSX-3

Raised Floor

Structural Floor

FIBER

ETHERNET

Raised FloorSupports NotShown for

Clarity

6

1

2

3

4

5

Fully-populated, fully-integrated lineup



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

23w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Imagine trying to link railroads together that are based on different gauges, to build anything witha combination of metric and American parts, to type a letter on something other than a QWERTYkeyboard, or to wire a building for voice, data and video if all the components had different requirements.

The key to simplifying all these tasks is standardization. Bringing standards to the wiring and cablingsegments of the building industry has enabled the industry to define a common infrastructure that allowsmany companies to provide common components. Strict adherence to these standards benefits everyone.

TE’s Position on StandardsTE is a strong proponent of standards-based design for structured cabling systems. A strictlydefined set of standards helps ensure uniform application of physical layer networking productsand creates a usable infrastructure for communications networks.

However, TE also believes that by nature, the standards evolve into a lowest-common denominatorindicator of performance. In order to accommodate various competing interests, a significant amountof “flexibility” gets built into the allowable tolerances. The cumulative effect of these tolerances canresult in structured cabling channels in which different components can have radically different electricalperformance characteristics.

Consequently, when various standards-compliant components from randomly selected vendors are used,the net result could be conformance to the standards, but not efficient performance.

The research undertaken by TE for the TrueNet ® structured cabling system revealed that onlyan impedance-matched structured cabling channel that conforms to a tightly defined subset of theperformance standards is capable of flawless data transmission.

TE, as a full system supplier, is able to deliver a complete system of impedance-matched componentsso there is no guesswork. Choosing standards-compliant components randomly from unrelated vendorswill yield a standards-compliant channel, but may not result in optimum network performance.

Therefore, use the standards as a design guide, then make sure that you purchase standards-compliantmatched components.

Technical ReferenceIndustry Standards

The Benefits of Standards

TelecommunicationsRooms

Horizontal Cabling

Work Area

Entrance Facilitiesand Equipment Rooms

Backbone Cabling (Interbuilding)

Backbone Cabling (Intrabuilding)

The TIA/EIA-568-B Series standard defines a typical,generic telecommunications cabling system.

IntermediateCross-Connects


Main Cross-Connect



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

24w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Entrance Facilities

The entrance facility provides a connection point between the outside plant facilities—whether it ispublic network services, private network customer premises or a combination of both—and the interior

premises cabling. Products used in this area include cables, connecting hardware, special protectiondevices and other connecting hardware.

The demarcation point separating the service provider’s cabling and the customer’s cabling may bepart of the entrance facilities. Because the location of the demarcation point is determined by stateand federal regulations, the local regulated carrier (telephone service provider) or competitive accessprovider should be contacted for detailed information.

The primary standards for this area are outlined in TIA/EIA-569-A, Commercial Building Standardfor Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces, and J-STD-607-A, Commercial Building Grounding/Bonding Requirements.

TE manufactures special overvoltage blocks, protection devices and building entrance terminalsfor both fiber and copper cabling for use in this area.

Equipment Rooms

The TIA/EIA-568-B Series standard makes a distinction between equipment rooms and telecom-munications rooms because of the nature of complexity of the equipment they contain. However, anequipment room may alternately provide any or all of the functions of a telecommunications room.

Equipment rooms provide a controlled environment to house telecommunications equipment.This equipment may include connecting hardware, splice closures, grounding and bonding facilitiesand protection devices, where applicable. Switches, routers and other active equipment may residein the same rack or cabinet space as the passive cabling infrastructure.

In the premises cabling backbone hierarchy, an equipment room may contain either the maincross-connect or the intermediate cross-connect. The equipment room may also contain network trunkterminations and auxiliary terminations that are under the control of the premises cabling administrator.

The primary standards for this area are outlined in TIA/EIA-569-A, Commercial Building Standardfor Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces.

TE manufactures a wide variety of fiber and copper patch panels, termination blocks and cablemanagement solutions that are well suited for this area.

Telecommunications Rooms

Telecommunications rooms may provide various functions for the cabling system and because of thisthey are treated as a distinct subset in the cabling system hierarchy.

The primary function of a telecommunications room is to provide a termination point for horizontalcable distribution, that supports all voice, data, video and other applications requiring structuredcabling. The telecommunications room also serves as a termination point for backbone cable.The cross-connection of these two parts of the premises cabling is an important function of thetelecommunications room. Cross-connections may be accomplished using jumper wires or patch cords,and TE products handle both methods equally well.

Telecommunications rooms may also house cross-connects for different portions of the backbonecabling system. These cross-connects are sometimes used to tie different rooms together in a ring, busor tree configuration.




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

25w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Telecommunications rooms also provide a controlled environment for specific areas of a building. Theserooms may house telecommunications equipment, connecting hardware and splice closures as well asdevices such as routers and hubs. In some instances, the demarcation point and protection devices maybe located in a telecommunications room.

The TIA/EIA-568-B Series standard details cable routing and installation practices for telecommunicationsrooms to prevent cable stress and to properly organize and manage cables.

Additional standards for this area are outlined in TIA/EIA-569-A, Commercial Building Standard forTelecommunications Pathways and Spaces.

TE manufactures a wide variety of blocks and patch panels capable of providing termination and cablemanagement for a wide range of wire sizes and cable types found in telecommunications rooms.

For More Information

Although this catalog presents a brief overview of information contained in the standard, personsinvolved with the installation and maintenance of structured cabling systems should obtain a copy ofthe complete standard and/or related standards.


FUSE

O N O F F

FUSE

O N O F F

Work Area

Work Area Cable

TelcomOutlet

StationField

Equipment Field

Patch Cord

Data Hub

3M (Max) 90M (Max)

A + B < 10M

Equipment CableStation CableTransitionPoint

(Optional)

7M

A B

TIA/EIA-568-B Series Horizontal Channel/Link Model

Work Area

Work Area Cable

TelcomOutlet StationField Equipment Field

Patch Cord

Data Hub

5M (Max)90M (Max)

A + B + E < 10M

Equipment CableStation CableTransitionPoint

(Optional)

A B E

ISO/IEC 11801 Horizontal Channel/Link Model



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

26w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Technical standards that address various aspects of commercial cabling include:

• TIA/EIA-568-B Series, Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard

• TIA/EIA-569-A, Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces

• TIA/EIA-570-A, Residential Telecommunications Cabling Standard

• TIA/EIA-606-A, Administration Standard for the Telecommunications Infrastructureof Commercial Buildings

• J-STD-607A, Commercial Building Grounding/Bonding Requirements

For information on obtaining copies of any of these standards, please contact:

Global Engineering Documents 800.854.7179 or 303.397.7956 www.global.ihs.com

ISO 11801 (International Standard) www.iso.ch

NEC (National Electrical Code),written and distributed by the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) www.NFPA.org

A discussion of standards affecting the design and layout of a standards-based data center, as well asTE’s recommendations for assuring that your data center supports the demands of, and grows with,your network, follows on page 45.




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

27w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

The TIA/EIA-568-B Series standard addresses two basic wiring schemes for the telecommunicationsroom: interconnection and cross-connection.

Both the backbone and the horizontal cabling are terminated on connecting hardware that meetsthe requirements of the TIA/EIA-568-B Series standard. However, the standard prohibits the use of theseterminations for moves, adds and changes. Any connection between the backbone and horizontalcabling must be accomplished through the use of a “horizontal cross-connect” between the commonequipment and the connecting hardware to which the horizontal cabling is terminated. This connectionmay be made using an interconnection or a cross-connection cabling scheme.

An interconnection is a cabling scheme that provides for a direct connection between two cableswithout the use of patch cords or jumper wires.

A cross-connection is a cabling scheme between cabling runs, subsystems and equipment usingpatch cords or jumper wires that attach to connecting hardware on each end.

Common equipment that utilizes cables that extend an individual port may be permanently terminatedor interconnected to the connecting hardware for the horizontal cabling. Direct interconnections such asthis reduce the number of connections in a channel, but may also reduce the flexibility, especially as thevolume of moves, adds and changes increases.


Interconnection Cross-Connection

Interconnection vs. Cross-Connection



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

28w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Backbone Cabling

Backbone cabling provides interconnections between the telecommunications rooms, equipmentrooms and entrance facilities. Backbone cabling consists of cables, main and intermediate cross-connects,mechanical terminations and patch cords or jumper wires. Backbone cabling can be within buildings

(intrabuilding) or between buildings (interbuilding).The TIA/EIA-568-B Series standard requires that backbone cabling use a hierarchical star topology.Each horizontal cross-connect in a telecommunications room is cabled to an intermediate cross-connect and then to a main cross-connect (or directly to a main cross-connect), with no more than twohierarchical levels of cross-connect in the backbone cabling. These cross-connects may be located intelecommunications rooms, equipment rooms or entrance facilities.

Recognized cables for use in backbonecabling include the following:

100 Ohm UTP (unshielded twisted pair)cable (four or more pairs)

150 Ohm STP-A (shielded twisted pair) cable

62.5/125µm, multimode optical fiber cable

50µm, multimode optical fiber cable

Singlemode optical fiber cable

Backbone cabling uses a hierarchical star topology.



Main Cross-Connect

50µm, laser optimized multimode fiber optic cable(300m & 550m)



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

29w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Horizontal Cabling

Horizontal cabling extends from the work area telecommunications outlet to the horizontal cross-connectin the telecommunications room. Horizontal cabling includes the cables, the telecommunications outletin the work area, the mechanical termination and patch cords or jumper wires and cable management

solutions located in the telecommunications room.• Voice service • Internet service • Video and conferencing services • Premises switches, routers and hubs • Data communications to support fax,

storage servers, network printers • Local area networks (LANs) • Life safety systems such as security,

fire alarm and door entrance• Automation systems such as lighting

and HVAC control

• Other building signaling systems,such as CCTV, nurse call, paging,audio and others

Relocation of offices is a common occurrence in enterprises. Horizontal cabling is often one of themore dynamic areas of the premises system. However, after installation, horizontal cabling is often muchless accessible than backbone cabling, and the time, effort and skills required to change or modify itcan be extremely high. Horizontal cabling should be designed with the intention of minimizing ongoingmaintenance and relocation so that moves, adds and changes can be accomplished from the telecom-munications and equipment rooms. Additional consideration should be given to accommodating a widerange of applications in order to reduce the necessity of changes to the cabling as users’ needs evolve.

Care should be given to separate telecommunications cabling from electrical facilities that generatehigh levels of electromagnetic interference (EMI). Fluorescent lights, copy machines, heating/cooling devices,motors and transformers that support the building’s mechanical requirements all contribute to EMI. TIA/ EIA-569-A specifies separation of horizontal cabling pathways from common sources of EMI.

Horizontal cabling is required to use a star topology. Each work area telecommunications outlet is to be

connected to a horizontal cross-connect in the telecommunications room. Each work area is to be servedby a telecommunications room.

Maximum Distances

The maximum distance of a copper horizontal cabling run is 90 meters (approximately 295 feet) fromthe mechanical termination at the horizontal cross-connect in the telecommunications room to thetelecommunications outlet in the work area.

Cross-connect jumper wires and patch cords used in the cross-connect facilities should not exceedsix meters in length (approximately 20 feet).



Main Cross-Connect



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

30w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Recognized cables for use in horizontalcabling include the following:

100 Ohm UTP (unshielded twisted pair)cable (four or more pairs)

150 Ohm STP-A (shielded twisted pair) cable

62.5/125µm, multimode optical fiber cable

50µm, multimode optical fiber cable

Pair 1 = White-Blue/Blue

Pair 2 = White-Orange/Orange

Pair 3 = White-Green/Green

Pair 4 = White-Brown/Brown

Color Codes for Horizontal 100 OhmUTP Cable or for Patch Cords

Horizontal Cables

50µm, laser optimized multimode fiber optic cable(300m & 550m)



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

31w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


These and other types of adapters can have a detrimental effect on the transmission performanceof the telecommunications cabling system. It is important to consider the compatibility of these adaptersto premises cabling equipment before connecting them to the network.

A successful, high-performance premises wiring system requires more than simply purchasing the properstandards-compliant cables and hardware. Care must be taken to ensure that the components areinstalled properly according to industry-recognized practices.

Performance specifications called out in the TIA/EIA-568-B Series standard are based on the assumptionthat proper installation techniques and management practices have been followed. If recommended cablingprecautions and installation methods are not observed, specified transmission capabilities of cablingcomponents may not be achieved.

Installation should be performed by trained, certified installers such as the authorized TE Cabling SystemCertifiers who are authorized to provide an TE product and performance warranty.

Intermediate

Cross-ConnectsTelecommunicationsRoom

Main Cross-Connect

Work Area

The work area components of a premises cabling system are the most visible to office workers. Workarea components extend from the telecommunications outlet to the station equipment, such as traditionaltelephones, VolP devices, networked computers, fax machines and shared devices such as network printers.

The length of cords used in the work area are assumed to be no longer than three meters (approximately9.8 feet) in establishing the maximum length for the horizontal cabling of 100 meters total, and the cordsshould meet or exceed the requirements for patch cords outlined in the standard.

Common patch cords used in the work area have identical connectors on both ends, but cords mayvary widely in design depending on the application. Often adapters are required to accommodatespecific equipment.

Types of adapters include:

• Special adapters to mate an equipment connectorto the telecommunications outlet when they are differentstyles (e.g. baluns)

• A “Y” adapter to branch two servicesoff of a single cable

• Adapter which transpose pairs for compatibility

• Adapters for equipment that requirestermination resistors



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

32w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Cable Installation

Do pull cables to minimize the distanceof the run and eliminate large loops.

Do bundle cables in a neat, orderlyfashion, and use hook-and-loop ties.

Do make sure that pair twists are main-tained within 1/2" (12mm) or less of thetermination point.

Do follow recommendations for cablebend radius. In spaces with UTP terminations,cable bend radius should not be less thanfour-times the cable diameter for horizontalcable, and should not be less than ten timesthe cable diameter for multipair cable.

Don’t exceed 110 Newton's (25 lb/f)of pulling forces when running cables.

Don’t cinch cable bundles too tightly,or use plastic cable ties.

Don’t untwist pairs when terminating.

Don’t ever bend or kink cable too sharply.

Cable Diameter + dRadius = 4 x d

DO DON’T



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

34w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



25-Pair Cable Color-Coding

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

White/BlueBlue/White

White/OrangeOrange/WhiteWhite/Green Green/WhiteWhite/BrownBrown/WhiteWhite/SlateSlate/White

Red/BlueBlue/Red

Red/Orange

Orange/RedRed/Green Green/RedRed/BrownBrown/RedRed/SlateSlate/RedBlack/Blue Blue/Black

Black/Orange Orange/BlackBlack/Green Green/Black

Black/Brown Brown/BlackBlack/Slate Slate/BlackYellow/Blue Blue/Yellow

Yellow/Orange Orange/YellowYellow/Green Green/YellowYellow/Brown Brown/YellowYellow/Slate Slate/YellowViolet/Blue Blue/Violet

Violet/Orange Orange/VioletViolet/Green Green/VioletViolet/Brown Brown/VioletViolet/Slate Slate/Violet

Tip 1Ring 1Tip 2

Ring 2Tip 3

Ring 3Tip 4

Ring 4Tip 5

Ring 5Tip 6

Ring 6Tip 7

Ring 7Tip 8

Ring 8Tip 9

Ring 9Tip 10

Ring 10Tip 11

Ring 11Tip 12

Ring 12Tip 13

Ring 13

Tip 14 Ring 14Tip 15

Ring 15Tip 16

Ring 16Tip 17

Ring 17Tip 18

Ring 18Tip 19

Ring 19Tip 20

Ring 20Tip 21

Ring 21Tip 22

Ring 22Tip 23

Ring 23Tip 24

Ring 24Tip 25

Ring 25

26 1

27 2

28 3

29 4

30 5

31 6

32 7

33 8

34 9

35 1036 1137 1238 13

39 1440 1541 1642 1743 1844 1945 2046 2147 2248 2349 2450 25

123 456789

10111213 141516171819 2021 2223 2425 26

27 2829 3031 3233 3435 3637 3839 4041 4243 4445 4647 4849 50

PairNumber

CableColor

ColorCoding

Tip &Ring

50-PinPositions

66 or 110Positions



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

35w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


The TIA/EIA-568-B Series Commercial Building Telecommunications Wiring Standard defines pin/pairassignments for eight-position modular jacks in the work area. The preferred wiring configuration isT568A. A second, optional configuration, T568B, is allowed to accommodate certain eight-pin wiringsystems already in use (specifically AT&T 258A or WECO wiring).

For modular RJ45 patch cords, 568A or 568B wiring are both usable, regardless of which wiring schemeis used in the horizontal cabling.

A crossover cord is wired T568A on one end and T568B on the other, and is typically used for peerto peer networking or to connect stacked hubs or switches. Many active devices now have a switch thatcrosses one port, negating the need for a crossover cable.

Wiring schemes also raise a variety of questions:

Q: What’s the difference between T568A and T568B? A. The only difference is the positioning of the Green and

Orange pairs of wires.

Q: Is there a performance difference between T568A and T568B? A: No. Both wiring schemes have to meet the same

performance criteria.

Q: Why two schemes? A: The reason is outside of the scope of this discussion but it is related

to old telephone legacy issues. All you really need to know is thatthere are two schemes, and how to deal with them.

The solution really is fairly simple: Just pick one wiring scheme and use it consistently throughoutyour network. The only problem you would ever encounter would be if the two wiring schemes wereaccidentally mixed in an installation. T568B is the predominate scheme in the United States; T568Ais popular in Canada and in many other countries. The safest way to determine which to use is tocheck with the network equipment provider to determine the predominant wiring scheme used in theequipment. The reason for this check is quite simple: you can change the wiring scheme used in thenetwork but you cannot change the wiring scheme used in the network equipment.

Wiring to Standards

TIA/EIA T568A Standard

Pair 2

Pair 1Pair 3

RJ45 Jack PositionsT568 A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8W- G G W- O BL W- BL O W- BR BR

Pair 4

TIA/EIA T568BStandard

Pair 3

Pair 1Pair 2

RJ45 Jack Positions

T568B

Pair 4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8W- O O W- G BL W- BL G W- BR BR



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

36w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


A Brief History of Cabling

Over the past 30 years there have been unprecedented advances in networking technology. Since theearly 1970s with the development of Ethernet, rates for point-to-point data transfer have increased bya factor of ten thousand. From one Mb/s StarLan to 10 Gb/s Ethernet, the steady increase in bandwidth

has been fueled by an ever increasing demand for more; more speed, more applications, more memoryand more devices.

Demand for faster speed comes from continual increases in processor capability and advancedoperating systems that enable development of new applications. These applications and their associateddevices create more network usage and congestion, driving demand for more bandwidth. The need forthis additional bandwidth is seen first at network bottlenecks. When a section of the network becomesa bottleneck, network equipment, such as Ethernet switches and servers, are replaced with the nextgeneration of equipment with faster processors, more memory, improved operating systems and theinherent ability to run more complex applications.

Over time, network equipment speeds outpace the infrastructure that connects the devices; In thetransition of 10Base-T to 100Base-TX, for example. Networks with category 3 cabling systems couldsupport the first few generations of switches and computers that supported 10 Mb/s Ethernet over 100meters. With the introduction of the 100Base-TX protocol, bandwidth limitations between devices wereremoved. However, category 3 cabling was insufficient to support the 10x increase in data rate, whichled to the development of category 5 cabling to support 100 Mb/s over 100 meters.

Ignoring category 4, which came and went quickly, network planners faced a decision on which cablingsystem to install. At that time, the majority of networks operated with 10Base-T network devices. Yetcategory 3 cabling would not support the emerging 100Base-TX protocol. The good news, however,was that category 5 would run 100Base-TX and was backward compatible with category 3. In otherwords, any application designed for category 3 (10Base-T) would run just as well, if not better, oncategory 5 cabling systems. The logical choice was to install category 5 in anticipation of applicationsrequiring 100Base-TX.

Selecting the Infrastructure: Follow the Lead of IEEE

The same scenario faces network planners today as cabling systems are designed to withstandmultiple replacements of active equipment. Most active network equipment—including computers,servers, Ethernet switches, routers and hubs—have a maximum useful life of three to five years beforethey become obsolete. In contrast, structured cabling historically has a useful life of 10 to 15 years.Therefore, the structured cabling you install today must outlive at least three generations of networkingequipment upgrades.

The challenge is how to determine what types of active equipment will exist in three productgenerations; the answer can be found with IEEE. This organization consists of networking, equipmentmanufacturers such as Cisco, Nortel, Juniper and others that look at the future of networking, anddevelop solutions for future product generations. Using IEEE standards as a guide, it is possible to seethe direction for both active equipment and cabling requirements for the next few generations.

IEEE has already released standards for 10GbE over optical fiber, over short range copper (CX4), andtwisted pair copper.

With the advent of thesenew standards it is clearthat the IEEE has set adirection that 10GbE

Technical ReferenceHow to Choose the Right Cabling Infrastructure

IEEE Standards Activity

IEEE 802.3z Gigabit Ethernet over Fiber Released 1998

IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T (Gigabit Ethernet over UTP) Released 1999

IEEE 802.3ae 10GbE over Fiber Released 2002

IEEE 802.3ak 10GbE over short range Copper (CX4) Released 2003

IEEE 802.3an 10Gbase-T (10GbE over Copper) Released 2006



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

37w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

over UTP is going to be a reality in upcoming generations of network equipment and this is fullysupported by the standards making bodies, TIA and ISO.

Focus on the Critical Decision Criteria

The questions remain: with all the fiber and copper cabling choices at your disposal, which do youinstall today? There is no simple answer, because each network is unique. Beware of one-size-fits-allsolutions as they cannot possibly account for the infinite numbers of variables you must consider whenselecting your cabling infrastructure.

As you make your cabling infrastructure decisions, keep in mind your bandwidth requirements and thetiming of your implementation. The following are just three possible scenarios based upon very differentnetwork requirements:

Scenario 1: You need 10 GbE right now. If this is the case, choose Augmented category 6 cableor 10GbE over fiber. Fiber can be more expensive than copper, due to media conversion and moreexpensive ports on equipment, but…. 10GbE fiber ports are readily available today from most majorswitch manufacturers. 10GBASE-T products for Augmented Category 6 products are in their infancy, asof this publication, but will become more main stream in the coming years..

Scenario 2: You are occupying the space for the short-term only. Your plan is to move in the next twoto three years. In this case, the logical choice is a category 6 cabling solution. You will not be in thebuilding long and category 6 will support 10GbE at the shorter distance of 37 meters, just in case youdo require 10GbE in the near term.

Why is category 5e not a good choice in this scenario? Back in 2005, the dominant UTP cablingstandard for new installations shifted from category 5e to category 6. In addition, category 5e is notrecognized by IEEE or TIA to support 10GBASE-T because category 5e cannot support 10GbE for anypractical distance.

Scenario 3: Building space is on a long-term lease or the building is owned; bandwidth requirementsare substantial. Choose Augmented category 6. History says your upfront investment will pay off in thelong-term. Augmented category 6 will be more expensive than category 6, however, the installationtime and cost will be virtually the same. In this scenario, Augmented category 6 offers a cablingsystem that will be in service for at least three generations of active network gear. In the scope of anynetworking project, the infrastructure is a relatively small expense. Adding the small capital expense forAugmented category 6 cabling will defer or eliminate future costs of cabling system upgrades as newapplications require replacement of active networking gear.

Building For Bandwidth in the Future

Technology advancements in networking will continue. New processor technology, coupled with newoperating systems, will allow the creation of advanced applications and services. These new applicationswill demand more and more bandwidth, driving the need for higher speed protocols and cabling to

support these protocols. Your situation may dictate a fiber or a category 6 solution. Yet if you own yourspace, or have a long term lease, a good rule of thumb is to design your passive cabling infrastructureto endure at least three generations of active networking gear with an Augmented category 6 solution.To design for three generations, look to the IEEE and educate yourself on the applications beingdeveloped for the future. This offers an invaluable guide toward building for bandwidth in the future.

Technical ReferenceHow to Choose the Right Cabling Infrastructure



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

38w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


IEEE Designation Data Distance Common TE TrueNet ® SolutionsStandard Rate Limitation Applications

802.3ab 1000Base-T 1000 Mb/s 100 meters Desktop Computing • Category 5e and 6• CopperTen Augmented

Category 6 802.3z 1000Base-SX 1000 Mb/s 550 meters Enterprise backbone • Laser Optimized

Multimode Fiber1000Base-LX 1000 Mb/s 5 Kilometers WAN, MAN • Singlemode Fiber

802.3an 10GBase-T 10 Gb/s 100 meters (Cat 6a), Data Center, R&D Computing, • CopperTen Augmented 55 meters (Cat 6) High Resolution Video, Category 6

Advanced Desktop Computing • Category 6 802.3ae 10GBase-SR/SW 10 Gb/s 300 meters Data Center and Enterprise • Laser Optimized

Backbone Cabling Multimode Fiber 10GBase-LR/LW 10 Gb/s 10 Kilometers WAN, MAN • Singlemode Fiber 10GBase-ER/EW 10 Gb/s 40 Kilometers WAN • Singlemode Fiber 10GBase-LX-4 10 Gb/s 300 meters Data Center and Enterprise • Standard Grade

Backbone Cabling Multimode Fiber 10GBase-LX-4 10 Gb/s 10 Kilometers WAN, MAN • Singlemode Fiber

802.3af Power over 10/100/ 100 meters VoIP, WiFi, RFID, IP Security • Midspan PoE Ethernet 1000 Mb/s

Technical ReferenceChoosing the Right Cabling Infrastructure

TE Infrastructure Solutions

TE manufactures and distributes a complete portfolio of standards-based, technologically superiorsolutions that support voice, data, security, audio, video, controls and other building and campussystems. The TrueNet ® Structured Cabling Solution provides a complete copper and fiber cable,

connectivity and cable management solution from the entrance facility to the desktop and across thecampus. Supported by an exceptional warranty, TrueNet is the choice of network managers worldwidewho operate high-value and mission-critical networks.

The chart below shows just a few of the TE cable solutions used to support common enterpriseapplications. Integral to each solution are the TrueNet patch panels, fiber frames, connectors, cablemanagement, termination/splice/storage panels and other products for every unique requirement in thepassive portion of your network.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

39w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

For years, copper Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) solutions have been the preferred medium over whichmost networks communicate. During this same period, a debate raged over the time frame fiber opticcabling would replace copper cabling as the preferred medium for network infrastructure.

Fiber typically leads the Ethernet industry into the ‘next’ generation of products. Currently, IEEE is

working on the proposed IEEE 802.3ba standard: 40Gbps for local server applications and 100Gbpsfor Internet backbones. The proposed standard includes LASER Optimized multimode fiber (LoMM),single-mode fiber and copper as mediums over which the application must operate. This is the first timethat copper has been included with fiber in the progression of port speed. The document is anticipatedto be ratified by 2010.

If Fiber is always one step ahead, why doesn’t it replace copper as the preferred medium for networks?The answer is simple: The cost of the active electronics. The process of converting electrons to photonsand then photons back to electrons adds cost. This added cost translates into higher cost for activeelectronics. In traditionally wired networks, the cost of the fiber active hardware is as much as three timesgreater than copper active hardware. The cost of deploying fiber versus copper structured cabling is quitesimilar, depending on the grade of cable selected.

The IEEE 802.3 develops the electrical parameters need to run Ethernet applications. The IEEE thenpasses on the requirements to the Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA) and the InternationalStandards Organization (ISO) for developing measurable parameters for cabling infrastructure.

For 10GBASE-T (10 Gigabit Ethernet over Twisted Pair cabling), the IEEE published IEEE 802.3an inSeptember of 2006. The TIA and ISO organizations followed suit by ratifying TIA-568-B.2-10 and ISO11801:2002 amendment 1 in February of 2008. With the committees having ratified their documents,all the ‘rules’ are in place to properly install a structured cabling infrastructure for any 10 Gigabit Ethernetenvironment.

Augmented Category 6 (Cat 6a)

The frequencies needed to support the encoding schemes for 10GBASE-T now extend to 500MHz.Signal-to-noise ratio within a cabling solution is easily predicted, and therefore cancelled out within theactive electronics. A random noise source, cable-to-cable (alien crosstalk), now needs to be measured andreduced for 10GBASE-T to run properly.

To prevent the effects of crosstalk within cables, pairs within a single cable are twisted at different rates(as the different colors in the cable would indicate). These different rates are used to minimize thecrosstalk between pairs along parallel runs. While this works well within the cable, it doesn’t do muchfor alien crosstalk.

Technical Reference10Gigabit Ethernet over UTP: CopperTen ® Cabling Solution



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

40w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Initial testing on existing Category 6 UTP cable designs quickly showed that the rationale behind reducingthe impact of crosstalk between pairs within a cable could not support alien crosstalk requirements. Twistlay variation and controlled distances between the pairs have been standard design practice for achievingCategory 6 compliance. While the distance between pairs can be controlled within a cable jacket,it could not be controlled between same lay length pairs on adjacent cables.

Testing to Shannon’s capacity on existing Category 6 UTP solutions only yielded results in the 5Gbpsrange. The results achieved previously did not provide the needed additional throughput to allow foractive electronic anomalies. This was a far cry from the desired 18Gbps. Therefore the question wasasked: Is there a UTP solution capable of achieving the needed alien crosstalk requirements or wouldfiber finally rule the day? The August 2003, meeting of the working group would yield three mainproposals:

1. Lower the data rates to 2.5Gbps for Category 6 UTP. This would be the first time fiber wouldnot be matched in speed and that a tenfold increase in speed would not be achieved.

2. Reduce the length of the supported channel to 55 meters from the industry standard 100 metersfor Category 6 UTP. This would greatly impact the flexibility of the cabling plant, considering mostfacilities are designed with the 100 meter distance incorporated into the floor plans.

3. Use shielded solutions and abandon UTP as a transport medium for 10GBASE-T. This would meanreturning to F/UTP or S/FTP type solutions, requiring additional labor, product cost and grounding,as well as space.

Technical Reference10Gigabit Ethernet over UTP: CopperTen ® Cabling Solution

Alien crosstalk is quite simply the amount of noise measured on a pair within a cable induced froman adjacent cable. This is not only a concern for different twist lay pairs between cables, but more sobetween same twist lay pairs between adjacent cables.

Example of a center cable being impactedby the adjacent 6 cables in the bundle.

Example of how cables with same twistlays impact one another.

The star filler used within several Cat 6cable designs increases and controls the

distance between pairs.

While the distance between pairs within the samecable is maintained, the distance between same lay

lengths on adjacent cables is still compromised.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

41w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

TE's CopperTen Solution: A 100 Meter Solution for 10GBASE-T

With standard Category 6 cable construction, thepair separation within the cable is counter-productivefor pair separation between cables.

The often-used star filler pushed the pairs withinthe cable as close to the jacket as possible leavingsame pair combinations between cables susceptibleto high levels of crosstalk.

In CopperTen, the pairs are now kept apart by creatinga higher degree of separation through a unique oblique star filler design. Crowned high points aredesigned into the filler to push the cables away from one another within the bundle. This is very similarto rotating a cam lobe.

Due to the oblique shape of the star, the pairs remain close to the center, while remaining off-centeras the cable rotates, creating a random oscillating separation effect. The bundled cables now havesufficient separation between same lay length (same color) pairs to prevent alien crosstalk.

Technical Reference10Gigabit Ethernet over UTP: CopperTen ™ Cabling Solution

Oblique, elliptical,offset filler, whichrotates along itslength to create anair gap betweenthe cables withina bundle.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

42w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


The separation can be better understood through the actual cross section below. The unique designkeeps cable pairs of the same twist rate within different cables at a greater distance from one anotherthan in the past. Similar to the patented AirES ® technology cable design, air is used between these pairs.

Technical Reference10Gigabit Ethernet over UTP: CopperTen ™ Cabling Solution

This effect is even more dramatic when viewedfrom the side of a cable bundle. The peaks of theoblique, elliptical filler (red arrows) are used asthe contact points along the length of the run.These provide the greatest distance between theactual pairs by vaulting the sides of the ellipse(yellow arrows) where the pairs are housed.

For the purpose of comparison, the Category 7 limit line was used to show the dramatic improvementin preventing alien crosstalk.

The industry now has taken the next leap. Copper UTP has been given another lease on life to supportthe next future proofing step in extending ethernet applications.

The reduction of alien crosstalk is now greatly improved over the standard Category 6 cable withthe new CopperTen cable. The improvements are approximately 20dB better on CopperTen cable thanstandard Category 6 cable. To put this in perspective: for every 3dB of extra noise there’s a doublingeffect resulting in standard Category 6 cable being more than six times noisier than CopperTen cable.

CAT 6 ALIEN CROSSTALK SAMPLE W/CLASS F LIMIT

FREQUENCY

I I I

I I I

AUGMENTED CAT 6 ALIEN NEXT SAMPLE W/CLASS F LIMIT

FREQUENCY



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

43w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Technical ReferenceChoosing the Right Ethernet Patch Panels

Category 5e, 6, or Augmented Category 6? IDC punchdown or modular? T568A or T568B?Shielded or unshielded?

Will I choose the right Ethernet patch panel for my application? Will this choice work with futureapplications? Am I getting the best overall value?

How do I ensure the integrity of my network? Can the infrastructure grow and change withoutservice disruptions?

With all the choices you face as you design your network and select equipment, including availableEthernet patch panels, it’s easy to become confused and frustrated. Ultimately your choice of Ethernetpanels should fit the applications you plan to run. TE has written this short tutorial to guideyou through these decisions, to make them as painless as possible and offer you the best solutionfor your network.

First, let’s ask a few key questions. Your answers will help guide you in the decision process.Next, we will briefly discuss each of the most popular options available so you can draw conclusionsbased on your network needs.

Discovery Questions

• What applications are you or do you plan to run in this facility? Take into account not onlywhat you are doing today, but what you probably will be doing tomorrow i.e. 10/100Base-T?1000Base-T? 10GBase-T?

• What type of LAN network are you designing? Data center? Data backbone? Workstation?

• Is the project a new network installation or an addition to an existing network?

• Is the installation being built to expand existing capacity with current data capabilities or is itfor new, faster data applications?

Answers to these questions will guide you to a particular cable type, a particular data patch panel,and the means to terminate the cable into the patch panel—whether the terminations into the patch

panel involve “punchdown” cable terminations, pre-made telco-type multi-pair cable ends, or standardRJ45 cable ends.

The general guidelines for network transmission capabilities segment the data network; data centerand data network backbone system applications require the highest level of transmission capabilities,while feeds to work areas generally require a bit less. However, all network connectivity should bedesigned with only the highest network engineering standards available.

Category 5e, 6 and 6a Cabling

The Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA) standards group consists of a variety of industryexperts including connectivity and cable manufacturers, distributors, installers, and end customers.The TIA determines certain transmission characteristics that must be met to qualify a cable for certainnetwork applications.

Category 5e is currently the minimum TIA recommended category of wiring for new installations.Electrical characteristics for NEXT, FEXT, ELFEXT, PSNEXT, PSELFEXT, delay skew, propagation delay,attenuation, and return loss are specified to 100MHz. Category 5e was developed with the specificintent of supporting Gigabit Ethernet. Because all TIA standards require backwards compatibility,Category 5e will also support all lower-rated categories and protocols such as 10/100 Base-T.

Category 6 is gaining popularity for new installations. Electrical characteristics for NEXT, FEXT, ELFEXT,PSNEXT, PSELFEXT, delay skew, propagation delay, attenuation, and return loss are specified to 250MHz.Improvements in all electrical parameters are part of the higher TIA Category 6 standard. Category 6,while providing a “bigger pipe” for improved throughput, also has a maximum 100 meters of supportfor Gigabit Ethernet transmission.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

44w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Augmented Category 6 is the cutting edge of UTP cabling. It is similar to Cat 6, but is characterizedto 500MHz and is also capable of running 10GBASE-T. Testing parameters are similar to that of Cat 5eand Cat 6, with the added benefit of compliance to Alien (Bundled) Crosstalk requirements: ANEXT,AACRF, PSANEXT and PSAACRF.

Category 7 is a proposed standard for a fully shielded, 4-pair cabling system with transmissionspecifications referenced to 600MHz. The cable end interface will probably be something other thanthe familiar RJ45 connector, mainly to differentiate the Category 7 installation from existing lower-bandwidth infrastructure. Because of the higher costs associated with manufacturing and installingthese shielded products, their scope of usability is extremely limited in North America (<1%).

So, which should you use? There is quite a bit of misleading information in the industry on this subject,the biggest myth being that Category 6 is required to run Gigabit Ethernet over copper (1000Base-T).However, as of this writing, the TIA recommends Category 6 or Category 5e as the minimum cablingfor new network infrastructure installations.

When do I use Category 6 or 6a? Does the application standard (i.e., Gigabit Ethernet, 10G, etc.)specify Category 6 as a minimal requirement? As of this writing, the TIA and IEEE 802.3an committeehave ratified standards for 10 Gigabit Ethernet over UTP. This standard requires an AugmentedCategory 6 system to run the standard 100 meters length. The good news is that Augmented Category6, as is the case with all TIA standards, is backward compatible and will have no trouble runningexisting applications such as 10/100Base-T and 1000Base-T.

The CopperTen ® System is TE’s version of Augmented Category 6. It provides not only support forthe transmission protocols of today, such as 10/100/1000Mbps, but also that of 10GBASE-T.It is worth noting that the complexity of Category 6a is transparent to the end user and installer.The products have simply been modified to overcome the shortcomings of standard Cat 6 to achievethe desired signal to noise ratios, taking into account bundled crosstalk, to achieve all of the currentIEEE 802.3an (10GBASE-T) requirements.

Cable Type Summary

The chart below summarizes the industry standard UTP cable types used in current networkinginstallations.


Category Test 10/100BaseT 1000BaseT 10 GBASE-T Relative CostFrequency To 100m

Cat 5e 100MHz Yes Yes No $ Cat 6 250MHz Yes Yes No $$ Cat 6a 500MHz Yes Yes Yes $$$ Cat 7 600MHz Yes Yes Yes $$$$

In addition to the UTP cabling described above, you should understand the issues of cable shielding,

and stranded versus solid cable.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

45w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Shielded vs. Unshielded Twisted Pair

Unshielded twisted pair (UTP) cabling provides immunity to electromagnetic interference (EMI) withthe properties of the two conductors that make up a transmission pair being twisted together. WhenUTP cabling encounters electrical interference, the noise crossing the twisted pairs is cancelled by the

twists in the cable (called “Common Mode Rejection,” a subject outside the scope of this discussion).Standard Category 5e, 6 and 6a cables contain four unshielded twisted pairs of conductors.For 10BASE-T and 100BASE-TX applications, only two pairs are used, one for the transmit circuitand one for receive circuit. For 1000BASE-T and 10GBASE-T all four pairs are required.

There are actually two methods of shielding a twisted pair cable. Foiled twisted pair cable (F/UTP) provides an overall screen or metal foil around the four pairs of conductors, but each individual twistedpair is unshielded. Shielded twisted pair cable (S/FTP) has each individual pair shielded, plus anoverall screen around the four individually shielded pairs. The legacy token ring IBM Type 1 cable andCategory 7 are examples of STP cable. STP cable requires metal encapsulated connectors that bondthe cable shield to the telecommunications ground, in order to carry the interfering signals safely awayfrom the signal conducting pairs. Failure to properly connect the cable shield to ground results in theshield coupling the interfering noise to the conductors, providing very poor transmission performanceand possibly allowing for damage to equipment and people. In fact, there is much debate whether toground both the ends of an STP channel, or not. Because of this and the added costs, most of the worlduses UTP cabling, with some exceptions located in a few countries in Europe.

Stranded vs. Solid Conductor Cable

Stranded cable is flexible and often used for patch panel jumpers and work area connections.Stranded cabling is used for shorter patching applications for its flexible cable construction, but alsoexhibits higher attenuation due to the smaller diameter conductors, and as such should not be used forlong, permanent installations. Solid conductor cable is used for the “horizontal” cable runs. The typicalgauge for Category 5e cable is 24 AWG. Category 6/6a is 23 AWG—the larger conductor diameterimproves attenuation characteristics and signal-to-noise ratio versus the smaller conductor diameter of

Category 5e.

Patch Panel Rear Termination Options

Popular choices for patch panel rear terminations include insulation displacement contact (IDC)punchdown termination, and connectorized cable end terminations (RJ45 and RJ-21X).

Many popular data patch panels are designed using IDCs, requiring the manual punchdown terminationof each individual wire. A typical 24-port panel requires 192 individual punchdown terminations.With this many manual terminations, installation mistakes are common, including incorrect wire mapping(cross-wiring), opens, shorts, and excessive untwisting of the wire pairs. Terminating the “horizontal”cabling room typically uses IDC punchdown panels.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

46w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


For patch-panel-to-patch-panel connectionsin a data center or telecommunications room,preterminated cable assemblies and connectorizedpatch panels can improve installation time andconnectivity success. A preconnectorized solutiondramatically decreases the assembly time andincreases the quality of the termination, as thecontact’s points are typically gold-on-gold withhigh contact forces. Preconnectorized solutionsdo require up-front planning—the distancesbetween panels must be determined so thecorrect cable assembly length can be ordered.

RJ45-to-RJ45 and RJ45-to-RJ-21X panels arethe two most popular preconnectorized systems.The RJ-21X, also known as 50-pin telco or25-pair Amphenol connectors, is popular becausesix 4-pair Ethernet (1000BaseT) or twelve 2-pair Ethernet (10/100BaseT) circuits can beterminated at one time on a panel using thecorrect multi-pair cable assembly. The mainrequirement for 25-pair cable and connectors isthe PowerSum NEXT or PSNEXT requirement.


The LSA-PLUS® Contact Difference

Effects of LSA-PLUS ® contact on wire:

Effects of other traditional contacts on wire:

There are two predominant types of IDCs on the market today, the 110 and the LSA-PLUS ® 45° IDC.Many manufacturers have now started to migrate to a 45° IDC due to its superior technical advantages,such as lower resistance, torsional forces, better stability when vibrated and the ability to accept multipleand stranded conductors. It is worth noting that TE still has the advantage of not only having 45° IDC,but also using silver plating versus tin.

3

Typical primary wire after beingpunched into a 110 IDC; positioningcontacts at a 90-degree angle resultsin a weak connection, which is proneto breakage.

Insulation clamping ribs hold the wiresecurely – isolating the contact area fromvibration and mechanical stress.

Silver-plated contact tags at 45-degreeangles across the wire’s axis make a solid,gas-tight connection.

Axial and torsional restoring forces make asolid, gas-tight connection.

3

3

1

2

1

2

TE leaves more wire between contactpoints; provides a more reliable stressresistant connection.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

47w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Cable Management

Of course, you’ll never achieve zero bit errors or 500MHz from your 6a Ethernet system if cables aredifficult to manage and easily damaged. Careful attention should be paid to the cable managementscheme that surrounds patch panels and Ethernet equipment.

Ideally, all Ethernet equipment is permanently terminated in a cross-connect field so that moves,adds, and changes (MACs) are done using semi-permanent patch cords. This enables circuit rerouting,upgrades for Ethernet equipment, and routine maintenance with less downtime—and less chancefor damaging active equipment ports and cables.

At a minimum, the Ethernet network should include the following characteristics:

• Access to cables. Especially as rack density increases, it is important that cables can be easilyidentified and traced for MACs. Otherwise, simple rearrangements turn into hours of techniciantime and downtime.

• Cable routing. Establishing defined cable routing paths within racks, between racks, and betweenequipment rooms ensures that patch cords and cables remain organized and neat. This increasesboth the service life of cables and the availability of Ethernet services for users.

• Physical protection and storage. Cables dangling from overhead or laying the floor invite problems.The proper method is to provide storage within each rack so that inadvertent damage and downtimeis avoided.

TE Solutions

Listed below are some of TE’s panel solutions that meet the recommendations given above. Pleasecontact TE’s Technical Assistance Center for more information on these or any other solutions.

Catalog Category Wiring Rear ApplicationsNumber Scheme Termination Supported

TEPP24505 5e Universal T568A/B RJ45 All except for 10 Gigabit TEPP24606 6 Universal T568A/B RJ45 All except for 10 Gigabit TEPP245800BTEL 5e T568B RJ21X All except for 10 Gigabit TEPP245100TEL 5 10/100Base-T Specific RJ21X 10/100Base-T 6653 1 585-24 5e Universal T568A/B RJ45 LSA-PLUS IDC All except for 10 Gigabit6653 1 585-48 5e Universal T568A/B RJ45 LSA-PLUS IDC All except for 10 Gigabit PP24AC5ET 5e Universal T568A/B RJ45 LSA-PLUS IDC All except for 10 GigabitPP48AC5ET 5e Universal T568A/B RJ45 LSA-PLUS IDC All except for 10 Gigabit 6653 1 587-24 5e Universal T568A/B RJ45 LSA-PLUS IDC All except for 10 Gigabit6653 1 587-48 5e Universal T568A/B RJ45 LSA-PLUS IDC All except for 10 Gigabit 6653 1 677-24 6 Universal T568A/B RJ45 LSA-PLUS IDC All except for 10 Gigabit6653 1 677-48 6 Universal T568A/B RJ45 LSA-PLUS IDC All except for 10 Gigabit6653 1 679-24 6 Universal T568A/B RJ45 LSA-PLUS IDC All except for 10 Gigabit6653 1 679-48 6 Universal T568A/B RJ45 LSA-PLUS IDC All except for 10 GigabitPP24AC6T 6 Universal T568A/B RJ45 LSA-PLUS IDC All except for 10 Gigabit PP48AC6T 6 Universal T568A/B RJ45 LSA-PLUS IDC All except for 10 Gigabit TPNP-24NC10-BK 6a Universal T568A/B RJ45 LSA-PLUS IDC All TPNP-24APC10-BK 6a Universal T568A/B RJ45 LSA-PLUS IDC All



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

48w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Proper cable management practices make fiber networks less susceptible to accidental damage, quickerto install, less expensive to own and operate over the long haul and easier to expand as needs grow.

Key cable management concepts include:

• Bend radius: At turns in fiber runs, maintain a 1.5-inch bend radius. Tighter bends may causemacro-bending of individual fibers that allow light to escape the signal path, resulting in signalattenuation. More severe bends can break fiber strands completely, resulting in signal loss.

• Cable troughing: Used to route fiber optic cable, troughing systems provide a protected pathwayfor fiber to traverse spans between rooms and equipment racks. Good troughing systems will keepfiber separate from copper cable, protect it from out-of-tolerance bends and promote neat, easilyaccessible runs.

• Vertical cable protection: Allowing fiber to hang unprotected from the back of equipment canbe a recipe for disaster. Exposed cables are easy to snag accidentally with a hand or foot, which canresult in damage to the connector or fiber itself. Additionally, over time the weight of hanging fibercan cause bends outside the acceptable limit and consequently, damage to the fiber. Proper verticalcable management in panels or equipment bays provides adequate support, cable protection and

a transition from the vertical run to the back of the equipment that does not damage the fiber.• Cable pile-up: In horizontal fiber runs, it is unacceptable to allow a pile of fiber cable to exceed two

inches. Beyond that point, the weight of the bundle will surpass the crush tolerance limit of the fiberat the bottom of the stack, resulting in microscopic damage and signal attenuation.

• Cable segregation: Keep fiber runs separate from legacy copper cable. Copper cable is relativelyheavy and can crush fiber cables. Additionally, segregating coax from fiber ensures that techniciansrepairing coax do not accidentally damage the fiber cable while working on the copper.

• Labeling: As you would in a legacy copper environment, develop good labeling practices. Knowwhere fibers originate and terminate. Doing so will reduce maintenance time and the likelihood thata maintenance tech will make hasty decisions on fiber routing that can lead to a rat’s nest of cableand patch cords.

• Density: When selecting products for a fiber network, remember future maintenance. The moredensely connectors are packed onto a panel, the more difficult it will be for even the most dexteroustechnicians to maintain. Remember, inevitably cables will be moved, so the ability to trace and re-routethem is critical to working efficiently.

• Future proofing: When planning rack configurations with a given number of terminations toaccommodate a relatively low number of fibers for today’s requirements, don’t forget the future.A fiber path that easily supports 12 fibers today may be inadequate to support the 200 fibers neededin a few years. Planning up front for the future can save the expense of ripping out outgrowncapacity down the road.

Proper cable management is extremely important to the success of an evolving high-performancecommunications network. The fact that a single fiber may transmit mission-critical signals underlies the

importance of taking the steps necessary to manage fiber’s installation and use.

Technical ReferenceKey Fiber Optic Cable Management Concepts



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

49w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Singlemode versus Multimode Fiber

Fiber optic cable comes in two varieties: singlemode and multimode. Both have applications instructured cabling applications. Singlemode fiber optic cables transmit a single ray of light used to carrymodulated signals. It is normally used in applications requiring the transmission of signals over a long

distance, for example, between separate facilities on a campus.Multimode fiber optic cable carries multiple light rays with different reflection angles within the fibercore. With a fiber core that’s thicker than singlemode fiber, multimode cable is better suited for shortruns, such as those between equipment and panels. Multimode should be used to connect devicessuch as optical routers and servers.

Fiber optic cable offers a level of security that exceeds copper or microwave transmissionbecause it is difficult to tap without breaking.

Ultra Physical Contact Connectors and Angled Physical Contact Connectors

Attaching a connector to a fiber optic cable will cause some of the light traversing that fiber to belost. Regardless of whether the connector was installed in the factory or the field, its presence will beresponsible for some light being reflected back towards its source, the laser. Commonly known as returnloss (RL), these reflections can damage the laser and degrade the signal’s performance. The degreeof signal degradation caused by RL depends on the laser’s specifications; some lasers are more sensitiveto RL than others.

The amount of optical return loss generated is related to the type of polish that is usedon the connector.

The “angled physical contact” (APC) connector is best for high bandwidth applications and long haullinks since it offers the lowest return loss characteristics of connectors currently available. In an APCconnector, the endface of a termination is polished precisely at an 8-degree angle to the fiber claddingso that most RL is reflected into the cladding where it cannot interfere with the transmitted signal ordamage the laser source. As a result, APC connectors offer a superior RL performance of -65dB.

However, it is extremely difficult to field terminate an angled physical contact connector at 8 degreeswith any consistent level of success. Therefore, if an APC connector is damaged in the field it shouldbe replaced with a factory-terminated APC connector.

The “ultra physical contact” (UPC) connector—while not offering the superior optical return lossperformance of an APC connector—has RL characteristics that are acceptable for data transmissions.When using UPC connectors, make sure your laser’s specifications can handle the return loss yourUPC connectors will generate.

Offering –57dB RL, ultra physical contact connectors rely on machine polishing to deliver their lowoptical return loss characteristics. Ultra physical contact polishing refers to the radius of the endfacepolishing administered to the ferrule, the precision tube used to hold a fiber in place for alignment.The rounded finish created during the polishing process allows fibers to touch on a high point near the

fiber core where light travels. Unlike APC connectors, UPC connectors can, with the proper tools andtraining, be repaired in the field.




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

50w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Connector Styles

• SC: The SC style offers excellent loss characteristics and comes in a standard footprint. It is easy tosnap in and remove. The SC is pull-proof and is available in UPC and APC.

• LC: The most popular of all connectors, the LC is a small-form-factor connector. The LC features aresimilar to SC, but its size allows double the density. Available in UPC and APC.

• ST ®: Very similar in appearance to a BNC connector, the ST is a screw-on type connector. It doesnot offer the pull-proof resiliency of SC and LC connectors. ST connectors, which are made of metalcomponents, are only available with UPC polishing. In recent years, the popularity of ST connectorshas waned as the use of SC and LC connectors has grown.

• Duplex SC: Offers the same features as the SC style but supports two-way communication.

When designing a fiber network for routing signals through a facility, standardizing on a singleconnector type will make network repairs and technician training faster and less expensive. However,despite efforts to standardize on a single connector style, it may be necessary to use a hybrid cable insome applications.




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

51w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Copper Cable Solutions

Introduction ........................................................ ............. 52

CopperTen ® Augmented Category 6 Horizontal Cable ..... 53

CopperTen ® Augmented Category 6 F/UTP

Horizontal Cable ................................................. ............. 55

Category 6 Horizontal Cable ............................................ 61

Category 6 Limited Combustible Cable ............................ 73

Category 6 Outdoor Cable .............................................. 76

Category 5e Horizontal Cable .......................................... 79

Category 5e Outdoor Cable ............................................. 88

Category 5e Backbone Cable ........................................... 90

Category 3 Horizontal and Backbone Cable ..................... 94

Category 1 Horizontal and Backbone Cable ..................... 98



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

52w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

C o p p e r C a b l e S o l u t

i o n s

Copper Cable SolutionsIntroduction

TrueNet Structured Cabling System With AirES TechnologyTE offers a wide variety of copper cable for transmission of the most criticaldata transmissions. The cable portfolio includes CopperTen ® AugmentedCategory 6 cable for the 10 Gpbs Ethernet over UTP standard, as well asstandards-compliant cable for Category 3, Category 5, Category 5e andCategory 6 applications. Our high performance copper riser and Plenumdata cables for backbone and horizontal applications are produced by highlyautomated manufacturing processes that ensure consistent quality anddependability with superior electrical performance.TE’s patented AirES ® (Air Enhanced System) is the cable technology thatimproves data thoughput, saves space, eases installation and reduces thedanger of fire and smoke. Through a unique design and advanced manufacturing techniques we areable to build AirES cable using air as a conductor insulator. This groundbreaking process results in acable that incorporates superior performance while reducing overall size up to 32 percent.

CopperTen Augmented Category 6 Cable with AirES Technology • The world’s first UTP structured cable to enable 10 gigabit Ethernet transmission over a full

100 meters

• Patented “inside out” filler provides the necessary air pockets to minimize alien crosstalk betweencables in a bundle

– Rotates along its length – Creates a large air footprint – Generates more separation between cables • Unsurpassed electrical performance parameters – Increased signal to noise ratio (ACR) through performance increase in crosstalk and attenuation – Decreased crosstalk through reduced capacitive effects, with the introduction of air as

an insulator – Increased signal strength through less attenuation (Insertion Loss), a by-product of reduced

dielectric loss and twist rate

TrueNet ® Category 6 and Category 5e Cables with AirES Technology • Improved physical and mechanical design attributes • Increased signal speed and strength • Unsurpassed electrical performance parameters – Increased signal to noise ratio (ACR) through performance increase in crosstalk and attenuation – Decreased crosstalk through reduced capacitive effects, with the introduction of air as

an insulator – Increased signal strength through less attenuation (Insertion Loss), a by-product of reduced

dielectric loss and twist rate • Cross-sectional area reduction of 28 percent for TrueNet Category 5e and 32 percent for TrueNet

Category 6 provide multiple benefits

– Increases fill rates by an average of 28 to 32 percent, decreasing installation costs • Increases fill rates • Decreases access-way space required – Improves safety in event of fire due to decrease of 32 percent in amount of fuel present – Provides four times greater crush resistance compared to UL 444 requirements – Decreases installation time • Allows more cables to be pulled at the same time • Promotes faster terminations



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

53w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Copper Cable SolutionsCopperTen ® Augmented Category 6 Horizontal Cable

Features

• Unique oblique elliptical offset fillerfor improved alien crosstalk

• Features AirES ® technology

• Manufactured with lead-free materials

Common Applications

• 4/16Mbps Token Ring (IEEE 802.5)

• 10Base-T (IEEE 802.3)• 100Mbps TP-PMD

• Broadband and baseband video

• 100Base-T (Fast Ethernet)

• 100Base-T4 (Fast Ethernet)• 100Base-TX (Fast Ethernet)

• 100VG-Any LAN (IEEE 802.12)• 52/155Mbps ATM (ATM Forum)

• 622Mbps ATM (ATM Forum)

• 1000Base-T (Gigabit Ethernet)• 1 Gigabit Networking System (WGNA)

• 1.2Gbps ATM (ATM Forum)

• 77 Channel broadband video• 10GBase-T Ethernet (IEEE 802.3an)

Compliances• UL Subject 444• (UL)-C(UL) Type CMP

• ICEA S-90-661

• NEC 800 Type CMP• TIA/EIA 568-B.2-10 Standards

• ISO/IEC 11801 Class EA Horizontal CableRequirements

Conductor:Insulation:Separator:Jacket:Nominal outer diameter:Maximum average outer diameter:

23 AWG solid bare copper All 4 pairs 100% FEP Fluoropolymer Non-lead, flame retardant PVC 0.275" (7.0mm) 0.275" (7.0mm)

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Description Catalog Number*4-pair Plenum data cable

1000' reel 10G-A6TP- XX 02

Additional packaging options are available, pleasecontact TE Technical Assistance Center.

*To order jacket color, replace XX with: BL = Blue WT = White GY = Gray GN = Green YL = Yellow RD = Red

Speci cations

CopperTen ® Category 6a Plenum Data Cable



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

54w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


i o n s

Features



Common Applications

• 4/16Mbps Token Ring (IEEE 802.5)• 10Base-T (IEEE 802.3)

• 100Mbps TP-PMD


• 100Base-T (Fast Ethernet)• 100Base-T4 (Fast Ethernet)

• 100Base-TX (Fast Ethernet)• 100VG-Any LAN (IEEE 802.12)• 52/155Mbps ATM (ATM Forum)


• 1000Base-T (Gigabit Ethernet)• 1 Gigabit Networking System (WGNA)



Compliances

• UL Subject 444• (UL)-C(UL) Type CMR/CMG

• ICEA S-90-661

• NEC 800 Type CMR

• TIA/EIA 568-B.2-10 Standards• ISO/IEC 11801 Class EA Horizontal Cable

Requirements

• Fire load: 822kJ/m (0.23kWh/m)

Copper Cable SolutionsCopperTen ® Augmented Category 6 Horizontal Cable

Conductor:Insulation:Separator:Jacket:Nominal outer diameter:Maximum average outerdiameter:

23 AWG solid bare copper 100% Polyolefin Flame retardant polyolefin Non-lead, flame retardant PVC 0.295" (7.5mm)

0.295" (7.5mm)

Speci cations

CopperTen ® Category 6a Riser Data Cable


Description Catalog Number*4-pair riser data cable

1000' reel 10G-A6TR- XX 02





1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

55w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Features

• Supports 10 Gigabit Ethernet over shieldedcopper to a full 100 meters

• 20 year TrueNet CopperTen warranty

Compliances

• UL Subject 444• (UL)-C(UL) Type CMP

• ICEA S-90-661• NEC 800 Type CMP

• TIA/EIA-568-B.2-1 Category 6 HorizontalCable Requirements

• ETL Verified TIA/EIA-568-B.2-10 AugmentedCategory 6 Horizontal Cable Requirements

• ISO/IEC 11801 Category 6 Horizontal CableRequirements

• ISO/IEC 11801 Category 6a Horizontal CableRequirements

Copper Cable SolutionsCopperTen ® Augmented Category 6 F/UTP Horizontal Cable

CopperTen ® Four Pair F/UTP Plenum Cable

TE F/UTP CopperTen® cable can be used in datacenter, communications closet and work stationfor 10G shielded performance. Installed in high-performance networks world wide, the system’sdesign minimizes alien crosstalk and insertion loss andmeets the performance requirements of IEEE 802.3anand TIA 568-B.2-10 standards.

Speci cations

Common Applications

• 4/16 Mb/s Token Ring (IEEE 802.5)• 10BASE-T (IEEE 802.3)

• 100 Mb/s TP-PMD

• Broadband & Baseband Video• 100BASE-T (“Fast Ethernet”)

• 100BASE-T4 (“Fast Ethernet”)

• 100BASE-TX (“Fast Ethernet”)• 100VG-Any LAN (IEEE 802.12)

• 52/155 Mb/s ATM (ATM Forum)

• 622 Mb/s ATM (ATM Forum)• 1000BASE-T (Gigabit Ethernet)

• 1 Gigabit Networking System (WGNA)

• 1.2 Gb/s ATM (ATM Forum)• 77 Channel Broadband Video

• 10GBASE-T Ethernet (IEEE P802.3an)

CONSTRUCTION Conductor: 23 AWG solid bare copper Insulation: Foamed FEP Separator: Fluoropolymer Shield: Aluminum/polyester foil Drain Wire: Stranded tinnned copper Jacket: Lead-free, flame retardant PVC Nominal O.D.: 285" (7.2mm)

THERMAL CHARACTERISTICS Transport and Storage: -10°C to 60°C Installation: 4°C to 50°C

Operation: -10°C to 60°CMECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICSBend Radius During Installation: 16 X O.D. Installed: 8 X O.D. Pull Tension: 25 lb/f (110N)

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS Conductor DC Resistance @ 20°C (Max): 28.6 Ω /1000 ft (9.38 Ω /100 m) DC Resistance Unbalance (Max): 5% Mutual Capacitance @ 20°C (Max): 17 pF/ft (5.6nF/100 m) Operating Voltage (Max): 300 VDC Worst Case Cable Skew: 45 ns/100 m Nominal Velocity of Propagation: 72%



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

56w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


i o n s



FREQ

MHZ

FittedImpedance

Ohms

Insertion Loss

dB/100m

Return Loss

dB/100m

Pair-Pair NEXT

dB/100m

PSNEXT

dB/100mSpec Max Spec Min Spec Min Spec Min Spec

1 100 +/- 15 1.7 2 24.3 20 85.9 74.3 83.2 72.3

4 100 +/- 15 3.4 3.7 27.1 23 75.9 65.3 73 63.3

8 100 +/- 15 4.8 5.2 29.4 24.5 68.6 60.8 65.4 58.8

10 100 +/- 15 5.4 5.9 31 25 61.5 59.3 59.1 57.3

16 100 +/- 15 6.8 7.4 30.4 25 63.6 56.2 62.7 54.2

20 100 +/- 15 7.6 8.3 31.6 25 65.4 54.8 62.7 52.8

25 100 +/- 15 8.6 9.3 33.1 24.3 62.6 53.3 58.6 51.3

31.25 100 +/- 15 9.7 10.4 34.2 23.6 67.1 51.9 63.5 49.9

62.5 100 +/- 15 13.9 14.9 31.1 21.5 54 47.4 52.5 45.4100 100 +/- 15 17.9 19 28.9 20.1 52.7 44.3 50.7 42.3

155 100 +/- 15 22.6 24 33 18.8 45.3 41.4 44.7 39.4

200 100 +/- 15 26.1 27.5 23.5 18 50.7 39.8 48.7 37.8

250 100 +/- 15 29.4 31 22.9 17.3 42.3 38.3 41.1 36.3

300 100 +/- 15 32.7 34.2 26.2 16.8 43.1 37.1 40.5 35.1

350 100 +/- 15 35.8 37.2 22.9 16.3 45.2 36.1 42.2 34.1

400 100 +/- 15 38.7 40 21.9 15.9 44.7 35.3 41.4 33.3

450 100 +/- 15 41.5 42.7 22.4 15.5 39.2 34.5 37.8 32.5

500 100 +/- 15 44.1 45.3 20.1 15.2 36.7 33.8 35.2 31.8

550 100 +/- 15 46.9 - 21.7 - 39.9 - 38.6 -600 100 +/- 15 49.5 - 17 - 36.6 - 34.4 -



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

57w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Description Catalog Number

1000 foot reel, 42lbs 62kg 10G-A6TPF-XX02


NOTES: XX = Jacket color - BL = Blue, WT = White, GY = Gray

FREQ

MHZ

Pair-Pair ACR

dB/100m

PSACR

dB/100m

Pair-Pair ELFEXT

dB/100m

PSNEXT

dB/100m TCL

Max Spec Min Spec Min Spec Min Spec Spec

1 84.2 72.3 81.5 70.3 83.8 67.8 83.1 64.8 40.0

4 72.7 61.5 69.8 59.5 75.8 55.8 75.2 52.8 40.0

8 64.1 55.5 60.9 53.5 64.2 49.7 62.5 46.7 40.0

10 56.5 53.4 54.0 51.4 64.0 47.8 60.3 44.8 40.0

16 57.2 48.8 56.3 46.8 63.7 43.7 61.2 40.7 38.0

20 58.1 46.5 55.1 44.5 59.9 41.8 58.4 38.8 37.0

25 54.4 44.0 50.4 42.0 57.5 39.8 56.9 36.8 36.0

31.25 57.5 41.5 53.8 39.5 55.4 37.9 55.6 34.9 35.1

62.5 40.8 32.5 39.3 30.5 52.4 31.9 50.6 28.9 32.0

100 35.7 25.3 33.4 23.3 52.9 27.8 51.1 24.8 30.0

155 23.7 17.5 22.1 15.5 45.4 24.0 43.8 21.0 28.1

200 25.8 12.3 23.8 10.3 46.0 21.8 43.4 18.8 27.0

250 14.2 7.4 12.5 5.4 43.0 19.8 41.0 16.8 26.0

300 11.9 3.0 9.3 1.0 43.0 18.3 39.3 15.3 -

350 11.0 -1.0 8.1 -3.0 39.0 16.9 38.3 13.9 -

400 7.5 -4.7 3.4 -6.7 37.5 15.8 35.7 12.8 -

450 -0.7 -8.2 -2.2 -10.2 38.9 14.7 36.2 11.7 -

500 -5.7 -11.4 -7.2 -13.4 39.5 13.8 35.4 10.8 -

550 -5.6 - -6.9 - 31.9 - 32.3 - -

600 -12.9 - -14.4 - 31.2 - 29.2 - -

NOTE: The above listed discrete frequency electrical performance values are provided for engineering informationonly. Actual compliance testing is based on swept frequency measurements. The spec values are based onTIA/EIA-568-B.2-10 specification.




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

58w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


i o n s

CopperTen ® Four Pair F/UTP Riser CableTE F/UTP CopperTen® cable can be used in data center,communications closet and work station for 10Gshielded performance. Installed in high-performancenetworks world wide, the system’s design minimizesalien crosstalk and insertion loss and meets theperformance requirements of IEEE 802.3an and TIA568-B.2-10 standards.


CONSTRUCTION Conductor: 23 AWG solid bare copper Insulation: HDPE Separator: HDPE Shield: Aluminum/polyester foil Drain Wire: Stranded tinnned copper Jacket: Lead-free, flame retardant PVC Nominal O.D.: .280" (7.1mm)

THERMAL CHARACTERISTICS Transport and Storage: -10°C to 60°C Installation: 4°C to 50°C

Operation: -10°C to 60°CMECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICSBend Radius During Installation: 16 X O.D. Installed: 8 X O.D. Pull Tension: 25 lb/f (110N)

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS Conductor DC Resistance @ 20°C (Max): 28.6 Ω /1000 ft (9.38 Ω /100 m) DC Resistance Unbalance (Max): 5% Mutual Capacitance @ 20°C (Max): 17 pF/ft (5.6nF/100 m) Operating Voltage (Max): 300 VDC Worst Case Cable Skew: 45 ns/100 m Nominal Velocity of Propagation: 72%

Speci cations

Features



Compliances

• UL Subject 444• (UL)-C(UL) Type CMR

• ICEA S-90-661• NEC 800 Type CMR

• TIA/EIA-568-B.2-1 Category 6 HorizontalCable Requirements

• ETL Verified TIA/EIA-568-B.2-10 AugmentedCategory 6 Horizontal Cable Requirements

• ISO/IEC 11801 Category 6 Horizontal CableRequirements

• ISO/IEC 11801 Category 6a Horizontal CableRequirements

Common Applications

• 4/16 Mb/s Token Ring (IEEE 802.5)• 10BASE-T (IEEE 802.3)

• 100 Mb/s TP-PMD

• Broadband & Baseband Video• 100BASE-T (“Fast Ethernet”)

• 100BASE-T4 (“Fast Ethernet”)

• 100BASE-TX (“Fast Ethernet”)• 100VG-Any LAN (IEEE 802.12)

• 52/155 Mb/s ATM (ATM Forum)

• 622 Mb/s ATM (ATM Forum)• 1000BASE-T (Gigabit Ethernet)


• 1.2 Gb/s ATM (ATM Forum)• 77 Channel Broadband Video

• 10GBASE-T Ethernet (IEEE P802.3an)



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

59w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

CopperTen ® Four Pair F/UTP Riser Cable


FREQ

MHZ

FittedImpedance

Ohms

Insertion Loss

dB/100m

Return Loss

dB/100m

Pair-Pair NEXT

dB/100m

PSNEXT

dB/100mSpec Max Spec Min Spec Min Spec Min Spec

1 100 +/- 15 1.7 2.0 24.3 20.0 85.9 74.3 83.2 72.3

4 100 +/- 15 3.4 3.7 27.1 23.0 75.9 65.3 73.0 63.3

8 100 +/- 15 4.8 5.2 29.4 24.5 68.6 60.8 65.4 58.8

10 100 +/- 15 5.4 5.9 31.0 25.0 61.5 59.3 59.1 57.3

16 100 +/- 15 6.8 7.4 30.4 25.0 63.6 56.2 62.7 54.2

20 100 +/- 15 7.6 8.3 31.6 25.0 65.4 54.8 62.7 52.8

25 100 +/- 15 8.6 9.3 33.1 24.3 62.6 53.3 58.6 51.3

31.25 100 +/- 15 9.7 10.4 34.2 23.6 67.1 51.9 63.5 49.9

62.5 100 +/- 15 13.9 14.9 31.1 21.5 54.0 47.4 52.5 45.4100 100 +/- 15 17.9 19.0 28.9 20.1 52.7 44.3 50.7 42.3

155 100 +/- 15 22.6 24.0 33.0 18.8 45.3 41.4 44.7 39.4

200 100 +/- 15 26.1 27.5 23.5 18.0 50.7 39.8 48.7 37.8

250 100 +/- 15 29.4 31.0 22.9 17.3 42.3 38.3 41.1 36.3

300 100 +/- 15 32.7 34.2 26.2 16.8 43.1 37.1 40.5 35.1

350 100 +/- 15 35.8 37.2 22.9 16.3 45.2 36.1 42.2 34.1

400 100 +/- 15 38.7 40.0 21.9 15.9 44.7 35.3 41.4 33.3

450 100 +/- 15 41.5 42.7 22.4 15.5 39.2 34.5 37.8 32.5

500 100 +/- 15 44.1 45.3 20.1 15.2 36.7 33.8 35.2 31.8

550 100 +/- 15 46.9 - 21.7 - 39.9 - 38.6 -600 100 +/- 15 49.5 - 17.0 - 36.6 - 34.4 -



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

60w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


i o n s

CopperTen ® Four Pair F/UTP Riser Cable


1000 foot reel, 41lbs 61kg 10G-A6TRF-XX02



FREQ

MHZ

Pair-Pair ACR

dB/100m

PSACR

dB/100m

Pair-Pair ELFEXT

dB/100m

PSNEXT

dB/100m TCL


1 84.2 72.3 81.5 70.3 83.8 67.8 83.1 64.8 40.0

4 72.7 61.5 69.8 59.5 75.8 55.8 75.2 52.8 40.0

8 64.1 55.5 60.9 53.5 64.2 49.7 62.5 46.7 40.0

10 56.5 53.4 54.0 51.4 64.0 47.8 60.3 44.8 40.0

16 57.2 48.8 56.3 46.8 63.7 43.7 61.2 40.7 38.0

20 58.1 46.5 55.1 44.5 59.9 41.8 58.4 38.8 37.0

25 54.4 44.0 50.4 42.0 57.5 39.8 56.9 36.8 36.0

31.25 57.5 41.5 53.8 39.5 55.4 37.9 55.6 34.9 35.1

62.5 40.8 32.5 39.3 30.5 52.4 31.9 50.6 28.9 32.0

100 35.7 25.3 33.4 23.3 52.9 27.8 51.1 24.8 30.0

155 23.7 17.5 22.1 15.5 45.4 24.0 43.8 21.0 28.1

200 25.8 12.3 23.8 10.3 46.0 21.8 43.4 18.8 27.0

250 14.2 7.4 12.5 5.4 43.0 19.8 41.0 16.8 26.0

300 11.9 3.0 9.3 1.0 43.0 18.3 39.3 15.3 -

350 11.0 -1.0 8.1 -3.0 39.0 16.9 38.3 13.9 -

400 7.5 -4.7 3.4 -6.7 37.5 15.8 35.7 12.8 -

450 -0.7 -8.2 -2.2 -10.2 38.9 14.7 36.2 11.7 -

500 -5.7 -11.4 -7.2 -13.4 39.5 13.8 35.4 10.8 -

550 -5.6 - -6.9 - 31.9 - 32.3 - -

600 -12.9 - -14.4 - 31.2 - 29.2 - -





1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

61w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Copper Cable SolutionsCategory 6 Horizontal Cable

Category 6 Plenum Cable

TrueNet ® Category 6 Plenum cableis protected by US Patents 6153826

TrueNet ® Category 6 Plenum cableis also available in a side-by-side configuration

Common Applications


• 100Mbps TP-PMD• Broadband and baseband video



• 100VG-AnyLAN (IEEE 802.12)

• 52/155Mbps ATM (ATM Forum)• 622Mbps ATM (ATM Forum)

• 1000Base-T (Gigabit Ethernet)

• 1Gbps Networking System (WGNA)• 1.2Gbps ATM (ATM Forum)

• 77 Channel broadband video

Compliances



• ISO/IEC 11801 Class E

• TIA/EIA-568-B.2-1 Category 6 horizontalcable requirements

Performance information follows on the next page

CONSTRUCTIONFeatures AirES ® technology Conductors:Insulation:

Pairing:Filler:Color-coding:Jacket:

24 AWG solid bare copper 100% FEP

Short, staggered pair lays Fluoropolymer See Technical Reference Section, UTP color-code table Lead-free, flame retardant PVC

Speci cations

®



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

62w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


i o n s



Ordering information follows on the next page

SpecificationsELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Conductor DC resistance (maximum): 28.6 /1000 feet (9.38/100 meters) @20°CDC resistance unbalance (maximum): 2% Mutual capacitance (maximum): 17 pF/foot (5.6nF/100 meters) Operating temperature (maximum): 75°C Operating voltage (maximum): 300VDC Worst case cable skew: 25 nS/100 meters @100MHz Nominal velocity of propagation: 75%

FITTEDFREQ IMPEDANCE INSERTION LOSS RETURN LOSS Pair-Pair NEXT PSNEXT(MHz) (Ohms) (dB/100m) (dB/100m) (dB/100m) (dB/100m)

SPEC Max TIA Spec Min TIA Spec Min TIA Spec Min TIA Spec

72.363.358.857.354.252.851.349.945.442.339.437.836.3

81.974.371.068.066.764.763.660.959.357.451.452.448.548.244.845.243.443.0

39.4

74.365.360.859.356.254.853.351.947.444.341.439.838.3

83.874.974.470.367.266.865.661.861.060.254.854.949.549.046.347.547.343.8

40.2

20.022.924.525.025.025.024.323.621.520.118.818.017.3

28.532.135.034.631.732.136.536.734.030.827.331.028.627.224.325.024.524.2

18.6

2.03.85.36.07.68.59.5

10.715.419.825.229.032.8

1.73.44.95.57.07.98.99.9

14.318.423.326.830.433.736.739.642.545.3

47.7

148

10162025

31.2562.5100155200250300350400450500

550

100 ± 5100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3

100 ± 3

NOTE: The above listed discrete frequency electrical performance values are provided for engineering information only. Actual compliancetesting is based on swept frequency measurements. The spec values are based on TIA/EIA 568-B.2-1 specifications.

FREQ Pair-Pair ACR PSACR Pair-Pair ELFEXT PSELFEXT LCL(MHz) (dB/100m) (dB/100m) (dB/100m) (dB/100m) (dB/100m)

Min TIA Spec Min TIA Spec Min TIA Spec Min TIA Spec Min

64.852.846.744.840.738.836.834.928.924.821.018.816.8

72.661.856.254.249.848.246.544.439.435.933.230.628.925.521.822.527.324.024.7

67.855.849.747.843.741.839.837.931.927.824.021.819.8

73.662.757.255.251.149.347.445.540.136.833.631.729.126.221.322.128.323.625.7

70.359.553.451.346.744.341.839.230.022.514.3

8.83.5

84.271.266.462.861.557.457.751.347.941.629.926.922.216.614.710.2

8.44.80.7

72.361.555.453.348.746.343.841.232.024.516.310.8

5.5

86.871.769.865.164.859.460.252.549.342.733.230.326.719.416.812.010.4

8.81.7

148

10162025

31.2562.5100155200250300350400450500550

40.040.040.040.038.037.036.035.132.030.028.127.026.0



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

63w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1




Description Weight (Lbs/kft) Catalog Number*

4-pair cable Nominal OD: 0.208" (5.28mm) Maximum OD: 0.212" (5.38mm)Reel packaging–1000'

Reel in a box–1000'4-pair side-by-side cableNominal OD: 0.22" x 0.45" (5.6mm x 11.43mm)

30

32 76

TN6SP- XX02

TN6SP- XX RB TN6SPX2- XXYY

*To order cable sheath color, replace XX with: BL = Blue

WT = White GY = Gray GN = Green YL = Yellow RD = Red

*Other reel sizes available, please contact TE Customer Services.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

64w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


i o n s


TrueNet ® Category 6 riser cable is protectedby US Patents 6153826 and 6150612

Category 6 Riser Cable


CONSTRUCTIONConductors:Insulation:Pairing:Filler:

Color-coding:Jacket:

24 AWG solid bare copper 100% Polyolefin Short, staggered pair lays polyolefin

See Technical Reference Section, UTP color-code table Lead-free, flame retardant PVC

Speci cations

®

Common Applications





• 100Base-TX (Fast Ethernet)

• 100VG-AnyLAN (IEEE 802.12)• 52/155Mbps ATM (ATM Forum)


• 1000Base-T (Gigabit Ethernet)• 1Gbps Networking System (WGNA)


• 77 Channel broadband video)

Compliances

• UL Subject 444

• (UL)-C(UL) Type CMR/CMG


• ISO/IEC 11801 Category 6

• ETL Verified TIA/EIA-568-B.2-1 Category 6horizontal cable requirements



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

65w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

FREQ(MHz)

Pair-Pair ACR(dB/100m)

PSACR(dB/100m)

Pair-Pair ELFEXT(dB/100m)

PSELFEXT(dB/100m)

LCL(dB/100m)

ISOSPEC

Min

TIASpec

Min

TIASpec

Min

TIASpec

Min

TIASpec

TIASpec

ELTCTL Min(dB)

148

10162025

31.2562.5

100155200250300350400450500550

81.874.460.661.663.554.353.452.042.2

37.029.023.319.810.8

9.85.96.7

72.361.555.453.348.746.343.841.232.0

24.516.310.8

5.5

79.372.959.260.160.353.251.951.841.4

35.927.221.017.4

9.29.14.83.7

70.359.553.451.346.744.341.839.230.0

22.514.38.83.5

75.463.056.054.750.449.847.346.040.3

37.235.235.732.127.024.923.722.319.915.4

67.855.849.747.843.741.839.837.931.9

27.824.021.819.8

74.862.555.654.750.549.847.145.940.3

37.134.632.031.525.523.821.219.518.715.4

64.852.846.744.840.738.836.834.928.9

24.821.018.816.8

40.040.040.040.038.037.036.035.132.0

30.028.127.126.0

35.023.016.915.010.9

9.07.05.1




Conductor DC resistance (maximum): 28.6Ω

/1000 feet (9.38Ω /100 meters) @20°CDC resistance unbalance (maximum): 2%

Mutual capacitance (maximum): 17 pF/foot (5.6nF/100 meters) Operating temperature (maximum): 75°C Operating voltage (maximum): 300VDC Worst case cable skew: 25 nS/100 meters @100MHz Nominal velocity of propagation: 69%



FREQ(MHz)

FITTEDIMPEDANCE

(Ohms)

INSERTIONLOSS

(dB/100m)RETURN LOSS

(dB/100m)Pair-Pair NEXT

(dB/100m)PSNEXT

(dB/100m)


148

10162025

31.2562.5100155200250300350400450500550

100 ± 5100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3

1.83.65.15.87.48.39.3

10.414.919.024.027.430.833.936.639.442.344.847.1

2.03.85.36.07.68.59.5

10.715.419.825.229.032.8

27.232.234.233.833.930.633.132.933.529.423.527.127.923.321.522.120.418.518.3

20.022.924.525.025.025.024.323.621.520.118.818.017.3

83.476.965.667.265.962.260.160.654.054.452.249.950.144.145.944.845.841.641.1

74.365.360.859.356.254.853.351.947.444.341.439.838.3

81.073.764.065.763.861.159.958.553.152.350.547.647.742.645.241.942.540.038.8

72.363.358.8

57.354.252.851.349.945.442.339.437.836.3



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

66w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


i o n s



4-pair cable, CMR flame ratedNominal OD: 0.206" (5.4mm)Reel packaging—1000'

Reel in a box—1000'26

28

TN6SR- XX02

TN6SR- XX RB

*To order cable sheath color, replace XX with:

BL = Blue WT = White GY = Gray GN = Green YL = Yellow RD = Red






1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

67w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


®

Category 6 Bundled Plenum Cable


CONSTRUCTIONFeatures AirES ® technology Conductors:Insulation:Individual cable diameter:Jacket:

24 AWG solid bare copper 100% FEP 0.208" (5.28mm) Non-lead, flame retardant PVC

Speci cations

Features• Individual 4-pair horizontal cables twisted and

bound together with Kevlar ® cord

• Patented impedance matching for zero-biterrors


Common Applications


• 10Base-T (IEEE 802.3)







• 1Gbps Networking System (WGNA)

Compliances

• UL Subject 444

• (UL)-C(UL) Type CMP


• ISO/IEC 11801 Class D

• TIA/EIA-568-B.2-1 Category 6 horizontal,individual cables



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

68w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


i o n s



Impedance Attenuation Return Loss Attenuation-To-NEXT Ratio(Ohms) (dB/100m) (dB) Pair-To-Pair PowerSum

Freq (dB/100m) (dB/100m)(MHz) Input Characteristic Typical Spec Typical Spec Typical Spec Typical Spec

Typical Typical

1 100 ± 5 100 ± 5 1.6 2.0 20.3 20.0 94.8 72.3 88.0 70.3

4 100 ± 5 100 ± 3 3.2 3.8 35.2 23.0 86.7 61.5 79.9 59.5 8 100 ± 5 100 ± 3 4.6 5.3 41.1 24.5 80.0 55.4 73.5 53.4

10 100 ± 5 100 ± 3 5.2 6.0 40.2 25.0 80.1 53.3 72.0 51.3 16 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 6.7 7.6 41.0 25.0 73.8 48.7 65.9 46.7 20 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 7.5 8.5 41.1 25.0 70.0 46.3 63.0 44.3 25 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 8.4 9.5 42.2 24.3 70.4 43.8 63.6 41.8

31.25 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 9.5 10.7 39.5 23.6 64.8 41.2 58.2 39.2 62.5 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 13.9 15.4 40.6 21.5 56.5 32.0 49.7 30.0

100 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 18.3 19.8 36.9 20.1 50.2 24.5 43.2 22.5 155 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 23.5 25.2 38.9 18.8 42.4 16.3 35.0 14.3 200 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 27.3 29.0 35.5 18.0 36.8 10.8 29.6 8.8 250 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 31.3 32.8 36.0 17.3 30.1 5.5 23.8 3.5 300 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 34.9 35.4 26.2 18.8 350 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 38.4 32.5 22.3 15.1

400 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 41.8 33.0 17.3 10.0 550 100 ± 8 100 ± 2 50.6 28.9 5.5 -2.7

NEXT ELFEXTFreq Pair-To-Pair PowerSum Pair-To-Pair PowerSum

(MHz) (dB/100m) (dB/100m) (dB/100m) (dB/100m)Typical Spec Typical Spec Typical Spec Typical Spec

1 96.4 74.3 89.6 72.3 92.2 67.8 84.8 64.8 4 89.9 65.3 83.1 63.3 83.3 55.8 74.2 52.8 8 84.6 60.8 78.1 58.8 77.9 49.7 69.4 46.7

10 85.3 59.3 77.2 57.3 74.8 47.8 66.9 44.8 16 80.5 56.2 72.6 54.2 70.2 43.7 62.6 40.7 20 77.5 54.8 70.5 52.8 67.9 41.8 60.2 38.8 25 78.8 53.3 72.0 51.3 66.1 39.8 58.3 36.8

31.25 74.3 51.9 67.7 49.9 63.7 37.9 55.9 34.9 62.5 70.4 47.4 63.6 45.4 58.4 31.9 50.5 28.9

100 68.5 44.3 61.5 42.3 54.9 27.8 46.6 24.8 155 65.9 41.4 58.5 39.4 49.2 24.0 41.8 21.0 200 64.1 39.8 56.9 37.8 45.5 21.8 38.1 18.8 250 61.4 38.3 55.1 36.3 43.6 19.8 35.0 16.8 300 61.1 53.7 38.9 30.4 350 60.7 53.5 34.2 26.3 400 59.1 51.8 3.0 22.5 550 56.1 47.9 19.2 10.8


Specifications

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS Conductor DC resistance (maximum): 28.6 Ω /1000 feet (9.38 Ω /100 meters) @20°CDC resistance unbalance (maximum): 2% Mutual capacitance (maximum): 17 pF/foot (5.6nF/100 meters) Operating temperature (maximum): 75°C Operating voltage (maximum): 300VDC Worst case cable skew: 25 nS/100 meters @100MHz Nominal velocity of propagation: 75% @100MHz




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

69w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


WT = White GY = Gray GN = Green YL = Yellow RD = Red ST = Standard bundled colors—white, blue, gray, orange, yellow, green





Number of Cables Bundled Diameter Weight Packaging Catalog Number*(Inches) (lbs/kft)

3 0.39" 84 1000' Reel TNSP-36 XX02 4 0.48" 112 1000' Reel TNSP-46 XX02 6 0.58" 168 1000' Reel TNSP-66 XX02



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

70w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


i o n s


Category 6 Bundled Riser Cable ®


CONSTRUCTION

Conductors:Insulation:Individual cable diameter:Jacket:

24 AWG solid bare copper Polyolefin 0.21" (5.33mm) Non-lead, flame retardant PVC

Speci cations

Features

• Individual 4-pair horizontal cables twisted andbound together with Kevlar ® cord



Common Applications


• 10Base-T (IEEE 802.3)


• 100Base-T (Fast Ethernet)• 100Base-T4 (Fast Ethernet)• 100Base-TX (Fast Ethernet)





Compliances

• UL Subject 444

• (UL)-C(UL) Type CMR/CMG• ICEA S-90-661• NEC 800 Type CMR





1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

71w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Category 6 Bundled Riser Cable

Impedance Attenuation Return Loss Attenuation-To-NEXT RatioFreq (Ohms) (dB/100m) (dB) Pair-To-Pair PowerSum

(MHz) (dB/100m) (dB/100m)Input Characteristic Typical Spec Typical Spec Typical Spec Typical Spec

Typical Typical1 100 ± 5 100 ± 5 1.7 2.0 22.4 20.0 92.7 72.3 85.8 70.3

4 100 ± 5 100 ± 3 3.5 3.8 32.9 23.0 82.9 61.5 75.4 59.5 8 100 ± 5 100 ± 3 5.0 5.3 39.8 24.5 82.7 55.4 72.7 53.4

10 100 ± 5 100 ± 3 5.6 6.0 44.1 25.0 75.0 53.3 66.5 51.3 16 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 7.1 7.6 44.9 25.0 72.3 48.7 61.1 46.7 20 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 8.0 8.5 43.3 25.0 68.8 46.3 61.1 44.3 25 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 9.0 9.5 44.6 24.3 67.3 43.8 57.0 41.8

31.25 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 10.1 10.7 43.8 23.6 63.8 41.2 55.2 39.2 62.5 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 14.5 15.4 40.8 21.5 53.0 32.0 44.2 30.0

100 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 18.4 19.8 41.1 20.1 45.4 24.5 38.0 22.5 155 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 23.2 25.2 37.6 18.8 40.0 16.3 31.8 14.3 200 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 26.6 29.0 36.7 18.0 36.2 10.8 26.4 8.8 250 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 29.8 32.8 34.3 17.3 33.5 5.5 24.9 3.5 300 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 32.8 32.9 27.5 21.2 350 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 35.6 30.2 23.1 15.4 400 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 38.2 29.8 17.7 11.9

550 100 ± 8 100 ± 2 45.3 28.2 7.8 1.1



1 94.4 74.3 87.5 72.3 93.1 67.8 87.4 64.8 4 86.4 65.3 78.9 63.3 83.6 55.8 76.2 52.8 8 87.6 60.8 77.7 58.8 77.9 49.7 70.8 46.7

10 80.6 59.3 72.2 57.3 74.0 47.8 67.1 44.8 16 79.4 56.2 68.2 54.2 72.8 43.7 65.6 40.7 20 76.8 54.8 69.1 52.8 69.8 41.8 61.9 38.8 25 76.3 53.3 66.0 51.3 66.8 39.8 59.3 36.8

31.25 73.9 51.9 65.3 49.9 66.3 37.9 58.6 34.9

62.5 67.5 47.4 58.7 45.4 58.9 31.9 51.5 28.9 100 63.8 44.3 56.4 42.3 52.7 27.8 45.4 24.8 155 63.3 41.4 55.0 39.4 48.8 24.0 40.6 21.0 200 62.8 39.8 52.9 37.8 46.5 21.8 38.2 18.8 250 63.3 38.3 54.7 36.3 44.2 19.8 35.4 16.8 300 60.3 54.0 43.3 34.9 350 58.7 51.0 41.1 32.6 400 55.9 50.1 40.3 32.7 550 53.0 46.4 35.5 29.2

SpecificationsELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS Conductor DC resistance (maximum): 28.6 Ω /1000 feet (9.38 Ω /100 meters) @20°C

DC resistance unbalance (maximum): 2% Mutual capacitance (maximum): 17 pF/foot (5.6nF/100 meters) Operating temperature (maximum): 75°C Operating voltage (maximum): 300VDC Worst case cable skew: 45 nS/100 meters @100MHz Nominal velocity of propagation: 75% @100MHz





1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

72w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


i o n s


Category 6 Bundled Riser Cable


BL = Blue WT = White GY = Gray GN = Green YL = Yellow RD = Red ST = Standard bundled colors—white, blue, gray, orange, yellow, green




3 0.49" 84 1000' Reel TNSR-36 XX02 4 0.49" 93 1000' Reel TNSR-46 XX02 6 0.62" 140 1000' Reel TNSR-66 XX02



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

73w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Copper Cable SolutionsCategory 6 Limited Combustible Cable



Separator:Jacket:

24 AWG solid bare copper All 4 pairs 100% FEP

Fluoropolymer 100% FEP

Speci cations

®

Common Applications








• 1000Base-T (Gigabit Ethernet)• 1Gigabit Networking System (WGNA)



Compliances

• UL Subject 444

• UL 2424

• (UL)-C(UL) Type CMP• UL Type CMP Limited Combustible

• ICEA S-90-661

• NEC 800 Type CMP• ETL Verified TIA/EIA 568-B.21-1 Category 6

horizontal cable requirements

• ISO/IEC 11801 Class E



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

74w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


i o n s


Impedance Attenuation Return Loss Attenuation-To-NEXT RatioFreq (Ohms) (dB/100m) (dB) Pair-To-Pair PowerSum

(MHz) (dB/100m) (dB/100m)Input Characteristic Max EIA/TIA- Min EIA/TIA- Min EIA/TIA- Min EIA/TIA-

Typical Typical 568 Cat 6 568 Cat 6 568 Cat 6 568 Cat 6 1 100 ± 5 100 ± 5 2.0 2.0 20.0 20.0 79.0 72.3 74.3 70.3 4 100 ± 5 100 ± 3 3.7 3.8 23.6 23.0 68.3 61.5 63.6 59.5 8 100 ± 5 100 ± 3 5.2 5.3 25.4 24.5 62.3 55.4 57.6 53.4

10 100 ± 5 100 ± 3 5.8 6.0 26.0 25.0 60.2 53.3 55.6 51.3

16 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 7.3 7.6 26.0 25.0 55.7 48.7 51.0 46.7 20 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 8.1 8.5 26.0 25.0 53.4 46.3 48.7 44.3 25 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 9.1 9.5 25.5 24.3 50.9 43.8 46.2 41.8

31.25 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 10.2 10.7 25.0 23.6 48.4 41.2 43.7 39.2 62.5 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 14.5 15.4 23.5 21.5 39.6 32.0 34.9 30.0

100 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 18.5 19.8 22.5 20.1 18.8 24.5 16.3 22.5 155 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 23.2 25.2 21.6 18.8 25.0 16.3 20.3 14.3 200 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 26.5 29.0 21.0 18.0 20.0 10.8 15.3 8.8 250 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 29.8 32.8 20.5 17.3 15.3 5.5 10.6 3.5 300 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 32.8 20.1 11.1 6.4 350 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 35.6 19.8 7.3 2.6 400 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 38.2 19.5 3.8 -0.9

NEXT ELFEXTFreq Pair-To-Pair Power Sum Pair-To-Pair PowerSum(MHz) (dB/100m) (db/100m) (dB/100m) (dB/100m)

Min EIA/TIA-568 Min EIA/TIA-568 Min EIA/TIA-568 Min EIA/TIA-568Cat 6 Cat 6 Cat 6 Cat 6

1 81.0 74.3 76.3 72.3 68.8 67.8 65.8 64.8 4 72.0 65.3 67.3 63.3 56.7 55.8 53.7 52.8 8 67.5 60.8 62.8 58.8 50.7 49.7 47.7 46.7

10 66.0 59.3 61.3 57.3 48.8 47.8 45.8 44.8 16 62.9 56.2 58.3 54.2 44.7 43.7 41.7 40.7 20 61.5 54.8 56.8 52.8 42.7 41.8 39.7 38.8 25 60.0 53.3 55.3 51.3 40.8 39.8 37.8 36.8

31.25 58.6 51.9 53.9 49.9 38.9 37.9 35.9 34.9 62.5 54.1 47.4 49.4 45.4 32.8 31.9 29.8 28.9

100 51.0 44.3 46.3 42.3 28.8 27.8 25.8 24.8

155 48.1 41.4 43.5 39.4 24.9 24.0 21.9 21.0 200 46.5 39.8 41.8 37.8 22.7 21.8 19.7 18.8 250 45.0 38.3 40.3 36.3 20.8 19.8 17.8 16.8 300 43.8 39.2 19.2 16.2 350 42.8 38.2 17.9 14.9 400 42.0 37.3 16.7 13.7




DC resistance unbalance (maximum): 2%

Mutual capacitance (maximum): 17 pF/foot (5.6nF/100 meters) Operating temperature (maximum): 75°C Operating voltage (maximum): 300VDC Worst case cable skew: 30 nS/100 meters @100MHz Nominal velocity of propagation: 77% @100MHz



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

75w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Description Weight (Lbs/kft) Catalog Number

4-pair cable, clear jacket

Nominal OD: 0.205" (5.2mm) Maximum Average OD: 0.205" (5.2mm)

Reel packaging—1000'Reel in a box—1000'

4-pair cable, blue jacketNominal OD: 0.205" (5.2mm) Maximum Average OD: 0.205" (5.2mm)

Reel packaging—1000'Reel in a box—1000'

31

33

31

33

TN6ESD-CL02TN6ESD-CLRB

TN6ESD-BL02

TN6ESD-BLRB




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

76w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


i o n s

The Outback cable is a 4-pair, 23 gauge Category6 data cable designed for outdoor use. The cablecombines excellent transmission performance andweather resistant properties. It is intended foroutdoor installation, in buried conduit or as aerialcable. The core contains a water blocking tapewhich isolates the core from moisture.

Copper Cable SolutionsCategory 6 Outdoor Cable

Features

• Patented AirES ® conductor insulation technology enables improved signal strength

and speed with superior electrical performance• Manufactured with lead free materials

• Moisture barrier core wrap protects pairs

C6T 4 Pair Outdoor Cable



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

77w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Copper Cable SolutionsCategory 6 Outdoor Cable

Speci cationsCONSTRUCTION Conductor: 23 AWG solid bare copper Insulation: Polyolefin Filler: Polyolefin Star Core Tape: Moisture barrier core wrap Jacket: Linear Low Density Polyethylene, Black 0.260" (6.6mm) nominal O.D.

Compliances: ETL Verified TIA/EIA-568-B.2-1 Category 6 HorizontalISO/IEC 11801 Category 6 Horizontal Cable Requirements

Common Applications: 4/16 Mb/s Token Ring (IEEE 802.5) 100VG-Any LAN (IEEE 802.12) 10BASE-T (IEEE 802.3) 52/155 Mb/s ATM (ATM Forum) 100 Mb/s TP-PMD 622 Mb/s ATM (ATM Forum)

Broadband & Baseband Video 1000BASE-T (Gigabit Ethernet)100BASE-T (“Fast Ethernet”) 1 Gigabit Networking System (WGNA)100BASE-T4 (“Fast Ethernet”) 1.2 Gb/s ATM (ATM Forum)100BASE-TX (“Fast Ethernet”) 77 Channel Broadband Video

THERMAL CHARACTERISTICS Transport and Storage: -20 °C to 75 °C Installation: 4 °C to 50 °C Operation: -20 °C to 75 °C

MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICSBend Radius During Installation: 8 X O.D. Installed: 4 X O.D. Pull Tension: 25# (11ON)

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS Conductor DC Resistance @ 20°C (Max): 28.6 Ω/ 1000 ft (9.38 Ω/ 100 m) DC Resistance Unbalance (Max): 2% Mutual Capacitance @ 20°C (Max): 17 pF/ft (5.6nF/100 m) Operating Voltage (Max): 300 VDC Worst Case Cable Skew: 45 ns/100 m Nominal Velocity of Propagation: 66%

Description Weight Catalog Number

Reel – 1000 ' TN6TOSP-BK02


LBS/KFT KG/KM

29 42.5



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

79w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Copper Cable SolutionsCategory 5e Horizontal Cable

Category 5e Plenum Cable

TrueNet ® Category 5e Plenum cableis protected by US Patents 6153826

TrueNet ® Category 5e Plenum cableis also available in a side-by-side configuration

Common Applications










Compliances

• UL Subject 444

• (UL)-C(UL) Type MPP/CMP• ICEA S-90-661

• NEC 800 Type CMP

• ISO/IEC 11801 Class D• ETL verified TIA/EIA-568-B.2-1 Category 5e


®



Pairing:Color-coding:Jacket:


Short, staggered pair lays See Technical Reference Section, UTP color-code table Lead-free, flame retardant PVC

Speci cations



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

80w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


i o n s





DC resistance unbalance (maximum): 2% Mutual capacitance (maximum): 17 pF/foot (5.6nF/100 meters) Operating temperature (maximum): 75°C Operating voltage (maximum): 300VDC Worst case cable skew: 22 nS/100 meters @100MHz Nominal velocity of propagation: 76%

NOTE: The above listed discrete frequency electrical performance values are provided for engineering information only.Actual compliance testing is based on swept frequency measurements. The spec values are also based on theTIA/EIA-568-B.2 specification.

FREQ Pair-Pair ACR PSACR Pair-Pair ELFEXT PSELFEXT(MHz) (dB/100m) (dB/100m) (dB/100m) (dB/100m)

Min TIA Spec Min TIA Spec Min TIA Spec Min TIA Spec

60.848.842.740.836.734.832.830.924.920.8

70.058.752.550.847.144.942.641.135.231.728.627.325.423.822.1

63.851.845.743.839.737.835.833.927.923.8

70.258.952.851.147.445.043.041.435.232.028.727.425.824.422.8

60.349.243.040.836.033.530.928.218.410.3

76.364.258.156.452.049.447.344.134.827.422.816.6

8.65.20.3

63.352.246.043.839.036.533.931.221.413.3

78.068.659.157.853.851.249.047.936.929.426.218.710.1

7.71.8

148

10162025

31.2562.5100155200250300350



148

10162025

31.2562.5100155200250300350

100 ± 5100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3

62.353.348.847.344.242.841.339.935.432.3

78.167.963.562.459.758.056.954.950.347.247.945.541.141.139.6

65.356.351.850.347.245.844.342.938.435.3

79.872.464.463.761.459.758.758.752.449.351.347.542.643.641.1

20.023.024.525.025.025.024.323.621.520.1

33.130.132.731.437.037.535.134.433.229.829.322.925.022.522.4

2.04.15.86.58.29.3

10.411.717.022.0

1.93.75.36.07.68.69.6

10.815.519.825.128.932.535.939.3



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

81w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Description Weight (Lbs/kft) Catalog Number*4-pair cableNominal OD: 0.180" (4.57mm) Maximum Average OD: 0.185" (4.7mm)

Reel packagingReel in a box–1000'

Reelex–1000'4-pair, side-by-side cableNominal OD: 0.19" x 0.40" (4.83mm x 10.16mm)

21

232150

TN5ESP- XXYY

TN5ESP- XX RB

TN5ESP- XX II

TN5ESPX2- XXYY


BL = Blue WT = White GY = Gray GN = Green YL = Yellow RD = Red

*To designate reel length, replace YY with:

02 = 1000' 04 = 2000'




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

82w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


i o n s


Category 5e Riser Cable

TrueNet ® Category 5e riser cableis protected by US Patent 6153826

TrueNet ® Category 5e riser cable is alsoavailable in a side-by-side configuration

Common Applications


• 100Mbps TP-PMD

• Broadband and baseband video• 100Base-T (Fast Ethernet)

• 100Base-T4 (Fast Ethernet)


• 100VG-AnyLAN ( IEEE 802.12)



Compliances


• ICEA S-90-661

• NEC 800 Type CMR• ISO/IEC 11801 Category 5e

• ETL verified TIA/EIA-568-B.2-1 Category 5ehorizontal cable requirements

®


CONSTRUCTIONConductors:Insulation:Pairing:Color-coding:Jacket:

24 AWG solid bare copper Polyolefin Short, staggered pair lays See Technical Reference Section, UTP color-code table Lead-free, flame retardant PVC

Speci cations



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

84w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


i o n s






WT = White GY = Gray

GN = Green YL = Yellow RD = Red


02 = 1000' 04 = 2000'

4-pair cableNominal OD: 0.185" (4.7mm)

Reel packaging 20 TN5ESR- XXYY

Reelex—1000' 20 TN5ESR- XX II

Reel in a box—1000' 22 TN5ESR- XX RB4-pair, side-by-side cable 52 TN5ESRX2- XXYY Nominal OD: 0.19" x 0.40" (4.83mm x 10.16mm)



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

85w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Category 5e Bundled Riser Cable

TrueNet ® Category 5e bundled cableis protected by US Patent 6153826

®


Specifications

CONSTRUCTION Features AirES ® technology Conductors: 24 AWG solid bare copper Insulation: 100% Polyolefin Jacket: Lead-free, flame retardant PVC

Common Applications


• 10Base-T (IEEE 802.3)







Compliances

• UL Subject 444



• TIA/EIA-568-B.2 Category 5e horizontal,individual cables



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

86w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


i o n s



Freq Impedance Attenuation Return Loss Attenuation-To-NEXT-Ratio(MHz) (Ohms) (dB) (dB) Pair-To-Pair PowerSum

(dB/100m) (dB/100m) Characteristic Input Typical Spec Typical Spec Typical Spec Typical Spec

Typical Typical

1 100 ± 10 100 ± 10 1.8 2.0 44.5 20.0 85.3 63.3 78.8 60.3 4 100 ± 8 100 ± 10 3.7 4.1 46.2 23.0 73.4 52.2 66.3 49.2 8 100 ± 6 100 ± 10 5.2 5.8 45.1 24.5 65.4 46.0 58.6 43.0

10 100 ± 6 100 ± 10 5.8 6.5 41.6 25.0 64.7 43.8 58.1 40.8 16 100 ± 5 100 ± 10 7.5 8.2 44.5 25.0 60.4 39.0 53.1 36.0 20 100 ± 5 100 ± 10 8.4 9.3 44.3 25.0 58.5 36.5 51.5 33.5 25 100 ± 4 100 ± 10 9.4 10.4 43.4 24.3 54.6 33.9 48.1 30.9

31.25 100 ± 4 100 ± 10 10.5 11.7 43.5 23.6 53.1 31.2 45.5 28.2 62.5 100 ± 3 100 ± 10 15.1 17.0 41.4 21.5 43.6 21.4 36.8 18.4 100 100 ± 3 100 ± 10 19.5 22.0 42.1 20.1 36.0 13.3 29.9 10.3 155 100 ± 3 100 ± 10 24.4 43.7 27.7 21.0 200 100 ± 3 100 ± 10 27.8 39.6 22.2 15.8 250 31.5 38.6 17.1 10.5 300 34.8 40.0 13.4 6.5 350 37.6 37.5 8.8 2.3

Freq NEXT ELFEXT(MHz) Pair-To-Pair PowerSum Bundled Pair-To-Pair PowerSum

(dB/100m) (dB/100m) PowerSum (dB/100m) (dB/100m)Typical Spec Typical Spec Spec Typical Spec Typical Spec

1 87.1 65.3 80.6 62.3 65.0 85.0 63.8 77.5 60.8 4 77.1 56.3 70.1 53.3 59.3 75.2 51.8 66.5 48.8 8 70.6 51.8 63.9 48.8 54.8 67.4 45.7 59.1 42.7

10 70.8 50.3 63.9 47.3 53.3 65.4 43.8 57.9 40.8 16 67.8 47.2 60.6 44.2 50.2 60.8 39.7 53.5 36.7 20 66.9 45.8 59.9 42.8 48.8 58.6 37.8 51.4 34.8 25 64.0 44.3 57.5 41.3 47.3 56.3 35.8 49.5 32.8

31.25 63.6 42.9 56.1 39.9 45.9 55.0 33.9 48.2 30.9

62.5 58.6 38.4 51.9 35.4 41.4 48.9 27.9 42.0 24.9

100 55.5 35.3 49.5 32.3 38.3 45.2 23.8 38.7 20.8 155 52.1 45.4 41.2 34.8 200 49.9 43.6 38.2 31.5 250 48.5 42.1 35.0 28.6 300 48.2 41.4 32.4 26.2 350 46.4 39.9 29.6 22.6




DC resistance unbalance (maximum): 2% Mutual capacitance (maximum): 17 pF/foot (5.6nF/100 meters) Operating temperature (maximum): 75°C Operating voltage (maximum): 300VDC Worst case cable skew: 45 nS/100 meters @100MHz Nominal velocity of propagation: 70% @100MHz



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

87w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



BL = Blue WT = White GY = Gray GN = Green YL = Yellow RD = Red ST = Standard bundled colors




3 0.37" 71 Reel TNSR-3E XX02 4 0.40" 95 Reel TNSR-4E XX02 6 0.54" 143 Reel TNSR-6E XX02



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

88w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


i o n s

Copper Cable SolutionsCategory 5e Outdoor Cable

Category 5e The Outback ® Outdoor Cable

Category 5e The Outback ® Cable is protectedby US Patent 6153826

Common Applications


• 10Base-T (IEEE 802.3)

• 100Mbps TP-PMD







Compliances

• TIA/EIA-568-B.2 Category 5e horizontalcable requirements

The Outback cable is a 4-pair, 24 gauge, Category5e data cable designed for outdoor use. Thecable combines excellent transmission and weatherresistant properties. It is intended for outdoorinstallation, in buried conduit, or as aerial cable.The core contains a heat and water-blocking tape,which isolates the core from extreme temperatureand moisture.

Specifications

CONSTRUCTION Conductors: 24 AWG solid bare copper

Insulation: 100% Polyole n Pairing: Short, staggered pair lays Color-coding: See Technical Reference Section, UTP color-code table Core tape: Heat and moisture barrier core wrap Jacket: Linear low-density Polyethelyene, black

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS Conductor DC resistance (maximum): 28.6 Ω /1000 feet (9.38 Ω /100 meters) @20°C

DC resistance unbalance (maximum): 2% Mutual capacitance (maximum): 17 pF/foot (5.6nF/100 meters) Operating temperature (maximum): 75°C Operating voltage (maximum) : 300VDC Worst case cable skew : 45 nS/100 meters @100MHz Nominal velocity of propagation : 69% @100MHz




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

90w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


i o n s

Copper Cable SolutionsCategory 5e Backbone Cable

Speci cations

CHARACTERISTICS: Conductor: 24 AWG solid bare copper Insulation: 100% FEP Jacket: Fluropolymer, .460" (11.7 mm) nominal O.D.

COMMON APPLICATIONS: 4/16 Mb/s Token Ring (IEEE 802.5) 10BASE-T (IEEE 802.3) 100 Mb/s TP-PMD Broadband & Baseband Video 100BASE-T (“Fast Ethernet ) 100BASE-T4 (“Fast Ethernet”) 100BASE-TX (“Fast Ethernet”) 100VG-Any LAN (IEEE 802.12) 52/155 Mb/s ATM (ATM Forum) 622 Mb/s ATM (ATM Forum) 1000BASE-T (Gigabit Ethernet) 1 Gigabit Networking System (WGNA) THERMAL CHARACTERISTICS:

Transport and Storage: -50°C to 200°C Installation: -50°C to 200°C Operation: -50°C to 200°C

MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS: Bend Radius: 6.9" (175 mm)

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS:Conductor DC Resistance @ 20°C (Max): 28.6 Ω /1000 ft (9.38 Ω /100 m)

DC Resistance Unbalance (Max): 5% Mutual Capacitance @ 20°C (Max): 17 pF/ft (5.6nF/100 m) Operating Voltage (Max): 300 VDC Worst Case Cable Skew: 45 ns/100 m Nominal Velocity of Propagation: 72%

25-Pair Category 5e Plenum Cable

Features

• Verified to Category 5e standard

• 24 AWG solid copper conductors

• Lead-free, flame retardant PVC

• 100 Ohm nominal impedance

Compliances

• UL subject 444

• (UL)-C(UL) type CMP

• ICEA S-90-661

• NEC 800 type CMP

• ETL verified TIA/EIA-568-B.2 Category 5e horizontal cable requirements



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

91w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

25-Pair Category 5e Plenum Cable


FREQ

MHZ

FittedImpedance

Ohms

Insertion Loss

dB/100m

Pair-Pair NEXT

dB/100m

PSNEXT

dB/100mSpec Max Spec Min Spec Min Spec

1 100 +/- 15 2.0 2.0 71.7 65.3 69.6 62.3

4 100 +/- 15 4.0 4.1 64.1 56.3 60.8 53.3

8 100 +/- 15 5.6 5.8 57.9 51.8 56.3 48.8

10 100 +/- 15 6.3 6.5 57.2 50.3 55.2 47.3

16 100 +/- 15 8.1 8.2 54.2 47.2 51.7 44.2

20 100 +/- 15 9.2 9.3 53.1 45.8 50.0 42.8

25 100 +/- 15 10.2 10.4 48.5 44.3 46.8 41.3

31.25 100 +/- 15 11.5 11.7 50.9 42.9 48.0 39.9

62.5 100 +/- 15 16.5 17.0 46.6 38.4 44.0 35.4100 100 +/- 15 21.3 22.0 42.5 35.3 39.9 32.3

FREQ

MHZ

Return Loss

dB/100m

Pair-Pair ELFEXT

dB/100m

PSELFEXT

dB/100m

Max Spec Min Spec Min Spec

1 26.6 20.0 67.3 63.8 65.8 60.8

4 27.1 23.0 55.8 51.8 54.2 48.8

8 28.5 24.5 49.9 45.7 48.3 42.7

10 29.8 25.0 47.8 43.8 46.3 40.8

16 29.5 25.0 43.9 39.7 42.3 36.720 30.4 25.0 41.9 37.8 40.3 34.8

25 31.2 24.3 40.1 35.8 38.5 32.8

31.25 30.7 23.6 38.1 33.9 36.5 30.9

62.5 26.7 21.5 32.5 27.9 30.8 24.9

100 24.6 20.1 29.0 23.8 27.3 20.8


1000 foot reel, 142 lbs (210 kg), White 5ETP-2524WT02


NOTE: The above listed discrete frequency electrical performance values are provided for engineering informationonly. Actual compliance testing is based on swept frequency measurements. The spec values are based onTIA/EIA-568-B.2 specification.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

92w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


i o n s


25-Pair Category 5e Riser Cable

Speci cations

CONSTRUCTION: Conductor: 24 AWG solid bare copper Insulation: HDPE Jacket: Flame-retardant PVC, .500" (12.7 mm) nominal O.D.

COMMON APPLICATIONS: 4/16 Mb/s Token Ring (IEEE 802.5) 10BASE-T (IEEE 802.3) 100 Mb/s TP-PMD Broadband & Baseband Video 100BASE-T (“Fast Ethernet”) 100BASE-T4 (“Fast Ethernet”) 100BASE-TX (“Fast Ethernet”) 100VG-Any LAN (IEEE 802.12) 52/155 Mb/s ATM (ATM Forum) 622 Mb/s ATM (ATM Forum) 1000BASE-T (Gigabit Ethernet) 1 Gigabit Networking System (WGNA)

THERMAL CHARACTERISTICS: Transport and Storage: -10°C to 60°C Installation: -0°C to 50°C Operation: -10°C to 60°C

MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS: Bend Radius: 5.0" (127 mm)

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS: Conductor DC Resistance @ 20°C (Max): 28.6 Ω /1000 ft (9.38 Ω /100 m) DC Resistance Unbalance (Max): 5% Mutual Capacitance @ 20°C (Max): 17 pF/ft (5.6nF/100 m) Operating Voltage (Max): 300 VDC Worst Case Cable Skew: 45 ns/100 m Nominal Velocity of Propagation: 70%

Features

• Verified to Category 5e standard

• 24 AWG solid copper conductors

• Lead-free, flame retardant PVC

• 100 Ohm nominal impedance

Compliances

• UL subject 444

• (UL)-C(UL) type CMR/CMG

• ICEA S-90-661

• NEC 800 type CMR

• ETL verified TIA/EIA-568-B.2 Category 5e horizontal cable requirements



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

93w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

25-Pair Category 5e Riser Cable


FREQ

MHZ

FittedImpedance

Ohms

Insertion Loss

dB/100m

Pair-Pair NEXT

dB/100m

PSNEXT

dB/100mSpec Max Spec Min Spec Min Spec

1 100 +/- 15 2.0 2.0 71.7 65.3 69.6 62.3

4 100 +/- 15 4.0 4.1 64.1 56.3 60.8 53.3

8 100 +/- 15 5.6 5.8 57.9 51.8 56.3 48.8

10 100 +/- 15 6.3 6.5 57.2 50.3 55.2 47.3

16 100 +/- 15 8.1 8.2 54.2 47.2 51.7 44.2

20 100 +/- 15 9.2 9.3 53.1 45.8 50.0 42.8

25 100 +/- 15 10.2 10.4 48.5 44.3 46.8 41.3

31.25 100 +/- 15 11.5 11.7 50.9 42.9 48.0 39.9

62.5 100 +/- 15 16.5 17.0 46.6 38.4 44.0 35.4100 100 +/- 15 21.3 22.0 42.5 35.3 39.9 32.3

FREQ

MHZ

Return Loss

dB/100m

Pair-Pair ELFEXT

dB/100m

PSELFEXT

dB/100m

Max Spec Min Spec Min Spec

1 26.6 20.0 67.3 63.8 65.8 60.8

4 27.1 23.0 55.8 51.8 54.2 48.8

8 28.5 24.5 49.9 45.7 48.3 42.7

10 29.8 25.0 47.8 43.8 46.3 40.8

16 29.5 25.0 43.9 39.7 42.3 36.720 30.4 25.0 41.9 37.8 40.3 34.8

25 31.2 24.3 40.1 35.8 38.5 32.8

31.25 30.7 23.6 38.1 33.9 36.5 30.9

62.5 26.7 21.5 32.5 27.9 30.8 24.9

100 24.6 20.1 29.0 23.8 27.3 20.8


1000 foot reel, 132 lbs (195 kg), Gray 5ETR-2524GY02


NOTE: The above listed discrete frequency electrical performance values are provided for engineering informationonly. Actual compliance testing is based on swept frequency measurements. The spec values are based onTIA/EIA-568-B.2 specification.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

94w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


i o n s

Copper Cable SolutionsCategory 3 Horizontal and Backbone Cable


Specifications

CONSTRUCTION Conductors: 24 AWG solid bare copper Insulation: LS-flame retardant PVC Pairing: Short, staggered pair lays Color-coding: See Technical Reference Section, 25-pair color-code table Rip cord: Applied under jacket Jacket: LS-flame retardant PVC (2- to 100-pair)

PVDF Copolymer (Over 100-pair)


Common Applications

• POTS

• T1 and T1 Fractional• ISDN Basic and Primary Rate


• 10Base-t (IEEE 802.3)• 52Mbps ATM (ATM Forum)



Compliances

• UL Subject 444

• (UL)-C(UL) Type CMP


• Two- to four-pair: TIA/EIA-568-B.2Category 3 horizontal cable

• Over four-pair: TIA/EIA-568-B.2Category 3 backbone cable



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

95w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Frequency Impedance Attenuation NEXT SRL(MHz) (Ohms) Max Min Min

(dB/100m) (dB) (dB)

1.0 85–115 2.6 41 12 4.0 85–115 5.6 32 12 8.0 85–115 8.5 27 12 10.0 85–115 9.7 26 12 16.0 85–115 13.1 23 10

Notes: (1) Compliance testing for the above parameters is based on Swept Frequency Measurements. (2) NEXT = Near-End Crosstalk. NEXT requirements for cables up to and including 4 pair are for Worst-Case-Pair NEXT. Cables over

4 pair are subject to PowerSum NEXT requirements.

Specifications


DC resistance unbalance (maximum): 5% Insulation resistance (minimum): 500 Megohms/1000 feet @20°C Mutual capacitance (typical): 19 pF/foot (5.6nF/100 meters)

20 pF/foot (5.6nF/100 meters) Operating temperature (maximum): 60°C Operating voltage (maximum): 300VDC


Description OD Weight Packaging Catalog Number*(Inches) (Lbs/kft)

Category 3 Plenum cableJacket color: white

*To designate reel length, replace YY with: 02 = 1000'

10 = 5000'

Dimensions and weights are calculated nominals and do not imply any minimum or maximum tolerance

2-pair 0.14 12 Reelex—1000' VXV0224-19R2 3-pair 0.15 15 Reelex—1000' VXV0324-19R2 4-pair 0.17 19 Reelex—1000' VXV0424-19R2 6-pair 0.19 27 Reelex—1000' VXV0624-19R2 2-pair 0.14 12 Spool VXV0224-19 YY 3-pair 0.15 15 Spool VXV0324-19 YY 4-pair 0.17 19 Spool VXV0424-19 YY 6-pair 0.19 27 Reel VXV0624-19 YY 8-pair 0.24 39 Reel VXV0824-19 YY 12-pair 0.28 54 Reel VXV1224-19 YY 25-pair 0.38 106 Reel VXV2524-19 XX 50-pair 0.55 210 Reel VXV5024-19 YY 75-pair 0.68 310 Reel VXV7524-19 YY 100-pair 0.76 430 Reel VXV0024-19 YY 200-pair 1.11 1052 Reel VXCCC24-19 YY



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

96w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


i o n s



Specifications


Insulation: Lead-free, ame retardant PVC Pairing: Staggered pair lays Color-coding: Standard telephony

(See Technical Reference Section, 25-pair color-code table) Rip cord: Applied under jacket Jacket: Lead-free, ame retardant PVC


Common Applications

• POTS

• T1 and T1 Fractional• ISDN Basic and Primary Rate


• 10Base-T (IEEE 802.3)• 52Mbps ATM (ATM Forum)



Compliances



• Two- to four-pair: TIA/EIA-568-B.2Category 3 horizontal cable

• Over four-pair: TIA/EIA-568-B.2Category 3 backbone cable



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

97w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Frequency Impedance Attenuation NEXT SRL(MHz) (Ohms) Max Min Min

(dB/100m) (dB) (dB)

1.0 85–115 2.6 41 12

4.0 85–115 5.6 32 12 8.0 85–115 8.5 27 12 10.0 85–115 9.7 26 12 16.0 85–115 13.1 23 10

Notes: (1) Compliance testing for the above parameters is based on Swept Frequency Measurements. (2) NEXT = Near-End Crosstalk. NEXT requirements for cables up to and including 4 pair are for Worst-Case-Pair NEXT. Cables over

4 pair are subject to PowerSum NEXT requirements.

Specifications



20 pF/foot (5.6nF/100 meters) Operating temperature (maximum): 60°C Operating voltage (maximum): 300VDC


10 = 5000'Dimensions and weights are calculated nominals and do not imply any minimum or maximum tolerance


Description OD(Inches)

Weight(Lbs/kft)

Packaging

Catalog Number*

Category 3 riser cable

Jacket color: gray2-pair3-pair4-pair6-pair2-pair3-pair4-pair6-pair8-pair12-pair25-pair50-pair100-pair

200-pair300-pair400-pair

0.150.160.170.200.150.160.170.210.220.270.380.550.74

1.121.261.62

12162028121620293753

108207416

84712821667

Reelex—1000'Reelex—1000'Reelex—1000'Reelex—1000'

SpoolSpoolSpoolReelReelReelReelReelReel

ReelReelReel

D0224D0-GYR2D0324D0-GYR2D0424D0-GYR2D0624D0-GYR2D0224D0-GYYYD0324D0-GYYYD0424D0-GYYYD0624D0-GYYYD0824D0-GYYYD1224D0-GYYYD2524D0-GYYYD5024D0-GYYYD0024D0-GYYY

DCC24D0-GYYYD3X24D0-GYYYD4X24D0-GYYY



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

98w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


i o n s


UTP Plenum Cable

Specifications


Insulation: LS- ame retardant PVC Pairing: 2 twists per foot (minimum) Color-coding: Standard telephony, bandmarked Rip cord: Applied under jacket Jacket: LS- ame retardant PVC (2- to 100-pair)

PVDF Copolymer (Over 100-pair)


Common Applications

• POTS

• Fractional T1• Basic Rate ISDN

• 2-, 3-, 4- and 6-pair cables - 4Mbps Token Ring - Primary Rate ISDN - T1

Compliances





1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

99w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

UTP Plenum Cable


Impedance AttenuationFrequency (Ohms, Typical) (dB/100m, Typical)

(MHz) 2-to-6-Pair Over 6-Pair 2-to-6-Pair Over 6-Pair

.256 105 100 1.3 1.4 .512 102 95 1.9 2.0 .772 100 92 2.2 2.3 1.0 97 87 2.6 2.7


10 = 5000'Dimensions and weights are calculated nominals and do not imply any minimum or maximum tolerance



24 AWG UTP Plenum cableJacket color: white

Specifications



21 pF/foot (5.6nF/100 meters) Temperature rating: 60°C Voltage rating: 300VDC

2-pair 0.14 11 Spool VXV0224-18 YY 3-pair 0.15 15 Spool VXV0324-18 YY 4-pair 0.16 18 Spool VXV0424-18 YY 6-pair 0.19 27 Spool VXV0624-18 YY 8-pair 0.21 31 Reel VXV0824-18 YY 12-pair 0.24 45 Reel VXV1224-18 YY 25-pair 0.33 100 Reel VXV2524-18 YY 50-pair 0.49 192 Reel VXV5024-18 YY 100-pair 0.66 380 Reel VXV0024-18 YY 200-pair 0.95 793 Reel VXVCC24-18 YY



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

100w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


i o n s


UTP Riser Cable

Specifications


Insulation: Lead-free, semi-rigid PVC Pairing: 2 twists per foot (minimum) Color-coding: Standard telephony, bandmarked Rip cord: Applied under jacket Jacket: Lead-free, ame retardant PVC


Common Applications

• POTS

• Fractional T1• Basic Rate ISDN

• 2-, 3-, 4- and 6-pair cables - 4 Mbps Token Ring - Primary Rate ISDN - T1

Compliances





1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

101w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

UTP Riser Cable


Impedance AttenuationFrequency (Ohms, Typical) (dB/100m, Typical)

(MHz) 2-To-6-Pair Over 6-Pair 2-To-6-Pair Over 6-Pair

.256 105 100 1.3 1.4

.512 102 95 1.9 2.0

.772 100 92 2.2 2.3 1.0 97 87 2.6 2.7


10 = 5000'

Dimensions and weights are calculated nominals and do not imply any minimum or maximum tolerance



24 AWG UTP riser cableJacket color: white

Specifications



21 pF/foot (5.6nF/100 meters) Temperature rating: 60°C Voltage rating: 300VDC

2-pair 0.13 10 Spool D0224H0-GY YY 3-pair 0.14 14 Spool D0324H0-GY YY 4-pair 0.16 17 Spool D0424H0-GY YY 6-pair 0.18 24 Spool D0624H0-GY YY 8-pair 0.20 31 Reel D0824H0-GY YY 12-pair 0.23 47 Reel D1224H0-GY YY 25-pair 0.32 96 Reel D2524H0-GY YY 50-pair 0.45 177 Reel D5024H0-GY YY 100-pair 0.62 352 Reel D0024H0-GY YY 200-pair 0.91 708 Reel DCC24H0-GY YY 300-pair 1.06 1052 Reel D3X24H0-GY YY 400-pair 1.28 1477 Reel D4X24H0-GY YY



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

103w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Copper Connectivity Solutions –Category 6a UTP

Introduction ..................................................... .............. 104

CopperTen ® UTP Horizontal Cable .................................. 105

CopperTen ® UTP Patch Panels ........................................ 107

CopperTen ® UTP Termination Blocks ............................... 109

CopperTen ® UTP Modular Jack ....................................... 112

CopperTen ® UTP Patch Cords ......................................... 113

CopperTen ® UTP Faceplate ............................................. 116

CopperTen ® UTP Surface Mount Box .............................. 117



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

104w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

C o p p e r C o n n e c t i v i t y S o l u t i o n s –

C a t e g o r y 6 a U T P

Copper Connectivity Solutions –Category 6a UTP Introduction

The CopperTen ® system is the world’s first UTPstructured cabling system with the necessary

characteristics to enable 10Gbps Ethernettransmission over a full 100 meters. TypicalCategory 6 cabling systems are hindered bythe technical combination of insertion lossand alien crosstalk (interference from adjacentcables) at higher frequencies. Alien crosstalkgreatly disrupts transmission and high-speeddata communications. The CopperTen systemincorporates patent-pending design andmanufacturing processes that enable theproducts to overcome these challenges.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

105w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Features


• Features AirES ® technology


Common Applications


• 10Base-T (IEEE 802.3)




• 100VG-Any LAN (IEEE 802.12)




• 1.2Gbps ATM (ATM Forum)• 77 Channel broadband video

• 10GBase-T Ethernet (802.3an)

Compliances

• UL Subject 444

• (UL)-C(UL) Type CMP• ICEA S-90-661


• TIA/EIA 568-B.2-10 Standards• ISO/IEC 11801 Class EA Horizontal

Cable Requirements

Conductor:Insulation:Separator:Jacket:Nominal outer diameter:Maximum average outer diameter:

23 AWG solid bare copper All 4 pairs 100% FEP FluoropolymerNon-lead, flame retardant PVC 0.275" (7.0mm) 0.275" (7.0mm)


Description Catalog Number*4-pair Plenum data cable

1000' reel 10G-A6TP- XX 02



Specifications

CopperTen ® Category 6a Plenum Data Cable

Copper Connectivity Solutions –Category 6a UTP CopperTen ® Augmented Category 6 Horizontal Cable



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

106w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Features



Common Applications


• 100Mbps TP-PMD



• 100Base-TX (Fast Ethernet)• 100VG-Any LAN (IEEE 802.12)

• 52/155Mbps ATM (ATM Forum)

• 622Mbps ATM (ATM Forum)• 1000Base-T (Gigabit Ethernet)




proposed

Compliances

• UL Subject 444



• TIA/EIA 568-B.2-10 Standards

• ISO/IEC 11801 Class EA HorizontalCable Requirements

• Fire load: 822kJ/m (0.23kWh/m)

Conductor:Insulation:Separator:Jacket:Nominal outer diameter:Maximum average outerdiameter:

23 AWG solid bare copper 100% Polyolefin Flame retardant polyolefinNon-lead, flame retardant PVC 0.295" (7.5mm)

0.295" (7.5mm)

Specifications

CopperTen ® Category 6a Riser Data Cable


Description Catalog Number*4-pair riser data cable

1000' reel 10G-A6TR- XX 02



Copper Connectivity Solutions –Category 6a UTP CopperTen ® Augmented Category 6 Horizontal Cable



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

107w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Copper Connectivity Solutions –Category 6a UTP CopperTen ® Augmented Category 6 Patch Panels

The CopperTen ® Augmented Category 6 Angled

Patch Panel optimizes 10 Gb/s transmissionperformance with offset jack positioning tocounter the negative effects of alien crosstalk.The angled port design improves all aspects inmanaging horizontal cable and patch cableswhile improving density when used with GlideCable Management. It also makes modificationseasy, avoids unintended disconnects and cabledamage, and protects bend radius to avoidviolations that result in signal degradation.

An integral part of TE’s TrueNet ® StructuredCabling System, CopperTen ® is the world’s firstUTP structured cabling system to enable 10Gigabit Ethernet over a full 100 meters. Installedin high-performance networks worldwide,the system’s patent-pending design minimizesalien crosstalk and insertion loss and meets theperformance requirements of IEEE 802.3an andTIA 568-B.2-10 standards.

Features

• Angled design eases stress on patch cordswhile maximizing 10 Gigabit performance

• UL1863 Listed• High-density design with 24 ports in a

single rack unit• Unique polymer design helps eliminate

alien crosstalk• Rear cable manager included

SpecificationsOperating Temperature Range: -10° to 70 °C (14° to 158 °F)Material Construction: Molded glass filled Polycarbonate and 16 gauge cold rolled steel

Color: BlackDimensions: 44.45 mm x 482.6 mm x 139.7 mm (1.75" x 19.0" x 5.5")Safety Rating: UL 1863Flammability Rating: UL94 V-0


Patch Panel

24-port angled patch panel 1RU unloaded TPNP-24APC10-UN

24-port angled patch panel 1RU loaded with black CopperTen Jacks TPNP-24APC10-BK

Wire Management Bracket for Cabinets in Data Center ApplicationsCopperTen Cable Manager Bracket TPNP-NNC10-WM-BKT




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

108w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Copper Connectivity Solutions –Category 6a UTP CopperTen ® Augmented Category 6 Patch Panels

Features

• Installed with CopperTen jacks, meets TIA/EIA568-B.2-10 standards

• Staggered port design and isolation barprovide improved alien crosstalk performance

• One rack unit, 24-port design provides highdensity and flexibility

• Rear wire manager included• Write-on label area for quick, precise

port labeling

• Accepts a wide range of TE connectors

• UL 1863 safety rating• Unique polymer design helps eliminate alien

crosstalk


Description Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog Number

Loaded

Unloaded

1RU, 24-port patch panel 1.75" x 19" x 3" (44.45mm x 182.6mm x 76.2mm)

Unloaded TPNP-NNC10-NNLoaded with black CopperTen jacks TPNP-24NC10-BK

CopperTen ® Patch Panels



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

109w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


CopperTen 12-position termination block and mounting kitIncludes: stainless steel 12-position mounting frame; 12 CopperTenmodules with rear cable management, each module accommodating (5)4-pair CopperTen cables; 12 label holders

6450 1 107-00

CopperTen management kitIncludes: dual cable management rings and cord cover

6450 1 103-00


CopperTen 8 pair blockfield assembly kit

80-pair (20 port)Supports field termination of (20)4 pair cables. Includes (10) 8-pairCopperTen blocks, (2) horizontal wiremanagers, (1) black or gray universalmounting bracket and (1) type 105label holder with label and protectivecover

14.75" x 8.25" x 5.25"(374.7mm x 209.6mm x 33.4mm)

80-pair (20 port) kit; Including black universal mounting kit

6636 1 598-46

80-pair (20 port) kit; Including gray universal mounting kit

6636 1 598-06


Features

• Meets performance requirements of TIA/EIA568-B.2-10 standards

• 45-degree silver-plated IDCs provide secure,reliable gas-tight connections

• Color-coded for ease of termination• Meets PowerSum ANEXT for 10G Base-T

channel performance• Each module accommodates five 4-pair UTP

CopperTen cables• Modules are terminated with the standard

KRONE® termination tools, and may also beterminated with a 110 tool

• Four-pair to four-pair patch cords are avail -able for Patch By Exception installations• Four-pair to RJ45 cords are available to inter -

face with network and other equipment

Copper Connectivity Solutions –Category 6a UTP CopperTen ® Termination Blocks



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

110w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



CopperTen ® Augmented Category 6 8-Pair Block

A key component of the TrueNet ® channelsolution, TE’s highest performing terminationblock, offers versatility not possible with patchpanels. The CopperTen ® 8-pair block’s uniquecenter port eliminates the need to removecables for testing and because patch cords are“temporary”, the system saves thousands overtraditional patched solutions. Installations arehardwired providing the cleanest, most secure,reliable and high performing Category 6a systemavailable.


Features

• Supports 10 Gigabit Ethernet over UTP copper to a full 100 meters• Center test port allows for circuit monitoring without service disruption• Unique Patch-by-Exception functionality saves time and money while improving

performance and aesthetics

• Design for use with TE TrueNet Universal Mounting System (UMS) and Type 105 Rod-Mount Bracket• 20 year TrueNet CopperTen warranty



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

111w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

CopperTen ® Augmented Category 6 8-Pair Block


CopperTen Disconnection Module, 8 pair 6468 5 070-00


BX (Box=10 each)

Specifications

Environment for use: Indoors or in dry enclosure rated IP54 orgreater

Operating temperature range: -20°C to +80°CMaximum relative humidity: 93% non-condensingWire range for solid & stranded copper conductors: 0.4-0.65 (26-22 AWG)*Wire insulation diameter range (PE, PVC): Typically 0.7-1.4Number of wire re-terminations: Up to 200Wire insertion force (0.5 conductor diameter): 6NWire pull out force, radial (0.5 conductor diameter): 5NWire pull out force, axial (0.5 conductor diameter): 35NNumber of patching cycles

Modules: Up to 750

Patch plugs: Up to 200Transmission & reliability: ≥ TIA/EIA 568-B.2-1, TIA/EIA 568-B.2-10standard Category 6a≥ ISO/IEC 11801 Class F

Change of contact interface resistance after reliability testingto ISO/IEC 11801 and TIA/EIA 568B per through connection.ie. 2 insulation displacement and 1 disconnection contact joint: < 5m TypicalVoltage/current rating at 25°C ambient: 150V AC at 2.5A max.Dielectric strength: 1.5kV ACSurge voltage strength (1.2/50 sec wave shape): 2.5kVSurge current strength (8/20 sec wave shape)

Modules: 3kA Patch plugs: 0.5kAInsulation resistance: 50,000 M at 500 VDCSafety: UL 1863Flammability rating of plastic housing: UL 94 V0

RoHS compliant to the European Union Directive 2002/95/EC* Should there be a requirement to terminate cables other than 10 Gigabit cable, a maximum of 2 equal, solid

conductors only, of up to 0.5 conductor diameter can be terminated per slot. Only 1 conductor of strandedwires per slot can be terminated. If any conductors >0.5 have been terminated, reversal to smaller conductors isno longer possible.




112w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



7 / 0 8

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

Replace XX with: 01 = White 06 = Blue 02 = Ivory 07 = Green 03 = Gray 08 = Yellow 04 = Black 09 = Purple 05 = Red 10 = Orange 22 = Electrical Ivory

Description Catalog Number*

CopperTen RJ45 UTP modular 568A/B jack 6830 1 835- XX Quantity: 1

Copper Connectivity Solutions –Category 6a UTP CopperTen ® Modular Jack

Features• Meets or exceeds performance require-

ments of TIA/EIA 568-B.2-10 standards• 45-degree silver-plated IDCs provide secure,

reliable gas-tight connections• Accepts KRONE® or 110 tool for wire

termination• Universal A/B wiring label• Modular jacks fit port openings of

0.585" x 0.757" (14.86mm x 19.23mm)with plate thickness from 0.048" to 0.060"(1.23mm x 1.52mm)




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

113w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Features• Meets or exceeds performance requirements

TIA/EIA 568-B.2-10 standards• Copper conductors in the cable pairs

are stranded for superior flexibility andcompacted to a near-round shape foroptimum signal strength

• Snag-less plug design with built-instrain relief

• UL 1863 safety rating

Copper Connectivity Solutions –Category 6a UTP CopperTen ® Patch Cords


Description Catalog Number*RJ45 to RJ45 patch cord

568B wiring 6645-2-8 X 5-YY

568A wiring 6645-2-8 X 0-YY

*Replace X for color:0 = White 3 = Yellow

1 = Red 4 = Green 2 = Blue 6 = Gray

*Replace YY for length:

04 = 4' 15 = 15' 07 = 7' 25 = 25'

10 = 10' 50 = 50"

Contact TE for information on additional colors andcustom lengths



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

114w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Impedance matched for use in TrueNet ® structuredcabling systems; these CopperTen termination

block patch cords exceed all performancerequirements for Augmented Category 6. Thesecords allow direct patching capability betweenCopperTen 8-pair and 20-pair blocks or patchingfrom a CopperTen termination block to anactive device or an RJ45 patch panel. The plugis designed with integrated strain relievers thatprevent the cable from moving at the terminationpoint when the cable is flexed, safeguardingcircuit integrity and guaranteeing maximumperformance.

SpecificationsEnvironment for use: Indoors, in dry closed roomsOperation temperature range: -10°C to + 60°CMaximum relative humidity: ≤ 93% non-condensingInsulation resistance: 100M Ω at 500 VDCFlammability rating of plastic housing: UL 94 V0changeNo: of PCB insertion cycles: Typically 200Plug Material: Tough Thermoplastic PolymerSafety: UL1863

Copper Connectivity Solutions –Category 6a UTP Augmented Category 6 Patch CordsFor CopperTen ® 8-pair and 20-pair Termination Blocks

Features

• Meets or exceeds TIA/EIA and ISO Augmented Category 6 requirements• Protective shroud to assist in protecting the user from electrical transfer on the contacts• Impedance matched patch cord for maximum throughput• Flexible strain relief boot maintains proper bend radius to ensure peak performance• UL 1863 listed• Durable design to be in operation beyond 20-year product warranty



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

115w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Description Catalog NumberCopperTen 4-pair to CopperTen 4-Pair

CopperTen 4-Pair to CopperTen 4-Pair wired 568B TP6ATH- XXYY

CopperTen 4-Pair to CopperTen 4-Pair wired 568A TP6ATH0 XXYY

CopperTen 4-pair to RJ45

CopperTen 4-Pair to RJ45 Plug wired 568B TP6ATB- XXYY

CopperTen 4-Pair to RJ45 Plug wired 568A TP6ATB0 XXYY


Sub XX for color: BL=Blue, BK=Black, GY=Gray, RD=Red, GN=Green, YL=Yellow, WT=WhiteCall TE for additional colorsSub YY for length: 04= 4 feet, 07= 7 feet, 10=10 feet, 15=15 Feet, 25=25 feet, 50=50 feetCall TE for additional lengths

Copper Connectivity Solutions –Category 6a UTP Augmented Category 6 Patch CordsFor CopperTen ® 8-pair and 20-pair Termination Blocks



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

116w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Features and Benefits

• Unique staggered four-port designsupports 10 Gigabit Ethernet performanceby countering the negative effects ofalien crosstalk

• Fits standard single gang box• UL 1863 listed• Increases workstation density in a single

gang mounting platform while optimizingAugmented Category 6 performance

Applications

• Workstation mounting platform for modularvoice, video and data connectorsdelivering high performance solutions



CopperTen 4-port staggered faceplate TNSCSFPSO4- XX

Includes: 2 blank paper labels, 2 clear plasticprotectors, 1 logo insert, 6 reversible ID tabsnumbered 1–6 (ID tabs match faceplate colors),mounting screws (#6-32 x 15/16")

*Replace XX with: WT = White, IV = Ivory, GY = Grey, BK = Black

CopperTen ® 4-port Staggered Faceplateshown with CopperTen ® Modular Jacks

Copper Connectivity Solutions –Category 6a UTP CopperTen ® 4-Port Staggered Faceplate



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

119w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Copper Connectivity Solutions –Category 6a F/UTP

Introduction ..................................................... .............. 120

CopperTen ® F/UTP Horizontal Cable ................................ 121

CopperTen ® F/UTP Patch Panels ...................................... 129

CopperTen ® F/UTP Modular Jack .................................... 130

CopperTen ® F/UTP Patch Cords ...................................... 131



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

120w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

C o p p e r C o n n e c t i v i t y S o l u t i o n s – C a t e g o r y 6 a F / U T P

The TrueNet ® CopperTen ® F/UTP Solution

supports 10 Gigabit Ethernet to a full 100m.At high frequencies associated with 10 Gigabitper second transmission speeds alien crosstalk(interference between adjacent cables) hindersperformance. The shielding used in theCopperTen F/UTP solution effectively eliminatesall alien crosstalk allowing data transmission ratesof 10 Gigabits per second.

Copper Connectivity Solutions –Category 6a F/UTP Introduction

Features

• Exceeds the requirements of IEEE 802.3an (10GBASE-T) and ISO/IEC 11801:2002 amendment/channelrequirements

• Maximizes productivity levels with 10 times the data throughput of Category 6

• True future proofing for tomorrow's network applications

• Covered by the TrueNet ® System Warranty



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

122w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Copper Connectivity Solutions –Category 6a F/UTPCopperTen ® Four-Pair F/UTP Plenum Cable

CONSTRUCTION:Conductor: 23 AWG solid bare copperInsulation: Foamed FEPSeparator: FluoropolymerShield: Aluminum/polyester foilDrain Wire: Stranded tinned copperJacket: Lead-free, flame retardant PVCNominal O.D.: .285" (7.2mm)

THERMAL CHARACTERISTICS:Transport and Storage: -10°C to 60°CInstallation: 4°C to 50°COperation: -10°C to 60°C

MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS:Bend Radius During Installation: 16 X O.D. Installed: 8 X O.D. Pull Tension: 25 lb/f (110N)

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS:Conductor DC Resistance @ 20°C (Max): 28.6 Ω /1000 ft (9.38 Ω /100 m)DC Resistance Unbalance (Max): 5%Mutual Capacitance @ 20°C (Max): 17 pF/ft (5.6nF/100 m)Operating Voltage (Max): 300 VDCWorst Case Cable Skew: 45 ns/100 mNominal Velocity of Propagation: 72%

Specifications



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

123w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


FREQMHZ

FittedImpedance

OhmsInsertion Loss

dB/100mReturn Loss

dB/100mPair-Pair NEXT

dB/100mPSNEXT

dB/100m

Spec Max Spec Min Spec Min Spec Min Spec

1 100 +/- 15 1.7 2 24.3 20 85.9 74.3 83.2 72.3

4 100 +/- 15 3.4 3.7 27.1 23 75.9 65.3 73 63.3

8 100 +/- 15 4.8 5.2 29.4 24.5 68.6 60.8 65.4 58.8

10 100 +/- 15 5.4 5.9 31 25 61.5 59.3 59.1 57.3

16 100 +/- 15 6.8 7.4 30.4 25 63.6 56.2 62.7 54.2

20 100 +/- 15 7.6 8.3 31.6 25 65.4 54.8 62.7 52.8

25 100 +/- 15 8.6 9.3 33.1 24.3 62.6 53.3 58.6 51.3

31.25 100 +/- 15 9.7 10.4 34.2 23.6 67.1 51.9 63.5 49.9

62.5 100 +/- 15 13.9 14.9 31.1 21.5 54 47.4 52.5 45.4

100 100 +/- 15 17.9 19 28.9 20.1 52.7 44.3 50.7 42.3

155 100 +/- 15 22.6 24 33 18.8 45.3 41.4 44.7 39.4

200 100 +/- 15 26.1 27.5 23.5 18 50.7 39.8 48.7 37.8

250 100 +/- 15 29.4 31 22.9 17.3 42.3 38.3 41.1 36.3

300 100 +/- 15 32.7 34.2 26.2 16.8 43.1 37.1 40.5 35.1

350 100 +/- 15 35.8 37.2 22.9 16.3 45.2 36.1 42.2 34.1

400 100 +/- 15 38.7 40 21.9 15.9 44.7 35.3 41.4 33.3

450 100 +/- 15 41.5 42.7 22.4 15.5 39.2 34.5 37.8 32.5

500 100 +/- 15 44.1 45.3 20.1 15.2 36.7 33.8 35.2 31.8

550 100 +/- 15 46.9 - 21.7 - 39.9 - 38.6 -

600 100 +/- 15 49.5 - 17 - 36.6 - 34.4 -



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

124w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1




1000 foot reel, 42lbs 62kg 10G-A6TPF-XX02



FREQMHZ

Pair-Pair ACRdB/100m

PSACRdB/100m

Pair-Pair ELFEXTdB/100m

PSNEXTdB/100m TCL


1 84.2 72.3 81.5 70.3 83.8 67.8 83.1 64.8 40.0

4 72.7 61.5 69.8 59.5 75.8 55.8 75.2 52.8 40.0

8 64.1 55.5 60.9 53.5 64.2 49.7 62.5 46.7 40.0

10 56.5 53.4 54.0 51.4 64.0 47.8 60.3 44.8 40.0

16 57.2 48.8 56.3 46.8 63.7 43.7 61.2 40.7 38.0

20 58.1 46.5 55.1 44.5 59.9 41.8 58.4 38.8 37.0

25 54.4 44.0 50.4 42.0 57.5 39.8 56.9 36.8 36.0

31.25 57.5 41.5 53.8 39.5 55.4 37.9 55.6 34.9 35.1

62.5 40.8 32.5 39.3 30.5 52.4 31.9 50.6 28.9 32.0

100 35.7 25.3 33.4 23.3 52.9 27.8 51.1 24.8 30.0

155 23.7 17.5 22.1 15.5 45.4 24.0 43.8 21.0 28.1

200 25.8 12.3 23.8 10.3 46.0 21.8 43.4 18.8 27.0

250 14.2 7.4 12.5 5.4 43.0 19.8 41.0 16.8 26.0

300 11.9 3.0 9.3 1.0 43.0 18.3 39.3 15.3 -

350 11.0 -1.0 8.1 -3.0 39.0 16.9 38.3 13.9 -

400 7.5 -4.7 3.4 -6.7 37.5 15.8 35.7 12.8 -

450 -0.7 -8.2 -2.2 -10.2 38.9 14.7 36.2 11.7 -

500 -5.7 -11.4 -7.2 -13.4 39.5 13.8 35.4 10.8 -

550 -5.6 - -6.9 - 31.9 - 32.3 - -

600 -12.9 - -14.4 - 31.2 - 29.2 - -




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

125w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Copper Connectivity Solutions –Category 6a F/UTPCopperTen ® Four-Pair F/UTP Riser Cable

TE F/UTP CopperTen® cable can be used in datacenter, communications closet and work stationfor 10G shielded performance. Installed in high-performance networks world wide, the system’sdesign minimizes alien crosstalk and insertion lossand meets the performance requirements of IEEE802.3an and TIA 568-B.2-10 standards.

Features



Common Applications

• 4/16 Mb/s Token Ring (IEEE 802.5)• 10Base-T (IEEE 802.3)• 100 Mb/s TP-PMD• Broadband & Baseband Video• 100Base-T (“Fast Ethernet”)• 100Base-T4 (“Fast Ethernet”)• 100Base-TX (“Fast Ethernet”)• 100VG-Any LAN (IEEE 802.12)• 52/155 Mb/s ATM (ATM Forum)• 622 Mb/s ATM (ATM Forum)

• 1000Base-T (Gigabit Ethernet)• 1 Gigabit Networking System (WGNA)• 1.2 Gb/s ATM (ATM Forum)• 77 Channel Broadband Video• 10GBASE-T Ethernet (IEEE P802.3an)

Compliances

• UL Subject 444• (UL)-C(UL) Type CMR• ICEA S-90-661• NEC 800 Type CMR• TIA/EIA-568-B.2-1 Category 6 Horizontal

Cable Requirements• ETL Verified TIA/EIA-568-B.2-10 Augmented

Category 6 Horizontal Cable Requirements• ISO/IEC 11801 Category 6 Horizontal Cable

Requirements• ISO/IEC 11801 Category 6a Class EA

Horizontal Cable Requirements



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

126w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Specifications

CONSTRUCTION:Conductor: 23 AWG solid bare copperInsulation: HDPESeparator: HDPEShield: Aluminum/polyester foilDrain Wire: Stranded tinned copperJacket: Lead-free, flame retardant PVCNominal O.D.: .280" (7.1mm)

THERMAL CHARACTERISTICS:Transport and Storage: -10°C to 60°CInstallation: 4°C to 50°COperation: -10°C to 60°C

MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS:Bend Radius During Installation: 16 X O.D. Installed: 8 X O.D. Pull Tension: 25 lb/f (110N)

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS:Conductor DC Resistance @ 20°C (Max): 28.6 Ω /1000 ft (9.38 Ω /100 m)DC Resistance Unbalance (Max): 5%Mutual Capacitance @ 20°C (Max): 17 pF/ft (5.6nF/100 m)Operating Voltage (Max): 300 VDCWorst Case Cable Skew: 45 ns/100 mNominal Velocity of Propagation: 72%




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

127w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

FREQMHZ

FittedImpedance

OhmsInsertion Loss

dB/100mReturn Loss

dB/100mPair-Pair NEXT

dB/100mPSNEXT

dB/100m

Spec Max Spec Min Spec Min Spec Min Spec

1 100 +/- 15 1.7 2.0 24.3 20.0 85.9 74.3 83.2 72.3

4 100 +/- 15 3.4 3.7 27.1 23.0 75.9 65.3 73.0 63.3

8 100 +/- 15 4.8 5.2 29.4 24.5 68.6 60.8 65.4 58.8

10 100 +/- 15 5.4 5.9 31.0 25.0 61.5 59.3 59.1 57.3

16 100 +/- 15 6.8 7.4 30.4 25.0 63.6 56.2 62.7 54.2

20 100 +/- 15 7.6 8.3 31.6 25.0 65.4 54.8 62.7 52.8

25 100 +/- 15 8.6 9.3 33.1 24.3 62.6 53.3 58.6 51.3

31.25 100 +/- 15 9.7 10.4 34.2 23.6 67.1 51.9 63.5 49.9

62.5 100 +/- 15 13.9 14.9 31.1 21.5 54.0 47.4 52.5 45.4

100 100 +/- 15 17.9 19.0 28.9 20.1 52.7 44.3 50.7 42.3

155 100 +/- 15 22.6 24.0 33.0 18.8 45.3 41.4 44.7 39.4

200 100 +/- 15 26.1 27.5 23.5 18.0 50.7 39.8 48.7 37.8

250 100 +/- 15 29.4 31.0 22.9 17.3 42.3 38.3 41.1 36.3

300 100 +/- 15 32.7 34.2 26.2 16.8 43.1 37.1 40.5 35.1

350 100 +/- 15 35.8 37.2 22.9 16.3 45.2 36.1 42.2 34.1

400 100 +/- 15 38.7 40.0 21.9 15.9 44.7 35.3 41.4 33.3

450 100 +/- 15 41.5 42.7 22.4 15.5 39.2 34.5 37.8 32.5

500 100 +/- 15 44.1 45.3 20.1 15.2 36.7 33.8 35.2 31.8

550 100 +/- 15 46.9 - 21.7 - 39.9 - 38.6 -

600 100 +/- 15 49.5 - 17.0 - 36.6 - 34.4 -




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

128w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



1000 foot reel, 41lbs 61kg 10G-A6TRF-XX02



FREQMHZ

Pair-Pair ACRdB/100m

PSACRdB/100m

Pair-Pair ELFEXTdB/100m

PSNEXTdB/100m TCL


1 84.2 72.3 81.5 70.3 83.8 67.8 83.1 64.8 40.0

4 72.7 61.5 69.8 59.5 75.8 55.8 75.2 52.8 40.0

8 64.1 55.5 60.9 53.5 64.2 49.7 62.5 46.7 40.0

10 56.5 53.4 54.0 51.4 64.0 47.8 60.3 44.8 40.0

16 57.2 48.8 56.3 46.8 63.7 43.7 61.2 40.7 38.0

20 58.1 46.5 55.1 44.5 59.9 41.8 58.4 38.8 37.0

25 54.4 44.0 50.4 42.0 57.5 39.8 56.9 36.8 36.0

31.25 57.5 41.5 53.8 39.5 55.4 37.9 55.6 34.9 35.1

62.5 40.8 32.5 39.3 30.5 52.4 31.9 50.6 28.9 32.0

100 35.7 25.3 33.4 23.3 52.9 27.8 51.1 24.8 30.0

155 23.7 17.5 22.1 15.5 45.4 24.0 43.8 21.0 28.1

200 25.8 12.3 23.8 10.3 46.0 21.8 43.4 18.8 27.0

250 14.2 7.4 12.5 5.4 43.0 19.8 41.0 16.8 26.0

300 11.9 3.0 9.3 1.0 43.0 18.3 39.3 15.3 -

350 11.0 -1.0 8.1 -3.0 39.0 16.9 38.3 13.9 -

400 7.5 -4.7 3.4 -6.7 37.5 15.8 35.7 12.8 -

450 -0.7 -8.2 -2.2 -10.2 38.9 14.7 36.2 11.7 -

500 -5.7 -11.4 -7.2 -13.4 39.5 13.8 35.4 10.8 -

550 -5.6 - -6.9 - 31.9 - 32.3 - -

600 -12.9 - -14.4 - 31.2 - 29.2 - -





1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

129w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

TE's F/UTP CopperTen patch panels can beused in data center, communications closet andworkstation for 10G shielded performance.Installed in high-performance networks worldwide, the system’s design minimizes aliencrosstalk and insertion loss and meets theperformance requirements of IEEE 802.3an andTIA 568-B.2-10 standards.

Copper Connectivity Solutions –Category 6a F/UTPCopperTen ® Augmented Category 6 F/UTP Patch Panels

SpecificationsOperating Temperature Range: -40º C to 70º C (-40º F to 158º F)Safety Rating: UL 1863Flammability Rating: UL 94-V0


CopperTen Augmented Category 6 F/UTP Patch Panels

1U Patch Panel, Category 6 KM8 shielded 24 ports 7022 1 155-24

1U Patch Panel, Category 6 KM8 shielded 24 ports (unloaded) 7022 2 155-24


Features

• Mounts in standard EIA 19-inch (482. 6mm) rack

• Designed specifically to be used with TE Augmented Category 6 shielded jack



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

130w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Copper Connectivity Solutions –Category 6a F/UTPCopperTen ® Augmented Category 6 Shielded RJ45 Jack

TE shielded CopperTen jacks can be used in datacenter, communications closet and work stationfor 10G shielded performance. Installed in high-performance networks world wide, the system’sdesign minimizes alien crosstalk and insertion lossand meets the performance requirements of IEEE802.3an and TIA 568-B.2-10 standards.

Specifications

Operating Temperature Range: -40º to 70 ºC (-40º to 158 ºF)RJ Socket, 8 Positions, General Specification: FCC Part 68.500 (IEC 603-7)Transmission Performance and Reliability: ≥ EIA/TIA 568-B.2-10 standard Number of Plug Insertion Cycles: ≥ 750 (IEC/EN 60603-7)LSA-PLUS® Insulation DisplacementWire Diameter Range for Solid and 22-24 AWGStranded Copper Conductors: 0.50 mm to 0.65 mm (0.016" to 0.025")Wire Insulation Diameter Range (PE,PVC): 1.04 mm to 1.60 mm (0.041" to 0.063")Contact Resistance: ≤ 1 m Ω typicalContact Re-terminations: ≥ 200Insulation Resistance at 40 ºC (104 ºF) and 93% RH: ≥ 500 M Ω (IEC 512-2-3a)Safety Rating: UL 1863Flammability Rating: UL 94 V-0

Description Catalog NumberC6a shielded 568A/B RJ45 jack 6830 1 811-XX


Substitute XX for jack colors- 01=White, 02=Ivory, 03=Gray and 04=Black. Call TE for other colors

Features• TrueNet impedance matched jacks guarantee maximum throughput

• Forty-five degree silver-plated IDCs provide secure, reliable gas-tight connections

• Universal A/B wiring label



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

131w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Copper Connectivity Solutions –Category 6a F/UTPCopperTen ® Augmented Category 6 F/UTP Patch Cords

TE F/UTP CopperTen® patch cords can be usedin data center, communications closet and workstation for 10G shielded performance. Installedin high-performance networks world wide,the system’s design minimizes alien crosstalkand insertion loss and meets the performancerequirements of IEEE 802.3an and TIA 568-B.2-10standards.

The high performance plug design withintegrated strain relief boot prevents the cablefrom being moved at the termination point whenthe cable is flexed. The strain relief boot alsoensures that correct bend radius is maintained.

Features

• Supports 10 Gigabit Ethernet over shielded copper to a full 100 meters

• Snag less plug design with integrated strain relief


Specifications

Operating Temperature Range: -20° to 75 °C (-4° to 167°F)

RJ45 Plug Interface According to: IEC 60603-7Transmission Performance and Reliability: TIA/IEA 568-B.2-10 standardsNumber of Plug Insertion Cycles: ≥ 750 (IEC/EN 60603-7)Conductor: 26 AWG 7x32 stranded tinned copperJacket: Lead-free PVCBend Radius: 2 x outer diameterNominal Outer Diameter: 7.239 mm ± .13 mm (0.285" ± 0.005")Safety Rating: UL 1863Flammability Rating: UL 94 V-0


F/UTP RJ45 to RJ45 Patch Cords

Blue TP10GTF-BLXX

White TP10GTF-WTXX

Gray TP10GTF-GYXX


Sub XX for length. 04= 4 feet, 07= 7 feet, 10=10 feet, 15=15 Feet, 25=25 feet, 50=50 feet



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

133w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Copper Connectivity Solutions –Category 6

Introduction ................................................... ................ 134

Category 6 Copper Cable .............................................. 135

Patch Panels .................................................................. 147

Termination Blocks .................................................. ....... 153

Modular Jacks ................................................ ................ 158

Patch Cords ................................................... ................ 159



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

134w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

C o p p e r C o n n e c t i v i t y S o l u t i o n s – C a t e g o r y 6

TE’s TrueNet® Category 6 patch panels, patch cords,modular jacks, and cable form anend-to-end channel optimized to preserve signalamplitude and deliver zero-bit-error performancein Gigabit Ethernet applications.

TrueNet patch panels are manufactured in 24-port(1RU) or 48-port (2RU) configurations to providehigh-density modular patching solutions for allhigh-density applications where space is limited.The LSA-PLUS® IDC technology provides a secure,reliable and gas-tight connection and allows forthe wire to be terminated with either a KRONE ® insertion tool or a 110 termination tool.

TE Ultim8™ and HighBand ® 25 blocks provideunparalleled patching and testing capabilities thatprovide ultimate flexibility in deploying a network.

HighBand 25 and Ultim8 blocks provide a cross-connection system with greater density, front sidetermination and fewer patch cords. There aremultiple mounting options available to support bothrack and wall mount application to maximize yourtelecommunications room real estate requirements.

The Ultim8 and HighBand 25 blocks also featurea unique center port that acts as a test port toprovide “look-both-ways” testing capability withoutthe removal of any wire. This port also allows simplecircuit monitoring through use of a test cord.

TrueNet Category 6 products deliver exceptional

system performance by including features thatprotect signal integrity and strength. The IEEEspecifications for signal amplitude are especiallyimportant for Gigabit Ethernet (which usesmultilevel encoding).In addition, these features may also enable lowervoltage NIC cards to transmit a clean signal.

TrueNet® Category 6 solutions deliver:

• A complete end-to-end channel

• Extra bandwidth, better attenuation

• Zero bit errors • ISO/IEC 11801, Class E compliance

• ANSI/EIA/TIA-568-B.2-1 Category 6compliance

Copper Connectivity Solutions – Category 6Introduction

Hub Switch

TrueNet ® Cable

TrueNet ® Patch Cord

TrueNet ® Patch CordKM8

JacksCategory 6Patch Panel

TrueNet ® Category 6RJ45 Modular Solution

TrueNet ® Category 6IDC Block Solution

Mismatched Signal Amplitude

The mismatched channel allows signalamplitude to fall out of IEEE specifications.

TrueNet ® Signal Amplitude

The TrueNet channel preserves signalamplitude within IEEE specifications.

Time

V

o l t s

Time

V o

l t s

Hub Switch

TrueNet ® Cable


TrueNet ® Patch CordKM8

JacksHighBand ®

Ultim8™ Blocks



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

135w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Copper Cable SolutionsCategory 6 Copper Cable


TrueNet ® Category 6 Plenum cableis protected by US Patents 6153826

TrueNet ® Category 6 Plenum cableis also available in a side-by-side configuration

Common Applications


• 100Mbps TP-PMD



• 100Base-TX (Fast Ethernet)• 100VG-AnyLAN (IEEE 802.12)

• 52/155Mbps ATM (ATM Forum)• 622Mbps ATM (ATM Forum)• 1000Base-T (Gigabit Ethernet)


• 1.2Gbps ATM (ATM Forum)• 77 Channel broadband video

Compliances

• UL Subject 444

• (UL)-C(UL) Type CMP• ICEA S-90-661


• ISO/IEC 11801 Class E• TIA/EIA-568-B.2-1 Category 6 horizontal

cable requirements

®


CONSTRUCTIONFeatures AirES ® technology Conductors:Insulation:Pairing:Filler:Color-coding:Jacket:

24 AWG solid bare copper 100% FEP Short, staggered pair laysFluoropolymer See Technical Reference Section, UTP color-code tableLead-free, flame retardant PVC

Specifications



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

136w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1





Conductor DC resistance (maximum): 28.6 Ω /1000 feet (9.38 Ω /100 meters) @20°CDC resistance unbalance (maximum): 2% Mutual capacitance (maximum): 17 pF/foot (5.6nF/100 meters) Operating temperature (maximum): 75°C Operating voltage (maximum): 300VDC Worst case cable skew: 25 nS/100 meters @100MHz Nominal velocity of propagation: 75%



72.363.3

58.857.354.252.851.349.945.442.339.437.836.3

81.974.3

71.068.066.764.763.660.959.357.451.452.448.548.244.845.243.443.0

39.4

74.365.3

60.859.356.254.853.351.947.444.341.439.838.3

83.874.9

74.470.367.266.865.661.861.060.254.854.949.549.046.347.547.343.8

40.2

20.022.9

24.525.025.025.024.323.621.520.118.818.017.3

28.532.1

35.034.631.732.136.536.734.030.827.331.028.627.224.325.024.524.2

18.6

2.03.8

5.36.07.68.59.5

10.715.419.825.229.032.8

1.73.4

4.95.57.07.98.99.9

14.318.423.326.830.433.736.739.642.545.3

47.7

148

10162025

31.2562.5100155200250300350400450500

550

100 ± 5100 ± 3

100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3


FREQ Pair-Pair ACR PSACR Pair-Pair ELFEXT PSELFEXT LCL(MHz) (dB/100m) (dB/100m) (dB/100m) (dB/100m) (dB/100m)

Min TIA Spec Min TIA Spec Min TIA Spec Min TIA Spec Min

64.852.846.744.840.738.836.834.928.9

24.821.018.816.8

72.661.856.254.249.848.246.544.439.4

35.933.230.628.925.521.822.527.324.024.7

67.855.849.747.843.741.839.837.931.9

27.824.021.819.8

73.662.757.255.251.149.347.445.540.1

36.833.631.729.126.221.322.128.323.625.7

70.359.553.451.346.744.341.839.230.0

22.514.38.83.5

84.271.266.462.861.557.457.751.347.9

41.629.926.922.216.614.710.2

8.44.80.7

72.361.555.453.348.746.343.841.232.0

24.516.310.8

5.5

86.871.769.865.164.859.460.252.549.3

42.733.230.326.719.416.812.010.4

8.81.7

148

10162025

31.2562.5

100155200250300350400450500550

40.040.040.040.038.037.036.035.132.0

30.028.127.026.0




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

137w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Description Weight (Lbs/kft) Catalog Number*4-pair cable Nominal OD: 0.208" (5.28mm) Maximum OD: 0.212" (5.38mm)Reel packaging–1000'

Reel in a box–1000'4-pair side-by-side cableNominal OD: 0.22" x 0.45" (5.6mm x 11.43mm)

30

32 76

TN6SP- XX02

TN6SP- XX RB TN6SPX2- XXYY


BL = BlueWT = White GY = GrayGN = GreenYL = YellowRD = Red

Other reel sizes available, please contact TE Customer Service.




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

138w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



TrueNet ® Category 6 riser cable is protectedby US Patents 6153826 and 6150612



CONSTRUCTIONConductors:Insulation:Pairing:Filler:

Color-coding:Jacket:

24 AWG solid bare copper 100% Polyolefin Short, staggered pair layspolyolefin

See Technical Reference Section, UTP color-code tableLead-free, flame retardant PVC

Specifications

Common Applications











Compliances

• UL Subject 444

• (UL)-C(UL) Type CMR/CMG• ICEA S-90-661

• NEC 800 Type CMR

• ISO/IEC 11801 Category 6

• ETL Verified TIA/EIA-568-B.2-1 Category 6horizontal cable requirements

®



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

139w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Conductor DC resistance (maximum): 28.6 Ω /1000 feet (9.38 Ω /100 meters) @20°CDC resistance unbalance (maximum): 2% Mutual capacitance (maximum): 17 pF/foot (5.6nF/100 meters) Operating temperature (maximum): 75°C Operating voltage (maximum): 300VDC Worst case cable skew: 25 nS/100 meters @100MHz Nominal velocity of propagation: 69%




FREQ(MHz)

Pair-Pair ACR(dB/100m)

PSACR(dB/100m)

Pair-Pair ELFEXT(dB/100m)

PSELFEXT(dB/100m)

LCL(dB/100m)

ISOSPEC

Min

TIASpec

Min

TIASpec

Min

TIASpec

Min

TIASpec

TIASpec

ELTCTL Min(dB)

148

10162025

31.2562.5

100155200250300350400450500550

81.874.460.661.663.554.353.452.042.2

37.029.023.319.810.8

9.85.96.7

72.361.555.453.348.746.343.841.232.0

24.516.310.8

5.5

79.372.959.260.160.353.251.951.841.4

35.927.221.017.4

9.29.14.83.7

70.359.553.451.346.744.341.839.230.0

22.514.38.83.5

75.463.056.054.750.449.847.346.040.3

37.235.235.732.127.024.923.722.319.915.4

67.855.849.747.843.741.839.837.931.9

27.824.021.819.8

74.862.555.654.750.549.847.145.940.3

37.134.632.031.525.523.821.219.518.715.4

64.852.846.744.840.738.836.834.928.9

24.821.018.816.8

40.040.040.040.038.037.036.035.132.0

30.028.127.126.0

35.023.016.915.010.9

9.07.05.1

FREQ(MHz)

FITTEDIMPEDANCE

(Ohms)

INSERTIONLOSS

(dB/100m)RETURN LOSS

(dB/100m)Pair-Pair NEXT

(dB/100m)PSNEXT

(dB/100m)


148

10162025

31.2562.5100155200250300350400450500550

100 ± 5100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3

1.83.65.15.87.48.39.3

10.414.919.024.027.430.833.936.639.442.344.847.1

2.03.85.36.07.68.59.5

10.715.419.825.229.032.8

27.232.234.233.833.930.633.132.933.529.423.527.127.923.321.522.120.418.518.3

20.022.924.525.025.025.024.323.621.520.118.818.017.3

83.476.965.667.265.962.260.160.654.054.452.249.950.144.145.944.845.841.641.1

74.365.360.859.356.254.853.351.947.444.341.439.838.3

81.073.764.065.763.861.159.958.553.152.350.547.647.742.645.241.942.540.038.8

72.363.358.8

57.354.252.851.349.945.442.339.437.836.3



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

140w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

C o p p e r C o n n e c t i v i t y S o l u t i o n s – C a t e g o r y 6 O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n

Description Weight (Lbs/kft) Catalog Number*4-pair cableNominal OD: 0.206" (5.4mm)Reel packaging—1000'

Reel in a box—1000'26

28

TN6SR- XX02

TN6SR- XX RB


BL = BlueWT = White GY = GrayGN = GreenYL = YellowRD = Red






1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

141w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


®



CONSTRUCTION

Features AirES ® technology Conductors:Insulation:Individual cable diameter:Jacket:

24 AWG solid bare copper 100% FEP 0.208" (5.28mm) Non-lead, flame retardant PVC

Specifications

Features

• Individual 4-pair horizontal cables twisted andbound together with Kevlar ® cord



Common Applications


• 100Mbps TP-PMD







Compliances

• UL Subject 444

• (UL)-C(UL) Type CMP• ICEA S-90-661• NEC 800 Type CMP





1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

142w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Impedance Attenuation Return Loss Attenuation-To-NEXT Ratio(Ohms) (dB/100m) (dB) Pair-To-Pair PowerSum

Freq (dB/100m) (dB/100m)(MHz) Input Characteristic Typical Spec Typical Spec Typical Spec Typical Spec

Typical Typical1 100 ± 5 100 ± 5 1.6 2.0 20.3 20.0 94.8 72.3 88.0 70.3

4 100 ± 5 100 ± 3 3.2 3.8 35.2 23.0 86.7 61.5 79.9 59.5 8 100 ± 5 100 ± 3 4.6 5.3 41.1 24.5 80.0 55.4 73.5 53.4

10 100 ± 5 100 ± 3 5.2 6.0 40.2 25.0 80.1 53.3 72.0 51.3 16 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 6.7 7.6 41.0 25.0 73.8 48.7 65.9 46.7 20 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 7.5 8.5 41.1 25.0 70.0 46.3 63.0 44.3 25 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 8.4 9.5 42.2 24.3 70.4 43.8 63.6 41.8

31.25 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 9.5 10.7 39.5 23.6 64.8 41.2 58.2 39.2 62.5 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 13.9 15.4 40.6 21.5 56.5 32.0 49.7 30.0

100 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 18.3 19.8 36.9 20.1 50.2 24.5 43.2 22.5 155 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 23.5 25.2 38.9 18.8 42.4 16.3 35.0 14.3 200 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 27.3 29.0 35.5 18.0 36.8 10.8 29.6 8.8 250 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 31.3 32.8 36.0 17.3 30.1 5.5 23.8 3.5 300 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 34.9 35.4 26.2 18.8 350 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 38.4 32.5 22.3 15.1 400 100 ± 5 100 ± 2 41.8 33.0 17.3 10.0 550 100 ± 8 100 ± 2 50.6 28.9 5.5 -2.7



1 96.4 74.3 89.6 72.3 92.2 67.8 84.8 64.8 4 89.9 65.3 83.1 63.3 83.3 55.8 74.2 52.8 8 84.6 60.8 78.1 58.8 77.9 49.7 69.4 46.7

10 85.3 59.3 77.2 57.3 74.8 47.8 66.9 44.8 16 80.5 56.2 72.6 54.2 70.2 43.7 62.6 40.7 20 77.5 54.8 70.5 52.8 67.9 41.8 60.2 38.8 25 78.8 53.3 72.0 51.3 66.1 39.8 58.3 36.8

31.25 74.3 51.9 67.7 49.9 63.7 37.9 55.9 34.9

62.5 70.4 47.4 63.6 45.4 58.4 31.9 50.5 28.9 100 68.5 44.3 61.5 42.3 54.9 27.8 46.6 24.8 155 65.9 41.4 58.5 39.4 49.2 24.0 41.8 21.0 200 64.1 39.8 56.9 37.8 45.5 21.8 38.1 18.8 250 61.4 38.3 55.1 36.3 43.6 19.8 35.0 16.8 300 61.1 53.7 38.9 30.4 350 60.7 53.5 34.2 26.3 400 59.1 51.8 3.0 22.5 550 56.1 47.9 19.2 10.8



Conductor DC resistance (maximum): 28.6 Ω /1000 feet (9.38 Ω /100 meters) @20°CDC resistance unbalance (maximum): 2% Mutual capacitance (maximum): 17 pF/foot (5.6nF/100 meters) Operating temperature (maximum): 75°C Operating voltage (maximum): 300VDC Worst case cable skew: 25 nS/100 meters @100MHz Nominal velocity of propagation: 75% @100MHz





1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

143w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


WT = White GY = GrayGN = GreenYL = YellowRD = RedST = Standard bundled colors—white, blue, gray, orange, yellow, green




Number of Cables Bundled Diameter Weight Packaging Catalog Number*(Inches) (lbs/kft)3 0.39" 84 1000' Reel TNSP-36 XX02 4 0.48" 112 1000' Reel TNSP-46 XX02 6 0.58" 168 1000' Reel TNSP-66 XX02




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

144w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

C o p p e r C o n n e c t i v i t y S o l u t i o n s – C a t e g o r y 6 The Outback cable is a 4-pair, 23 gauge Category

6 data cable designed for outdoor use. The cablecombines excellent transmission performance andweather resistant properties. It is intended foroutdoor installation, in buried conduit or as aerialcable. The core contains a water blocking tapewhich isolates the core from moisture.



Features

• Patented AirES ® conductor insulationtechnology enables improved signalstrength and speed with superior

electrical performance• Manufactured with lead-free materials• Moisture barrier core wrap protects pairs

Common Applications

• 4/16 Mb/s Token Ring (IEEE 802.5)• 10Base-T (IEEE 802.3)• 100 Mb/s TP-PMD• Broadband & Baseband Video• 100Base-T (“Fast Ethernet”)• 100Base-T4 (“Fast Ethernet”)• 100Base-TX (“Fast Ethernet”)

• 100VG-Any LAN (IEEE 802.12)• 52/155 Mb/s ATM (ATM Forum)• 622 Mb/s ATM (ATM Forum)• 1000Base-T (Gigabit Ethernet)• 1Gigabit Networking System (WGNA)• 1.2 Gb/s ATM (ATM Forum)• 77 Channel Broadband Video

Compliances

• ETL Verified TIA/EIA-568-B.2-1 Category 6Horizontal

• ISO/IEC 11801 Category 6 Horizontal Cable

Requirements



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

145w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

SpecificationsCONSTRUCTIONConductor: 23 AWG solid bare copperInsulation: PolyolefinFiller: Polyolefin StarCore Tape: Moisture barrier core wrapJacket: Linear Low Density Polyethylene, Black 0.260" (6.6mm) nominal O.D.

THERMAL CHARACTERISTICS Transport and Storage: -20 °C to 75 °C Installation: 4 °C to 50 °C Operation: -20 °C to 75 °C

MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICSBend Radius During Installation: 8 X O.D. Installed: 4 X O.D. Pull Tension: 25 lb/f (11ON)

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS Conductor DC Resistance @ 20°C (Max): 28.6 Ω/ 1000 ft (9.38 Ω/ 100 m) DC Resistance Unbalance (Max): 2% Mutual Capacitance @ 20°C (Max): 17 pF/ft (5.6nF/100 m) Operating Voltage (Max): 300 VDC Worst Case Cable Skew: 45 ns/100 m Nominal Velocity of Propagation: 66%

Description Weight Catalog Number

Reel – 1000 1 TN6TOSP-BK02


LBS/KFT KG/KM

29 42.5





1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

146w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


FREQMHZ

FITTEDIMPEDANCE

Ohms

INSERTIONLOSS

dB/100m

RETURNLOSS

dB/100m

PAIR-PAIRNEXT

dB/100m

PSNEXTdB/100m

Spec Max Spec Min Spec Min Spec Min Spec1 100 +/-3 1.7 2.0 26.2 20.0 83.9 74.3 80.8 72.3

4 100 +/-3 3.4 3.8 33.8 22.9 80.0 65.3 76.4 63.3

8 100 +/-3 4.8 5.3 34.5 24.5 74.0 60.8 72.3 58.8

10 100 +/-3 5.4 6.0 37.2 25.0 68.6 59.3 67.5 57.3

16 100 +/-3 6.8 7.6 33.5 25.0 71.0 56.2 68.8 54.2

20 100 +/-3 7.6 8.5 34.8 25.0 62.7 54.8 62.2 52.8

25 100 +/-3 8.6 9.5 36.1 24.3 59.1 53.3 58.6 51.3

31.25 100 +/-3 9.6 10.7 38.8 23.6 67.2 51.9 64.7 49.9

62.5 100 +/-3 13.6 15.4 35.2 21.5 56.8 47.4 54.1 45.4

100 100 +/-3 17.3 19.8 35.0 20.1 53.7 44.3 52.1 42.3

155 100 +/-3 21.7 25.2 32.8 18.8 53.6 41.4 51.9 39.4

200 100 +/-3 24.8 29.0 32.9 18.0 47.3 39.8 45.7 37.8

250 100 +/-3 27.8 32.8 31.3 17.3 49.1 38.3 47.2 36.3

300 100 +/-3 30.6 31.3 49.4 46.5

350 100 +/-3 33.1 30.0 49.1 46.7

400 100 +/-3 35.5 26.6 41.3 40.6

550 100 +/-3 42.1 22.3 42.1 40.4

FREQMHZ

PAIR-PAIRACR

dB/100m

PSACRdB/100m

PAIR-PAIRELFEXT

dB/100m

PSELFEXTdB/100m

LCLdB/100m

Min Spec Min Spec Min Spec Min Spec Min

1 82.3 72.3 79.2 70.3 79.4 67.8 75.1 64.8 40.0

4 76.6 61.5 73.1 59.5 67.7 55.8 63.3 52.8 40.0

8 69.4 55.4 67.5 53.4 61.6 49.7 57.3 46.7 40.0

10 63.4 53.3 62.2 51.3 59.4 47.8 55.2 44.8 40.0

16 64.2 48.7 62.0 46.7 54.8 43.7 51.3 40.7 38.0

20 55.3 46.3 54.7 44.3 52.5 41.8 49.6 38.8 37.0

25 50.8 43.8 50.1 41.8 49.6 39.8 47.4 36.8 36.0

31.25 57.8 41.2 55.4 39.2 47.6 37.9 45.6 34.9 35.1

62.5 43.4 32.0 40.8 30.0 42.4 31.9 39.7 28.9 32.0

100 36.9 24.5 35.3 22.5 38.3 27.8 35.5 24.8 30.0155 32.1 16.3 30.4 14.3 37.6 24.0 34.7 21.0 28.1

200 23.0 10.8 21.0 8.8 35.1 21.8 33.3 18.8 27.0

250 21.9 5.5 20.0 3.5 27.5 19.8 26.8 16.8 26.0

300 19.8 - 16.8 - 25.3 - 23.9 -

350 16.3 - 14.0 - 27.3 - 25.0 -

400 6.2 - 5.5 - 29.4 - 27.6 -

550 1.0 - - - 23.9 - 23.7 -

NOTE: The above listed discrete frequency electrical performance values are provided for engineering information only. Actualcompliance testing is based on swept frequency measurements. The spec values are based on TIA/EIA-568-B.2-1 specification.





1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

147w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Copper Connectivity Solutions – Category 6Patch Panels

TrueNet ® Category 6 patch panels featureimpedance matching for maximum performance.Designed for mounting in standard EIA 19-inchracks or to hinged wall mount brackets, their highdensity, superior reliability and numerous labelingoptions make these patch panels a superiorchoice for high-performance networks.


• UL certified and verified• Performance exceeds TIA/EIA

Category 6 requirements

• Designed to support Gigabit Ethernettransmission speeds

• Includes rear wire manager

• Wire can be terminated with eithera KRONE® or 110 tool

• 45 degree silver-plated IDCs provide secure,reliable gas-tight connection

• Includes paper labels or silk-screenedarea for station identification

• Universal wiring label for easy termination ofeither T568A/B

®

24-port Category 6 patch panel A/B

48-port Category 6 patch panel A/B

24-port Category 6 patch panel, paper labels A/B

48-port Category 6 patch panel, paper labels A/B

TrueNet ® Patch Panels




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

148w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o nDescription Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog Number

24-port silk-screened, T568A/B compatible Quantity: 1

48-port silk-screened, T568A/B compatible Quantity: 1

24-port patch panel with snap-in port ID tabsand paper labels, T568A/B compatible Quantity: 1

48-port patch panel with snap-in port ID tabsand paper labels, T568A/B compatible Quantity: 1

Blank panelsUsed to cover open rack space in 19" rack; rolled

steel construction; durable powder coated finish Quantity: 1

1RU

2RU

1.75" x 19" x 1.5"(44.45mm x 482.6mm x 38.1mm)

3.5" x 19" x 1.5" (88.9mm x 482.6mm x 38.1mm)

1.75" x 19" x 1.5" (44.45mm x 482.6mm x 38.1mm)

3.5" x 19" x 1.5" (88.9mm x 482.6mm x 38.1mm)

1.75" x 19" x 0.25" (44.45mm x 482.6mm x 6.35mm)

3.5" x 19" x 0.25" (88.9mm x 482.6mm x 6.35mm)

6653 1 677-24

6653 1 677-48

6653 1 679-24

6653 1 679-48

6653 2 000-01

6653 2 000-02


®




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

149w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Dynamic Angle Right/Left Patch Panels

The TrueNet ® dynamic angle right/left paneloffers superior performance and flexibility. Unlikefixed angle right/angle left panels, TE’s patentedsolution combines the ability to dynamicallyangle connections either right or left in a lowprofile. Forty-five degree silver plated IDCs canbe punched down with either a standard 110 orKRONE termination tool.

Features

• Patented angle right/left eases stress on patch cords allowing for improved cable management

• Low profile dynamic angling allows for greater flexibility and use in cabinet environments

• UL 1863 certified and Category 6 performance verified• Conductors can be terminated with either a KRONE ® or 110 tool

• 45 degree silver-plated IDCs provide secure, reliable gas-tight connection• Includes adhesive paper labels for station identification

• Universal wiring label for easy termination of either T568A/B

• Patch panels are designed to support Gigabit Ethernet transmission speeds• Panels can be rack mounted in standard EIA 19-inch racks or wall mounted using optional 19-inch hinged

wall mount brackets

• Rear wire manager included• TrueNet ID Tab Adapter Bezel included for use with TrueNet ID Tabs



24-port angle right/left patch panel, 1.75" x 19" x 1.5" PP24AC6T T568A/B compatible Quantity: 1 (44.45mm x 482.6mm x 38.1mm)

48-port angle right/left patch panel, 3.5" x 19" x 1.5" PP48AC6T T568A/B compatible Quantity: 1 (88.9mm x 482.6mm x 38.1mm)

®



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

150w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



UMS/Mini Patch Panels

Combine UMS/Mini Patch Panels with Ultim8 ™

blocks for complete patching flexibility.


Description Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog NumberCategory 6 UMS/Mini Patch Panels

6-port UMS/Mini Patch Panel, Type 105

6-port UMS/Mini patch panel, 1.73" x 4.77" x 2.08" 6653 1 608-00

Type 105 , T568A/B Quantity: 1 Includes 1 patch board on 1 base; mountson UMS mounting bracket in Type 105position, Type 105 rod mount bracket, Type105 back mount frame

®



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

151w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Plug ‘n’ Play Patch Panels


Part of TE’s high performance line of modular products, these blank patch panels accept all the modular jacks and connectors available for TE’s station outlets. The patch panels are designed to mount instandard EIA 19-inch (482.6mm) racks.


Patch Plus 24-port, six 4-port increments (front)

12-port minipatch panel

24-port high density Plug 'n' Play patch panel

48-port high density Plug 'n' Play patch panel



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

153w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Features

• UL certified

• Performance exceeds TIA/EIA Category 6• Designed to support Gigabit Ethernet

transmission speeds

• A test port provides “look-both-ways”testing capability without the removalof any wires; also allows simple circuitmonitoring through use of a test cord

• Provide unique patch-by-exceptionfunctionality



Ultim8 ™ block Quantity per pack: 10

8-pair; color-coding for station pairs printed onface of block. Includes wire guides and jumperrings. Three mounting options: snap onto universalmounting bracket in Type 105 position; a Type 105mounting bracket; Type 105 rod mount bracket

0.88" x 4.88" x 1.63" (22.5mm x 124mm x 41.4mm)

6468 5 060-06

Ultim8 ™ block

Adjustable Mounting

Bracket(in Type 105

position)

HorizontalWire Managers

Type 105 Label Holder

8-Pair Block

Type 105 Label Strip

Copper Connectivity Solutions – Category 6Termination Blocks

Ultim8™ Termination Blocks

Tech TipPatch-by-exception improves performance and aesthetics. The advantages of HighBand ® 25 and Ultim8 ™ blocks provide a cross-connection system with greater density, front side termination and fewer patch cords.To learn more about patch-by-exception, contact TE Technical Support.

®



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

154w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1




Ultim8 ™ field assembly kit Quantity: 1

96-pair Ultim8 ™ kit with UMS 160-pair Ultim8 ™ kit

96-pair (24-port) Supports field termination of (24) 4-pair cables.

Includes (12) Ultim8 blocks, (2) horizontal wiremanagers, (1) black or gray universal mountingbracket and (1) Type 105 label holder with labeland protective cover96-pair (24-port) kit; including black universalmounting kit

96-pair (24-port) kit; including gray universalmounting kit

160-pair Supports field termination of (40) 4-paircables. Includes (20) Ultim8 blocks, (1) Type 105label holder, (1) 21-position Type 105 back mountframe, protective rubber grommets for rear cableentry holes on back mount frame168-pair Supports field termination of (42) 4-pair cables.Includes (21) Ultim8 blocks, (1) 21-positionType 105 back mount frame, protective rubbergrommets for rear cable entry holes on backmount frame. No label holder

14.75" x 8.25" x 5.25"(374.7mm x 209.6mm x 33.4mm)

18.44" x 4.25" x 3.81"(468.3mm x 107.9mm x 96.8mm)

18.44" x 4.25" x 3.81"(468.3mm x 107.9mm x 96.8mm)

6636 1 596-46

6636 1 596-06

6636 1 510-06

6636 1 518-06


®

Ultim8™ Field Assembly Kits



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

155w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Complete 300-pair HighBand ® 25 system includes back mountframe and HighBand 25 blockswith rear cable managers, patchcords, cable management ringsand covers (single on left side,dual on right side) and a cabletrough added below

HighBand ® 25 block with rear cable managerHighBand® 25 label holder (shown mounted on block)

HighBand ® 25back mount frame

®


• UL certified

• 25-pair blocks for voice and data applications (first 24 pair for data)

• Performance exceeds TIA/EIA Category 6 requirements• A test port provides “look-both-ways” testing capability without the removal of any wires;

also allows simple circuit monitoring through use of a test cord

• Features disconnect contacts providing unique patch-by-exception functionalityand improved administration

• Available as individual components or in complete systems, consisting of unique wire terminationblocks, cable managers, patch cords, mounting frames, label holders and covers


HighBand ® 25 Termination Blocks


Tech TipWhen installing HighBand ® 25 blocks, it is easier to begin wire termination at the bottom and work up themounting hardware.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

156w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

C o p p e r C o n n e c t i v i t y S o l u t i o n s – C a t e g o r y 6 O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o n


HighBand ® 25 25-pair block systems300-pair basic system Consists of (1) back mount frame, (12) 25-pairHighBand 25 blocks and (12) label holders. Patch cords,optional cable troughs, cable management rings, coversordered separately

20.75" x 7.88" x 8.5" (528mm x 200mm x 215.9mm)

6450 1 101-00

900-pair basic system Consists of (3) back mount frames, (36) 25-pairHighBand 25 blocks, (36) label holders. Patch cords,optional cable troughs, cable management rings, coversordered separately

62.25" x 7.88" x 8.5" (1581.2mm x 200mm x 215.9mm)

6450 1 102-00

300-pair cable management kit Includes (2) dual cable management ringsand (1) dual cover

20.6" x 8.62" x 8.6" (523mm x 219mm x 218.5mm)

6450 1 103-00

900-pair cable management kit Includes (6) dual cable management ringsand (3) dual covers

61.8" x 8.62" x 8.6" (1569.7mm x 219mm x 218.5mm)

6450 1 104-00

HighBand 25 block with rear cable manager Color-coded; terminates (6) 4-pair Category 6 cables.Rear cable manager simplifies installation; incoming cablesrouted through slots and held securely by built-in clipsQuantity: 12

1.7" x 8.5" x 4.5" (43.2mm x 215.9mm x 114.3mm)

6468 5 600-00

HighBand 25 25-pair voice module with rear cable manager Quantity: 12 1.7" x 8.5" x 4.5" (43.2mm x 215.9mm x 114.3mm) 6468 5 300-00


HighBand ® 25 Termination Blocks

Ordering information continues on the next page



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

158w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


KM8 Modular Jacks

Copper Connectivity Solutions – Category 6Modular Jacks

®

KM8 modular jacks are an integral part of theTrueNet ® channel solution. Tuned together withother TrueNet Category 6 components and cable,KM8 jacks help deliver zero-bit-error networkperformance.

A KM8 modular jack with cable managementsystem ensures reliable field termination. Thecable manager holds cable pairs in place up tothe termination point, preventing cable untwistand buckle, guaranteeing dependable andrepeatable performance. All four pairs terminateat once without a tool for the tool-less jack,reducing termination time and effort.

These modular jacks can be used in TE’s modularpatch panels.

Features

• TrueNet ® impedance matched jacksguarantee maximum throughput

• Meet TIA/EIA Category 6 requirements


• Compatible with any TrueNet modularfaceplate, modular furniture faceplate,

surface box and modular patch panel• Accepts either a KRONE ® or 110 tool for

wire termination for punchdown jack




KM8 RJ45 modular punchdown jack Quantity: 1 6830 1 830- XX

*Replace XX with:01 = White 07 = Green

02 = Ivory 08 = Yellow 03 = Gray 09 = Purple 04 = Black 10 = Orange 05 = Red 22 = Electrical ivory 06 = Blue

KM8 modular jack



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

160w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Copper Connectivity Solutions – Category 6Patch Cords


Description Cable Color Catalog Number*

Ultim8 plug to Ultim8 plug, wired straight through; wired top (cable) side only

Quantity: 1

Ultim8 plug to RJ45 plug, T568A Quantity: 1

Ultim8 plug to RJ45 plug, T568B Quantity: 1

WhiteBlue

RedGreen

YellowGray

WhiteBlue

Red

GreenYellowGray

WhiteBlue

RedGreen

Yellow

Gray

TP6TH-WT XX

TP6TH-BL XX

TP6TH-RD XX

TP6TH-GN XX

TP6TH-YL XX

TP6TH-GY XX

TP6TB0WT XX

TP6TB0BL XX

TP6TB0RD XX

TP6TB0GN XX TP6TB0YL XX

TP6TB0GY XX

TP6TB-WT XX

TP6TB-BL XX

TP6TB-RD XX

TP6TB-GN XX

TP6TB-YL XX

TP6TB-GY XX

Patch Cords for Ultim8 ™ Blocks

*Replace XX with:04 = 4' 07 = 7' 10 = 10' 15 = 15' 25 = 25' 50 = 50'

Contact TE for additional cable colors and lengths.

®

Pair No.

Pair 4Pair 3

Pair 2Pair 1

RTRTRTRT

Pair No.

Pair 4Pair 3

Pair 2Pair 1

RJ45 Plug Pin #

87216345

RTRTRTRT

Pair No.Pair 4

Pair 3Pair 2

Pair 1

RJ45 Plug Pin #

87632

145

RTRTR

TRT

Ultim8 ™ to Ultim8 patch cord

These patch cords allow direct patchingcapability between Ultim8 blocks or patchingfrom an Ultim8 block to an active device or anRJ45 patch panel.

Ultim8 ™ to RJ45 patch cord



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

161w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1




Ultim8 plug to Ultim8 plug, 1-pair, wired top (cable) side only, white cableQuantity: 1

Ultim8 plug to Ultim8 plug, 2-pair, wired top (cable) side only, white cableQuantity: 1

6648 2 000- XX

6648 2 005- XX

Ultim8™ 1- and 2-Pair Patch CordsThese patch cords provide direct patching capabilityusing standard straight-through wiring. Ultim8 block

plugs are keyed for proper insertion and havea latching mechanism to keep them secure. Thesepatch cords are recommended for 10Base-T/TokenRing or voice installations using Ultim8 blocks.

Ultim8™ 2-pair patch cord

K R O N E

K R O N E

Pair No.

Pair 2Pair 1

RTR

T

Pair No.

Pair 1 RT

*Replace XX with:04 = 4' 07 = 7' 10 = 10' 15 = 15' 25 = 25' 50 = 50'



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

162w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Features

• Meets or exceeds TIA/EIA Category 6 component specifications

• Available in 4-pair to 4-pair or 4-pair to RJ45 configurations• Directed to rear or front of block and fed into vertical cable managers for clean,

professional appearance

• Can be labeled to identify specific services• Innovative anti-snag boot simplifies removal

• Single pair patch cords available for voice applications or for single pair testing

HighBand ® 25 patch cord, 4-pair and 1-pair



HighBand ® 25 patch cords Quantity: 1

4-pair to 4-pair rear

4-pair to RJ45 568A rear1-pair to 1-pair front

4-pair to 4-pair front4-pair to RJ45 568A front

4-pair to RJ45 568B front

6451 2 701- XX

6451 2 700- XX

6451 2 702- XX

6451 2 703- XX

6451 2 704- XX

6451 2 706-XX

*Replace XX with:10 = 4' 20 = 7' 30 = 10' 40 = 15'


HighBand ® 25 Patch Cords



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

163w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Impedance matched for use in TrueNet ® structured cabling systems; these specialty patchcords exceed all performance requirementsfor Category 6. The plug is designed withintegrated strain relievers that prevent the cablefrom moving at the termination point when thecable is flexed, safeguarding circuit integrity andguaranteeing maximum performance. The strainrelievers also ensure that proper bend radii aremaintained throughout the network. These cordsare available in plenum or riser versions to meetall requirements within the LAN and Data Centerenvironment. The specialty cable assembliesare available in plug to plug or jack to plugconfiguration for ease of installation in a datacenter or a zone cabling application.


Features

• Exceeds TIA/EIA Category 6 requirements

• Cable assemblies are available in riser or plenum solid horizontal cable versions

• Durable design to be in operation beyond 20-year product warranty

• Impedance matched patch cord for maximum throughput

• Flexible strain relief boot maintains proper bend radius to ensure peak performance

• Plug to jack cable assemblies utilizes TE’s KM8 Laser Tuned jack and LSA-PLUS 45 degreeangle IDC design.

• Up to 32 percent smaller outer diameter than other patch cords

• UL 1863 listed and Category 6 performance verified

Category 6 Specialty Patch Cords



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

164w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Specifications

Operating Temperature Range: -10º to 60 ºC (14º to 140 ºF)RJ45 Plug Interface According to: IEC 60603-7Transmission Performance and Reliability: ≥ TIA/EIA 568-B.2-1 Category 6 ≥ ISO 11801 Class E standardNumber of Plug Insertion Cycles: ≥ 750 (IEC/EN 60603-7)Conductor: 23 AWGNominal Outer Diameter: 5.28mm (.208") Plenum and 5.5mm (.215") RiserSafety Rating: UL 1863Flammability Rating: UL 94 V-0

Note: See TrueNet Category 6 Plenum and Riser data sheets for additional detail for cable specifications.


Patch Cords R45 Plug to RJ45 Plug

C6 UTP RJ45 plug to RJ45 568A plug Riser Patch Cord TP6TZR0XXYY

C6 UTP RJ45 plug to RJ45 568B plug Riser Patch Cord TP6TZR-XXYY

C6 UTP RJ45 plug to RJ45 568A plug Plenum Patch Cord TP6TZP0XXYY

C6 UTP RJ45 plug to RJ45 568B plug Plenum Patch Cord TP6TZP-XXYY



Patch Cords R45 Plug to RJ45 Jack

C6 UTP RJ45 plug to RJ45 jack 568A Riser Patch TP6TZJ0XXYY

C6 UTP RJ45 plug to RJ45 jack 568B Riser Patch TP6TZJ-XXYY

C6 UTP RJ45 plug to RJ45 jack 568A Plenum Patch Cord TP6TZJP0XXYY

C6 UTP RJ45 plug to RJ45 jack 568B Plenum Patch Cord TP6TZJP-XXYY


Sub XX for color: BL=Blue, BK=Black, GY=Gray, RD=Red, GN=Green, YL=Yellow, WT=WhiteSub YY for length: 04= 4 feet, 07= 7 feet, 10=10 feet, 15=15 Feet, 25=25 feet, 50=50 feet

Call TE for additional colors and lengths.

Sub XX for color: BL=Blue, BK=Black, GY=Gray, GN=Green, IV=Ivory, RD=Red, YL=Yellow, WT=White, OR=Orange, VT= VioletSub YY for length: 07= 7 feet, 15=15 Feet, 25=25 feet, 30= 30 feet, 35= 35 feet 50=50 feet

Call TE for additional lengths.

Plenum cable assemblies use blue cable and riser cable assemblies use white cable. Only the KM8 jack color will change .


Category 6 Specialty Patch Cords



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

165w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Copper Connectivity Solutions –Category 5e

Introduction ....................................................... ............ 166

Category 5e Copper Cable ............................................ 168

Patch Panels .................................................................. 180

Modular Jacks .................................................... ............ 184

Patch Cords ....................................................... ............ 185



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

166w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

C o p p e r C o n n e c t i v i t y S o l u t i o n s – C a t e g o r y 5 e

Copper Connectivity Solutions – Category 5eIntroduction

Mismatched Signal Rise Time

The mismatched channel’s corrupted signal causesrise time to fall out of IEEE specifications.

TrueNet ® Signal Rise Time

The TrueNet channel keeps rise time withinspecifications, preserving signal integrity.

Exceeding IEEE Category 5e standards, TE’s TrueNet ® Category 5e patch panels, patch cords, modular jacks, and cable are impedance matched to deliver extra bandwidth and better attenuation withzero bit errors.

TrueNet patch panels are manufactured in 24-port (1RU) or 48-port (2RU) configurations to provide

high-density modular patching solutions for all high-density applications where space is limited.The LSA-PLUS® IDC technology provides a secure, reliable and gas-tight connection and allows forthe wire to be terminated with either a KRONE insertion tool or a 110 termination tool.

The proof of the TrueNet performance is in the test results. The graphs below depict the rise time of bothan impedance mismatched and matched system. The mismatched channel falls out of the IEEEspecification; the TrueNet system keeps rise time within the IEEE specifications, preserving signal integrity.

TrueNet Category 5e solutions deliver:

• A complete end-to-end channel

• Extra bandwidth, better attenuation

• Zero bit errors

• ANSI/EIA/TIA-568-B Category 5e compliance

• ISO/IEC 11801, Class D compliance



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

167w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Hub Switch

TrueNet ® Cable



K610 Jacks

Plug ’n’ PlayPatch Panelwith K610Jacks

Hub Switch

TrueNet ® Cable


TrueNet ® Patch CordK610

Jacks

Feed-Thru(FT) Block

TrueNet ® Category 5eIDC FT Block Solution

TrueNet ® Category 5eRJ45 Modular Solution

Hub Switch

TrueNet ® Cable


TrueNet ® Patch CordK610

Jacks

TrueNet ® Patch Panel

Copper Connectivity Solutions – Category 5eIntroduction



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

168w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Copper Connectivity Solutions – Category 5eCategory 5e Copper Cable


TrueNet ® Category 5e Plenum cableis protected by US Patents 6153826

TrueNet ® Category 5e Plenum cableis also available in a side-by-side configuration

Common Applications









Compliances

• UL Subject 444

• (UL)-C(UL) Type MPP/CMP• ICEA S-90-661


• ISO/IEC 11801 Class D• ETL verified TIA/EIA-568-B.2-1 Category 5e


®



Pairing:Color-coding:Jacket:


Short, staggered pair laysSee Technical Reference Section, UTP color-code table Lead-free, flame retardant PVC

Specifications



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

169w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1





DC resistance unbalance (maximum): 2% Mutual capacitance (maximum): 17 pF/foot (5.6nF/100 meters) Operating temperature (maximum): 75°C Operating voltage (maximum): 300VDC Worst case cable skew: 22 nS/100 meters @100MHz Nominal velocity of propagation: 76%

NOTE: The above listed discrete frequency electrical performance values are provided for engineering information only.Actual compliance testing is based on swept frequency measurements. The spec values are also based on theTIA/EIA-568-B.2 specification.

FREQ Pair-Pair ACR PSACR Pair-Pair ELFEXT PSELFEXT(MHz) (dB/100m) (dB/100m) (dB/100m) (dB/100m)

Min TIA Spec Min TIA Spec Min TIA Spec Min TIA Spec

60.848.842.740.836.734.832.830.924.920.8

70.058.752.550.847.144.942.641.135.231.728.627.325.423.822.1

63.851.845.743.839.737.835.833.927.923.8

70.258.952.851.147.445.043.041.435.232.028.727.425.824.422.8

60.349.243.040.836.033.530.928.218.410.3

76.364.258.156.452.049.447.344.134.827.422.816.6

8.65.20.3

63.352.246.043.839.036.533.931.221.413.3

78.068.659.157.853.851.249.047.936.929.426.218.710.1

7.71.8

148

10162025

31.2562.5100155200250300350



148

10162025

31.2562.5100155200250300350

100 ± 5100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3100 ± 3

62.353.348.847.344.242.841.339.935.432.3

78.167.963.562.459.758.056.954.950.347.247.945.541.141.139.6

65.356.351.850.347.245.844.342.938.435.3

79.872.464.463.761.459.758.758.752.449.351.347.542.643.641.1

20.023.024.525.025.025.024.323.621.520.1

33.130.132.731.437.037.535.134.433.229.829.322.925.022.522.4

2.04.15.86.58.29.3

10.411.717.022.0

1.93.75.36.07.68.69.6

10.815.519.825.128.932.535.939.3



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

170w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1




4-pair cableNominal OD: 0.180" (4.57mm) Maximum Average OD: 0.185" (4.7mm)

Reel packagingReel in a box–1000'

Reelex–1000'4-pair, side-by-side cableNominal OD: 0.19" x 0.40" (4.83mm x 10.16mm)

2123

2150

TN5ESP- XXYY

TN5ESP- XX RBTN5ESP- XX II

TN5ESPX2- XXYY




02 = 1000' 04 = 2000'





1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

171w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



TrueNet ® Category 5e riser cableis protected by US Patent 6153826

TrueNet ® Category 5e riser cable is alsoavailable in a side-by-side configuration

Common Applications


• 100Mbps TP-PMD







Compliances


• ICEA S-90-661

• NEC 800 Type CMR• ISO/IEC 11801 Category 5e

• ETL verified TIA/EIA-568-B.2-1 Category 5ehorizontal cable requirements

®


CONSTRUCTIONConductors:Insulation:Pairing:Color-coding:Jacket:

24 AWG solid bare copper PolyolefinShort, staggered pair laysSee Technical Reference Section, UTP color-code table Lead-free, flame retardant PVC

Specifications



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

173w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Category 5e Riser Cable CMR






04 = 2000'

4-pair cableNominal OD: 0.185" (4.7mm)Reel packaging 20 TN5ESR- XXYY

Reelex—1000' 20 TN5ESR- XX IIReel in a box—1000' 22 TN5ESR- XX RB

4-pair, side-by-side cable 52 TN5ESRX2- XXYY Nominal OD: 0.19" x 0.40" (4.83mm x 10.16mm)



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

174w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1




TrueNet ® Category 5e bundled cableis protected by US Patent 6153826

®


Specifications

CONSTRUCTION Features AirES ® technology Conductors: 24 AWG solid bare copper Insulation: 100% Polyolefin Jacket: Lead-free, flame retardant PVC

Common Applications






• 100VG-AnyLAN ( IEEE 802.12)• 52/155Mbps ATM (ATM Forum)



Compliances


• ICEA S-90-661

• NEC 800 Type CMR• TIA/EIA-568-B.2 Category 5e horizontal,

individual cables



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

176w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



WT = White GY = Gray GN = Green YL = Yellow RD = Red ST = Standard bundled colors

Other reel sizes available, please contact TE customer service.





3 0.37" 71 Reel TNSR-3E XX02 4 0.40" 95 Reel TNSR-4E XX02 6 0.54" 143 Reel TNSR-6E XX02



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

177w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Category 5e The Outback ® Cable is protectedby US Patent 6153826

Common Applications



• Broadband and baseband video• 100Base-T (Fast Ethernet)• 100Base-T4 (Fast Ethernet)


• 100VG-AnyLAN ( IEEE 802.12)• 52/155Mbps ATM (ATM Forum)



Compliances

• TIA/EIA-568-B.2 Category 5e horizontalcable requirements

The Outback cable is a 4-pair, 24 gauge, Category5e data cable designed for outdoor use. Thecable combines excellent transmission and weatherresistant properties. It is intended for outdoorinstallation, in buried conduit, or as aerial cable.The core contains a heat and water-blocking tape,which isolates the core from extreme temperatureand moisture.

Specifications


Insulation: 100% Polyolefin Pairing: Short, staggered pair laysColor-coding: See Technical Reference Section, UTP color-code table Core tape: Heat and moisture barrier core wrapJacket: Linear low-density Polyethelyene, black


DC resistance unbalance (maximum): 2%

Mutual capacitance (maximum): 17 pF/foot (5.6nF/100 meters) Operating temperature (maximum): 75°C Operating voltage (maximum) : 300VDC Worst case cable skew : 45 nS/100 meters @100MHz Nominal velocity of propagation : 69% @100MHz




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

178w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1




Freq NEXT ELFEXT(MHz) Pair-To-Pair PowerSum Pair-To-Pair PowerSum

(dB/100m) (dB/100m) (dB/100m) (dB/100m)Typical Spec Typical Spec Typical Spec Typical Spec

1 87.1 65.3 80.6 62.3 85.0 63.8 77.5 60.8

4 77.1 56.3 70.1 53.3 75.2 51.8 66.5 48.8

8 70.6 51.8 63.9 48.8 67.4 45.7 59.1 42.7

10 70.8 50.3 63.9 47.3 65.4 43.8 57.9 40.8

16 67.8 47.2 60.6 44.2 60.8 39.7 53.5 36.7

20 66.9 45.8 59.9 42.8 58.6 37.8 51.4 34.8

25 64.0 44.3 57.5 41.3 56.3 35.8 49.5 32.8

31.25 63.6 42.9 56.1 39.9 55.0 33.9 48.2 30.9

62.5 58.6 38.4 51.9 35.4 48.9 27.9 42.0 24.9

100 55.5 35.3 49.5 32.3 45.2 23.8 38.7 20.8

155 52.1 45.4 41.2 34.8

200 49.9 43.6 38.2 31.5

250 48.5 42.1 35.0 28.6

300 48.2 41.4 32.4 26.2

350 46.4 39.9 29.6 22.6

NOTE: The above listed discrete frequency electrical performance values are provided for engineering information only. Actual compliancetesting is based on swept frequency measurements. The spec values are also based on the TIA/EIA-568-B.2 specification.


Freq Impedance Attenuation Return Loss Attenuation-To-NEXT-Ratio(MHz) (Ohms) (dB) (dB) Pair-To-Pair PowerSum

(dB/100m) (dB/100m) Characteristic Input Typical Spec Typical Spec Typical Spec Typical Spec

Typical Typical 1 100 ± 10 100 ± 10 1.8 2.0 44.5 20.0 85.3 63.3 78.8 60.3

4 100 ± 8 100 ± 10 3.7 4.1 46.2 23.0 73.4 52.2 66.3 49.2

8 100 ± 6 100 ± 10 5.2 5.8 45.1 24.5 65.4 46.0 58.6 43.0

10 100 ± 6 100 ± 10 5.8 6.5 41.6 25.0 64.7 43.8 58.1 40.8

16 100 ± 5 100 ± 10 7.5 8.2 44.5 25.0 60.4 39.0 53.1 36.0

20 100 ± 5 100 ± 10 8.4 9.3 44.3 25.0 58.5 36.5 51.5 33.5

25 100 ± 4 100 ± 10 9.4 10.4 43.4 24.3 54.6 33.9 48.1 30.9

31.25 100 ± 4 100 ± 10 10.5 11.7 43.5 23.6 53.1 31.2 45.5 28.2

62.5 100 ± 3 100 ± 10 15.1 17.0 41.4 21.5 43.6 21.4 36.8 18.4

100 100 ± 3 100 ± 10 19.5 22.0 42.1 20.1 36.0 13.3 29.9 10.3

155 100 ± 3 100 ± 10 24.4 43.7 27.7 21.0

200 100 ± 3 100 ± 10 27.8 39.6 22.2 15.8 250 31.5 38.6 17.1 10.5

300 34.8 40.0 13.4 6.5

350 37.6 37.5 8.8 2.3



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

179w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



21 TN5ETOSP-BK02



4-pair cableNominal OD: 0.22" (5.59mm), black jacket

Reel packaging—1000'



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

180w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Copper Connectivity Solutions – Category 5ePatch Panels

Features

• UL 1863 certified and Category 5eperformance verified

• Include rear wire manager• Wire can be terminated with either a KRONE or

110 tool

• 45 degree silver-plated IDCs provide secure, reli-able gas-tight connection

• Include paper labels or silk-screened area forstation identification

• Universal wiring label for easy termination ofeither T568A/B

• Patch panels are designed to support GigabitEthernet transmission speeds

• Panels can be rack mounted in standard EIA19-inch racks or wall mounted using optional

19-inch hinged wall mount brackets

TE TrueNet® Category 5e patch panels provideCategory 5e performance in a high-densitydesign with concise station and port labeling.



®

24-port enhanced patch panel A/B

48-port enhanced patch panel A/B

24-port enhanced patch panel, paper labels, A/B

48-port enhanced patch panel, paper labels, A/B


24-port silk-screened patch panel, 1.75" x 19" x 1.5" 6653 1 585-24 T568A/B compatible Quantity: 1 (44.45mm x 482.6mm x 38.1mm)

48-port silk-screened patch panel, 3.5" x 19" x 1.5" 6653 1 585-48 T568A/B compatible Quantity: 1 (88.9mm x 482.6mm x 38.1mm)24-port patch panel with snap-in port 1.75" x 19" x 1.5" 6653 1 587-24 ID tabs and paper labels, (44.45mm x 482.6mm x 38.1mm) T568A/B compatible Quantity: 1

48-port patch panel with snap-in port 3.5" x 19" x 1.5" 6653 1 587-48 ID tabs and paper labels, (88.9mm x 482.6mm x 38.1mm) T568A/B compatible Quantity: 1



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

181w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Dynamic Angle Right/Left Patch Panels

The TrueNet ® dynamic angle right/left paneloffers superior performance and flexibility. Unlikefixed angle right/angle left panels, TE’s patentedsolution combines the ability to dynamicallyangle connections either right or left in a lowprofile. Forty-five degree silver plated IDCs canbe punched down with either a standard 110 orKRONE termination tool.

Features

• Patented angle right/left eases stress on patch cords allowing for improved cable management

• Low profile dynamic angling allows for greater flexibility and use in cabinet environments

• UL 1863 certified and Category 5e performance verified• Conductors can be terminated with either a KRONE or 110 tool

• 45 degree silver-plated IDCs provide secure, reliable gas-tight connection• Includes adhesive paper labels for station identification• Universal wiring label for easy termination of either T568A/B

• Patch panels are designed to support Gigabit Ethernet transmission speeds• Panels can be rack mounted in standard EIA 19-inch racks or wall mounted using optional 19-inch

hinged wall mount brackets

• Rear Wire Manager included• TrueNet ID Tab adapter bezel included for use with TrueNet ID Tabs



®

24-port angle right/left patch panel, 1.75" x 19" x 1.5" PP24AC5ET T568A/B compatible Quantity: 1 (44.45mm x 482.6mm x 38.1mm)

48-port angle right/left patch panel, 3.5" x 19" x 1.5" PP48AC5ET T568A/B compatible Quantity: 1 (88.9mm x 482.6mm x 38.1mm)



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

182w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Plug ‘n’ Play Patch Panels


182w w w . a d c . c o m • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Part of TE’s high performance line of modular products, these blank patch panels accept all the modular jacks and connectors available for TE’s station outlets. The patch panels are designed to mount instandard EIA 19-inch (482.6mm) racks.

Patch Plus 24-port, six 4-port increments (front)

12-port minipatch panel


Description Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog Number24-port Patch Plus panel 3.5" x 19" x 1.5" 6653 2 760-24 Quantity: 1 (88.9mm x 482.6mm x 38.1mm) Attaches to wall mount brackets or standardTIA/EIA racks. Includes wire managementon front and back; compatible with both

KM8 and K610 jacks. Includes station,workstation and panel identification labelingcapabilities

12-port mini patch panel 10" x 2.75" x 1.88" 6653 2 705-12 Quantity: 1 (254mm x 69.85mm x 47.8mm) Blank mini patch panels accept all modular

jacks and connectors available for TE’sstation outlets. Includes (1) 89D bracket



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

183w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


®

UMS/Mini Patch Panels

Combine UMS/Mini Patch Panels with Ultim8 ™ or feed-through blocks for complete patching

flexibility.



Category 5e UMS/Mini Patch Panels

6-port UMS/Mini Patch Panel, Type 105

6-port UMS/Mini patch panel, 1.73" x 4.77" x 2.08" 6653 1 607-00 Type 105 , T568A/B Quantity: 1 Includes 1 patch board on 1 base; mountson UMS mounting bracket in Type 105position, Type 105 rod mount bracket, Type105 back mount frame



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

184w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


K610 Series Jacks

Copper Connectivity Solutions – Category 5eModular Jacks

®

K610 series jacks are an integral part of theTrueNet ® channel solution. Tuned together withother TrueNet Category 5e components andcable, K610 jacks help deliver zero bit errornetwork performance.

The K610 series jacks can be used in TE’smodular patch panels.

Features

• Available in right angle style• Compatible with any TrueNet ® modular

faceplate, modular furniture faceplate,surface box and modular patch panel

• Available in eleven colors for easy portidentification

• Accept either KRONE or 110 tool fortermination

K610 Series jack

Color RJ45 T568A/B RJ45 USOC RJ11 USOC Right Angle Right Angle Right Angle

White 6467 5 181-20 6467 5 198-20 6467 5 195-20

Ivory 6467 5 181-10 6467 5 198-10 6467 5 195-10 Gray 6467 5 181-00 6467 5 198-00 6467 5 195-00 Black 6467 5 181-30 6467 5 198-30 6467 5 195-30 Red 6467 5 181-50 6467 5 198-50 6467 5 195-50 Blue 6467 5 181-40 6467 5 198-40 6467 5 195-40 Green 6467 5 181-80 6467 5 198-80 6467 5 195-80 Yellow 6467 5 181-90 6467 5 198-90 6467 5 195-90 Purple 6467 5 181-70 6467 5 198-70 6467 5 195-70 Orange 6467 5 181-60 6467 5 198-60 6467 5 195-60 Electrical Ivory 6467 5 181-22 6467 5 198-22 6467 5 195-22



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

185w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Patch Cords

Copper Connectivity Solutions – Category 5ePatch Cords

®



RJ45 plug to RJ45 plug, T568B, White TP5ETA-WT XX wired straight through Quantity: 1 Red TP5ETA-RD XX

Blue TP5ETA-BL XX Green TP5ETA-GN XX Yellow TP5ETA-YL XX Gray TP5ETA-GY XX

RJ45 plug to RJ45 plug, T568A, White TP5ETA0WT XX wired straight through Quantity: 1 Red TP5ETA0RD XX

Blue TP5ETA0BL XX Green TP5ETA0GN XX Yellow TP5ETA0YL XX Gray TP5ETA0GY XX

RJ45 plug to RJ45 plug, White TP5ETACWT XX crossover wired Quantity: 1 Red TP5ETACRD XX

Blue TP5ETACBL XX Green TP5ETACGN XX Yellow TP5ETACYL XX Gray TP5ETACGY XX

These RJ45 (8P8C) plug to RJ45 plug patchcords use TE Category 5e cable and exceed therequirements for Category 5e.

Before ordering patch cords, check the transmitand receive orientation of the hub and networkinterface card. Some manufacturers requirea crossover of transmit and receive pairs; othershave either the hub port or NIC card reversedin advance. Some can switch between the two.Please contact the TE Technical Assistance Centerwith questions.

*Replace XX with: 04 = 4' 10 = 10' 25 = 25' 07 = 7' 15 = 15' 50 = 50'

RJ45 plug (T568B) RJ45 plug (T568B)

RJ45 plug (T568A) RJ45 plug (T568A)

RJ45 plug (T568B) RJ45 plug (T568A)



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

186w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Impedance matched for use in TrueNet ® structured cabling systems; these specialty patchcords exceed all performance requirementsfor Category 5e. The plug is designed withintegrated strain relievers that prevent the cablefrom moving at the termination point when thecable is flexed, safeguarding circuit integrity andguaranteeing maximum performance. The strainrelievers also ensure that proper bend radii aremaintained throughout the network. These cordsare available in plenum or riser versions to meetall requirements within the LAN and Data Centerenvironment. The specialty cable assembliesare available in plug to plug or jack to plugconfiguration for ease of installation in a datacenter or a zone cabling application.


Features

• Exceeds TIA/EIA Category 5e requirements• Cable assemblies are available in riser or

plenum solid horizontal cable versions• Durable design to be in operation beyond

20-year product warranty• Impedance matched patch cord for

maximum throughput• Flexible strain relief boot maintains proper

bend radius to ensure peak performance• Plug to jack cable assemblies utilizes TE’s

K610 5e jack and LSA-PLUS 45 degree angleIDC design

• Up to 28 percent smaller outer diameter thanother patch cords

• UL 1863 listed and Category 5e performanceverified

Category 5e Specialty Patch Cords



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

187w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Category 5e Specialty Patch Cords

Specifications

Operating Temperature Range: -10º to 60 ºC (14º to 140 ºF)RJ45 Plug Interface According to: IEC 60603-7Transmission Performance and Reliability: ≥ TIA/EIA 568-B.2-1 Category 5e ≥ ISO 11801 Class D standardNumber of Plug Insertion Cycles: ≥ 750 (IEC/EN 60603-7)Conductor: 24 AWGNominal Outer Diameter: 4.57mm (.180") Plenum and 4.7mm (.185") RiserSafety Rating: UL 1863Flammability Rating: UL 94 V-0

Note: See TrueNet Category 5e Plenum and Riser data sheets for additional detail for cable specifications.


Patch Cords R45 Plug to RJ45 Plug

C5e UTP RJ45 plug to RJ45 568A plug Riser Patch Cord TP5ETAR0XXYY

C5e UTP RJ45 plug to RJ45 568B plug Riser Patch Cord TP5ETAR-XXYY

C5e UTP RJ45 plug to RJ45 568A plug Plenum Patch Cord TP5ETAP0XXYY

C5e UTP RJ45 plug to RJ45 568B plug Plenum Patch Cord TP5ETAP-XXYY



Patch Cords R45 Plug to RJ45 Jack

C5e UTP RJ45 plug to RJ45 jack 568A Riser Patch TP5ETAJ0XXYY

C5e UTP RJ45 plug to RJ45 jack 568B Riser Patch TP5ETAJ-XXYY

C5e UTP RJ45 plug to RJ45 jack 568A Plenum Patch Cord TP5ETAJP0XXYY

C5e UTP RJ45 plug to RJ45 jack 568B Plenum Patch Cord TP5ETAJP-XXYY


Sub XX for color: BL=Blue, BK=Black, GY=Gray, RD=Red, GN=Green, YL=Yellow, WT=WhiteSub YY for length: 04= 4 feet, 07= 7 feet, 10=10 feet, 15=15 Feet, 25=25 feet, 50=50 feet

Call TE for additional colors and lengths

Sub XX for color: BL=Blue, BK=Black, GY=Gray, GN=Green, IV=Ivory, RD=Red, YL=Yellow, WT=White, OR=Orange, VT= VioletSub YY for length: 07= 7 feet, 15=15 Feet, 25=25 feet, 30= 30 feet, 35= 35 feet 50=50 feet

Call TE for additional lengths

Plenum cable assemblies use blue cable and riser cable assemblies use white cable. Only the K610 jack color will change .




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

189w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Copper Connectivity Solutions –Specialty Products

Ethernet Test Access Panel ............................................. 190

T1 Demarcation Modular Patch Panels ........................... 191

RJ45 Coupler Panel .................................................... .... 192

Fast Ethernet Patch Panels ............................................. 193

25-Pair Cable Assemblies ............................................... 194

Highband ® 10 Collocation Block Systems ....................... 195

Feed-Thru (FT) Termination Block Systems ...................... 197

Feed-Thru (FT) Field Assembly Kits ................................. 199

Patch Cords for Feed-Thru (FT) Blocks ............................ 201

Feed-Thru (FT) Block Test Shoe Harness .......................... 203

Feed-Thru (FT) Block Test Cord ....................................... 203



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

190w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

C o p p e r C o n n e c t i v i t y S o l u t i o n s – S p e c i a l t y P r o d u c t s


The Ethernet test access panel allows non-invasive testing and monitoring of Ethernetsignals up to and including Gigabit Ethernet.As carrier and enterprise networks deploy criticaldata services, the need to provide noninvasivepoints for testing and monitoring becomes acritical element of network design. TE’s solutionfeatures standard RJ45 interfaces in a 24-porttwo rack space high panel with a make-before-break (MBB) connector in-line with the Ethernetcircuit. A number of value-added modules canbe inserted into the MBB connector, includinga “look-both-ways” test access cord with astandard RJ45 output that can be pluggedinto any standard Ethernet test set or intrusiondetection system (IDS).

Features

• High-density: 24 ports in two rack spaces

• Standard RJ45 patch panel interface• Standard RJ45 test access cord attaches to

any Ethernet test system

• Make-before-break connector allowsEthernet circuit to be accessed, re-routed,protected, or monitored without disruptingexisting cabling

• Mounts in 19- and 23-inch WECO or EIAracks; can also be wall mounted

• Category 5e performance

Applications

• Test and turn-up of new Ethernet services

• Performance monitoring of existingEthernet lines

• Intrusion detection systems (IDS)

• 10/100Base-T Ethernet• Gigabit Ethernet (1000Base-T)

• T1/E1



24-port RJ45 to RJ45 test access panel, 3.5" x 17.2" x 3" ADCPP24-DRJ

2RU (88.9mm x 436.88mm x 76.2mm)

24-port RJ45 to RJ45 test access panel, 3.5" x 17.2" x 3" ADCPP24-DFRJ

2RU: All front access (inputs and outputs (88.9mm x 436.88mm x 76.2mm) on front of panel only)

Ethernet test access cord ADCDM-TEST

Ethernet Test Access Panel



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

191w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Features

• Bantam nonintrusive T1 signalmonitoring (MPP-N28BA1 only)

• RJ48X (T1 loopback) or RJ45C(no loopback) wiring

• Variety of rear termination options(wire-wrap, 64-pin, 50-pin)

• Category 3 performance

• Variety of mounting options (19- or23-inch rack mounting, wall mounting)

• Compatible with industry standard RJ45patch cords

TE modular T1 demarcation patch panels feature RJ48X or RJ48C wiring with a variety of rear termina-tion options. The T1 demarcation patch panels offer end users a familiar RJ interface by which the T1signal can be accessed via industry standard RJ45 patch cables.

MPP-N28BA1 (front)

MPP-N28BA1 (rear)

MPP-CXFBA1 (front)

RJ48X has a shorting bar between transmit andreceive pins 1, 2 and 4, 5 to allow for T1 signal loop-back when no patch cord is present. The RJ48C has noshorting bar.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

RJ48x

Pai r 1 Pai r2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

RJ48C

Shorting Bar

Pai r 1 Pai r2

Port Count Wiring Rear Termination EIA Mounting Catalog Number

28 (with bantam RJ48X 64-pin or wire-wrap 2RU x 19" or 23" MPP-N28BA1

monitoring ports)

28 RJ48X Wire-wrap 1RU x 19" or 23" MPP-GDXBA128 RJ48X 64-pin 1RU x 19" MPP-DXZBA0

14 RJ48X Wire-wrap, front access Wall mount, 3.5" x 19" MPP-CXZXF4

8 RJ48X Wire-wrap, front access Wall mount, 3.5" x 14" MPP-CXZXF3

5 RJ48X Wire-wrap, front access Wall mount, 3.5" x 9.9" MPP-CXZXF2

28 RJ48C Wire-wrap 1RU x 19" or 23" MPP-GDXBA2

24 RJ48C shielded 50-pin shielded 1RU x 19" MPP-CXFBA1-S

24 RJ48C 50-pin 1RU x 19" MPP-CXFBA1

32 RJ48C 50-pin 1RU x 19" MPP-CXZXBT2A


T1 Demarcation Modular Patch Panels



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

192w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



RJ45 Coupler PanelTE’s RJ45 coupler panel provides feed-throughdata and voice connectivity on the front and rearfor Category 5e and 6 applications. Connectivityon the front of the panel accommodates standardRJ45 patch cords. Connectivity for hubs, routersand other active equipment on the back of thepanel is also designed for RJ45 patch cords—creating a convenient connection field for dataapplications. Includes port labeling for front andrear. Width is 48.26cm (19-inch).

Description Port Count Category Rack Units Catalog Number

RJ45 24 6 1 ADCPP24606

coupler panel 48 6 2 ADCPP48606

24 Shielded 6 1 ADCPP24RJ6-S

24 Shielded 5e 1 ADCPP24RJ5E-S

24 5e 1 ADCPP24505

48 5e 2 ADCPP48505

16 5e 1 ADCPP16KSRJRJ

32 5e 1 ADCPP32KSRJRJ


RJ45 coupler panel (front view)

RJ45 coupler panel (rear view)



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

193w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Fast Ethernet Patch Panels


Features

• Durable, quality construction formaximum performance

• Saves time in moves, adds, and changes

• Features secure and convenient 25-pair con-nections on the rear

• Modular 8-pin, 4-pair jacks on the front

• 5100 pin-out is 1, 2–3, 6• 5800 has all pairs wired

• Includes write-on labels on front

• 5100 supports 10Base-T and 100Base-TEthernet

• 5800 supports 10/100 and 1000Base-TEthernet

• Optional icons speed circuit identification

5100 patch panel, 48-port

The first step to integrate Fast Ethernet traffic into a twisted pair network is to terminate both stationside and equipment side connections on high performance TE patch panels.

For the Ethernet switching system, 5100 and 5800 patch panels provide convenient 25-pair (50-pin)female RJ21x connections on the rear, with rugged 8-pin modular jacks on the front. Port identificationis accomplished with write-on port labels and optional icons.

DIMENSIONS (W X H)1RU 19.0" x 1.75" (48.26 x 4.45cm) 2RU 19.0" x 3.50" (48.26 x 8.89cm)

Description Pin-Out Port Count Rear Connector Rack Units Catalog Number

5100 patch panel 1, 2–3, 6 24 RJ21x 2 ADCPP245100TEL

5100 patch panel 1, 2–3, 6 48 RJ21x 2 ADCPP485100TEL

5800 patch panel, T568B 1–8 24 RJ21x 1 ADCPP245800BTEL

5800 patch panel, T568B 1–8 48 RJ21x 2 ADCPP485800BTEL




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

194w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Features

• Convenient 25-pair/50-pin RJ21x connections• Connectors available in: - 180° exit angle

- Hydra terminated with twelvenumbered RJ45 plugs

• Exceeds Category 5 PowerSum requirements

• Supports 10Base-T and 100Base-T Ethernet

The 25-pair cable assemblies are Category 5 PowerSum telco cables that provide precise connectivitybetween Fast Ethernet switches and 5100 or 5800 Patch Panels.

With the convenience and precision of RJ21x connectors, 25-pair cable assemblies easily handle evenhigh density Fast Ethernet switch configurations. In addition, the durable connectors feature a lock-down system that eliminates intermittency often associated with other telco cables.

*Replace the XX in the ordering number with desired length in feet: 05, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 feet.

RJ21x/RJ21x

Note: Hydra connectors consist of 12 RJ45 plugs pinned 1,2–3,6.*Replace the XX in the catalog number with desired length in feet: 06, 10, or 15 feet.

Description Connector 1 Connector 2 Catalog Number

25-pair cable Straight Exit 180º Hydra, longest to shortest plug: 1–12 ADCPC-T3H1-5100- XX *assemblies Straight Exit 180º Hydra, longest to shortest plug: 12–1 ADCPC-T3H2-5100- XX *

Straight Exit 180º Hydra, plugs same length ADCPC-T3H3-5100- XX *


RJ21x/Hydra

25-Pair Cable Assemblies


Description Connector 1 Connector 2 Catalog Number

25-pair cable Straight Exit 180º Straight Exit 180º ADCPC-T3T3-5100- XX *assemblies



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

195w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

HighBand ® 10 Collocation Block Systems


HighBand 10 collocation blocks are preterminated to industry standard 25-pair (RJ-21X) connectorsmounted on the rear of the back mount frame for fast broadband/DSL service deployment. The 25-pairconnectors are oriented for top feed cable assemblies. Available in either 100-, 200- or 300-pair, theseblocks are ideal for use with TE cable for a complete broadband/DSL transmission solution.

Features

• Superior network performance andthroughput

• High-density IDC termination system

• Provides “look-both-ways” fault isolation,testing and qualification withoutremoving wires

• Patching provides the versatility required foreasy changes and testing

• Preterminated versions reduceinstallation time

• Numerous labeling options allow forcomprehensive marking

100-pair HighBand ® 10 collocation block






1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

196w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Description Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog NumberHighBand ® 10 collocation block systems

Quantity: 1100-pair preterminated to (4) 25-pair 9.63" x 4.88" x 3.69" 6637 1 150-60

female telco (RJ-21X) connectors (244.5mm x 123.8mm x 93.7mm)200-pair preterminated to (8) 25-pair 18.44" x 4.88" x 3.69" 6637 1 180-60

female telco (RJ-21X) connectors (468.0mm x 123.8mm x 93.7mm)300-pair preterminated to (12) 25-pair 27.13" x 4.88" x 3.69" 6637 1 210-60

female telco (RJ-21X) connectors (689.0mm x 123.8mm x 93.7mm)

HighBand ® 10 Collocation Block Systems





1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

197w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Feed-Thru (FT) Termination Block Systems


25-pair FT block, 5-pair color-coded

25-pair FT block, 4-pair color-coded

Type 160 hinged label holder

1. Terminate cables 2. Move base unit from

bottom to top

3. Flip and snap into place

Features

• Appropriate for both data and voiceapplication

• High-density and quick installation are thehallmarks of the 25-pair Feed-Thru (FT)block system

• Convenient preterminated assemblies with50-pin telco connectors provide for fast,reliable termination

• The 25-pair FT block is the perfectreplacement for 110 installations

• Complete patching and cross-connectoptions provide the versatility required forany configuration

• Color-coded blocks are offered, witheach pair color marked according toindustry standards

• Handy label holders provide clearidentification of groups or individual pairs




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

198w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Feed-Thru (FT) Termination Block Systems


Description Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog Number25-pair FT block Quantity: 1

4-pair color-coded 1" x 8.75" x 1.88" 6631 2 135-05

Allows high-density termination in small (25.4mm x 225.3mm x 47.6mm)

area; two-piece assembly, consisting of baseand connector. 4-pair color-code marked onface of block. Used for terminating 4-pairstation cables; each block terminates(6) 4-pair cables5-pair color-coded 1" x 8.75" x 1.88" 6631 2 135-06


area; two-piece assembly, consisting of baseand connector. 5-pair color-code ( blue,

orange, green, brown, slate) marked on faceof block. Used for terminating 25-pair cable5-pair coded 1" x 8.75" x 1.88" 6631 2 135-00


area; two-piece assembly, consisting of baseand connector. Marked in white every fifth

pair. Used for terminating riser cables orwith PBX systems. Each block terminates25-pairType 160 hinged label holder 6631 2 003-00

Used on 25-pair FT block to identify cablegroups or individual pairs; folds out of theway when punching down wires; can beused for 1- to 25-pair configurations

Quantity: 1Label sheets for Type 160 hinged labelholder

Each 8.5" x 11" sheet contains 34 perforatedlabels Quantity: 1 sheet per package

Blue and white 6631 3 100-26

One side is blue and marked in 4-pairincrements; other side is white and markedin 5-pair increments

Gray/brown 6631 3 100-22Yellow/red 6631 3 100-23

Orange 6631 3 100-27Purple 6631 3 100-28

Blue 6631 3 100-29Green 6631 3 100-30

For examples of TIA/EIA color-coding, refer to the chart on page 234.

Front (Blue) Back (White)

Type 160 Hinged

Tech TipLabeling templates are available in Microsoft‚ Word and Excel formats.Please contact TE Technical Assistance Center



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

199w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Feed-Thru (FT) Field Assembly Kits


300-pair FT field assembly kit

The FT field assembly kits feature the universalmounting system, which provides modularity andthree mounting options

• Wall mount

• Wall mount with optional UMS backboardfor greater cabling depth

• Rack mount with UMS backboard

FT field assembly kits include a universalmounting bracket, two horizontal wire managersand a choice of 4-pair or 5-pair color-coded FTblocks. Route cable from the top, bottom orrear. Four-pair color-coded blocks are markedwith TIA color codes in 4-pair groups. Five-paircoded blocks are marked with a white stripe onevery fifth pair. Labeling accessories, such as labelholders and paper labels, are sold separately(see pages 231–235)




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

200w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Feed-Thru (FT) Field Assembly Kits




FT field assembly kits

100-pair, 4-pair color-coded kit 14.75" x 10.75" x 5.25" 6642 1 115-04

Includes (4) 25-pair FT blocks with 4-pair (374.7mm x 273.1mm x 133.4mm)

color-coding, 2 horizontal wire managers,1 universal mounting bracket. Terminates(24) 4-pair station cables. Hinged label holdersfor identification of stations or pairsordered separately



code marked on face of block, 2 horizontalwire managers, 1 universal mounting bracket.Hinged label holder for identification ofstations or pairs ordered separately



color-coding, 2 horizontal wire managers,1 universal mounting bracket. Terminates(72) 4-pair station cables. Hinged labelholder for identification of stations or pairsordered separately


Includes (12) 25-pair FT blocks with (374.7mm x 273.1mm x 133.4mm)

5-pair code marked on face of block,2 horizontal wire managers, 1 universalmounting bracket. Hinged label holder foridentification of stations or pairsordered separately

Tech TipWhen installing 25-pair FT blocks, it is easier to lace the wire from bottom to top, terminate the field fromtop to bottom, then flip all blocks in that field.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

201w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Patch Cords for Feed-Thru (FT) Blocks


These FT patch cords use TE Category 5e cable and exceed the requirements for Category 5e.



4-pair FT plug to FT plug, wired straight through Quantity: 1 White TP5ETF-WT XX Red TP5ETF-RD XX

Blue TP5ETF-BL XX

Green TP5ETF-GN XX

Yellow TP5ETF-YL XX

Gray TP5ETF-GY XX

4-pair FT plug to RJ45 (8P8C) plug, wired T568A Quantity: 1 White TP5ETB0WT XX Red TP5ETB0RD XX Blue TP5ETB0BL XX

Green TP5ETB0GN XX Yellow TP5ETB0YL XX

Gray TP5ETB0GY XX

*Replace XX with: 04 = 4' 07 = 7' 10 = 10' 15 = 15' 25 = 25' 50 = 50'


Pair No.

Pair 4Pair 3

Pair 2Pair 1

RTRTRTRT

Pair No.

Pair 4Pair 3

Pair 2Pair 1

Wired to

Pin #8721

6345

RTRTRTRT



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

202w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1




Description Color Cable Catalog Number*4-pair FT plug to RJ45 (8P8C) plug, wired T568B Quantity: 1 White TP5ETB-WT XX Red TP5ETB-RD XX Blue TP5ETB-BL XX

Green TP5ETB-GN XX Yellow TP5ETB-YL XX

1-pair FT plug to FT plug, wire straight through Quantity: 1 White 6645 2 251- XX Red 6645 2 264- XX

Blue 6645 2 265- XX

2-pair FT plug to FT plug, wired straight through Quantity: 1 White 6645 2 266- XX Red 6645 2 267- XX Blue 6645 2 268- XX

Patch Cords for Feed-Thru (FT) Blocks

*Replace XX with: 04 = 4'

07 = 7' 10 = 10' 15 = 15' 25 = 25' 50 = 50'

Pair No.

Pair 4Pair 3

Pair 2Pair 1

Wired to

Pin #876321

45

RTRTRTRT

Pair No.Pair 2

Pair 1

RTRT

Pair No.

Pair 1RT



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

203w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Feed Thru (FT) Block Test Cord

Feed Thru (FT) Block Test Harness


FT test cord


Description Catalog NumberFT block test cord 6645 2 254-011-pair FT connector to 2banana plugs (connect totest equipment), 1' length.Used to bridge or monitorcircuit Quantity: 1


Description Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog Number25-pair FT test harness 1" x 8.75" x 1.88" 6631 2 050-01

Use with 25-pair FT blocks to test all 25 pairs (25.4mm x 225.3mm x 47.6mm)

at once. Features 50-pin female connectorwith hook-and-loop fastener lock; fits avariety of test equipment Quantity: 1



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

205w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Copper Cable Management Solutions

Ethernet Distribution Frame ........................................... 206

Vertical and Horizontal Cable Management ................... 207

Universal Mounting System ............................................ 213

Back Mount Frames ...................................................... . 218

Rod Mount Frames ....................................................... . 221

Mounting Frames .......................................................... 223

Support Bars ....................................................... ........... 224

Inverted Support Bars .................................................... 225

Jumper Ring Bars ................................................ ........... 226

Accessories .................................................................... 227



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

206w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

C

o p p e r C a b l e M a n a g e m e n t S o l u t i o n s

Copper Cable Management SolutionsEthernet Distribution Frame

7' EIA 19" UEF Zone 4 Rack

Glide Cable Management Adapter

PowerWorx ® Power Distribution Panel

2RU Horizontal Cable Manager

Media Converter

Fiber Management Tray

48-Port Category 5e Panel

8" Glide Cable Management

Bottom Crossover Trough

TE’s Ethernet Distribution Frame (EDF) forms a central patching location between active Ethernetnetwork elements. By creating a centralized craft interface for adds, upgrades, and rearrangements onEthernet equipment, the EDF enables change without service disruptions. This central patching locationprovides a logical and easy-to-manage infrastructure due to two design characteristics:

• All network elements have permanent equipment cable connections that are, once terminated,never handled again.

• All changes, circuit rerouting, upgrades, maintenance and other activities are accomplished usingsemi-permanent patch cords on the front of the EDF cross-connect bay.



207w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

5 / 0 8

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

Copper Cable Management SolutionsVertical and Horizontal Cable Management

1

1

2

2

Upper and lower crossover managerswith vertical cable managers enable easy,

intuitive cable routing.

Glide Cable Manager

Features

• Integrated front, rear, horizontal, andvertical cable management

• Patented rib cage design eliminates horizontalsupport trays and bars

• Supports up to 912 ports on a single rack

• Built-in bend radius protection ensuresnetwork integrity

• Designed for quick and easy moves, adds,and changes

• Optional slack managers available for6-, 8-, 10-, and 12-inch widths

• Fits standard EIA rack with three-inch channel

• Used for single rack or as inter-rack unit• Optional crossover troughs and horizontal

cable managers available• Optional EIA-standard horizontal support

bars available



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

208w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

C



Description

Glide cable manager, vertical mount— to equip both sides of a 7-foot rack, ordertwo Glide Cable Manager units 6", front only, without slack manager

6", front only, with slack manager

6", without slack manager




6", with slack manager




Crossover trough, 2RU

Crossover trough, 4RU

Hinged black metal cover kits:to equip both sides of a 7' rack (front andback), order 2 cover kits. 41" x 6"

41" x 8"41" x 10"41" x 12"

Hinged black metal cover kits:to equip both sides of a 7' rack (front only),order 2 cover kits. These covers are for

Glide Cable Managers TECMVIB06F-2 andTECMVIBS06F-2 only.

41" x 6", two per pack


Catalog Number

ADCCMVIB06F-2

ADCCMVIBS06F-2

ADCCM-06

ADCCM-08

ADCCM-10

ADCCM-12

ADCCMS-06

ADCCMS-08

ADCCMS-10

ADCCMS-12

ADCCMTG02

ADCCMTG04

ADCCMVIBC06B4

ADCCMVIBC08B4

ADCCMVIBC10B4

ADCCMVIBC12B4

ADCC06-2

Cover in black metal

Glide Cable Manager

shown in cabinet

Glide Cable Manager,cabinet mount

Description

Glide cable manager, cabinet mount—ships 4 per pack 6" x 10RU

6" x 20RU

Glide cable manager, cabinet mount,with cable retention—ships 4 per pack 3" x 20RU

6" x 20RU


Catalog Number

ADCCMVIB-CB10-4

ADCCMVIB-CB-4

ADCCMVIB-3CB20-4

ADCCMVIB-6CB20-4

Notes: Equips standard 7' cabinet with front or rear cable management.Order two 4-packs to equip front and rear of cabinet.

Glide Cable Manager



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

209w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


2RU crossover trough

4RU crossover trough

Horizontal cable manager

Slack manager

Stabilizer

Description

Crossover troughs 2RU, black

4RU, black, 23" rack

4RU, black

Horizontal cable managers 2RU

3RU

4RU

With slack managers, 3RU

With slack managers, 4RU

Rear cable management bar, 19"

1" extensionRear cable management bar, 19"

4" extension

Slack manager

Stabilizers6.18"

8.38" 10.18" 12.18"

Extender brackets, 19" to 23" 1RU

2RU

4RU


Catalog Number

ADCCMTG02

ADCCMTG04-23

ADCCMTG04

ADCCMHIB-2U

ADCCMHIB-3U

ADCCMHIB-4U

ADCCMHIBS-3U

ADCCMHIBS-4U

ADCCMRSB

ADCCMRSB-4

ADCCMVIBSP

ADCCMVESB06 ADCCMVESB08 ADCCMVESB10 ADCCMVESB12

EB-17B

EB-35B

EB-70B

Note: Stabilizer used at end of lineup for each Vertical Integrator section.

Description

7' equipment racksSelf-assembly aluminum relay rack, 3" channel

Black

Brushed aluminumWelded steel relay rack, 3" channel, black

Welded steel relay rack, Zone 4 rated, black Unequal flangeNetwork unequal flange


Catalog Number

ADCRACKBLK73 ADCRACKMF73

ADCRACKBLK73WS

ADCRACKBLK73UE-75 PWUEF-7ERN-BLK

Spacing

19" EIA

19" EIA

19" EIA

19" EIA

23" EIA

Glide Cable Manager



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

212w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

C


Copper Cable Management SolutionsTermination Block Mounting Hardware

Features

• Various options provide flexibility

• Fit standard 19-, 23- and 35.5-inchequipment racks

• Mounting hardware and backboards availablefor either wall or rack mounting

• Wire management built-in, or available

as accessories• Most ADC blocks have a minimum

of two mounting options

Mounting hardware is available for either wall or rack mount applications. Included is a full range ofmounting system hardware and backboards, cable management hardware, mounting frames and support

bars, as well as comprehensive fiber optic cable raceway systems for overhead and Plenum applications.To better understand how the hardware can be utilized, the reference guide on this page givesappropriate use information. The icons shown within the reference chart represent thefollowing equipment:

= Universal Mounting System (UMS) = Type 105 Rod Mount Bracket

= Type 89D Mounting Bracket = Type 85 Back Mount Frame

= Type 85 Rod Mount Bracket = Type 105 Back Mount Frame

Block/Patch Panel

Ultim8 ™ Block • • •HighBand ® 10-Pair Block • • •Feed-Thru (FT) Block •Series 2 Block, 8-Pair • •Series 2 Block,10-Pair • • •25/50-Pair Block •UMS/Mini Patch Panel, • • •

Type 105

89D

89D

Introduction



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

213w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


The Universal Mounting System accepts Ultim8 ™ , HighBand ® 10, 10-pair Series 2, and 25-pair FT(Feed-Thru) blocks and UMS/Mini patch panels. It is a rugged, low cost, versatile alternative to traditional

mounting systems. Besides providing a sturdy, easy-to-install interlinking foundation, the UMS featuresbuilt-in wire and cable management, and convenient add-ons.

The mounting brackets interlink left-to-right and top-to-bottom to provide a foundation that is easyto install and easy to expand. The brackets are suitable for both rack and wall mount installations.

For fast installation, use the push rivets provided with the UMS backboard to attach the UMS bracketsto the backboards.


Description Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog NumberUMS Basic KitIncludes one pair of adjustable universalmounting brackets (holds up to 13 Ultim8blocks and/or label holders), two horizontalwire managers, and appropriate screws andrivets. Typical installation holds 96 pairs using(12) 8-pair Ultim8 blocks (24-ports) and (1)Type 105 label holder. Kit mounts directly to

a wall, or to an optional rack or wall mountbackboard. Quantity: 1

UMS Basic Kit; BlackUMS Basic Kit; Gray

14.75" x 8.25 x 5.25"

(374.7mm x 209.6mm x 133.4mm)

Universal Mounting System (UMS)

6657 2 165-40

6657 2 165-00

The UMS easily expands from the

Type 105 position to the Type 160 position.

UMS In Type 105 position UMS In Type 160 position



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

214w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

C



Universal Mounting System (UMS) Cable and Wire Managers

Vertical cable manager

Horizontal wire manager

19" equipment rackwith three dual heightbackboards, eachholding four Type 105Universal MountingBrackets and

two vertical cablemanagers (1,152 pairsor 288 ports).

Connect here forUltim8 blocks

Connect here for 25-pairFT blocks

Individual ribs onthe vertical cablemanager remove toprovide additionalroom for routing patchcords or cables.


Tech TipWhen connecting two UMS brackets, use the inner slot for HighBand blocks or 10-pair Series 2blocks (Type 105) and the outer slot for 25-pair FT blocks (Type 160).



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

215w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Description Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog NumberUMS Vertical Cable ManagerSame footprint as the universal mountingbracket in the Type 105 position; providesadditional cable management for largerinstallations or for patch cords. Uniquerestraining-finger design ensures cables remainin the channel, even with the cover removed.Interlinking tabs, left-to-right andtop-to-bottom, match interlinking tabs onthe universal mounting bracket. Quantity: 1

UMS Vertical Cable Manager; BlackUMS Vertical Cable Manager; Gray

Horizontal Wire ManagerIncludes individual horizontal wire managerand two nylon rivets to lock manager in positionon UMS bracket. Attaches to top or bottom ofUMS bracket. Two managers are included witheach UMS basic kit; additional managers arespares or provide wire management along thebottom of an installation. Quantity: 1

Horizontal Wire Manager; Black

Horizontal Wire Manager; Gray

11.88" x 8.25" x 5.25"

(301.6mm x 209.6mm x 133.4mm)

5.38" x 1" x 5" (136.5mm x 25.4m x 127.0mm)

6657 2 005-446657 2 005-04

6657 2 005-436657 2 005-03

Universal Mounting System (UMS) Cable and Wire Managers



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

216w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

C


Description Dimensions (HxWxD) Rack Wall Catalog Number Black Gray


UMS backboards provide a base for UMS brackets, and are available in standard equipment rackwidths. Each width is available in single or dual height, holding one or two rows of mounting brackets,

respectively. Backboards are black and match UMS brackets and cable managers.Backboards will hold combinations of mounting brackets in both Type 105 (Ultim8 ™ and HighBand ® )and Type 160 (Feed-Thru) positions. Rotate backboards with mixed types 180º to reverse the order ofmounting. Silk-screening identifies which holes to use in different mounting configurations.

Wall mount backboards provide the same mounting base as the rack mount backboards but providea deeper channel. They stand four inches (rather than 1.5 inches) off the wall to allow for proper cablerouting. Silk screening indicates correct installation of the UMS adjustable mounting brackets.

Universal Mounting System (UMS) Backboards


UMS backboard 11.5" x 19" x 1.5" • 6652 2 080-19 6652 2 069-19Backboards ship 23" x 19" x 1.5" • 6652 2 081-19 6652 2 070-19

one to a package 11.5" x 19" x 4" • • 6652 2 082-19 6652 2 067-19 23" x 19" x 4" • • 6652 2 083-19 6652 2 068-19

11.5" x 23" x 1.5" • 6652 2 080-23 6652 2 069-23 23" x 23" x 1.5" • 6652 2 081-23 6652 2 070-23

19" backboard, single height

19" backboard, dual height

19" configurations 23" configurations



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

217w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


For larger installations, the high volume cable manager provides greater capacity and strength thanhorizontal wire managers that attach directly to UMS brackets.

Available in widths to match standard equipment racks, the high volume cable manager can be eitherrack or wall mounted. The manager includes a back mounting plate and a set of six-inch by six-inch rings.The number and position of rings vary to allow use of the manager with a variety of UMS configurations.Mounting holes across the face of the mounting plate allow the position of rings to change to matchthe varying widths of UMS brackets in either Type 105 or Type 160 positions.

Designed as a companion to the universal mounting system, the high volume cable manager worksin any application.

Universal Mounting System (UMS) High Volume Cable Managers

19" cable manager with 3 rings 35.5" cable manager with 6 rings

35.5" high volume cable manager with 5 rings, shownmounted above 5 Type 105 mounting brackets.

19" high volume cable manager with 4 rings, shownmounted above 3 Type 105 mounting brackets.



19" cable manager, black only Quantity: 1

3 rings

4 rings23" cable manager, black only Quantity: 1

3 rings

4 rings

35.5" cable manager, black only Quantity: 1

4 rings5 rings

6 rings6.5" cable manager, gray only; 2 ringsQuantity: 19" cable manager, gray only; 3 ringsQuantity: 1 Designed to fit directly aboveUMS in Type 160 position

6" x 19" x 6.5"(152.4mm x 482.6mm x 165.1mm)

6" x 23" x 6.5"(152.4mm x 584.2mm x 165.1mm)

6" x 35.5" x 6.5"(152.4mm x 901.7mm x 165.1mm)

6.5" x 6.5" x 4.75"(165.1mm x 165.1mm x 120.65mm)

6.5" x 9.1" x 4.75"(165.1mm x 231.14mm x 120.65mm)

6657 2 005-19/03

6657 2 005-19/04

6657 2 005-23/03

6657 2 005-23/04

6657 2 005-35/04

6657 2 005-35/056657 2 005-35/06

6657 2 006-06/02

6657 2 006-09/03



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

218w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

C



Type 85 back mount frames accept 8-pair Series2 blocks. The frames come with cable entry holeson the back and protective rubber grommets.Grommet holes are 1.5" (38.1mm) in diameter.Back mount frames are made of stainless steel.

Type 85 Back Mount Frames

Type 85 back mount frameNote: The depth dimensionslisted are the actual depthsof mounting brackets withno blocks installed.



Type 85 back mount frames Quantity: 16 block positions, 1 hole

11 block positions, 1 hole

21 block positions, 2 holes

5.25" x 3.31" x 2.75"(133.3mm x 84.1mm x 69.9mm)

9.63" x 3.31" x 2.75"(244.5mm x 84.1mm x 69.9mm)

18.38" x 3.31" x 2.75"(466.7mm x 84.1mm x 69.9mm)

6654 2 350-06/1

6654 2 350-11/1

6654 2 350-21/2



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

219w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Type 105 back mount frames accept Ultim8 ™ ,HighBand® 10 and 10-pair Series 2 blocks andType 105 UMS/Mini patch panels. The framescome with cable entry holes on the back andprotective rubber grommets. Grommet holesare 1.5-inches (38.1mm) in diameter. Back mountframes are made of stainless steel.

Type 105 Back Mount Frames

Type 105 back mount frameNote: The depth dimensionslisted are the actual depthsof mounting brackets with

no blocks installed.



Type 105 back mount frames Quantity: 1





5.25" x 4.06" x 2.75"(133.3mm x 103.2mm x 69.9mm)

9.63" x 4.06" x 2.75"(244.5mm x 103.2mm x 69.9mm)

18.38" x 4.06" x 2.75"(466.7mm x 103.2mm x 69.9mm)

27.13" x 4.06" x 2.75"(689.0mm x 103.2mm x 69.9mm)

6655 2 450-06/1

6655 2 450-11/1

6655 2 450-21/2

6655 2 450-31/3



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

220w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

C



These back mount frames have a standard2.0-inch (50mm) channel depth and come with anattached ground lug.

Type 105 Back Mount Frameswith Ground Lug

Back mount framewith ground lug(21-position shown)



Type 105 back mount frames Quantity: 1



5.25" x 4.06" x 2.75"(133.3mm x 103.2mm x 69.9mm)

18.38" x 4.06" x 2.75"(466.7mm x 103.2mm x 69.9mm)

6655 2 400-03

6655 2 400-00



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

221w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Type 85 rod mount brackets accept 8-pair Series 2rod mount blocks. Install rod mount brackets usingsupport bars, or directly to a plywood backboard.

Type 85 Rod Mount Brackets

Type 85 rod mount bracket



Type 85 rod mount brackets Quantity: 1

6 block positions

11 block positions

21 block positions

5.5" x 4.19" x 2"

(139.7mm x 106.4mm x 50.8mm)

9.88" x 4.19" x 2"

(250.8mm x 106.4mm x 50.8mm)

18.63" x 4.19" x 2"

(473.1mm x 106.4mm x 50.8mm)

6652 2 039-06

6652 2 039-11

6652 2 039-21



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

222w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

C



Type 105 rod mount brackets accept Ultim8 ™ ,HighBand ® 10 and 10-pair Series 2 rod mountblocks and 105mm UMS/Mini Patch Panels. Install rod mount brackets using support bars,or directly to a plywood backboard.

Type 105 Rod Mount Brackets

Rod mount bracket spacers are optional pieces that snap over the 0.47-inch (12mm) rods to maintainuniform distances between rod mount blocks.

Rod Mount Bracket Spacer

Type 105 rod mount bracket



Type 105 rod mount brackets Quantity: 1

6 block positions

11 block positions

21 block positions

5.5" x 4.19" x 2"(139.7mm x 106.4mm x 50.8mm)

9.88" x 4.19" x 2"(250.8mm x 106.4mm x 50.8mm)

18.63" x 4.19" x 2"(473.1mm x 106.4mm x 50.8mm)

6652 2 040-06

6652 2 040-11

6652 2 040-21



Rod mount bracket spacer Quantity: 10.1" (2.5mm)

0.2" (5.0mm)

6619 2 046-00

6619 2 046-01

Tech TipRod mount brackets can be easily changed from the Type 85 position to the Type 105 position (or vice versa)by removing the four screws, moving the rods in or out, and reinstalling the screws.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

223w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Copper Cable Management SolutionsMounting Frames

Wall or Rack Mount Mounting Frames

19" wide mounting frame 23" wide mounting frame 35.5" wide mounting frame



19" mounting frame, 3-position Quantity: 1Supports up to (3) 21-position Type 85 or Type 105mounting brackets; can be wall or rack mounted(EIA standard 19" equipment rack; 3 mounting frames fitvertically in 7' rack) with 4 mounting screws (included).Fixed jumper routing rings included

23" mounting frame, 3-position Quantity: 1Supports up to (3) 21-position Type 85 or Type 105mounting brackets; can be wall or rack mounted

(23" equipment rack) with 4 mounting screws (included).Fixed jumper routing rings included

23" mounting frame, 4-position Quantity: 1Supports up to (4) 21-position Type 85 or Type 105mounting brackets; can be wall or rack mounted(23" equipment rack) with 4 mounting screws (included).Fixed jumper routing rings included

35.5" mounting frame, 5-position Quantity: 1Supports up to (5) 21-position Type 85 or Type 105mounting brackets; can be wall or rack mounted(23" equipment rack) with 4 mounting screws (included).Fixed jumper routing rings included

25" x 19.38" x 4.25"

(635mm x 492.1mm x 108mm)

25" x 24" x 4.25"

(635mm x 609.6mm x 108mm)

25" x 24" x 4.25"

(635mm x 609.6mm x 108mm)

26.5" x 35.5" x 4.25"

(673.1mm x 901.7mm x 108mm)

6652 2 100-00

6652 2 114-00

6652 2 113-00

6652 2 101-00



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

224w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

C


Copper Cable Management SolutionsSupport Bars

Wall or Rack Mount Support Bars

19" wide support bar with 4" leg 23" wide support bar, 3-position 35.5" wide support bar



19" wide support bar, 3-position Quantity: 12 required for installation

(2) 19" wide support bars hold up to (3) Type 85 orType 105 back mount frames; can be wall or rack mounted(standard 19" equipment rack)

2" leg (rack mount)

4" leg (wall mount)

23" wide wall mount support bar, 3-position Quantity: 12 required for installation(2) 23" wide support bars hold up to (3) Type 85 or Type 105back mount frames

4" leg (wall mount)

23" wide support bar, 4-position Quantity: 12 required for installation(2) 23" wide support bars hold up to (4) Type 85 or 105back mount frames; can be wall or rack mounted (standard23" equipment rack)

2" leg (rack mount)

4" leg (wall mount)

35.5" wide support bar, Quantity: 12 required for installation

(2) 35.5" wide support bars hold up to (6) Type 85 or (5)Type 105 back mount frames; can be wall or rack mounted(standard 35.5" equipment rack)

2" leg (rack mount)

4" leg (wall mount)

1" x 20" x 2"(25.4mm x 508mm x 50.8mm)

1" x 20" x 4"(25.4mm x 508mm x 101.6mm)

1" x 24" x 4"(25.4mm x 609.6mm x 101.6mm)

1" x 24" x 2"(25.4mm x 609.6mm x 50.8mm)

1" x 24" x 4"(25.4mm x 609.6mm x 101.6mm)

1" x 35.69" x 2"(25.4mm x 906.5mm x 50.8mm)

1" x 36" x 4"(25.4mm x 914.4mm x 101.6mm)

6652 2 021-00

6652 2 023-02

6652 2 004-56

6652 2 012-45

6652 2 012-42

6652 2 013-00

6652 2 014-00



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

225w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Copper Cable Management SolutionsInverted Support Bars

Type 85 and Type 105 Inverted Support Bars



19" wide support bar, 4" legs Quantity: 12 required for installation3-position

Supports up to (3) Type 85 or Type 105 mounting brackets

4-position

Supports up to (4) Type 85 mounting brackets23" wide inverted support bar, 4" legs Quantity: 12 required for installationSupports up to (3) Type 85 or Type 105 mounting brackets

1" x 20" x 4"(25.4mm x 508mm x 50.8mm)

1" x 20" x 4"(25.4mm x 508mm x 101.6mm)

1" x 24" x 4"(25.4mm x 609.6mm x 101.6mm)

6652 2 004-54

6652 2 004-30

6652 2 004-57

Inverted support bars are designed for equipment cabinets in which terminationsmust be flush with the front of the equipment rack.

19" wide inverted support bar,3-position





1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

226w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

C


Copper Cable Management SolutionsJumper Ring Bars



19" wide jumper ring bar Quantity: 14 adjustable jumper rings

No legs (wall mount)

2" legs (rack mount)

23" wide jumper ring bar Quantity: 14 adjustable jumper rings



35.5" wide jumper ring bar Quantity: 17 adjustable jumper rings



4.44" x 20" x 5.18"

(112.8mm x 508mm x 131.6mm)4.44" x 20" x 7.18"

(112.8mm x 508mm x 182.4mm)

4.44" x 24" x 5.18"(112.8mm x 609.6mm x 131.6mm)

4.44" x 24" x 7.18"(112.8mm x 508mm x 182.4mm)

4.44" x 36" x 5.18"(112.8mm x 914.4mm x 131.6mm)

4.44" x 36" x 7.18"(112.8mm x 914.4mm x 182.4mm)

6652 2 004-00

6652 2 004-01

6652 2 006-09

6652 2 006-08

6652 2 006-00

6652 2 015-00

Jumper ring bars are used with support bars to route cross-connect jumper wires and patch cords.

19" wide jumper ring bar,no legs (wall mount)

19" wide jumper ring bar2" legs (rack mount)

23" wide jumper ring barno legs (wall mount)

23" wide jumper ring bar2" legs (rack mount)

35.5" wide jumper ring barno legs (wall mount)

35.5" wide jumper ring bar2" legs (rack mount)



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

228w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

C


Copper Cable Management SolutionsAccessories



Vertical cable organizer Quantity: 1

Fits standard EIA 19" equipment rack; keepspatch cords and smaller wire groups organizedwithin each bayHorizontal cable organizer Quantity: 1Fits standard EIA 19" equipment rack; keeps largerwire groups organized between baysRear wire management guide Quantity: 1Attaches to back of standard EIA 19" equipmentrack; allows organization of hidden wires and cables.Recommended for use with Plug ‘n’ Play patch panelsonly. One required for every 24-port groupHigh-density cable manager Quantity: 1Attaches to standard EIA 19" equipment rack; includes(2) 12-24 screws for mounting to rack. Manages

terminated cables on rear of high-density patch panels.0.5" flange provides flat tie point. Smooth surfaceprevents snagging and protects against damageHigh-density cable manager for patch panelsQuantity: 1Manages terminated cables on rear of PCB patch panel.Attaches to Category 6 and Category 5e silk-screenedand fascia patch panelsRing wire manager Quantity: 1Utilizes 5 wire management ringsHinged wall mount bracket Quantity: 1Allows easy access to cable side of patch panel forcircuit tracing or wiring re-termination. For left or rightswing opening; simple push-pull latch keeps the panel

secure in closed position3.5" hinged wall mount bracketAccepts (2) 1RU or (1) 2RU patch panel7" hinged wall mount bracketAccepts any 4RU combination of patch panels

3.5" x 20" x 4.75"

(88.9mm x 508mm x 120.65mm)

3.5" x 19" x 4.25"(88.9mm x 482.6mm x 186.95mm)

1.13" x 19" x 1.13"(28.7mm x 482.6mm x 28.7mm)

1" x 19" x 4"(25.4mm x 482.6mm x 101.6mm)

1.75" x 19" x 4"(25.4mm x 482.6mm x 101.6mm)

1.75" x 19" x 3.75"(44.45mm x 482.6mm x 91.88mm)

3.5" x 19" x 5"(88.9mm x 914.4mm x 131.6mm)

7" x 19" x 5"(177.8mm x 482.6mm x 127mm)

6653 2 701-02

6653 2 701-03

6653 2 703-00

6653 2 703-10

6653 3 585-01

6653 2 700-03

6653 2 701-00

6653 2 701-01



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

229w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Copper Connectivity Solutions –Accessories and Labels

Accessories .................................................................... 230

Labeling .................................................. ....................... 231



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

231w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Type 105 Label Holder


Type 105 label holder

The label holder mounts on a universal mountingsystem mounting bracket in the Type 105position, a Type 105 mounting bracket or a Type105 rod mount bracket to provide extensivelabeling. Jumper rings on both sides provide

additional wire management. Each label holderrequires one block position. A paper label andplastic cover are included. Accepts label CatalogNumber: 6631 3 106- XX .


Description Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog NumberType 105 label holder Quantity: 1 0.81" x 5.63" x 1.31" 6630 2 004-05

(20.57mm x 143mm x 33.27mm)

Type 105 Label Strip

Type 105 label strip shown on HighBand ® 10 block

Recommended for patched environments, thistransparent label strip snaps onto the face of anUltim8™ or HighBand ® 10 block. The label stripcovers only the top row of the block and is fullyvisible with patch cords in place. Includes slide-inpaper labels (Catalog Number: 6631 3 102- XX )or can be written on directly.


Description Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog NumberType 105 label strip Quantity per Pack: 10 0.81" x 4.25" x 0.88" 6462 2 096-00

(20.6mm x 107.9mm x 22.2mm)



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

232w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

C o p p e r C o n n e c t i v i t y S o l u t i o n s – A c c e s s o r i e s a n d L a b e l s

Side-Mount Label Holder

Side-mount label holder

The holder mounts onto the side of any Ultim8 ™ or HighBand ® 10 block. Two side-mount labelholders attach to each block, one on each side.A small rectangular paper label is included witheach holder.


Description Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog NumberSide-mount label holder Quantity: 1 0.63" x 1" x 0.31" 6462 2 016-00

(16mm x 25.4mm x 7.87mm)

Type 105 Hinged Label Holder

Hinged label holder (closed) Hinged label holder (open)

Recommended for jumpered environments, the holder snaps onto a block face to provide a hingedcover over the block termination contacts and patch/test ports. A clear plastic protective cover and apaper label (Catalog Number: 6631 3 100-03) are included for each side of the hinged cover. The hinged label holder extends 0.38 inches (9.5mm) from the face of the block.


Description Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog NumberType 105 hinged label holder Quantity: 1 0.63" x 4.31" x 0.63" 6089 2 015-01

(16mm x 109.5mm x 16mm)




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

233w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Paper Labels

Label Sheet for Type 105 Hinged

Label Sheet for Type 105 Label Holder

Label Sheet for Type 105 Label Strip


Tech TipUse of the TIA/EIA-606 color standards greatly increases identification of network system components.TE strongly recommends following standards whenever possible.

Examples of TIA/EIA-606 Color Coding

Color Identifies

Orange Demarcation point (e.g., central office terminations)

Green Network connections (e.g., network and auxiliary equipment)

Purple Common equipment, PBX, LANs, multiplexers (e.g., switching and data equipment)

White First level backbone (e.g., main cross-connect [MC (campus distributer[CD])]to a horizontal cross-connect [HC (floor distributer [FD])] or to an intermediatecross-connect [IC (building distributer [BD])])

Gray Second level backbone (e.g., IC [BD] to a HC [FD])

Blue Horizontal cable (e.g., horizontal connections to telecommunications outlets; formerlyreferred to as “station cable”)

Brown Interbuilding backbone (campus cable terminations) NOTE: Brown takes precedence over white or gray for interbuilding runs

Yellow Miscellaneous (e.g., auxiliary, alarms, security)

Red Reserved for future use (also, key telephone systems)

Based on ANSI/TIA/EIA-606-A, May 1, 2002



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

234w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Paper Labels


Description Catalog NumberPaper label sheet for Type 105 hinged label holder Quantity: 1 sheet per package 6631 3 100-03 Labels come pre-cut on a white, 8.5" x 11" sheet, with 50 labels per sheet;accommodate hand or laser printingPaper label sheets in TIA/EIA-606 colors for Type 105 hinged label holder 6631 3 105- XX *Quantity: 1 sheet per package Not available in Labels come pre-cut on an 8.5" x 11" sheet with -05 (brown), 50 labels per sheet; accommodate hand or laser printing -06 (yellow),

-07 (red) or -08 (white)

Paper label sheet for Type 105 label holder 6631 3 106- XX *Quantity: 1 sheet per package

Labels come pre-cut on an 8.5" x 11" sheet, with 26 labels per sheetPaper label sheet for Type 105 label strip Quantity: 1 sheet per package Labels come perforated on an 8.5" x 11" sheet, 20 labels per sheet;accommodate hand or laser printing. Available in all TIA/EIA-606 specified colors,two colors per sheet (one color on each side)Orange, red 6631 3 102-01/09Green, purple 6631 3 102-02/03White, blue 6631 3 102-04/06Gray, brown 6631 3 102-05/07Yellow, white 6631 3 102-08

*Replace XX with: 00 = orange 05 = brown 01 = green 06 = yellow 02 = purple 07 = red 03 = gray 08 = white 04 = blue




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

235w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


TE offers a complete labeling solution bySharpMark for TE’s most popular copper and fibersolutions. TE labels are design to be used with aPC and standard laser printer. All label sheets areavailable through an TE authorized distributionpartner. Contact TE Customer Service at 1-800-366-3891 for more details.

TE's Free Labeling SoftwareThe free labeling software can be down loadedfrom TE’s website at www.TE.com/truenet/labelsin less than 5 minutes. The labeling softwareis also available to TE’s PACE (ProfessionalArchitects, Consultants and Engineers) memberson their dedicated portal. If you are not amember of the PACE program or would like moredetails, you can register atwww.adc.com/partners.

Features

• Easy to download software can be used withWindows or Vista

• Label sheets are designed specifically for TE’smost popular products

Copper and Fiber Labeling Software and Labeling Sheets



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

236w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1




Description UOM Products that usethe label

Catalog Number

Adhesive label sheet for TE's C5e and C6 silk screenpatch panels. Each label sheet contains 125 individual labels.

SH 6653 1 677-246653 1 677-486653 1 585-246653 1 585-48

ADCLS-SSA

Paper label sheet for TE's C5e and C6 fascia patch panels.Each label sheet contains 90 individual labels.

SH 6653 1 679-246653 1 679-486653 1 587-246653 1 587-48

ADCLS-FSC

Paper label sheet for TE's C5e and C6 Dynamicleft/right angle patch panels. Each label sheet contains42 individual labels.

SH PP24AC6TPP48C6T

PP24AC5ETPP48C5ET

ADCLS-DAA

Paper label sheet for TE faceplate and surface boxstation windows. Each label sheet contains 100individual labels.

SH 6653 1 607-006653 1 608-00

ADCLS-FPC

Adhesive label sheet for TE's 12-Port 89D Style patch panels.Each label sheet contains 100 individual labels.

SH 6653 2 705-12 ADCLS-PPA

Paper label for TE's C6 HighBand 25 and CopperTen 20-Pairterminiation blocks. Each label sheet contains18 individual labels.

SH 6462 2 408-00 ADCLS-HB25C

Paper label for TE's C6 Ultim8 and CopperTen 8-Pairterminiation blocks label strip. Each label sheet contains55 individual labels.

SH 6462 2 096-00 ADCLS-LSC

Paper label for TE's FT terminiation blocks label holder. Eachlabel sheet contains 30 individual labels.

SH 6631 2 003-00 ADCLS-FTC

Paper label for TE's C6 Ultim8 and CopperTen 8-Pairterminiation blocks hindge label holder. Each label sheetcontains 22 individual labels.

SH 6089 2 015-01 ADCLS-HNGC

Paper label for TE's CopperTen patch panels.Each label sheet contains 300 individual labels.

SH TPNP-24APC10-BKTPNP-24APC10-UNTPNP-NNC10U-NNTPNP-24NC10-BK

ADCLS-CTAPC

Adhesive label for TE's CopperTen Angled patchpanel center label strip. Each label sheet contains12 individual labels.

SH TPNP-24APC10-BKTPNP-24APC10-UN

ADCLS-CTAPA




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

237w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Description UOM Catalog Number

Adhesive label for TE's patch cords or horizontal cable 1/2" x 1 1/2'. Each label sheet contains 105 individual labels.

SH ADCLS-CL4A

Adhesive label for TE's patch cords or horizontal cable 1" x 1 1/2'. Each label sheet contains 49 individual labels.

SH ADCLS-CL10A

Adhesive label for TE's patch cords or horizontal cable 1" x 2 1/4". Each label sheet contains 35 individual labels.

SH ADCLS-CL12A

Adhesive label for TE's patch cords or horizontal cable 1" x 5 1/2". Each label sheet contains 14 individual labels.

SH ADCLS-CL24A

Adhesive label for TE's 192 Fiber NGF Blocks.Each label sheet contains 1 label sheet for left side of block.

SH ADCLS-NGF192LCAL

Adhesive label for TE's 192 Fiber NGF Blocks.Each label sheet contains 1 label sheet for right side of block. SH ADCLS-NGF192LCAR

Adhesive label for TE's 144 Fiber NGF Blocks.Each label sheet contains 1 label sheet for left side of block.

SH ADCLS-NGF144SCAL

Adhesive label for TE's 144 Fiber NGF Blocks.Each label sheet contains 1 label sheet for right side of block.

SH ADCLS-NGF144LCAR

Adhesive label for TE's 1RU TFP Fiber Panel.Each label sheet contains 16 labels for the front and back of the hinged label.

SH ADCLS-TFP1RUA


SH ADCLS-TFP2RUA


SH ADCLS-TFP5RUA




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

239w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Work Area Solutions

Introduction ....................................................... ............ 240

Category 6a Modular Jacks ............................................ 241

Category 6 Modular Jacks ............................................. 242

Category 5e Modular Jacks ............................................ 243

Modular Adapters ....................................................... ... 244

Angled Port Faceplates .................................................. 246

Flush Mount Faceplates ................................................. 247

Specialty Faceplates ....................................................... 249

Decorative Faceplates .................................................... 250

Modular Furniture Faceplates ......................................... 251

Surface Mount Boxes .................................................. ... 253

Surface Box for Modular Furniture ................................. 254

Specialty Boxes .............................................................. 255

Accessories .................................................................... 258



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

240w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

W o r k A r e a S o l u t i o n s

Work Area SolutionsIntroduction

Features

• Field-configurable station outlets available in flush mount, surface mount and furniture mount styles

• One-, two-, three-, four- or six-ports in a single-gang faceplate or four-, eight-, twelve-portdual-gang faceplates allow custom configurations utilizing a wide range of individual RJ11or RJ45 jacks, F-81, RCA, S-Video, ST ®, SC, MTRJ, LC or BNC connectors

• Voice and data ID tabs come color-matched with each faceplate

• Top and bottom labels allow discrete station identification

• RJ45 jacks are available to support TrueNet ® Category 5e, Category 6 and CopperTen ® structured

cabling systems• A complete range of modular jacks and connector modules can be used interchangeably

in all outlets, surface boxes and Plug-n-Play patch panels

• Two-, three-, and four-port modular furniture faceplates can be used in office systems produced bycompanies such as Haworth, Steelcase, Herman Miller, Kimball, Knoll, Teknion and AllSteel



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

241w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Work Area SolutionsCategory 6a Modular Jacks

*Replace XX with:01 = White 06 = Blue

02 = Ivory 07 = Green

03 = Gray 08 = Yellow 04 = Black 09 = Purple 05 = Red 10 = Orange 22 = Electrical Ivory


Description Catalog Number*CopperTen RJ45 UTP modular 568A/B jack 6830 1 835- XX Quantity: 1

Features

• Meets or exceeds performance requirementsof TIA/EIA 568-B.2-10 standards


• Accepts LSA-Plus Insertion or 110 toolfor wire termination


• Modular jacks fit port openings of0.585" x 0.757" (14.86 mm x 19.23 mm)with plate thickness from 0.048" to 0.060"(1.23 mm x 1.52 mm)

CopperTen ® Modular Jacks

An integral part of TE's TrueNet ® StructuredCabling System, CopperTen is the world'sfirst UTP structured cabling system to enable10 Gigabit Ethernet over a full 100 meters.Installed in high-performance networksworldwide, the system's patent-pending designminimizes alien crosstalk and insertion loss andmeets the performance requirements of IEEE802.3an and TIA/EIA 568-B.2-10 standards.

The CopperTen modular jack features LSA-PLUS ® silver-plated 45-degree angled contacts for themost secure and reliable connection available.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

242w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


KM8 Modular Jacks

Work Area SolutionsCategory 6 Modular Jacks

®

KM8 modular jacks are an integral part of theTrueNet ® channel solution. Tuned together with

other TrueNet Category 6 components and cable,KM8 jacks help deliver zero bit error networkperformance.

A KM8 modular jack with cable managementsystem ensures reliable field termination. Thecable manager holds cable pairs in place up tothe termination point, preventing cable untwistand buckle, guaranteeing dependable andrepeatable performance.

These modular jacks can be used in TE’s modularpatch panels.

Features

• TrueNet ® impedance matched jacksguarantee maximum throughput

• Meets or exceeds TIA/EIA Category 6requirements


• Compatible with any TrueNet modular face-plate, modular furniture faceplate, surfacebox and modular patch panel

• Accepts either a LSA-Plus Insertion or 110tool for wire termination for punchdown jack


Ordering Information

Description Catalog NumberKM8 RJ45 modular punchdown jack Quantity: 1 6830 1 830- XX

*Replace XX with: 01 = White 07 = Green 02 = Ivory 08 = Yellow

03 = Gray 09 = Purple 04 = Black 10 = Orange 05 = Red 22 = Electrical ivory 06 = Blue

KM8 modular jack



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

243w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

K610 Series Jacks

Work Area SolutionsCategory 5e Modular Jacks

®

K610 series jacks are an integral part of theTrueNet ® channel solution. Tuned together withother TrueNet Category 5e components andcable, K610 jacks help deliver zero bit errornetwork performance.

The K610 series jacks can be used in TE’smodular patch panels.

Features

• Available in right angle style

• Compatible with any TrueNet ® modularfaceplate, modular furniture faceplate,surface box and modular patch panel

• Available in eleven colors for easy portidentification

• Accept either LSA-Plus Insertion or 110 toolfor termination

K610 Series jack

Color RJ45 T568A/B RJ45 USOC RJ11 USOC Right Angle Right Angle Right Angle

White 6467 5 181-20 6467 5 198-20 6467 5 195-20

Ivory 6467 5 181-10 6467 5 198-10 6467 5 195-10 Gray 6467 5 181-00 6467 5 198-00 6467 5 195-00 Black 6467 5 181-30 6467 5 198-30 6467 5 195-30 Red 6467 5 181-50 6467 5 198-50 6467 5 195-50 Blue 6467 5 181-40 6467 5 198-40 6467 5 195-40 Green 6467 5 181-80 6467 5 198-80 6467 5 195-80 Yellow 6467 5 181-90 6467 5 198-90 6467 5 195-90 Purple 6467 5 181-70 6467 5 198-70 6467 5 195-70 Orange 6467 5 181-60 6467 5 198-60 6467 5 195-60 Electrical Ivory 6467 5 181-22 6467 5 198-22 6467 5 195-22



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

244w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Work Area SolutionsModular Adapters

Compatible with TE’s modular faceplates, surface mount boxes, modular furniture faceplates andmodular patch panels, these adapters offer the versatility of a Plug-n-Play system.

F-81 adapter SC adapter ST® adapter

BNC adapter Blank insert




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

245w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Work Area SolutionsModular Adapters



F-81 adapter Quantity: 1 6645 1 157- XX Standard 75 ohm connector

SC multimode/singlemode adapter Quantity: 1 Used with faceplate extender in flush mount faceplatesMetal adapter sleeve 6645 1 167- XX

Ceramic adapter sleeve 6645 1 169- XX

ST® multimode/singlemode adapter Quantity: 1 Straight tip stylePhosphor bronze adapter sleeve 6645 1 158- XX

Ceramic adapter sleeve 6645 1 166- XX

LC multimode/singlemode adapter Quantity: 1

Multimode, phosphor bronze adapter sleeve 6645 1 172- XX

Singlemode, UPC ceramic sleeve 6645 1 173- XX

Singlemode, APC ceramic sleeve 6645 1 174- XX BNC adapter Quantity: 1 6645 1 159- XX

Blank modular Insert Quantity: 25 Cover unused ports; compatible with any TE modular faceplate, surface mountbox, modular furniture plates, patch panels

White 6645 1 160-01Ivory 6645 1 160-02

Gray 6645 1 160-03Black 6645 1 160-04

*Replace XX with: 01 = White 02 = Ivory



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

246w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


These faceplates accept any combination of modular jacks andconnectors found in this section. All faceplates and surfacemount boxes are constructed of durable ABS plastic that meetsUL 1863 safety rating and UL 94V-0.

Work Area SolutionsAngled Port Faceplates

4-port angled faceplate 8-port angled faceplate Extender


Description Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog Number*4-port angled faceplate Quantity: 1 4.5" x 2.75" x 0.25" 6644 1 174- XX Fits standard, single-gang box; 2 outlet (114.5 mm x 70.0 mm x 6.35 mm) labeling areas, 4 individual port ID areas;includes blank paper labels, clear plasticlabel protectors, logo insert, reversible-iconID tabs numbered 1–6 (icon colors matchfaceplate), mounting screws (#6-32 x 15/16")8-port angled faceplate Quantity: 1 4.5" x 4.94" x 0.25" 6644 1 178- XX Requires standard NEMA double-gang (114.5 mm x 125.48 mm x 6.35 mm) opening of at least 3.563" x 2.75" (somesurface mount boxes do not meet thisspecification; please check carefully); 4outlet labeling areas and 8 individual port IDareas; includes blank paper labels, clearplastic label protectors, logo inserts, 2 setsof reversible-icon ID tables numbered 1–6(icon colors match faceplate), mountingscrews (#6-32 x 15/16"). Not compatiblewith dual-gang mud ringsFaceplate extender Quantity: 1 4.75" x 3.13" x 1" 6644 2 018- XX Provides room to allow for fiber bend radius, (120.1 mm x 79. 5mm x 25.4 mm) storage spool or additional copper cableworking space; mounts on front of anystandard single-gang NEMA box or All-Fitsurface mount box to extend depth 1-inch;includes 2 mounting screws (#6-32 x 2").Recommended for use with simplex SCadapters

*Replace XX with: 01 = White 02 = Ivory 03 = Gray 04 = Black 22 = Electrical ivory



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

247w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Work Area SolutionsFlush Mount Faceplates

2-port faceplate 4-port faceplate 6-port faceplate

4-port, dual-gang faceplate 8-port, dual-gang faceplate 12-port, dual-gang faceplate

These faceplates provide the basis for a wide range of possible information outlet combinations. With asingle-gang capacity up to six ports, and a double-gang capacity of 12 ports, TE can provide the densityfor the most demanding installation.

The faceplates accept any combination of modular jacks and connectors listed in this section. The

variety of reversible-icon and color ID tabs for labeling provides a versatile and highly visible informationoutlet system.


CopperTen ® 4-portstaggered faceplate



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

248w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Work Area SolutionsFlush Mount Faceplates


Description Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog Number 1

1 Replace XX with: 2 Replace YY with: 01 = White 02 = Ivory BK = Black GY = Gray

03 = Gray 04 = Black IV = Ivory WT = White 22 = Electrical Ivory

Single-gang flush mount faceplates 4.5" x 2.75" x 0.25" Quantity: 1 (114.5 mm x 70.0 mm x 6.35 mm) Fit standard single-gang boxes. Include2 blank paper labels, 2 clear plastic labelprotectors, 1 logo insert, 6 reversible-iconID tabs numbered 1–6 (icon colorsmatch faceplate), 2 mounting screws(#6-32 x 15/16")

2-port faceplate 6644 1 152- XX 2 outlet labeling areas and 2 individualport ID areas

4-port faceplate 6644 1 154- XX 2 outlet labeling areas and 4 individual port ID areas

CopperTen ™ 4-port staggered faceplate TNSCSFPSO4-YY 2 Includes: 2 outlet labeling areas and 4individual port ID areas.

6-port faceplate 6644 1 156- XX 2 outlet labeling areas and 6 individualport ID areas

Dual-gang flush mount faceplates 4.5" x 4.94" x 0.25" Quantity: 1 (114.5 mm x 125.48 mm x 6.35 mm) Require a standard NEMA double-gangopening of at least 3.563" x 2.75"(some surface mount boxes do not meetthis specification; please check carefully).

4-port faceplate 6644 1 164- XX 4 outlet labeling areas and 8 individual

port ID labels. Include blank paper labels,clear plastic label protectors, logo inserts,2 sets of reversible-icon ID tabs numbered1–6 (icon colors match faceplate),4 mounting screws (#6-32 x 15/16")8-port faceplate 6644 1 168- XX 4 outlet labeling areas and 8 individualport ID labels. Include blank paper labels,clear plastic label protectors, logo inserts,2 sets of reversible-icon ID tabs numbered1–6 (icon colors match faceplate),4 mounting screws (#6-32 x 15/16")12-port faceplate 6644 1 157- XX 4 outlet labeling areas and 12 individualports numbered consecutively, left to right,top to bottom. Includes 4 blank paperlabels, 4 clear plastic label protectors,2 logo inserts, 4 mounting screws(#6-32 x 15/16")



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

249w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Work Area SolutionsSpecialty Faceplates

2-port electrical faceplate 4-port electrical faceplate

Dual-gang surface mount box

Stainless steel wall phone plate 4-port WalkerMonument faceplate

Drywall faceplate adapter shownwith flush mount faceplate




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

250w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Work Area SolutionsSpecialty Faceplates



*Replace XX with: 21 = Electrical white 23 = Electrical gray 04 = Black 22 = Electrical ivory 24 = Electrical brown

Stainless steel faceplate Quantity: 1 4.5" x 2.75" x 0.25" Standard single-gang faceplate accepts any (114.5 mm x 70.0 mm x 6.35 mm) combination of modular jacks (which mountflush with the surface of the faceplate) andadapters found in this section. Not for usewith shielded jacks. Includes2 mounting screws (#6-32 x 15/16")1-port 6644 1 024-012-port 6644 1 024-023-port 6644 1 024-034-port 6644 1 024-046-port 6644 1 024-06Stainless steel wall phone plate Quantity: 1 4.5" x 2.75" x 0.25" 6644 3 000-534-port Walker Monument faceplate (114.5 mm x 70.0 mm x 6.35 mm)

Quantity: 1 Compatible with Walker 500Series housing; 4-port faceplate accepts anycombination of modular jacks and adapters;features workstation labeling and individualport designation ID tabs; includes 6 ID tabs(same color as faceplate), 1 station ID windowand label, 2 mounting screwsWhite 6644 1 165-01Ivory 6644 1 165-02Drywall faceplate adapter Quantity: 1 6644 2 019-00 For adding outlet to wall with no backbox;compatible with all TE single-gangfaceplates; adjustable to fit 0.25" thick to 1"thick wallboard, paneling or drywall. Can

be mounted horizontally or vertically andcan be used as template for cutout hole;thin front lip design allows adapter to seatbetter on drywallElectrical faceplate 106 adapters Quantity: 1 3.13" x 1.61" x 0.38" Match electrical faceplate knockouts and (79.5 mm x 40.89 mm x 9.65 mm) come in choice of standard electrical colors;include 6 reversible-icon ID tabs numbered1–6 (icon colors match adapter), 2mounting screws (#6-32 x 15/16")2-port 6644 1 106- XX *Allows mounting of 2 modular jacks orconnectors in a standard electrical-styleoutlet box; 2 individual port ID areas

4-port 6644 1 107- XX *Allows mounting of 4 modular jacks orconnectors; recessed numbering, 1–4, onfront of adapter for easy port identificationDual-gang surface mount box Quantity: 1 4.75" x 5" x 1.75" 6644 3 000-28 Compatible with electrical faceplate 106 (120.1 mm x 127.0 mm x 44.5 mm) adapters and all dual-gang faceplates;knockouts provide cabling access from all4 sides and rear in several size. Ivory only



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

251w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Work Area SolutionsModular Furniture Faceplates

4-port modular furniture faceplate

TE’s modular furniture faceplates are compatible with leading office furniture and accept TE’s modular jacks and connectors. Contact TE Technical Assistance Center for specific model compatibility.


2-port horizontal faceplate

3-port 4-port

Steelcase 9000 Herman Miller, Action Office 1

Steelcase Avenir Herman Miller, Action Office 2

Steelcase Context Herman Miller, Action Office 3

AllSteel 8000 Herman Miller, Ethospace (baseline)

Knoll Morrison Herman Miller

Knoll Reff Phoenix

Haworth Places and Unigroup Kimball

Haworth Places

Haworth PremiseHaworth Race

Modular Furniture Faceplate Compatibility

4-port modular furniture faceplate4-port modular furniture faceplate4-port modular furniture faceplate4-port modular furniture faceplateCopperTen furniture faceplate

3-port modular furniture faceplate



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

252w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

W o r k A r e a S o l u t i o n s Description Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog Number*

CopperTen 3-port modular 2.15" x 3.12" x 1.06" TNSCSFPFS03- XX

furniture faceplate (54.61 mm x 79.25 mm x 26.92 mm)" Quantity: 1 Recommended opening: 1.38" x 2.71"(35.05 mm x 68.83 mm) 3 individual port ID areas; includes 6reversible-icon ID tabs numbered 1–6(icon colors match faceplate)3-port modular furniture faceplate 1.61" x 3.13" x 0.38" 6644 1 143- XX Quantity: 1 (40.9 mm x 79.5 mm x 9.65 mm) Recommended opening: 2.65" x 1.377"(67.31 mm x 34.98 mm) Maximum thickness: 0.06" (1.52 mm) 3 individual port ID areas; includes 6reversible-icon ID tabs numbered 1–6

(icon colors match faceplate)4-port modular furniture faceplate 2.17" x 3.9" x 0.38" 6644 1 144- XX Quantity: 1 (55.12 mm x 99 mm x 9.65 mm) Fits openings 1.890" to 1.920"(48 mm to 48.77 mm) high, 2.572" to 3.866" (65.33 mm to 98.2 mm) wide Maximum thickness: 0.08" (2.03 mm) 1 outlet labeling area, 4 individual port IDareas; includes 2 blank paper labels, 1 clearplastic label protector, 1 logo insert,6 reversible-icon ID tabs numbered 1–6(icon colors match faceplate)4-port Beltline adapter for Herman 6644 3 299- XX Miller Ethospace furniture Quantity: 1

2-port horizontal faceplate 2.75" x 4.5" x 0.25" 6644 1 112- XX Quantity: 1 (69.85 mm x 114.3 mm x 6.35 mm) Fits standard NEMA openings in modularfurniture raceways or standard single-gangboxes; designed for horizontal orientation;1 outlet labeling area, 2 individual port IDareas; ID tabs hide faceplate mountingscrews. Includes 2 blank paper labels, 1 clearplastic label protector, 6 reversible-icon IDtabs numbered 1–6 (icon colors matchfaceplate), 2 mounting screws (#6-32 x15/16", with custom head)

Work Area SolutionsModular Furniture Faceplates


*Replace XX with: 01 = White 02 = Ivory 03 = Gray 04 = Black



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

253w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Work Area SolutionsSurface Mount Boxes

2-port surfacemount box


Surface box installation6-port

surface box

Right angle jacksare recommendedfor surface boxes


Description Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog Number 1

CopperTen ® 6-portsurface mount box

2-port surface mount box Quantity: 1 1" x 2.25" x 2.31" 6644 1 222- XX 1 outlet labeling area, 2 individual port ID (25.4 mm x 57.2 mm x 58.67 mm) areas; includes 1 blank paper label, 1 clear

plastic label protector, 1 logo insert, 6reversible icon ID tabs numbered 1–6(icon colors match faceplate), hook-and-loopfastener strips. Knockouts allow cable andraceway access4-port surface mount box Quantity: 1 2.88" x 4.25" x 1" 6644 1 224- XX 1 outlet labeling area, 4 individual port ID (73.15 mm x 107.95 mm x 25.4 mm) areas; includes 1 blank paper label, 1 clearplastic label protector, 6 reversible iconID tabs numbered 1–6, 1 screw forlocking down cover and hook-and-loopfastener strips. Knockouts allow cable andraceway access

6-port surface mount box Quantity: 1 3.38" x 6" x 1.5" 6644 2 201- XX 2 outlet labeling areas, 6 individual port ID (85.85 mm x 152.4 mm x 38.1 mm) areas; includes 1 blank paper label, 1 clearplastic label protector, 6 reversible icon IDtabs numbered 1–6 (icon colors matchfaceplate), 2 mounting screws (#6-32 x15/16"), hook-and-loop fastener strips.Knockouts allow cable access from 3 sidesCopperTen ® 6-port surface mount box 7.00" x 5.00" x 1.375" TNSCSSB6- YY 2 Quantity: 1 Individual port ID areas; includes (85.85 mm x 152.4 mm x 38.1 mm) 2 blank paper labels, 2 clear plastic labelprotectors, 6 reversible icon ID tabs numbered1–6 (icon colors match faceplate), 2 mountingscrews (#6-32 x 15/16"), hook-and-loopfastener strips. Knockouts allow cable access from 3 sides

1 Replace XX with: 01 = White 02 = Ivory

03 = Gray 04 = Black 22 = Electrical Ivory

2 Replace YY with: BK = Black GY = Gray IV = Ivory WT = White




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

254w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Features

• Six-port cable guides for cable management

• Discrete port labeling• Flush face for clean look and protection

of connectors

• Constructed of durable ABS plastic,rated UL 94V-0

• UL1863 safety rating

Work Area SolutionsSurface Box for Modular Furniture

The surface box for modular furniture acceptsany combination of modular jacks and adapters.It supports both 6- and 12-port configurationsand is used in zone cabling applications.


Description Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog Number12-port surface box 1.61" x 3.13" x 0.38" 6644 1 460-01

(40.9 mm x 79.5 mm x 9.65 mm)

Surface box mounting accessoriesDouble sticky-back tape Quantity: 1 6.7" x 5.1" x 1.45" 6630 3 025-01 Used to mount surface boxes permanentlyto smooth surfaces

Magnet strip Quantity: 1 0.06" x 3" x 5.75" 6630 3 025-09

Adhesive backed, magnetic strip (1.52 mm x 76.2 mm x 146.05 mm)



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

255w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Multimedia Box

Work Area SolutionsSpecialty Boxes

The low-profile, surface mount multimedia box allows installation of fiber, copper and/or coax in asingle unit. It maintains minimum bend radius and fiber storage to comply with TIA/EIA-568-A

ANSI/EIA/TIA-568-B requirements.A unique hidden labeling system provides identification for sixteen individual ports with colored ID tabs,paper labels and write-on surfaces on or under a removable door. Angled bezels meet minimum bendradius requirements and allow the box to be configured to meet the requirements of a specific application.

Multimedia box shown with selected bezels, jacks, connectors and ID tabs installed

Raceway entryfrom three sides

Rear cableaccess

Groundingpost

Storage capacitymeets TIA/EIArequirements

Meetsminimum

bend radius

Convenientcable tie

anchor points


Description Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog Number*

*Replace XX with: 01 = White 02 = Ivory

Multimedia box Quantity: 1 8.25" x 8.25" x 2.25" 6644 1 450- XX Includes logo insert, 1 clear plastic window, (210 mm x 210 mm x 57.15 mm) 16 reversible icon ID tabs numbered 1–6,3 blank bezels, tie wraps, hook-and-loopfastener

Empty multimedia bezels Quantity: 1 Fit in 1 position of multimedia box.Compatible jacks or adapters orderedseparately4-port bezel 6644 3 205- XX Accepts up to 4 of any modular jackor adapter6-position SC bezel 6644 3 267- XX Accepts up to 6 SC-style fiber opticadapters

Duplex SC/RJ bezel 6644 3 211- XX Accepts 1 duplex 2-port SC bezeland any 2 modular jacks or adapters

Blank bezel 6644 3 209- XX Protects opening from dust or othercontaminant's

Mounting magnets Quantity: 2 6630 3 025-11 Mount the multimedia box on smooth, flat,metal surfaces



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

256w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


All-Fit Specialty Box


The All-Fit box mounts in standard NEMA wall boxes, in modular office furniture and on virtuallyany surface. The unique on-board termination design allows installers to punch down wires with jacks

already in place. The snap-on cover includes an optional screw-down feature for added security. Thelow-profile design and choice of colors provide an attractive receptacle that blends with any officedecor. Knockouts allow easy access for cable and raceways. The All-Fit box provides both station andindividual port identification.

6-port box

Duplex SC bezel

Steel cover box

Standard wall box Modular furniture Surface mount

4-port box Surface mount box




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

257w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

All-Fit Specialty Box



Description Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog Number*

*Replace XX with: 01 = White 02 = Ivory 03 = Gray 04 = Black

6-port All-Fit box Quantity: 1 1" x 6.5" x 5" 6644 2 202- XX Includes 1 blank paper label, 1 clear plastic (25.4 mm x 165.1 mm x 127 mm) label protector, 6 reversible icon ID tabsnumbered 1–6 (icon colors match box),2 mounting screws (#6/32 x 15/16"),4 All-Fit sliders, hook-and-loop fastenerstrips. Meets all TIA/EIA requirements forfiber storage and spooling; 6 individual portidentification and station labeling areas;secure, cover locking option; low profiledesign. Knockouts on 3 sides for racewayand cable entrance

4-port All-Fit box Quantity: 1 2.88" x 4.25" x 1" 6644 1 224- XX Includes 1 blank paper label, 1 clear plastic (73.15 mm x 107.95 mm x 25.4 mm) label protector, 6 reversible icon ID tabsnumbered 1–6 (icon colors match box),2 mounting screws (#6-32 x 15/16"), 1 screw for locking down cover, hook-and-loopfastener strips. Knockouts allow cable access from either top or bottomSteel cover for All-Fit box Quantity: 1 2.88" x 4.25" x 1" 6644 2 016-01 Durable 22 gauge steel cover; for use in (73.15 mm x 107.95 mm x 25.4 mm) any environment where station outlet issusceptible to physical abuse or tampering;painted white. Mounts directly to All-Fit box;cutouts allow individual port ID tabs to

remain visible. Self-tapping, flat headmounting screw included. Custom coversavailable; contact TEDuplex SC bezel for All-Fit 6644 3 220- XX multimedia box Quantity: 1 Compatible with SC-style duplex adapter.Occupies space of any 2 adjacent individualport openings: recessed so face of adapteris flush with face of boxAll-Fit surface mount box Quantity: 1 4.81" x 3" x 1.75" 6644 2 017- XX Accepts any TE modular single-gang flush (122.2 mm x 76.2 mm x 44.45 mm) mount faceplates or electrical faceplate 106adapters. Cable access provided from rearand from all 4 sides with knockouts inseveral sizesMagnet strip Quantity: 1 0.06" x 3" x 5.75" 6630 3 025-09 Adhesive backed, magnetic strip (1.52 mm x 76.2 mm x 146.05 mm)



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

258w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Work Area SolutionsAccessories



Labeling templates are available in Microsoft ® Word and Excel formats.Please contact TE Technical Assistance Center.

*Replace XX with: 01 = White

02 = Ivory 03 = Gray 04 = Black 05 = Red 06 = Blue 07 = Green 08 = Yellow 09 = Purple 10 = Orange

Termination puck Quantity: 1 6645 1 180-04 Terminates both in-line and right angle jacks; built-in strain reliefID tabs with icons numbered 1–6 Quantity: 6 6631 2 125- XX *Snap into individual port identification area above jack or connector opening.Reversible: data icon on one side, voice icon on other; same number appears onboth sides. Each package contains icons numbered 1–6

Paper labels for faceplates Quantity: 1 6631 3 100-06 Adhesive labels come pre-cut on white 8.5" x 11" sheet, 190 labels per sheet.Accommodate hand or laser printing. Fit in label area on front of modular faceplates



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

259w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Data Center Optical DistributionFrame Solutions

Introduction ....................................................... ............ 260

Fiber Main Distribution Frame ........................................ 262

Fiber Termination Blocks (FTBs) ...................................... 265

Sliding Adapter Packs .................................................... 272

Data Center Splice Cabinet ............................................ 273

Accessories .................................................................... 274



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

260w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

D a t a C e n t e r O p t i c a l D i s t r i b u t i o n

F r a m e S o l u t i o n s

Data Center Optical DistributionFrame SolutionsIntroduction

TIA-942 presents the cross-connect architecture as the best practice for Main Distribution Area (MDA).Utilizing a centralized cross-connect frame allows maintenance to be performed without disruptingthe cables attached to active equipment. All moves, adds and changes can be performed on the

passive cross-connect frame. The benefits of deploying a cross-connect architecture in the MDAinclude: lower operating costs, enhanced reliability, and a reduced risk of downtime due to poor fiber jumper management.

Frames

TE developed its innovative Optical Distribution Frame (ODF) for high-fiber count applications. At 2304terminations in a single frame, its unique, user-friendly design and superior cable management provideenterprise customers an optimum solution to handle applications with high fiber counts suchas data centers.

TE’s ODF product line is designed to fit a variety of termination, splice, and storage applications. Thisframe is designed with an emphasis on superior cable management and ease of use, including featuressuch as ample trough space for cable and jumpers, easy access to connectors, and storage for jumpers.

The frame sections are shipped from the factory fully equipped with all cable management hardwareincluding a built-in jumper storage panel.

Fiber Termination Blocks (FTBs)

Fiber Termination Blocks (FTBs) are available with SC adapters in block configurations of 144-positions,and with LC adapters in 144- and 192-positions. FTBs utilize sliding adapter packs to gain easy accessto both the front and rear connectors. FTBs can be ordered with adapters only, with factory terminatedIFC stubs, or as Plug-and-Play cassettes (see pages 348-350).

Sliding Adapter Packs

Sliding adapter packs house groups of fiber optic adapters and are mounted in fiber terminationblocks to provide easy access to connectors. Sliding adapter packs are available with SC and LCadapters. The adapters come in packs of four and six depending on the adapter type and the desiredtermination density.

Data Center Splice Cabinet

The Data Center Splice Cabinet is a high-density splice solution. This cabinet allows up to 1,440 spliceswithin an enclosed area. The cabinet was developed to be the single splice point and often resides inthe entrance room of the data center. This will allow direct routing of the spliced fiberinto the ODF.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

261w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Ample Trough SpaceReduces jumper pile-up and congestion

- Reduces maintenance time due to easy removal and tracing of jumpers - Minimizes risk of microbends or damage to fiber

Built-in Jumper Storage PanelMinimizes number of required jumper lengths Maintains fiber bend radius Simplifies frame installation

- Saves money by reducing the number of different jumper lengths that have to be kept in inventory - Minimizes risk of microbends or damage to fiber Enclosed system ensures easy cable access without fiber cross-over points

Sliding Adapter PacksPromotes high density Provides easy access to connectors

- Saves valuable floor space - Reduces time required for operations and maintenance

Intelligent Cable Routing SystemNo fiber cross-over points Multiple vertical troughways

- Reduces maintenance time due to easier removal and tracing of jumpers and minimizesfiber “weaving”

Bend Radius Protection at Every Turn - ODF provides complete bend radius at every turn to ensure network performance and reliability

Data Center Optical DistributionFrame SolutionsIntroduction



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

262w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Data Center Optical DistributionFrame SolutionsFiber Main Distribution Frame (FMDF)

The FMDF is the cornerstone of the ODF product line. This innovative frame has six 5-inch horizontaltroughs for a total of 30 inches of horizontal trough space. This abundant trough space minimizesfiber pile up and congestion leading to easier moves, adds and changes. The frame has twelve Fiber

Termination Block (FTB) mounting positions equally divided between vertical columns on the left andright sides of the frame as shown in the figure below. The frame is available in 30-inch wide versionand provides additional vertical trough space for the highest termination density applications. Thebuilt-in jumper storage panel will store up to 3.5 meters (12 feet) of jumper slack.

Description

Fiber Main Distribution Frame (FMDF) Accommodates 12 Fiber Termination Blocks (FTBs)

or 12 Plug-and-Play Cassette Blocks 1

Short Bracket 30" Frame For use with SC 144-position FTBs, or

LC 192-position FTBs, LC 144- and 192-position Plug-and-PlayCassette Blocks 1

Long Bracket 30" Frame For use with LC 144-position FTBs

Catalog Number

NGFB-MDF7A144-30

NGFB-MDF7A100-30

Dimensions (HxWxD)

7' x 30" x 24"(2.14 m x 76.2 cm x 61 cm)


FMDF FrameNGFB-MDF7A144-30

Each frame section includes heavy duty floor anchor bolts for concrete floor applications.1 For Plug-and-Play Cassette ordering information for ODF frame, see pages 348-350.

Isolation Pad shown with FMDF NGF-ACCISOP30X24

7’(2.14 m)

30”(76.2 cm)

24”(61 cm)

Note: TE recommends the use of 1.7 mm/ 1.6 mm jumpers when deploying 192-position FTBs.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

263w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Data Center Optical DistributionFrame SolutionsFrame Accessories

The fiber optic terminal jumper storage panel is an optional filler panel that provides up to 5 meters(16.4 feet) of slack storage for jumpers that run between terminal equipment and the rear ports ofan ODF terminal block in cross-connect applications. This slack storage capability allows for greaterflexibility in determining jumper lengths and allows for use of more standard length jumpers. This panelis installed within the ODF frame lineup between ODF frames. The fiber optic terminal storage panelsare available in two different configurations depending on the way the ODF frame system is zoned.ODF frames can be zoned by vertical or by frame. A 12-inch wide panel is available that serves twoverticals (one on each side) for use when frames are zoned by vertical. Also, 8-inch wide versions areavailable that serve a single vertical (left or right) for use when frames are zoned by frame.

Fiber Optic Terminal Jumper Storage Panel

Fiber Optic Terminal Storage Panel NGFB-ACCFOTSB

Description

Fiber Optic Terminal Jumper Storage PanelUse with FMDF Frame Color: Black

Isolation Pad - Storage Panel A template for frame installation providingisolation between the frame and the ground

Catalog Number

NGFB-ACCFOTSB

NGF-ACCISOPFS12X24

Dimensions (HxWxD)

7' x 12" x 24" (2.14 m x 30.5 cm x 61 cm)


Isolation Pad shown with FOTSB NGF-ACCISOPFS12X24

7'(2.14 m)

12"(30.5 cm)

24"(61 cm)

Note: When using the Fiber Optic Terminal Storage Panels, a cable exit UP block must be used.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

264w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Data Center Optical DistributionFrame SolutionsFrame Accessories

End Guard

End guards provide protection for the fibers entering and exiting frames at the end of a lineup. They aredesigned for universal fit to be used on either end of the lineup.

Description

End GuardUse with FMDF Frames

Color: Black

Isolation Pad - End Guard A template for frame installation providing

isolation between the frame and the ground

Catalog Number

NGFB-ACCEGD007

NGF-ACCISOPEG24

Dimensions(HxWxD)

7' x 5" x 24"

(2.14 m x 12.7 cm x 61 cm)


ODF Frame NGFB-MDF7A144-30

End Guard NGFB-ACCEGD007

Isolation Pad shown with End Guard NGF-ACCISOPEG24

7'(2.14 m)

5"(12.7 cm)

24"(61 cm)



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

265w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Data Center Optical DistributionFrame SolutionsFiber Termination Blocks (FTBs) – Factory Terminated Stubs

FTBs are available with factory terminated indoor rated cable (IFC) in ribbon or stranded configurations.All blocks are 100% factory tested to guarantee continuity and reliable connections. Factory terminatedFTBs make installation quick and easy, reducing labor costs. Before ordering, determine the blockorientation and cable exit direction. Factory terminated FTBs may be ordered with a “left” orientation(mounts on the left side of the frame) or a “right” orientation (mounts on the right side of the frame).The cable exit direction will be either “upward” (cables terminated to the rear side of the block exit uptoward the top of the frame) or “downward” (cables terminated to the rear side of the block exit downtoward the bottom of the frame).

Preterminated FiberTermination Blocks Arrive

from the Factory withEither IFC or OSP Cables

IFC Cables Loadedinto FTB

Fiber Cable Easily UncoilsDuring Installation

Fiber Termination BlockShips Inside the Drum

Block StyleGeneral adapter type required in the FTB

Block OrientationVertical column of the frame the FTB is to be mounted on

Adapter/Connector #1Specific adapter/connector type required in the FTB. Refers to the adapter/connector type at the FTB

Cable Exit DirectionDirection the equipment jumpers or IFC cable will exit from the FTB

Block ConfigurationMaximum number of terminations that the FTB will accommodate when fully loaded

Connector #2Specific connector type required at the cable end opposite the FTB

Cable TypeType of cable to be terminated to the FTB

Cable LengthRequired length of the cable terminated to the FTB

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Definition of Variables

Configuration Information



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

266w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Data Center Optical DistributionFrame SolutionsSC Style FTBs with Factory Terminated Stubs

Other configurations are available upon request. Please contact TE Technical Assistance Center.

Catalog NumberNGFB-TB1M __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __

Connector Type #2

Singlemode0 No connector/stub end7 SC ultra polish

Multimode0 No connector/stub end9 SC

6

Block Orientation

L LeftR Right

3

Cable Exit Direction

U Upward

D Downward

4

Connector and Adapter Type #1

Singlemode7 SC ultra polish

Multimode9 SCT SC aqua (10G) 1

5

Cable LengthStandard Single-Ended016 16 m (50')023 23 m (75')031 31 m (100')046 46 m (150')061 61 m (200')077 77 m (250')092 92 m (300')122 122 m (400')153 153 m (500')Non-StandardUse XXX for non-standard length in meters

8

Cable Type (IFC Riser) 2

SinglemodeZD 144-fiber strandedFJ 144-fiber ribbon

62.5/125 µm Multimode Fiber

YM 144-fiber stranded50/125 µm Multimode Fiber

VZ 144-fiber stranded50/125 µm LOMMF 300m Multimode FiberWG 144-fiber stranded

7

1 TE recommends the use of aqua colored adapters with laser optimized multimode fiber for identification of10 Gigabit circuits.

2 Panels using TE’s standard cable offering have a shorter lead time than panels using a specific cable manufacturer.TE provides GR-409 compliant cable that meets or exceeds our high quality standards. Standard cable offeringabove will use Corning SMF28-e, Sumitomo, Alcatel or similar singlemode fiber based on current market availability.See previous page for definition of variables.

144-position Blocks



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

267w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Catalog NumberNGFB-TB4 __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __

Connector Type #2

Singlemode0 No connector/stub end

K LC ultra polishMultimode0 No connector/stub endP LC

6

Block Capacity

M 144Q 192

2

Block Orientation

L LeftR Right

3

Cable Exit Direction

U Upward

D Downward

4

Connector and Adapter Type #1

SinglemodeK LC ultra polish

MultimodeP LCC LC aqua (10G) 1

5

Cable LengthStandard Single-Ended016 16 m (50')023 23 m (75')031 31 m (100')046 46 m (150')061 61 m (200')077 77 m (250')092 92 m (300')122 122 m (400')

153 153 m (500')Non-StandardUse XXX for non-standard length in meters

8

Cable Type (IFC Riser) 2

SinglemodeZD 144-fiber strandedGT 192-fiber stranded (2 x 96)FJ 144-fiber ribbonEJ 192-fiber ribbon

62.5/125 µm Multimode FiberYM 144-fiber strandedMR 192-fiber stranded (2 x 96)

50/125 µm Multimode FiberVZ 144-fiber strandedJM 192-fiber stranded (2 x 96)

50/125 µm LOMMF 300 m Multimode FiberWG 144-fiber strandedTF 192-fiber stranded (2 x 96)

7


2 Panels using TE’s standard cable offering have a shorter lead time than panels using a specific cable manufacturer.TE provides GR-409 compliant cable that meets or exceeds our high quality standards. Standard cable offeringabove will use Corning SMF28-e, Sumitomo, Alcatel or similar singlemode fiber based on current market availability.See previous page for definition of variables.

Data Center Optical DistributionFrame SolutionsLC Style FTBs with Factory Terminated Stubs



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

268w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Data Center Optical DistributionFrame SolutionsFiber Termination Blocks (FTBs) – Unterminated (Adapter Only)

FTBs without fiber can be ordered fully loadedwith adapters. Before ordering, determinethe block orientation and cable exit direction.

Unterminated FTBs may be ordered with a “left”orientation (mounts on the left side of the frame)or a “right” orientation (mounts on the rightside of the frame). The cable exit direction willbe either “upward”* (cables terminated to therear side of the block exit up toward the top ofthe frame) or “downward” (cables terminated tothe rear side of the block exit down toward thebottom of the frame). All blocks with adaptersonly are configured to terminate single or dual

jumpers on the rear of the block. If a multifiberbreakout style cable (i.e., OSP/IFC) is to beterminated to the rear of the block, a separate

clamping kit and replacement rear storage areakit is required (see next page). FTBs cannot beordered with a combination of singlemodeand multimode adapters. If this combinationis desired, TE recommends purchasing a fullyloaded adapter only termination block, andseparate sliding adapter packs to customize theblock on-site.

144-Position Right Upward FTB Shown

Ordering information on next page.

Note: When using the Fiber Optic Terminal Storage Panels, a cable exit UP block must be used.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

269w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1




NGFB-TB4MRUP

NGFB-TB4MLUP

NGFB-TB4MRDP

NGFB-TB4MLDP

NGFB-TB1MRU9

NGFB-TB1MLU9

NGFB-TB1MRD9

NGFB-TB1MLD9

NGFB-TB4MRUC

NGFB-TB4MLUC

NGFB-TB4MRDC

NGFB-TB4MLDC

NGFB-TB1MRUT

NGFB-TB1MLUT

NGFB-TB1MRDT

NGFB-TB1MLDT

NGFB-TB4MRUK

NGFB-TB4MLUK

NGFB-TB4MRDK

NGFB-TB4MLDK

NGFB-TB1MRU7

NGFB-TB1MLU7

NGFB-TB1MRD7

NGFB-TB1MLD7

144-position BlocksMultimode LC

LC (beige) adapters; cable exit up; RIGHT block orientation

LC (beige) adapters; cable exit up; LEFT block orientation

LC (beige) adapters; cable exit down; RIGHT block orientation

LC (beige) adapters; cable exit down; LEFT block orientation

Multimode SC

SC (beige) adapters; cable exit up; RIGHT block orientation

SC (beige) adapter; cable exit up; LEFT block orientation

SC (beige) adapters; cable exit down; RIGHT block orientation

SC (beige) adapters; cable exit down; LEFT block orientation10G Multimode LC 1

LC (aqua) adapters with zirconia sleeves; cable exit up; RIGHT block orientation

LC (aqua) adapters with zirconia sleeves; cable exit up; LEFT block orientation

LC (aqua) adapters with zirconia sleeves; cable exit down; RIGHT block orientation

LC (aqua) adapters with zirconia sleeves; cable exit down; LEFT block orientation

10G Multimode SC

SC (aqua) adapters with zirconia sleeves; cable exit up; RIGHT block orientation

SC (aqua) adapters with zirconia sleeves; cable exit up; LEFT block orientation

SC (aqua) adapters with zirconia sleeves; cable exit down; RIGHT block orientation

SC (aqua) adapters with zirconia sleeves; cable exit down; LEFT block orientationSinglemode LC

LC (blue) adapters with zirconia sleeves; cable exit up; RIGHT block orientation

LC (blue) adapters with zirconia sleeves; cable exit up; LEFT block orientation

LC (blue) adapters with zirconia sleeves; cable exit down; RIGHT block orientation

LC (blue) adapters with zirconia sleeves; cable exit down; LEFT block orientation

Singlemode SC

SC (blue) adapters with zirconia sleeves; cable exit up; RIGHT block orientation

SC (blue) adapters with zirconia sleeves; cable exit up; LEFT block orientation

SC (blue) adapters with zirconia sleeves; cable exit down; RIGHT block orientation

SC (blue) adapters with zirconia sleeves; cable exit down; LEFT block orientation

Ordering information continues on next page.




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

270w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1






NGFB-TB4QRUP

NGFB-TB4QLUP

NGFB-TB4QRDP

NGFB-TB4QLDP

NGFB-TB4QRUC

NGFB-TB4QLUC

NGFB-TB4QRDC

NGFB-TB4QLDC

NGFB-TB4MRUK

NGFB-TB4MLUK

NGFB-TB4MRDK

NGFB-TB4MLDK

192-position BlocksMultimode LC

LC (beige) adapters; cable exit up; RIGHT block orientation

LC (beige) adapters; cable exit up; LEFT block orientation

LC (beige) adapters; cable exit down; RIGHT block orientation

LC (beige) adapters; cable exit down; LEFT block orientation

10G Multimode LC 1

LC (aqua) adapters with zirconia sleeves; cable exit up; RIGHT block orientation

LC (aqua) adapters with zirconia sleeves; cable exit up; LEFT block orientation

LC (aqua) adapters with zirconia sleeves; cable exit down; RIGHT block orientation

LC (aqua) adapters with zirconia sleeves; cable exit down; LEFT block orientation

Singlemode LC

LC (blue) adapters with zirconia sleeves; cable exit up; RIGHT block orientation

LC (blue) adapters with zirconia sleeves; cable exit up; LEFT block orientation

LC (blue) adapters with zirconia sleeves; cable exit down; RIGHT block orientation

LC (blue) adapters with zirconia sleeves; cable exit down; LEFT block orientation


Note: TE recommends the use of 1.7mm/ 1.6mm jumpers when deploying 192-position FTBs.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

271w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Data Center Optical DistributionFrame SolutionsFiber Termination Blocks (FTBs)

Rear Cable Management Trayfor 144 Block Conversion Kit

Adapter-only blocks are configured to accommodate single fiber jumpers or multifiber breakoutcables. If loading a preterminated intrafacility (IFC) cable or a preterminated OSP cable is desired,additional hardware will be required. Block conversion kits are available to convert adapter only blocksto blocks that will accept preterminated IFC or OSP style cables. The conversion kits contain the cablemanagement hardware, brackets and cable clamps required to convert the block.The kit required will depend on the block style originally purchased.


Block style originally purchased 144- or 192-position left up blocks NGFB-ACCRCMSLU 144- or 192-position right up blocks NGFB-ACCRCMSRU 144- or 192-position left down blocks NGFB-ACCRCMSLD144- or 192-position right down blocks NGFB-ACCRCMSRD


72-Position Block Loadedwith Jumpers

72-Position Block Loaded withMultifiber Breakout Cable

72-Position Block withClamping Kit

ProtectiveCover

FanoutBracketCable

Clamp

Cable Clamping/Block Conversion Kits

1

2

3

4

5

Definition of Variables

Block StyleGeneral adapter type required in the FTB

Block ConfigurationMaximum number of terminations that the FTB will accommodate when fully loaded

Block OrientationVertical column of the frame the FTB is to be mounted on

Adapter TypeSpecific adapter type required in the FTB

Cable Exit DirectionDirection the equipment jumpers or OSP cable will exit from the FTB

Configuration Information



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

272w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Data Center Optical DistributionFrame SolutionsSliding Adapter Packs

144-Position (block code 'M') 192-Position (block code 'Q')

SC, LC LC

6 Pack/6 Pack 8 Pack/8 Pack

K (shown below) J

Sliding adapter packs house groups of fiber opticadapters and are mounted in Fiber TerminationBlocks to provide easy access to connectors.

Sliding Adapter Packs are available with SC andLC adapters. The adapters come in packs of sixand eight depending on the adapter type andthe desired termination density. See table belowfor configuration guidelines.

Sliding Adapter Pack Configuration Guidelines

BlockConfiguration Adapter Type Adapter Pack

ConfigurationAdapter Pack

Option

SC pack

(Style K)

LC pack 144-position (Style K)

Description Catalog Number1


NGF-SAPP0K00

NGF-SAP90K00

NGF-SAPC0K00

NGF-SAPT0K00

NGF-SAPK0K00

NGF-SAP70K00

NGF-SAPP0J00

NGF-SAPC0J00 NGF-SAPK0J00

144-position Blocks

Multimode LC

Multimode SC

10G Multimode LC 1

10G Multimode SC 1

Singlemode LC

Singlemode SC

192-position Blocks

Multimode LC

10G Multimode LC1

Singlemode LC

1 TE recommends the use of aqua colored adapters with laseroptimized multimode fiber for 10 Gigabit circuit identification.

Note: TE recommends the use of 1.7mm/ 1.6mm jumpers when deploying 192-position FTBs.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

273w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Data Center Optical DistributionFrame SolutionsSplice Cabinet

Description

Fully Configured Splice CabinetAccommodates up to 1440 fiber splices

Cable enters from topColor: black

Cabinet - Cable Exit Up Cable enters from above Color: blackCabinet - Cable Exit Down Cable enters from below

Color: black

Isolation Pad - Splice Cabinet A template for cabinet installation providing

isolation between the cabinet and the ground

Catalog Number

MX6-BSPL-1440-U7

MX6-BSPL-1440-D7

MX6-BAYTEMPLATE

Dimensions(HxWxD)

7' x 24" x 12"(2.14 m x 61 cm x 30.5 cm)


OMX Splice Cabinet MX6-BSPL-1440-U7

Doors Open and Closed

7'(2.14 m)

24"

(61 cm)

12"

(30.5 cm)

Isolation Pad shown with OMX Cabinet MX6-BAYTEMPLATE

The Data Center Splice Cabinet is a high-density splice solution, housing up to 1,440 splices within a23.6- by 11.8-inch footprint. Shipped complete with the necessary cable management, it featuresslots which secure and protect the round splice trays and can hold up to sixty 12-fiber splice trays on

each vertical. The cabinet is shipped with lockable front doors and may be ordered for applications inwhich the cables enter from above or below.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

274w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Data Center Optical DistributionFrame SolutionsAccessories

Description

Splice Wheel Accommodates up to 24 fiber splices, heat shink fusion chip Accommodates 2x12 mass ribbon fusion splices

Catalog Number

FST-DRS24-NTFST-DRS12-MT


Splice Wheel

Description

OMX Splice Frame Cable Clamps For OSP Cable For IFC Cable

Catalog Number

FEC-ACCCLMP01 MX6-SPLIFCCLMP


Cable Clamps

FST-DRS24-HS

FEC-ACCCLMP01 MX6-SPLIFCCLMP



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

275w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Cable clamp kits are available for securing IFC/OSP cable or equipment jumpers on the rear of the FTB.

Each FTB has three cable clamp mounting positions.

Description

Cable clamp kit for equipment patch cords (included with fibertermination blocks loaded with adapters only)

Cable clamp kit* for trunk cables, dielectric cable without groundinghardware (included with fiber termination blocks with IFC)

Catalog Number

NGF-ACCCLMP04

NGF-ACCCLMP08


Cable Clamp Kit

* One NGF-ACCCLMP08 is also included with each cable clamp kit and block conversion kit (see page 273).

Cable clamp kit for active equipment patch cord includes:Cable clamp bracket 1 eachO-ring 1 eachScrews 2 each

Cable clamp kit for trunk cables includes:Clamp cover 1 eachClamps 2 each0.5" Grommet (inner diameter) 1 each0.6" Grommet (inner diameter) 1 each

0.7" Grommet (inner diameter) 1 each#14 - #6 AWG split bolt 1 eachShield bonding connector 1 each1-foot lead wire 1 each#6 AWG ring terminal lug 1 eachClamp cover plate 1 each



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

276w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Frame Installation Kit

Catalog NumberDescription

Frame installation kit for Computer floor FDF-ACC146

Overhead support RINST-TOP7


Frame installation kits may be used on network frames and are seismic zone 4 rated.

Computer floor kit includes:Threaded rods 4 each, 5/8" – 11" x 30"Heavy nuts, locks and flat washers 12 eachNuts with springs 4 each, 1/2" x 30" and shoulder washersUnistrut and anchor kit 1 each, 10'

Overhead support kit includes:Designation card holder 1 eachTwo-bar channel 4 eachFraming clip with 0.56 4 eachFraming clip with 0.69 4 eachClip J-bolt 4 each, 1/2" – 13" x 18" longThreaded rod 2 each, 5/8" x 18" longHex nut 4 each, 1/2" x 13"Hex nut 4 each, 5/8" x 11"


1 Depending on office requirements, 11 or more frame sections may require the use of interbay tie panels.For additional information, please call TE Technical Assistance Center, 1-800-366-3891. For recommended cross-connect method and installation instructions, refer to User Manual ADCP-90-285.

Total Number ofSections Traversed 1

ApproximatePatch Cord Length

Meters (Feet)

Same frame 6 m (18')Adjacent frames 7 m (23')3 to 4 8 m (26')5 to 6 10 m (33')7 to 8 11 m (36')9 to 10 12 m (39')

Standard Cross-Connect Patch Cord Lengths



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

277w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Fiber Connectivity Solutions

Introduction .................................................................... 278

TFP System ..................................................................... 280

Fiber Management Tray .................................................. 290

FL2000 System ............................................................... 301

RMG Series Fiber Enclosures ........................................... 312

FL1000 System ............................................................... 320

WMG Series Wall Mount Enclosures ............................... 326

Fiber Optic Specifications ................................................331

Fiber Optic Patch Cords ..................................................333

Fiber Optic Connectors ...................................................335

Accessories ..................................................................... 337



1 1 ` / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u

r e d C a

b l i n g

278w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r C o n n

e c t i v i t y S o l u t i o n s

In the bac bone or to the des , optical networ s achieve pea performance with TE's fiber connectors,patch cords, raceways, and panels featuring integrated cable management and bend

radius protection.Proper cable management practices make fiber networks less susceptible to accidental damage,quicker to install, less expensive to own and operate over the long haul and easier to expand asneeds grow. To assure optimal networ performance, TE's fiber solutions fully incorporate ey cablemanagement concepts:

• Bend radius protection: Micro- or macro-bends in fiber cable increase the risk of fiber breakageand added attenuation, which in turn affect the long-term reliability of the network and increasethe cost of operations.

• Adequate cable troughing with clear routing paths: Cable troughing should keep fiber runsseparate from heavier copper cables. Routing paths through the cable troughs should be clearly definedand easy to follow, making access to individual fibers easier, quicker and safer, reducing the timerequired for reconfiguration.

• Easy accessibility to installed fibers: Access to installed fibers should ensure that any fiber canbe installed or removed without inducing improper bends on adjacent fiber. Accessibility is mostcritical during network reconfiguration operations and directly impacts the cost of operations andreliability of the network.

• Vertical cable protection: Proper vertical cable management in panels or equipment baysprovides adequate support, cable protection and a transition from the vertical run to the backof the equipment that does not damage the fiber.

Fiber Connectivity SolutionsIntroduction

Fundamentals of Fiber Cable Management



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

279w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

TFP RackMount

FL2000 RackMount

FMT RackMount

RMG RackMount

FL1000 WallMount Box

WMG WallBox

Sizes available(standard LCconnectors)

48, 96, 192,288

24, 48, 72,96, 144, 192

12, 16, 24,32, 72

36, 72, 144 24, 48, 96,144

24, 48, 72

Wall Mount No Yes Yes No Yes Yes

Rack Mount 19"/23"/ETSI 19"/23"/ETSI 19"/23"/ETSI 19"/23" No No

Cabinet Mount Yes Yes Yes Yes No No

Interface Type Angledadapter pack

6pa SlidingAdapter Pac / Fixed Bulkhead

LSXCompatibleAdapter Pac

6pa LSXCompatibleAdapter Pac

Degree of CableManagement

Moderate Moderate High Fair Moderate Fair

Allowsadditionalgrowth

Ideal Ideal Fair Fair Ideal Fair

LC Compatible Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Quad LCCompatible

No No No Yes No Yes

Fiber Connectivity SolutionsIntroduction

TrueNet ® Fiber Panels and Wall Boxes

Name of Product Best Application Features at a Glance

FL2000 Series Termination/Splice applications Locking or latching door, within panel splice wheel,all front access, modular left angle 6pa s.

TFP Series Rack or Cabinet mount nearservers, switches, routersand SANs

Angled left/right adapter pac s, highest density withmaximum cable management.

FMT Series Near active equipment wheretermination storage is requiredin 1 or 2 rac unit footprint

Completely enclosed drawer with easy access tofiber and high cable management and bend radiusprotection.

RMG Telecommunications rooms orto terminate incoming fibertrunks

Limited cable management, high density withfeatures price comparable to competitors' products.

Best Applications for TrueNet Fiber Panel Portfolio



1 1 ` / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u

r e d C a

b l i n g

280w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r C o n n


Fiber Connectivity SolutionsTFP Series Rack Mount Fiber Panels

TE introduces the TFP Series rac mount fiber panels as an integral part of the TrueNet ® Fiber productportfolio. The TFP Series fiber panels can be ordered in one, two, four and five rack unit sizes andare completely modular to configure to a variety of applications. The unique modular adapterpac s incorporate TE’s angled adapter design to allow easy access to each port and superior cablemanagement and bend radius protection.

Features• TFP panels combine the unique features of vertical cable guides and angle-left/angle-right

adapters, offering bend radius protection, intuitive routing and easy connector access

• Rear access ma es field termination or splicing fast and efficient. 1U and 2U versions feature convenientsliding access to terminations and splicing

• Sold separately for maximum flexibility with minimum lead time, TFP series adapter pac s can also bepre-configured at the factory for more efficient service turn-up

• 288-position high-density termination/splice in the space of just five rac units (8.75-inch)

• Panels are equipped with adjustable mounting brac ets to provide either 19- or 23-inch rac or cabinetmounting (EIA or WECO) as well as 4- or 5-inch recess mounting

• Field-installable vertical cable guides on either side of the panel provide bend radius protection andmanagement of fibers exiting the panel

Applications and Benefits• Best suited for rac or cabinet mounting in Horizontal and Equipment Distribution Areas

• Modularity, functionality and density ma e the TFP ideal for mounting in close proximity toservers, switches, routers and SANs



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

281w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

RecommendedApplications

Multi-purpose high density modular solution ideal for cabinet or rackmount applications near servers, switches, routers and SANS

Description Termination, termination/splice

Chassis sizes(in rack units)

1, 2, 4, and 5

Termination onlycapacity using:

Simplex adaptersDuplex adapters

Small form factor (LC)

24, 48, 96, 14424, 48, 96, 14448, 96, 192, 288

Flexibility/ablity to grow

Ideal for growth

Interconnect Yes

Cross-connect Yes

Accommodateson-frame splicing

Yes. Built-in

Rear access Yes

All-front-access No

Customer premisesapplication

Ideal

19" mounting Yes

23" mounting Yes

Cabinet mount Yes

Wall mount No

Mix equipment withfiber product?

Ideal

Vertical cable guide Ships with every panel

Features at a Glance Angled left/right adapter pac s, highest density with maximum cable managementfeatures.

Product Overview


Storage/operating temperature: 40 to 85 °C (-40 to 185 °F)

Approximate weight (empty panel) 1 RU model: 10.25 lbs 2 RU model: 8.25 lbs 4 RU model: 15.91 lbs 5 RU model: 15.86 lbs

Specifications



1 1 ` / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u

r e d C a

b l i n g

282w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r C o n n



Panel ConfigurationsTFP Series chassis utilize modular adapter packs that are unique to either the right or left position of thechassis. The left/right position must be specified to ensure proper adapter orientation and color order in

the backplane. The information below illustrates the vartious configurations for the three TFP chassis.

1 RU Chassis

2 RU Chassis

4 RU Chassis

5 RU Chassis

APL = angle left adapter pacAPR = angle right adapter pac

APL

APL

APL

APL

APL

APL

APL

APR

APR

APR

APR

APR

APR

APR

APL

APL

APL

APL

APL

APL

APR

APR

APR

APR

APR

APR



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

283w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


1 RU Model

Chassis Dimensions

15.47

1.72

17.0

21.86

5.0

.

.

.

.

.

2 RU Model

15.50

3.42

17.0

20.24

5.0



1 1 ` / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u

r e d C a

b l i n g

284w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r C o n n



4 RU Model

5 RU Model

15.75

8.73

4.05.0

16.40



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

285w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Description Height Catalog Number

Termination only rack or cabinet mount panel, black1 RU empty panel, blac ; accommodates 1 angle LEFT and 1 angle RIGHT adapter pac s; T-handle latch close

1.75" TFP-1TT00-000B

2 RU empty panel, blac ; accommodates2 angle LEFT and 2 angle RIGHT adapter pac s; T-handle latch close

3.50" TFP-2TT00-000B

4 RU empty panel, blac ; accommodates 4 angle LEFT and 4 angle RIGHT adapter pac s; T-handle latch close

7.00" TFP-4TT00-000B

5 RU empty panel, blac ; accommodates 6 angle LEFT and 6 angle RIGHT adapter pac s; T-handle latch close

8.75" TFP-5TT00-000B

Accessories

Heat Shrink Fusion Splice Tray FST-HS-48

Velcro Kit for Splice Tray TFP-VELSTP

Blank plates TFP-00AP00


TFP Series Empty ChassisThe TFP series chassis can be purchased without adapter packs. In this form, the end-user can mix andmatch any combinations of modular TFP adapter packs or simply utilize a “grow as you go” approach totheir network.



1 1 ` / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u

r e d C a

b l i n g

286w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r C o n n




OM1/OM2 Multimode Adapter only Packs

SC duplex adapters, beige color6 adapters or 12 fiber ports per adapter pac

Angle LEFT adapter only pack TFP-12APLC3

Angle RIGHT adapter only pack TFP-12APRC3

LC adapters, beige color12 adapters or 24 fiber ports per adapter pac

Angle LEFT adapter only pack TFP-24APLQ1

Angle RIGHT adapter only pack TFP-24APRQ1

OM3/OM4 multimode adapter only packs

SC duplex adapters with zirconia sleeve, aqua color6 adapters or 12 fiber ports per adapter pac 1

Angle LEFT adapter only pack TFP-12APLC4Angle RIGHT adapter only pack TFP-12APRC4

LC adapters with zirconia sleeve, aqua color12 adapters or 24 fiber ports per adapter pac 1



Singlemode Adapter only Packs

SC duplex adapters with zirconia, blue color6 adapters or 12 fiber ports per adapter pac

Angle LEFT adapter only pack TFP-12APLC8

Angle RIGHT adapter only pack TFP-12APRC8

LC adapters with zirconia sleeve, blue color12 adapters or 24 fiber ports per adapter pac




1 TE recommends the use of aqua colored adapters with laser-optimized multimode fiber for 10 Gigabitapplications for circuit identification.

TFP Series Standard Adapter Pac sThe TFP series offers a variety of standard modular adapter packs to accommodate most applications.The modular design is user-friendly and offers maximum flexibility to the end-user. TE’s standardadapter pack offerings are multimode LC (beige), multimode LC (aqua), multimode SC duplex (beige),multimode SC duplex (aqua), singlemode LC and singlemode SC adapters with and without pigtails.(For other adapter pack offerings, see the custom configuration section).

The TFP modular adapter pac s can only be used with the TFP series panels. Each adapter pac containslabels that make it able to be loaded correctly in only one side of the panel. These craft friendly labelshelp insure correct installation. The TFP adapter packs are not interchangeable with RMG, WMG,FL1000 or FL2000 panels.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

287w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Description Catalog NumberMultimode adapter packs with OM3 – 50/125 LOMMF 300 m 1

SC duplex adapters with zirconia sleeve, aqua color6 adapters or 12 fiber ports per adapter pac

Angle LEFT adapter only pack TFP-12APLC4DE3

Angle RIGHT adapter only pack TFP-12APRC4DE3

LC adapters with zirconia sleeve, aqua color12 adapters or 24 fiber ports per adapter pac

Angle LEFT adapter only pack TFP-24APLQ2DE3

Angle RIGHT adapter only pack TFP-24APRQ2DE3

Singlemode adapter packs with singlemode pigtails

SC duplex adapters with zirconia, blue color6 adapters or 12 fiber ports per adapter pac

Angle LEFT adapter only pack TFP-12APLC8SB3

Angle RIGHT adapter only pack TFP-12APRC8SB3

LC adapters with zirconia sleeve, blue color12 adapters or 24 fiber ports per adapter pac

Angle LEFT adapter only pack TFP-24APLQ5SB3

Angle RIGHT adapter only pack TFP-24APRQ5SB3


TFP Series Standard Adapter Pac s with Pigtails

1 TE recommends the use of aqua colored adapters with laser-optimized multimode fiber for 10 Gigabitapplications for circuit identification.



1 1 ` / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u

r e d C a

b l i n g

288w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r C o n n



TFP Series Custom Adapter Pac sTE’s TFP modular adapter pac s are also available in additional adapter styles of 3 meter pigtails. Pleasenote, these products are non-standard or custom configurations based on the end user’s needs.

Catalog NumberTFP - __ AP __ __ __ __ __

Number of Fiber Ports

12 12 fiber ports: 6 LC adapters;6 SC duplex adapters; 12 STadapters

24 24 fiber ports: 12 LC adapters

Adapter Style

Multimode Connectors

C3 SC duplex (beige)

C4 SC duplex (aqua) with zirconia sleeve

Q1 LC (beige)

Q2 LC (aqua) with zirconia sleeve

T1 ST®

Singlemode Connectors

C8 SC UPC duplex (blue)

A1 SC APC duplex (green)

Q5 LC UPC (blue)

T2 ST® UPC

Pack Orientation

L angle left

R angle right

Fiber Size

LEAVEBLANk

Adapters only

B OM1 62.5/125 multimode

D OM3 – 50/125 LOMMF300 m

S Singlemode

Pigtail Length

LEAVEBLANk

Adapters only

3 3 meter pigtails

Pigtail Type

LEAVEBLANk

Adapters only

B Singlemode stranded

E Multimode stranded



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

289w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Pre-configured TFP Series Custom Termination/Splice Fiber PanelsTE’s TFP series fiber panels are available to be shipped with factory installed adapter pac s and/orpreterminated pigtail assemblies which simplifies the ordering process and reduces installation and costs.These products are non-standard or custom configurations based on the end user’s needs.* Not all configurations available. Please call customer service for additional information.

Panel/Pigtail Type

A Termination only with adapter packs, nopigtails

P Termination/Splice with adapter packs withsinglemode stranded pigtails

D Termination/Splice with adapter packs withOM3 50/125 LOMMF 300 m stranded pigtails

E Termination/Splice with adapter packs withOM1–62.5/125 multimode stranded pigtails

Catalog NumberTFP - __ __ __ __ - __ __ __ B

Loaded Adapter Packs

02 2 adapter pac s loaded





Splice Deck Type

0 None

1 Heat shrink fusion

Connector Style


C3 SC duplex (beige)

C4 SC duplex (aqua) with zirconia sleeve

Q1 LC (beige)

Q2 LC (aqua) with zirconia sleeve

T1 ST®


C8 SC UPC (blue)

A1 SC APC (green)

Q5 LC UPC (blue)

T2 ST® UPC

Panel Size

1T 1U (1.75") Accommodates 2 adapterpac s; T-handle latch

1L 1U (1.75" ) Accommodates 2 adapterpac s; ey-loc latch

2T 2 RU (3.50" ) Accommodates 4 adapterpac s; T-handle latch

2L 2U (3.50" ) Accommodates 4 adapterpac s; ey-loc latch

5T 5 RU (8.75" ) Accommodates 12 adapterpac s; T-handle latch

5L 5 RU (8.75") Accommodates 12 adapterpac s; ey-loc latch



1 1 ` / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u

r e d C a

b l i n g

290w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r C o n n


Introduction

Fiber Connectivity SolutionsFiber Management Tray

TE’s Fiber Management Trays (FMT) provide a flexible, economical approach to handling your networ ’smost vital elements by offering four different designs. Termination, termination/splicing, termination/ storage, and slac storage designs are offered with TE’s modular, all-front-access design. The FMT isideal for cabinet applications.

Sliding Radius Limiter

Sliding radius limiters provide ultimate fibermanagement by addressing one of the mostcritical elements of fiber cable management:bend radius protection.

By controlling the movement of fibers into thedrawer, error-proof slack loop management ismaintained, ensuring proper bend radiusprotection. This is crucial to protecting fiber,

eliminating service failures and decreasing costs.

Sliding Adapter PackSliding adapter packs allow easy access forconnecting jumpers and cleaning connectors,ensuring that any fiber can be installed orremoved without disturbing adjacent fibers.That means a significant reduction in connectorinstallation/reconfiguration time.

Modular Design

TE’s modular design offers the value of a singleinterface for performing multiple tasks in yournetwor . By employing a 1 or 2 RU modular

drawer, network technicians have familiar accessto terminating, splicing and storing fiber. Thiscable management approach translates to timeand money saved for moves, adds and changes.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

291w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

SecureCable to

Rack

FMT SlidingRadius Limiter Routing

Left RearRadius Limiter

Tie Lances(2 on Each Side)

StorageRadiusLimiters

Right RearRadius Limiter

MountingBracket (2)

Sliding RadiusTrumpet Flare (2)

SlidingAdapter

Packs Lock(optional)

EdgeProtectors (6)

12-Termination/Storage Drawer, Universal Entry

Termination-Only Drawers This FMT accommodates 24-, 32-, 48-, 72- or 96- standard single circuit access connectors in 1 or 2 RUdrawers. It is ideal for interconnect applications that will experience minimal network reconfiguration.

Termination and Splice Drawers This FMT has termination/splicing capability for 12-, 16- or 24-fibers within 1 RU or 48-fibers in 2 RU.Splice trays can be placed on the left and right side of the FMT, offering great flexibility in ordering thepanel to fit your specific network application.

Slack Storage Drawers These FMTs properly manage and protect excess optical jumper length at the equipment frame. Theymay be used in conjunction with other FMT solutions or as a stand-alone slack storage solution at theequipment frame. Both bulk and discrete storage solutions are available to accommodate industry-standard jumper configurations.

Sliding Radius Limiters Minimize fiber movement during drawer usage and the need for a long slack loop.Sliding Adapter Packs Two adapter/connectors in 1 RU panels and six in 2 RU panels provide easy hand access forconnecting cables and cleaning connectors.

Edge ProtectorsProtect cables from sharp angles at bend points in the cable routing.

Rear Radius Limiters Maintain a protective minimum bend radius for cables routed into the FMT.

Tie LancesSecure fibers at the ingress/egress point for additional cable management.

Storage Radius Limiters Provide slack storage for cable terminated within the FMT.

LockableAllows controlled accessibility to the drawer.




1 1 ` / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u

r e d C a

b l i n g

292w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r C o n n


Product Overview


FMT Rack Mount


Small to medium fiber count application. Offers the secure fiber protection thatcomes with a drawer solution coupled with a high degree of cable management.Ideal for mixed use with active equipment in either frame or cabinet applications.

Description Termination, termination/splice, slack storage


1, 2




32, 72n/a32, 96

Interconnect Ideal

Cross-connect Yes


Yes. Built-in

Rear access Not required

All-front-access Yes


Ideal

19" mounting Yes

23" mounting Yes

Cabinet mount Yes

Wall mount Yes. A wall mount it is available


Ideal

Vertical cable guide VCG available as separate item

Features at a Glance Completely enclosed drawer with high degree of cable management and bendradius protection.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

293w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


1 Rac Unit Specifications

PHYSICALApproximate Weight: 8 to 10lbs (3.7 to 4.5 g)

Configuration Options and Capacity: Termination only (24 or 32 fibers) Termination/storage (12, 16, or 24 terminations) Bulk Storage

3mm outer diameter cable: 32 cables, length 2.5m each 2mm outer diameter cable: 48 cables, length 2.5m each 1.7mm outer diameter cable: 60 cables, length 4m each

Discrete storage3mm outer diameter cable: 16 cables, length 1.7m each 2mm outer diameter cable: 16 cables, length 2m each 1.7mm outer diameter cable: 16 cables, length 2.5m each

Termination/splicing (12, 16, or 24 splices)

1.7"(4.32cm)

11.01"(27.97cm)

17.26"(43.84cm)

Front viewShown without sliding radius limiters

A

B

C

Ordering Code Configuration A B C

Universal mounting brac et,

EIA or WECO rac mount

A 19" EIA (5" recess) 18.32" (46.5cm) 1.25" (3.2cm) 5.0" (12.7cm)



1 1 ` / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u

r e d C a

b l i n g

294w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r C o n n



1 Rac Unit Slac Storage

Bulk Storage Drawer

Discrete Storage Drawer

Capacity

Slack storage type 3mm cable 2mm cable 1.7mm cable

Bul 32 cables, 2.5m each 48 cables, 2.5m each 60 cables, 4m each

Discrete 16 cables, 1.7m each 16 cables, 2m each 16 cables, 2.5m each

The slac storage trays offer bul storage for up to 60 fibers, and discrete slac storage for upto 16 fibers. This all-front-access tray mounts in 19- or 23-inch rac s. Sliding radius limiters providecable management for incoming and outgoing fibers. Unit comes with blac faceplate and chassis.


1RU Bul storage drawer, no loc , 19" mounting -5" recess; blac FMT-DBS000000-A00B

1RU Discrete storage drawer, no loc , 19" mounting -5" recess; blac FMT-DDS000000-A00B




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

295w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


1 RU Adapter-Only Fiber Termination Drawers

1 RU 24-TerminationAdapter-Only Drawer

1 RU 32-TerminationAdapter-Only Drawer

Catalog Number

FMT- D R T __ __ 0 A 0 __ - A __ __ B

All 19- or 23- inch mountingbrackets are reversible and canmount in EIA or WECO rac s.


Lock Type0 No lock1 Lock, key type #1

Connector and Adapter TypeMultimode9 SC6 LC

Singlemode7 SC ultra polish8 LC ultra polish

Number of Ports24 24 SC adapters/

12 LC adapters32 32 SC adapters/

16 LC adapters

Features• Provides termination for 24- or 32-fibers in an all-front-access design

• Mounts in 19- or 23-inch rac s

• Sliding radius limiters provide cable management for incoming and outgoing fibers

0 Standard singlemode andmultimode adapter colors

A Aqua multimode adapters for OM3/OM4 applications



1 1 ` / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u

r e d C a

b l i n g

296w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r C o n n


1 RU 12-Termination/Splice Drawer(Right Splice Entry)

1 RU 24-Termination/Splice Drawer(Right Splice Entry)

1 RU 24-Termination/Splice Drawer(Left Splice Entry)

1 Rac Unit Termination / Splice Drawer with Adapters and Pigtails

This configuration features fixed bulkhead style adapter plates and accommodates singlemode andmultimode SC and LC adapters. The tray can be ordered with adapters only, or with pigtails. Unitcomes with black faceplate and chassis.



All 19- or 23-inch mounting brac etsare reversible and can mount in EIAand WECO rac s.

Catalog Number

FMT - D __ __ __ __ 0 __ __ __ - A __ __ B

Number of Ports12 12 SC adapters / 6 LC adapters24 24 SC adapters / 12 LC adapters

Lock Type0 No lock1 Lock, key type #1

Chip Type (mini splice tray)0 N/A2 Heat shrink (single fiber fusion)3 Mechanical (mass fusion)

Drawer ConfigurationTL Term splice with splice tray

(left splice entry)TR Term splice with splice tray

(right splice entry)



Connector and Adapter TypeMultimode9 SC6 LC

Singlemode7 SC UPC8 LC UPC

Features• Terminates and splices 12-, 16- or 24-fibers in an all front access design

• Mounts in 19- or 23-inch rac s

• Sliding radius limiters provide cable management for incoming and outgoing fibers

• Panels loaded with pigtails come with color-coded 900 µm pigtails

Pigtail or Adapter TypeA Adapter-onlyU Singlemode stranded pigtailsR Singlemode ribbon pigtailsJ OM3 multimode pigtails



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

297w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


2 Rac Unit Termination with Adapters Only

72-termination with adapters only

Sliding adapter packshown in access position

Catalog Number

FMT-GRT __ __ A 0 __ - A __ B

Connector/Adapter Style

The termination-only fiber management tray provides termination for 72 fibers with SC adapters or 96fibers with LC adapters in an all-front-access design. Sliding radius limiters provide cable managementfor incoming and outgoing fibers. Unit comes with blac faceplate and chassis.

Lock Type 0 No loc 1 Lock, key type 1

2 Loc , ey type 2


A Aqua multimode adaptersfor OM3/OM4 applications

Number of Loaded Ports 72 72 SC adapters 96 48 LC adapters

Multimode 9 SC 6 LC Singlemode 7 SC UPC 8 LC UPC



1 1 ` / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u

r e d C a

b l i n g

298w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r C o n n


2 Rac Unit Termination and Splice

48-termination/splice

Catalog Number

FMT-GTL __ __ 0 __ __ __ - A __ __ B

Cable or Adapter Type A Adapters only 0 No adapters J OM3 multimode stranded pigtails U Singlemode Maxi-Strip pigtails

Connector/Adapter Style Multimode 9 SC 6 LC Singlemode 7 SC UPC 8 LC UPC

The termination and splice tray terminatesand splices fibers in an all-front-access design. Slidingradius limiters provide cable management forincoming and outgoing fibers. Panels loaded withpigtails come with color-coded 900 micron pigtails.Unit comes with blac faceplate and chassis.




Lock Type 0 No loc 1 Lock, key type 1 2 Loc , ey type 2

Chip Style (mini splice tray) 0 None 2 Heat shrin

3 Mechanical 4 High-density heatshrink fusion 1

1 For use with LC 64 fiber splicing applications.

Number of Ports Loaded 48 48 SC adapters/

24 LC adapters64 32 LC adaptes



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

299w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

1 RU Drawer Accessories


Vertical Cable Guide

Mini Splice Tray

For use with splicing configurations in the 1 RU FMT.

FMT-ACCCLMP010.25" Offset

from Rack

FMT-ACCCLMP021.25" Offset

from Rack Rack

Cable

Cable

32 mm (1.25") OffsetFrom Rack

FMT-ACCCLMP02


FMT-ACCCLMP01

Catalog Number

FL1-M-FTFL1-M-HSFL1-M-MT

Description

Bare fusionHeat shrink (single fiber fusion)Mechanical (mass fusion)

Wall Mount Kit, Cable Clamp Kitand Vertical Cable GuideThe cable clamp kit provides a means of securing cable enteringthe drawer. The wall mount kit is required for wall mountapplications. Vertical cable guide safely routes fiber cable onthe frame.

Catalog Number

FMT-ACCWLMT01 FMT-ACCCLMP01 FMT-ACCCLMP02 FMT-ACCVCG01B

Description

Wall mount kitCable clamp kits

6 mm (0.25") offset from frame 32 mm (1.25") offset from frame

Vertical cable guide (VCG)


Cable Clamp Kit




1 1 ` / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u

r e d C a

b l i n g

300w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r C o n n


2 RU Drawer Accessories



Cable clamp kit6 mm (0.25") offset from frame32 mm (1.25") offset frame

Vertical cable guide (VCG)

FMT-ACCCLMP01FMT-ACCCLMP02 FMT-ACC21B


Vertical Cable Guide

Cable Clamp Kit and Vertical Cable GuideThe cable clamp kit provides a means of securing cable enteringthe drawer. Vertical cable guide safely routes fiber cable onthe frame.

Mini Splice Tray

For use with splicing configurations in the 2 RU FMT.

T-ACCCLMP010.25" Offset

from Rack

-ACCCLMP0225" Offsetrom Rack

Rack

Cable

Cable

Cable Clamp Kit


FMT-ACCCLMP02


FMT-ACCCLMP01


Bare fusionHeat shrink (single fiber fusion) Mechanical (mass fusion)

FST-M-FTFST-M-HSFST-M-MT




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

301w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Fiber Connectivity SolutionsFL2000 System

FL2000 termination only chassis FL2000 termination/splice chassis

The economical and flexible FL2000 series of fiber optic products is ideal for small fiber counts andcan be used in moderate fiber count applications as well by combining various panels.

Features• Designed for 19-inch (48.26cm) EIA rac or cabinet environment; optional brac ets are available to

accommodate 23-inch (58.42cm) rac or cabinet mounting, or virtually any mounting application

• Modular design offers maximum flexibility to satisfy both current needs and future growth requirements

• A full line of options and accessories ensures compatibility with existing optical equipment

• All FL2000 panels accommodate the modular FL2000 6pa plug-ins. 6pa s are available in all connectorstyles and can be ordered as needed

• TE’s patented removable angled retainers allow easy access for single fiber maintenance

• FL2000 panels and feature superior vertical cable protection and management

• Rac mount panels are hinged on one side, allowing full access to the rear of the front plate and theinterior of the panel

• Rac mount panels can be wall mounted

• The new FL2000 splice wheel allows easy roll-up of pigtail and buffer tube lengths and superior bendradius protection

Applications

• Fully adaptable for medium or small count fiber main distribution frame (MDF) or telephone closets forboth wall and rack mount applications

• Provides termination, splicing and storage capabilities for in-building cables, outside plant cables andactive equipment fiber patch cords



1 1 ` / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u

r e d C a

b l i n g

302w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r C o n n



Product Overview


Multi-purpose modular solution ideal for cabinet, rack, wall mount or mediumsize frame applications. Ideal for small to medium fiber counts.



1, 2, 3, 5, 6 (termination only chassis) 2, 3, 5, 8, 10 (termination/splice chassis)




12, 24, 48, 72, 9612, 24, 48, 72, 9624, 48, 72, 144, 192


Ideal for growth

Interconnect Yes

Cross-connect Yes


Yes. Built-in

Rear access Not required



Ideal

19" mounting Yes

23" mounting Yes

Cabinet mount YesWall mount Yes


Ideal

Vertical cable guide Ships with every panel

Features at a Glance Locking or latching door, within panel splice wheel, all front access, modular angleleft 6pa s.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

303w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Empty Termination/Splice Panels , Black

Description

Termination/splice panel, black 12-position 24-position 48-position 72-position

Splice wheel with splice chip Heat shrink fusionMechanicalNortel

Catalog Number

FL2-12TS350-BFL2-24TS525-BFL2-48TS875-BFL2-72TS140-B

FST-DRS12-HS FST-DRS12-MT FST-DRS24-NT

Panel Height

3.5" (8.89cm) 5.25" (13.34cm) 8.75" (22.23cm) 14" (35.56cm)

Termination/splice panel

5.25"(13.34 cm)

19.60"(49.79 cm)10.14"

(25.76 cm)

4.95"

(12.58 cm)


Mounting kits sold separately.

Features

• Mounting

- 19" (48.26cm) EIA rac s or cabinets,standard 5" (12.7cm) recess

- Wall mounting option available

- Other mounting kits available

• Hinged on left front side 1 for complete accessto interior of termination section

• Ability to quic ly and easily configure, utilizingthe 6pa assemblies (ordered separately)

• Complete line of accessories including loc sfor security

• Uses TE splice wheels or splice dec s1 Right hinged also available



1 1 ` / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u

r e d C a

b l i n g

304w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r C o n n



4.95"

(12.58cm)

10.14"(25.76cm)

5.25"(13.34cm)

19.60"(49.79cm)

1.75" (4.45cm)

3.50" (8.89cm)

5.25" (13.34cm)

8.75" (22.23cm)

10.50" (20.67cm)


Description

Rack or cabinet mount panel, blackIncludes vertical cable managementtrough 12 fiber capacity 24 fiber capacity 36 fiber capacity 48 fiber capacity 72 fiber capacity 96 fiber capacity

Accessories

Wall mount bracket, black —neededfor 12 fiber capacity panel only

Cable clamp kit —One per cablerecommendedOuter diameter 0.2" to 0.8"

Outer diameter 0.7" to 1.0" Cable clamp it for 12 fiber capacitypanel only

Bonding/grounding kit

Catalog Number

FL2-12RPNL-B FL2-24RPNL-B FL2-36RPNL-B FL2-48RPNL-B FL2-72RPNL-B FL2-96RPNL-B

FL2-ACC008

FL2-ACC007

FL2-ACC021 FL2-ACC033

FL2-ACC006

Panel Height

1.75" (4.45cm) 3.50" (8.89cm)

5.25" (13.34cm) 5.25" (13.34cm) 8.75" (22.23cm)

10.50" (26.67cm)

24 fiber capacity

Mounting kits sold separately.

Empty Termination Panels , Black

Features

• Mounting - 19" (48.26cm) EIA rac or cabinets,

standard 5" (12.7cm) recess - Wall mounting option available- Other mounting kits available

• Hinged on left front side 1; allows full accessto rear of front plate and interior of panel

• FL2000 6pa adapter plug-ins orderedseparately

• Constructed of high strength aluminum• Equipped with removable metal doors with

Plexiglas windows

• Designation labels included with each panel• Complete line of accessories including loc s

for security

1 Right hinged also available



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

305w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Empty Splice Panels, Blac


Description

Splice panel for splice wheel, black (Accepts splice wheel only)

48 fiber capacity 96 fiber capacity 144 fiber capacity

Splice wheel with splice chip Heat shrink fusionMechanicalNortel

Splice panel for splice deck for existing installations, black (Also accepts splice wheel)

48 fiber capacity 96 fiber capacity 144 fiber capacity

Cable clamp kit (kit of 1) Outer diameter 0.2" to 0.8" Outer diameter 0.7" to 1.0"

Panel Height

3.5" (8.89cm) 7" (17.78cm) 8.75" (22.23cm)

3.5" (8.89cm) 7" (17.78cm) 8.75" (22.23cm)

Catalog Number

FL2-48SPNL2-B FL2-96SPNL2-B FL2-144SPNL2-B

FST-DRS12-HS FST-DRS12-MT FST-DRS24-NT

FL2-48SPNL-B FL2-96SPNL-B FL2-144SPNL-B


SPLICE CHIP(S)(HEAT SHRINKSHOWN)

SPLICEDECK

TOPSIDE

BOTTOMSIDE

CLEARCOVERS

Splice wheel withsplice chip (black)

Splice deck withsplice chip (black)

3.50"(8.89cm)

10.14"(25.76cm)

4.95"(12.58cm)

19.60"(49.79cm)

Fiber splice module(48 fiber capacitymodule shown)

Mounting kits sold separately

Features

• Offers combination of splicing protectionand associated fiber/pigtail storage

• Splice panel can be mounted in conjunctionwith any FL2000 termination panel or as astand-alone splice panel

• Occupies same footprint and offerssame mounting options as FL2000termination panels

• Accepts the TE splice wheel forefficient management of fiber cableand splice protection

• Accepts the traditional TE splice dec



1 1 ` / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u

r e d C a

b l i n g

306w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r C o n n



6pa Connector Plug-Ins

Features

• Completely interchangeable between FL2000panel and wall box products

• Can be ordered with all standard typesof simplex and duplex single and multimodeadapters and connectors

• Feature TE’s patented removableangled retainers which provide superiorfiber management

• No tools required to install into FL2000boxes or panels

• Can be ordered with adapters only, or forquick and easy installation, with

preterminated 3 meter (9.84') or 5 meter(16.4') pigtails

6pa blan plug-in

6pa plug-in (shown withsinglemode simplex adapters)

6pa plug-in (shown with multimode simplex adapters)

6pa plug-in (shown withsinglemode duplex adapters)

6pa plug-in (shown with multimode duplex adapters)

Catalog Number

FL2-6PMMSC FL2-6PMMSC-A FL2-6PMMST FL2-6PMMDSC

FL2-6PMMDSC-A FL2-6PMMLC FL2-6PMMLC-A

FL2-6PSMSC FL2-6PSMST FL2-6PSMDSC FL2-6PSMLC

FL2-6PBLNk


Description Multimode

SCSC (aqua 1)ST® SC (duplex)

SC (aqua 1, duplex)LCLC (aqua 1)

SinglemodeSCST® SC (duplex)LC

6pak blank plug-in

1 TE recommends the use of aqua colored adapterswith laser optimized multimode fiber applications for10 Gigabit circuit identification.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

307w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

6pa Connector Plug-Ins With Adapters and Pigtails


FL2000 6pa plug-inwith SC adapters and pigtails

Features

• Available with preterminated 5 meter (16.4')pigtails

• Pigtails consist of a single outer jacket containingsix color-coded 900µm fibers

• One end of pigtail terminated to chosenconnector style and installed into the 6paplug-in adapters

• TE recommends specific brea outs for paneland wall mount box products

• Saves installation time


OM3 6paks – with 50/125 µm Laser Optimized Multimode Pigtails 1

Multimode LC (aqua), with 5 meter 12 fiber OM3 stranded pigtails FL2-6P6JC605R

Multimode SC (aqua), with 5 meter 6 fiber OM3 stranded pigtails FL2-6P9JC605R

Multimode SC duplex (aqua), with 5 meter 6 fiber OM3 stranded pigtails FL2-6PDJC605R

6paks - Singlemode Pigtails and adapters

LC UPC (blue), with 5 meter 12 fiber singlemode stranded pigtails FL2-6P8SC605R

SC UPC (blue), with 5 meter 6 fiber singlemode stranded pigtails FL2-6P7SC605R

ST®

UPC, with 5 meter 6 fiber singlemode stranded pigtails FL2-6P4SC605R


1 10G 6pa s utilize 50/125 µm laser optimized multimode to 300 meters or OM3 rated glass and aquacolored adapters.

Please note: Duplex SC adapters do not double the fiber count per adapter pack.



1 1 ` / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u

r e d C a

b l i n g

308w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r C o n n


Catalog Number

FL2- C __ __ 0 __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Pigtail or Adapter Type


A Adapters Only

J Softwall bundle OM3multimode 50/125LOMMF 300m


P Softwall bundle

H 6-fiber Maxi-Strip

R 12-fiber Ribbon 3

Y 12-fiber Maxistrip 4

Splice Type

0 None or N/A

M Mechanical (Wheel)

W Heat Shrink Fusion(Wheel)

Connector Style


9 SC

D SC Duplex

5 ST®

6 LC


7 SC UPC

E SC UPC Duplex

4 ST® UPC

8 LC UPC


10.14"

(25.76cm)

4.95"(12.58cm)

19.60"(49.79cm)

5.25"(13.34cm)

Features

FL2000 panels can also be shipped with 6pa sand/or pigtails pre-installed at the factory.• Reduce installation time

• Simplify ordering process

Use this configuration guide to determine thecatalog number right for your application.

Preconfigured Termination/Splice Panels, Black

Nominal Capacity Panel Height

A 12 position 3.5" (8.89cm) (2RU)

B 24-position 5.25" (13.34cm) (3RU)

D 48 position 8.75" (22.23cm) (5RU)

E 72 position 14.00" (35.56cm) (8RU)

F 96 position 17.50" (44.45cm)(10RU)

Latch Type

0 Standard

1 Hole Plug

2 Screwdriver5 K1 Lock

6 k2 Loc

No. of Cable Clamps

0 1 Clamp (Standard)

2 2 Clamps

Mounting Style 4

A 19"(8.26cm) Standard(19.6" [49.78cm] overall)

C 19" (48.26cm) flushMount

Numberof PortsLoaded

Numberof Splice

Decks

1 LC connectors and adaptersdouble the capacity of the panel byterminating two fibers at each adapter.

2 TE will automatically configure FL2000 panels with laser optimized cable touse aqua colored SC or LC adaptersto indicate 10 Gigabit applications. Toorder adapter only panels with aquacolored adapters, purchase the emptychassis and add 6pa s separately.

3 Singlemode choices for use with LCadapters, with multimode options TEwillautomatically choose best suitedfiber count.

4 Mounting kit shipped unattached ifother than standard mounting style.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

309w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Custom Preconfigured Termination/Splice Panels withTwo Adapter Styles, Blac


10.14"(25.76cm)

4.95"(12.58cm)

19.60"(49.79cm)

5.25"(13.34cm)

Features

FL2000 panels can now be loaded with a com -bination of singlemode and multimode and/orpigtails pre-installed at the factory.• Panel available either horizontally or vertical -

ly loaded with like adapters with fully loadedconfigurations

• Reduces installation time• Simplify ordering process

Use this configuration to determine the catalognumber right for you.

Catalog Number

FL2- __ __ __ __ 0 __ / __ __ - __ __ __ __

Panel Type

C Vertically Loaded (left/right) E Horizontally Loaded (top/bottom)

Nominal Capacity Panel HeightA 12-position 3.5" (2RU)

B 24-position 5.25" (3RU) D 48-position 8.75" (5RU

E 72-position 14" (8RU) F 96-position 17.50" (10RU)

1st, 2nd Pigtail or Adapter Type A Adapters Only J Softwall bundle OM3-50/125 300m

Latch Type 0 Standard 1 Hole Plug 2 Screwdriver

5 K1 Lock 6 k2 Loc

No. of Spice Decks 0-8 Enter number of Splice

Decks Needed

Splice Type 0 None or N/A

W HS Fusion (Wheel) 2 Heat Shrin Fusion (Dec ) 3 Mechanical (Deck)

Horizontally loaded panel1st conn style 1st adptr style1st conn style 1st adptr style2nd conn style 2nd adptr style2nd conn style 2nd adptr style

Vertically loaded panel1st conn style 2nd adptr style1st conn style 2nd adptr style1st conn style 2nd adptr style1st conn style 2nd adptr style

Splice tray loading always follows loading style (verticalor horizontal) i.e. the first two 6 pac s' pigtails will berouted to the top splice tray, the second two 6 pac s'pigtails will be routed to the 2nd down splice tray.

No. of Cable Clamps 0 1 Clamp (Standard) 2 2 Clamps

1st, 2nd Connector Style Multimode Connectors 9 SC D SC Duplex 5 ST®

6 LC Singlemode Connectors 7 SC UPC

E SC UPC Duplex 4 ST® UPC 8 LC UPC

Mounting Style A 19" Standard (19.6" Overall) C 19" Flush Mount



1 1 ` / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u

r e d C a

b l i n g

310w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r C o n n



5.00"

15.912"(40.42cm)

17.50"(44.45cm)

(12.70cm)5.00"

(12.70cm)

(4.93cm)1.94"

6.65"(16.89cm)

(47.82cm)18.83"

Rear Guard Box(optional with some racks)

Rack shownas reference

Catalog Number

FL2-FLMT0175-B FL2-FLMT0350-B FL2-FLMT0525-B FL2-FLMT0700-B FL2-FLMT0875-B FL2-FLMT1050-B

Panel Height

1.75" (4.45cm) 3.5" (8.89cm)

5.25" (13.34cm) 7" (17.78cm)

8.75" (22.23cm) 10.5" (26.67cm)


Description

Flush mountAllows 1", 2" or 4" (2.54, 5.08 or 10.16cm) recess mountingKit includes: new vertical cable guide andmounting flanges

Standard Mount (as shipped)

Flush Mount

Features

• Panels typically shipped from factory equippedfor this mounting

• Panels shipped with

- Left-side “L” bracket - Left-side 2.5" (6.32cm) wide vertical

cable guide (VCG)

17.50"(44.45cm)

(12.70cm)5.00"

(12.70cm)5.00"

21.88"(55.58cm)

19.60"(48.26cm)

18.31"(46.51cm)


Rack shownfor reference

Mounting Options—19" (48.26cm) Rac Mounting



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

311w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Catalog Number

FL2-19MAX0175-B FL2-19MAX0350-B FL2-19MAX0525-B FL2-19MAX0700-B FL2-19MAX0875-B FL2-19MAX1050-B FL2-19MAX1400-B FL2-19MAX1750-B

Panel Height

1.75" (4.45cm) 3.5" (8.89cm) 5.25" (13.34cm) 7" (17.78cm) 8.75" (22.23cm) 10.5" (26.67cm) 14" (35.56cm) 17.5" (43.18cm)


Description

19" maximum, black

Allows entire panel to be containedwithin frame footprintKit includes: new vertical cable guide withintegrated mounting holes

5.00" 5.00"

2.93"

4.95"

10.14"(25.76cm)

17.50"(44.45cm)

(12.58cm)

21.88"(55.58cm)

(12.70cm)(12.70cm)

(48.26cm)19.00

18.31"(46.51cm)

Rack shownfor reference


i

New VCG with integrated mounting holes

i

Mounting Options—19" (48.26cm) Rac Maximum Mounting



1 1 ` / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u

r e d C a

b l i n g

312w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r C o n n


Fiber Connectivity SolutionsRMG Series Fiber Enclosures

TE introduces the RMG Series rac mount fiberenclosures as an integral part of the TrueNet ® product portfolio. TE’s RMG Series fiber enclosure

provides rugged and durable protection forpatching or splicing of fiber cables. Especiallydesigned to be user friendly, the slide-out designand removable front and rear panels provideconvenient access points.

TE’s RMG Series offers a cost effective and high-density rack mount fiber enclosure in one, twoand four rack unit sizes. Its modular design andflexible configurations make it very user friendlyand easy to install.

Features• 1 RU and 2 RU units contain sliding and removable front and rear access panels, providing convenient

access points

• Designed for 48.26 cm (19-inch) EIA rac or cabinet environment; optional brac ets to accommodate58.42 cm (23-inch) rac or cabinet mounting

• Density: up to 72 terminations in 1 RU

• Low profile design with higher density for space limited applications

• User friendly design utilizing industry standard LSX/LGX modular adapter pac s

• Side and rear cable entry points on bac of panel supports a wide range ofdeployment applications

Applications and Benefits

• High-density ma es suitable for telecommunications and equipment rooms

• Can be cabinet mounted for data center applications



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

313w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Product Overview


Multi-purpose high density modular solution ideal for telecommunicationsclosets or to terminate incoming fiber trunks



1, 2, and 4




18, 36, 7236, 72, 144 (includes standard LC)72, 144, 288 (using quad LC)


Ideal for growth

Interconnect Yes

Cross-connect No


Yes. Built-in

Rear access Yes



Ideal

19" mounting Yes

23" mounting Yes, with separate extender bracket

Cabinet mount YesWall mount No


Ideal

Vertical cable guide No

Features at a Glance Limited cable management, high density with features and price comparable totraditional LGX style panels.



1 1 ` / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u

r e d C a

b l i n g

314w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r C o n n


Fiber Connectivity SolutionsRac Mount Fiber Enclosures

12.70 cm(5.00")

42.77 cm(16.84")

Storage/operating temperature: -40 °C to 85 °C (-40 °F to 185 °F)Approximate weight (empty panel) 1 RU model: 5.44 kg (12 lbs) 2 RU model: 5.90 kg (13 lbs) 4 RU model: 6.80 kg (15 lbs)Configuration options and capacity Termination only 1 RU maximum density 1: 72 terminations 2 RU maximum density 1: 144 terminations 4 RU maximum density 1: 288 terminations Termination/splice 1 RU maximum density: 36 terminations 2 RU maximum density: 72 terminations 4 RU maximum density: 144 terminations1Maximum density achieved using quad LC connectors.

1 RU, 2 RU and 4 RU

Specifications



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

315w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


46.51 cm(18.31")48.26 cm(19.00")

35.48 cm(13.97")

3.17 cm (1.25") 4.37 cm (1.72")

46.51 cm(18.31")48.26 cm(19.00")

35.48 cm(13.97")

3.17 cm (1.25") 8.81 cm (3.47")

46.51 cm(18.31")48.26 cm(19.00")

35.48 cm(13.97")

5.08 cm (2.00") 17.53 cm (6.90")10.16 cm (4.00")

1 RU Model

2 RU Model

4 RU Model



1 1 ` / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u

r e d C a

b l i n g

316w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r C o n n



Description Panel Height Catalog Number

Rack or Cabinet Mount Panel, black

1 RU empty panel; accommodates 3 modular adapter pac s;black 4.45 cm (1.75") RMG-1000-000B

2 RU empty panel; accommodates 6 modular adapter pac s;black 8.89 cm (3.50") RMG-2000-000B

4 RU empty panel; accommodates 12 adapter pac s;also includes cable management brac et and cable clamp;black

17.78 cm (7.00") RMG-4000-000B

Accessories

Cable Clamp Kit (for 1 RU and 2RU) RMG-ACC001Blank Plates RMG-00ADP00

Splice Tray

Heat shrink fusion FST-DV-HS

Mechanical FST-DV-MT

Extender Brackets; 48.26 cm (19" - 23")

1 RU EB-17B

2 RU EB-35B

Q-Frame 4 RU Mounting Bracket RMG-ACCQBRkT4RU


RMG Empty Panels

The RMG empty panel with blan panels includes 48.26 cm (19-inch) EIA mounting brac ets andhardware, polycarbonate front door, cable ties, cable management rings and circuit identification cards.The RMG empty panel allows for the user to mix and match any combination of modular adapter packs

or simply utilize a “grow as you go” approach to their network.

Features

• Mounting options:

– Shipped with standard 48.26 cm (19-inch) EIA rac or cabinet mounting hardware

– Optional brac ets to accommodate 58.42 cm (23-inch) EIA rac or cabinet mounting

• Ability to quic ly and easily configure, utilizing the modular adapter pac



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

317w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


RMG Standard Adapter Packs

The RMG Series offers a variety of standard modular adapter packs to accommodate most applications.They utilize the industry standard LSX/LGX footprint and are readily available.


OM1/OM2 Multimode adapter only packs

LC quad adapters, beige color6 adapters or 24 fiber ports per adapter pac RMG-24ADPQ3

LC adapters, beige color6 adapters or 12 fiber ports per adapter pac RMG-12ADPQ1

SC duplex adapters, beige color6 adapters or 12 fiber ports per adapter pac RMG-12ADPC3

SC adapters, beige color6 adapters or 6 fiber ports per adapter pac RMG-06ADPC1

ST® adapters6 adapters or 6 fiber ports per adapter pac RMG-06ADPT1

OM3/OM4 multimode adapter only packs 1

LC quad adapters, aqua color6 adapters or 24 fiber ports per adapter pac RMG-24ADPQ4

LC adapters, aqua color6 adapters or 12 fiber ports per adapter pac RMG-12ADPQ2

SC duplex adapters, aqua color6 adapters or 12 fiber ports per adapter pac RMG-12ADPC4

SC adapters, aqua color6 adapters or 6 fiber ports per adapter pac RMG-06ADPC2

Singlemode (UPC) adapter only packs

LC UPC quad adapters, blue color 6 adapters or 24 fiber ports per adapter pac RMG-24ADPQ8

LC UPC quad adapters, blue color 6 adapters or 12 fiber ports per adapter pac RMG-12ADPQ5

SC UPC duplex adapters, blue color 6 adapters or 12 fiber ports per adapter pac RMG-12ADPC8

SC UPC adapters, blue color 6 adapters or 6 fiber ports per adapter pac RMG-12ADPC7

ST® UPC adapters6 adapters or 6 fiber ports per adapter pac RMG-06ADPT2


1TE recommends the use of aqua colored adapters with laser-optimized multimode ber for 10 Gigabit applicationsfor circuit identi cation.



1 1 ` / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u

r e d C a

b l i n g

318w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r C o n n



Catalog Number

RMG-__ ADP__ __ __ __

Pigtail Length

LEAVEBLANk Adapters only

03 3 meter pigtails

Pigtail Type




Fiber Size


B OM1 – 62.5/125 Multimode

D OM3 – 50/125 LOMMF 300 m

S Singlemode

Number of Adapters

06 6 simplex adapters

12 6 duplex adapters

24 6 quad adapters

Connector Style


C1 SC

C2 SC (aqua) 2

C3 SC duplex

C4 SC duplex (aqua) 2

Q1 LC1

Q2 LC (aqua)1, 2

Q3 Quad LC

Q4 Quad LC (aqua) 2

T1 ST®


C7 SC UPC

C8 SC UPC duplex

Q5 LC UPC1

Q8 LC UPC quad

T2 ST® UPC

Custom Modular Adapter Packs

TE’s RMG modular adapter pac assemblies can be used in any of the RMG series fiber enclosures in avariety of connector styles and with or without preterminated 3 m (9.84 ft) pigtails. Its modular designis user friendly and easy to install. Use the following matrix to configure the correct catalog number for

the application. If the resulting catalog number is not on the standard list, the product is consideredcustom and may have longer lead times.

1 LC adapters terminate two bers at each adapter and should be considered duplex adapters in this ordering scheme2 TE recommends the use of aqua colored adapters with laser optimized multimode ber applications for 10 Gigabit

circuit identi cation.

Features

• Can be ordered with all standard types of simplex and duplex multimode andsinglemode adapters

• Available with preterminated 3 m (9.84 ft) pigtails to reduce installation time and cost

• One end of pigtail terminated to chosen connector style and installed into adapter pac plug-in adapters



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

319w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


RMG Pre-configured Panels with Adapters only or with Pigtails

TE’s RMG series fiber panels are available to be shipped with factory installed adapter modulesand/or preterminated pigtail assemblies which simplifies the ordering process and reduces installationtime and costs. These configurations are custom and build-to-order.

Catalog NumberRMG-__ __ __ - __ __ B

Splice Deck Type

0 None

2 Heat shrink fusion

3 Mechanical fusion

Loaded Adapter Paks

03 3 adapter packs, loaded

06 6 adapter pac s, loaded

12 12 adapter pac s, loaded

Panel Size

1 1 RU (1.75") 3 adapter packs

2 2 RU (3.50") 6 adapter pac s

4 4 RU (7.00") 12 adapter pac s

1 TE recommends the use of aqua colored adapters with laser optimized multimode ber applications for 10 Gigabitcircuit identi cation.

Panel Size

A Adapters onlyP Adapters and singlemode

stranded pigtails

D Adapters and stranded pigtails – OM3 50/125 LOMMF 300m 1

E Adapters and stranded – OM1 62.5/125 multimode pigtails

Adapters/Pigtails


C1 SC

C2 SC (aqua) 1

C3 SC duplex

C4 SC duplex (aqua) 1

Q1 LC

Q2 LC (aqua)1

Q3 LC quad

Q4 LC quad (aqua) 1

T1 ST®


C7 SC UPC

C8 SC UPC duplex

Q5 LC UPC

Q8 LC UPC quad

T2 ST® UPC



1 1 ` / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u

r e d C a

b l i n g

320w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r C o n n


Fiber Connectivity SolutionsFL1000

TE‘s FL1000 customer premises fiber termination products include a variety of one and two door wallmount panels. These products are designed specifically to act as part of the fiber distribution system asthe demarcation point for the service provider at the customers location.

Recent improvements to labeling grommets, door latches and ribbon pigtail routing reinforce the valuethese products bring to the physical layer of any network with higher quality and reliability, greateroperational efficiencies and network simplification.

Description One or two door wall box solution offering excellent fiber protection andtechnician-friendly cable routing. Termination or termination/spliceboxes available


Simplex adapters Duplex adapters Small form factor (LC)

12, 24, 48, 72

Flexibility/ability to grow

Modular growth design

Demarcation Yes


Accommodatesin box splicing

Yes. Built-in


Ideal for small to medium fiber counts within communication closets ordemarcation points


Ideal

Wall mount Yes

12, 24, 48, 7224, 48, 96, 144

Product Overview

Introduction



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

321w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


12-Position Termination/Splice Wall Box

24-Position Termination/Splice Wall Box

Wall Box(One Door)

305 mm(12")

330 mm(13")

91 mm(3.6")

259 mm(10.2")

330 mm(13")

356 mm(14")

91 mm(3.6")

381 mm(15")

See ordering information on following page.

Features

• Numerous cable tie points within the boxes

• Ability to accept loc s

• Acceptance of cable clamps at each corner

• Grounding screws, mounting screws anddust caps are included with each panel.More accessories are available on page 84

Wall Mount Boxes (One Door)



1 1 ` / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u

r e d C a

b l i n g

322w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r C o n n



All empty chassis’ use TE FL1000 and FL2000 6pa adapters.Please see pages 70–71 and 83–84 for ordering information.

One Door Wall Mount ChassisAllows single door access.

12-Position Termination/SpliceOne Door Wall Box

FL1-A

24-Position Termination/SpliceOne Door Wall Box

FL1-B

381 mm(15")

91 mm(3.6")

330 mm(13")

279 mm(11")

86 mm(3.4")

310 mm(12.2")

Description

Empty termination/splice chassis 12-position

24-position

Catalog Number

FL1-A FL1-B




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

323w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Description

Empty termination/splice chassis 12-position

24-position 48-position 72-position

Catalog Number

FL1-GFL1-HFL1-JFL1-P


Two Door Wall Mount ChassisAllows separate customer and provider access.

24-Position Termination/SpliceTwo Door Wall Box

FL1-H


FL1-J


FL1-P

546 mm(21.5")

152 mm(6")

483 mm(19")

381 mm(15")

99 mm(3.9")

361 mm(14.2")

452 mm(17.8")

158 mm(6.2")

437 mm

(17.2")



1 1 ` / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u

r e d C a

b l i n g

324w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r C o n n



6pa Connector Plug-Ins and Accessories

Features

• Completely interchangeable between FL2000panel and wall box products

• Can be ordered with all standard typesof simplex and duplex single and multimodeadapters and connectors

• Feature TE’s patented removableangled retainers which provide superiorfiber management

• No tools required to install into FL2000boxes or panels

6pa blan plug-in

6pa plug-in (shown withsinglemode simplex adapters)

6pa plug-in (shown with multimode simplex adapters)

6pa plug-in (shown withsinglemode duplex adapters)

6pa plug-in (shown with multimode duplex adapters)

Catalog Number

FL2-6PMMSC FL2-6PMMSC-A FL2-6PMMST FL2-6PMMDSC FL2-6PMMDSC-A FL2-6PMMLC FL2-6PMMLC-A

FL2-6PSMSC FL2-6PSMST FL2-6PSMDSC FL2-6PSMLC

FL2-6PBLNk

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o nDescription

6pak Connector Plug-Ins

MultimodeSCSC (aqua)ST® SC (duplex)SC (aqua, duplex)LCLC (aqua)

Singlemode

SCST® SC (duplex)LC

6pak blank plug-in

FL1-ACC001

FL1-ACC006


FL1-ACC004

IPA-K1IPA-k2

FST-M-HSFST-M-MT

FST-HSFST-MT

6pa Adapter-Only (Without Fiber)

FL1000 Accessories

Compression fitting

Compression fittingwith plate

Strength member tie-off kit

Cable clampBonding grounding kit

Lock and key type ALock and key type B

Mini-splice tray (used only in 12-position,wall-mount box) Heat shrink (single fiber fusion)

Mechanical (mass fusion)Standard splice tray

Heat shrink (single fiber fusion)Mechanical (mass fusion)



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

325w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Features

• Can be purchased and installed asgrowth necessitates

• Available with preterminated three-meterpigtails

• Pigtails consist of a single outer jac etcontaining six color-coded 900 µm fibers

• One end of pigtail terminated with chosenconnector style and installed into the6pa adapter

• Saves installation time6pak Adapter

(With SC Adapters and Pigtails)

6pa Adapter — Adapters and Pigtails



OM3 6paks – with 50/125 µm Laser Optimized Multimode Pigtails 1

10G Multimode LC (aqua), with 5 meter 12 fiber OM3 stranded pigtails FL2-6P6JC605R

10G Multimode SC (aqua), with 5 meter 6 fiber OM3 stranded pigtails FL2-6P9JC605R

10G Multimode SC duplex (aqua), with 5 meter 6 fiber OM3 stranded pigtails FL2-6PDJC605R

6paks - Singlemode Pigtails and adapters

LC UPC (blue), with 5 meter 12 fiber singlemode stranded pigtails FL2-6P8SC605R

SC UPC (blue), with 5 meter 6 fiber singlemode stranded pigtails FL2-6P7SC605R ST® UPC, with 5 meter 6 fiber singlemode stranded pigtails FL2-6P4SC605R


1 10G 6pa s utilize 50/125 µm laser optimized multimode to 300 meters or OM3 rated glass and aquacolored adapters.

Please note: Duplex SC adapters do not double the fiber count per adapter pack.



1 1 ` / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u

r e d C a

b l i n g

326w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r C o n n


Product Overview


Ideal for small to medium fiber counts within communicationclosets or demarcation points.

Description Two door wall box solution utilizing standard LSX/LGX footprint modular adapterpacks. Standard boxes accommodate both termination and termination/spliceapplications.




12, 24, 72 1

24, 48, 96 (including standard LC adapters)48, 96, 192 (utilizing quad LC adapters)


Modular growth design

Demarcation Yes

Accommodatesin box splicing

Yes. Built-in



Ideal

Wall mount Yes

Fiber Connectivity SolutionsWMG Series Wall Mount Fiber Enclosures

The WMG Series Wall Mount Fiber Enclosuresare ideal for LAN applications requiringa fully enclosed and lockable wall mountenclosure. The cabinets are one or two-doordirect termination and splice solutions. Theseenclosures are designed to support up to eightmodular adapter packs. This rugged wall-mountcabinet is equipped with cable managementmodules and cable routing accessories to limitbend radius and add strain relief control.

Features

• Superior cable management through the use of bend radius control at all cable exits andstrain relief protection

• Optional integrated splice module on the 4 and 8 module panel version

• Available pre-loaded with any industry-standard adapter• Added security protection

• 6-position or 8-position modular adapter panel capability

• Compact design

• Fully enclosed and loc able

• Wrap-around client-side door design (WMG-8000-00B) provides maximum adapter accessibilityfor client-side patching

• Multi-sized cable entry noc outs (WMG-8000-00B) supports either ½-inch or ¾-inch cableglands for maximum cable strain relief and protection

1 Splicing can be only accommodated at the simplex adapter capacity, regardless of adapter used.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

327w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Features

• Available in three sizes to suit a variety of applications and fiber counts

• Standard LSX/LGX adapter pac footprints are accommodated in empty wallbox

WMG Empty Wall BoxThe WMG empty wall box allows for the userto mix and match any combination of modularadapter packs or simply utilize a “grow as yougo” approach to their network.


Description Dimensions Catalog Number

Empty Wall box—Maximum capacity 2 adapter pac sEmpty Wall box—Maximum capacity 4 adapter pac sEmpty Wall box—Maximum capacity 8 adapter pac s

9" x 12" x 3.5 "12" x 15" x 3.5"

14" x 17.25" x 7"

WMG-2000-00BWMG-4000-00BWMG-8000-00B



1 1 ` / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u

r e d C a

b l i n g

328w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r C o n n


Modular Adapter Pac sTE’s RMG modular adapter pac assembliescan be used in any of the RMG or WMG seriesfiber enclosures in a variety of connector stylesand with or without preterminated 3m (9.84')pigtails. Its modular design is user-friendly andeasy to install. The RMG Series modular adapterpac s are not interchangeable with FL2000 orFL1000 Series fiber enclosures.

Features• Completely interchangeable between RMG & WMG fiber enclosures

• Can be ordered with all standard types of simplex & duplex multimode and singlemode adapters

• Available with preterminated 3m (9.84') pigtails to reduce installation time & cost






1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

329w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Fiber Connectivity SolutionsWMG Series Rac Mount Fiber Enclosures

WMG Standard Adapter Packs

The WMG Series offers a variety of standard modular adapter packs to accommodate most applications.They utilize the industry standard LSX/LGX footprint and are readily available.


OM1/OM2 Multimode adapter only packs

LC quad adapters, beige color6 adapters or 24 fiber ports per adapter pac RMG-24ADPQ3

LC adapters, beige color6 adapters or 12 fiber ports per adapter pac RMG-12ADPQ1

SC duplex adapters, beige color6 adapters or 12 fiber ports per adapter pac RMG-12ADPC3

SC adapters, beige color6 adapters or 6 fiber ports per adapter pac RMG-06ADPC1


OM3/OM4 multimode adapter only packs 1

LC quad adapters with zirconia sleeve, aqua color6 adapters or 24 fiber ports per adapter pac RMG-24ADPQ4

LC adapters with zirconia sleeve, aqua color6 adapters or 12 fiber ports per adapter pac RMG-12ADPQ2

SC duplex adapters with zirconia sleeve, aqua color6 adapters or 12 fiber ports per adapter pac RMG-12ADPC4

SC adapters with zirconia sleeve, aqua color6 adapters or 6 fiber ports per adapter pac RMG-06ADPC2

Singlemode (UPC) adapter only packs

LC quad adapters, blue color6 adapters or 24 fiber ports per adapter pac RMG-24ADPQ8

LC quad adapters, blue color6 adapters or 12 fiber ports per adapter pac RMG-12ADPQ5

SC duplex adapters, blue color6 adapters or 12 fiber ports per adapter pac RMG-12ADPC8

SC adapters, blue color6 adapters or 6 fiber ports per adapter pac RMG-06ADPC7



1TE recommends the use of aqua colored adapters with laser-optimized multimode ber for 10 Gigabit applicationsfor circuit identi cation.



1 1 ` / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u

r e d C a

b l i n g

330w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r C o n n


Fiber Connectivity SolutionsWMG Series Rac Mount Fiber Enclosures

Catalog Number

RMG-__ ADP__ __ __ __

Pigtail Length


03 3 meter pigtails

Pigtail Type




Fiber SizeLEAVEBLANk Adapters only

B OM1 – 62/125

D OM3 – 50/125 LOMMF 300 m

S Singlemode

Number of Adapters

06 6 simplex adapters

12 6 duplex adapters

24 6 quad adapters

Connector Style


C1 SC

C2 SC (aqua) with zirconia sleeve 2

C3 SC duplex

C4 SC duplex (aqua) with zirconia sleeve 2

Q1 LC1

Q2 LC (aqua)1, 2

Q3 Quad LC

Q4 Quad LC (aqua) 2

T1 ST®


C5 SC UPC

C6 SC UPC duplex

Q5 LC UPC1

Q8 LC UPC quad

T2 ST® UPC

1 LC adapters terminate two bers at each adapter and should be considered duplex adapters in this ordering scheme2 TE recommends the use of aqua adapters with multimode Ultra ber to visually identify 10 Gigabit circuits

Features

• Completely interchangeable between WMG panel products

• Can be ordered with all standard types of simplex and duplex multimode andsinglemode adapters

• Available with preterminated 3 m (9.84 ft) pigtails to reduce installation time and cost


Custom Modular Adapter Pac s



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

331w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Fiber Connectivity SolutionsFiber Optic Specifications

Singlemode UltraPolish Connectors (UPC)

Insertion Loss(1310 and 1550 nm)

Return Loss(1310 and 1550 nm)

Fiber Recess Apex Offset Radius of CurvatureMultimode UltraPolish Connectors Insertion Loss

(1300 nm)Return Loss

(1300 nm)

SC LC0.3 dB max. 0.3 dB max.

-20 dB min. -20 dB max.

SC LC

0.2 dB max. 0.3 dB max.0.09 dB typical 0.1 dB typical-57 dB min. -55 dB min.

± 50 nm -100 to +50 nm50 µm max. 50 µm max.10-25 mm 10-25 mm

Item Specifications EIA/TIA Test Item Specifications EIA/TIA Test

Temperature shock FOTP-3 Cable flex FOTP-1AHumidity FOTP-5 Cable retention FOTP-6Temperature life FOTP-4 Cable twist FOTP-36

Mating durability FOTP-21 Impact FOTP-2Vibration FOTP-11

Every patch cord manufactured by TE is designed to pass rigorous qualification testing that includes: EIA/ TIA Industry Standards according to Fiber Optic Test Procedures (FOTP).

Mechanical and Environmental Characteristics

Optical Performance



1 1 ` / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u

r e d C a

b l i n g

332w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r C o n n


Fiber Connectivity SolutionsFiber Optic Specifications

Patch Cords

Length Tolerance

1 to 15 m +16 cm/-0 cm +15 m +1%/-0 cm

Assembly Length

SC 2.0 mm Connector

LC 2.0 mm Connector

53 mm(2.08")

7.4 mm (.29")

44 mm (2.1")

5.6 mm (.22")

Connector Dimensions



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

333w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Fiber Connectivity SolutionsFiber Optic Patch Cords

As an integral part of the TrueNet® FiberConnectivity product portfolio, TrueNet fiberoptic patch cords are essential to meet the

requirements of today’s high-speed datanetworks. These patch cords can be usedthroughout the network in cross-connect, testor equipment areas to link optical equipmentand are bac ed by the TrueNet Zero-Bit ErrorWarranty.

SpecificationsOperating Temperature Range: 32º to 158º F (0º to 70º C)Intermatability Standard: TIA/EIA 604-10 (FOCIS 10)Insertion Loss: 0.10 typical, 0.30 maximumReflectance: <-20 dB (MM)

All patch cords undergo testing for insertion loss, return loss and reflectance at the factory before shipmentto ensure that only quality product is delivered to the customer.

Features

• LC and SC duplex connectors are equipped with a removable duplex clip for simple Tx/Rx reconfigurationin the field.

• Lead-free OFNP jac et and RoHS compliant

• All patch cords are shipped with insertion loss tests for individual cords

• Readily available in LC-LC, LC-SC, and SC-LC configurations in standard lengths of 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, and15 meters.

• Available in singlemode and OM1, OM2, OM3, OM4 multimode glass types

• ANSI/TIA 568-C compliant

Optical Performance

SC LCSinglemode Ultra Polish Connectors (UPC)


0.2 dB max 0.09 dB typical

0.3 dB max. 0.1 dB typical

Return Loss(1310 and 1550 nm)

-57 dB min. -55 dB min.



0.3 dB Max0.1 dB typical

0.3 dB Max0.1 dB typical



1 1 ` / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u

r e d C a

b l i n g

334w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r C o n n


Fiber Connectivity SolutionsFiber Optic Patch Cords


Product Description Catalog Number1

OM1 - 62.5/125 multimode; OFNP jacket

2mm zipcord LC-LC connectors (with duplex clips) PAT-LCLC-P10C xxx M

2mm zipcord LC-SC connectors (with duplex clips) PAT-LCSC-P10C xxx M

2mm zipcord SC-SC connectors (with duplex clips) PAT-SCSC-P10C xxx M

OM2 - 50/125 multimode; OFNP jacket




1.6mm zipcord LC-LC connectors (with duplex clips) PAT-LCLC-P20A xxx M

OM3 -50/125 LOMMF 300 meters; OFNP jacket





OM4 -50/125 LOMMF 550 meters; OFNP jacket





Singlemode; OFNP jacket

2mm zipcord LC UPC-LC UPC connectors (with duplex clips) PAT-LCLC-PS0C xxx M

2mm zipcord LC UPC-SC UPC connectors (with duplex clips) PAT-LCSC-PS0C xxx M

2mm zipcord SC UPC-SC UPC connectors (with duplex clips) PAT-SCSC-PS0C xxx M

1.6mm zipcord LC UPC-LC UPC connectors (with duplex clips) PAT-LCLC-PS0A xxx M

1 xxx = length in meters: 001 = 1.0m, 002 = 2.0m, 003 = 3.0m, 005 = 5.0m, 006 = 6.0m, 007 = 7.0m, 010 = 10.0m,015 = 15.0mContact TE Connectivity for availability of custom lengths.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

335w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Fiber Connectivity SolutionsFiber Optic Connectors

TE’s TrueNet Fiber Optic Connectors are essential to meet the requirements of today’s high-speed datanetwor s. TE offers a wide array of fiber optic connectors as well as a variety of products that fieldinstallers can use to terminate multi fiber cable. The following information will outline the solutionsalong with the ordering information technicians will need to conduct field terminations.

Connectors are available for both singlemode and multimode applications and in the followingconnector types:

SC: All plastic components; "Snap Clic " connections; screw on feature with ey alignment

ST: All metal components; not "pull proof"

LC: Constructed with a plastic housing and provide for accurate alignment via their ceramic ferrules.

TE also offers a comprehensive group of its and accessories needed for termination. The Epoxy/Polish,Ideal and consumables its contain all the tools necessary to terminate your specified connector. Also, acomplete fiber connector/adapter cleaning kit is available.

Features

• Available in both singlemode and multimodeconstructions

• ST®, SC, and LC connector types available• Connectors utilize pre-radiused zirconia

ceramic ferrules

• Singlemode ultra physical contact (UPC)available for SC, and LC connectors

• SC and LC connectors can be duplexed

• ST®, SC, and LC tested to rigid TelcordiaGR-326 standard

• Available for 900µm installations

• Typical insertion loss: 0.2dB

• All styles meet Fiber Optic ConnectorIntermateability Standard (FOCIS) documents



1 1 ` / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u

r e d C a

b l i n g

336w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r C o n n


SC/ST Typical SpecificationsInsertion Loss Singemode & Multimode: 0.5 dB maximum 0.2 dB typical Durability: 1000 mates,

less than 0.2 dB change Storage Temperature: -55 to +85 °C

Operating Temperature: -40 to +75 °C

ENVIRONMENTAL Vibration, Impact, Thermal, Humidity: Tested to GR-326

LC Typical SpecificationsReturn Loss: > 20 dB > 50 dB > 60 dBInsertion Loss: 0.5 dB maximum; 0.2 dB typicalOperating Temperature: -40 to +75 degrees C (depending on cable type)Lifetime: 1000 cycles

Cable Diameter: Buffered Fiber: 900 µmTensile Strength: Buffered Fiber: 5 N

Description

SC epoxy/polish connectorSinglemode, 900µm blue boot, ceramic ferruleMultimode, 900µm blac boot, ceramic ferrule

ST®

epoxy/polish connectorSinglemode, 900µm yellow boot, ceramic ferruleMultimode, 900µm blac boot, ceramic ferrule

LC epoxy/polish connectorSinglemode, 900µm boot, ceramic ferruleMultimode, 900µm boot, ceramic ferruleLC duplex clip

Catalog Number

EPSCUSM30096BL EPSCXMM30096Bk

EPSTUSM30096YL EPSTXMM30096Bk

EPLCUSM30095 EPLCXMM30095 LCD-CLIP


Fiber Connectivity SolutionsFiber Optic Connectors

Epoxy/Polish Connectors



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

337w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Fiber Connectivity SolutionsAccessories

TE TrueNet's field termination tool its contain all the necessary tools to terminate the specifiedconnector. Consumable items will complete approximately 50 connectors and may be ordered separatelyas a consumable kit. Connector ovens may also be ordered separately. International and air shipmentsexclude alcohol and canned air.

Epoxy/polish Connector Tool kits and Ideal Tool kits are provided with a list of contents and instructionsfor use. The latest connector designs demand the proper strip length, epoxy application and crimp sizefor the connector to perform properly. Both tool its contain a Universal Crimp Tool.

Also included in the following toolkits specifically:

Epoxy/Polish Kit: – Specify type of connector for Polish Disc, see ordering information

Ideal Kit: – Contains curing oven with thermometer– Contains Polishing Disks for ST, SC, FC connectors

• Alcohol• Shrink Tape• Micro Torch• Kim Wipes• Canned Air• Jacket Stripper• Shrink Tubes• Epoxy Mixer• Workmat• Cable Markers• Utility knife• Tweezers• 100X Microscope With

Adapter

• 9"X13" Polish Plate• 5 Pac s of Epoxy• 5 (9"X13") 5µm Polish Film• 5 (9"X13") 1µm Polish Film• 10 (9"X13") .3µm Polish Film• Cable Ties• 2 Storage Boxes• 50 Pac Foam Swabs• Economy Pen Scribe• Red No-Nik• Matching Gel• Scissors• Buffer Tube Stripper

• Universal Fiber ContinuityTester

• Universal Crimp Tool• Fusion Splice Sleeves (Clear)• 4 Bit Screwdriver• Syringes (5)

• Measuring Tape• Connector Cleaner• Miller Stripping Tool• Piano Wire• Permanent Black Marker

Both the Epoxy/polish Connector and Ideal Toolkits include the following:


Toolkits

Epoxy/Polish

SC: Epoxy/polish connector tool it, enough consumables for 50 connectors(1 per technician) EPTk-SC

ST: Epoxy/polish connector tool it, enough consumables for 50 connectors(1 per technician) EPTk-ST

LC: Epoxy/polish connector tool it, enough consumables for 50 connectors(1 per technician) EPTk-LC

Ideal Tool Kit

Ideal Tool kit, enough consumables for 50 connectors (1 per technician) IDTK

LC polishing disk for use with Ideal tool kit EPLC-PUCk




1 1 ` / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u

r e d C a

b l i n g

338w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r C o n n



Kit includes:

• (9"X13") 3 in one polishing paper (50)

• 5µm Gray Section

• 1µm Green Section

• 0.3µm White Section

• Pac s of Epoxy (10)

• Syringes (10)

• Mini foam swabs (100)

• Alcohol (8 oz.)

• Kimwipes ® (2 boxes)

• Canned Air (2 cans)

TE TrueNet's field termination consumables its contain all of the consumables necessary to terminateany TE connector. International and air shipments exclude alcohol and canned air.

Consumables kits are provided with a list of contents and instructions for use. The latest connectordesigns demand the proper strip length, epoxy application and crimp size for the connector to

perform properly.


Accessories

Consumables

Consumables for epoxy/polish connectors (1 per 100 connectors) EPTk-CON

Loctite ® Primer

Anaerobic Primer, Loctite 7649 (enough for approximately 500 connectors) EP-LOC7649

Loctite Adhesive

Anaerobic Adhesive, Loctite 680 (enough for approximately 500 connectors) EP-LOC680




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

339w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


The fiber connector/adapter cleaning kit containsall the items required to adequately clean fiberconnectors and adapters. The performance of anoptical fiber system is largely dependent on thefiber connector cleaning procedures followed priorto installation. It is suggested that all the connectorsand adapters be cleaned before making anyconnections. The it cleans approximately 500connectors or adapters.

Description

Fiber connector/adapter cleaning kitIncludes:

• Instruction sheet • Lint-free wipes • Isopropyl alcohol • Cotton swabs • Lint-free pipe cleaners • Oil-free compressed air

Catalog Number

FPC-CLNKIT


Fiber Connector/Adapter Cleaning kit

This kit contains flammable alcohol and compressed air. For this reason, it can be shippedby surface method only.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

343w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Fiber Plug-and-Play Solutions

Introduction .................................................................... 344

Polarity Made Simple ...................................................... 345

Data Center Optical Distribution Frame with

Plug-and-Play Cassettes .................................................. 346

TFP Plug-and-Play Cassettes ............................................ 349

TFP MPO Pack ................................................................. 352

RMG Plug-and-Play Cassettes ......................................... 353

Plug-and-Play Microcable Trunk Assemblies .................... 356

TrueNet High Fiber Count Plug-and-Play Trunks .............. 358

TrueNet 12 Fiber Plug-and-Play Array Cables ................... 361



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

344w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r

P l u g - a n

d - P

l a y

S o

l u

t i o n s

Fiber Plug-and-Play SolutionsIntroduction

Data centers operate at very high levels of reliability and demand design flexibility to easilyaccommodate frequent adds and changes to equipment. Managing the thousands of cables thattypically comprise a data center should always be a high priority for the data center or network

manager —particularly for maximizing system performance and uptime.TE’s TrueNet® Fiber plug-and-play solutions for data center applications are designed to addressthe reliability, scalability, and thermal needs of today’s mission-critical data centers. The productsuite includes plug-and-play MPO solutions for TrueNet Fiber products for placement in the maindistribution area (MDA), backbone, horizontal, equipment and zone distribution areas (HDA,EDA and ZDA). These solutions are included in the TrueNet Zero Bit-Error Warranty, and promoteincreased reliability of the data center through properly managed and scalable cable density,which encourages proper airflow and reduces overall installation and maintenance costs.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

345w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Fiber Plug-and-Play SolutionsIntroduction

Cassette

Key up matedconnector

to transceiver

A-to-B Patch Cord

PinnedMPO Connector

A-to-A Patch Cord

Key up to Key upmated connector

Key up matedconnector

to transceiverKey up to Key upmated connector

Key up to Key downmated connector

Position 1

Position 12

Position 1

Position 12

Position 1

Position 12

Position 1

Position 12

Key up to Key downmated connector

Cassette12

3

4

56

7

8

9

10

11

12

A

B

B

A

Rx

Tx

A

B

B

A

Rx

Tx

1

2

3

4

56

7

8

9

10

11

12

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

A

A

Type-A ArrayConnector Cable

Non-PinnedMPO Connector

Example Optical Path

Figure 1: Connectivity method A for duplex signals

One of the most common questions regarding MPO deployments is how the system design addressesthe polarity issue of the fiber. TE’s TrueNet system employs the recommendations made in TIA

standard TIA-568-C.3.TrueNet plug-and-play trunks use a key up/key down fiber array as noted in TIA-568-C.3. The TrueNetplug-and-play cassettes are wired straight through. In addition, TrueNet duplex jumpers have a duplexclip that is easily removed for polarity changes in the field.

Polarity Made Simple



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

346w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r

P l u g - a n

d - P

l a y

S o

l u

t i o n s

Fiber Plug-and-Play SolutionsData Center Optical Distribution Frame withPlug-and-Play Cassettes

TE’s Data Center Optical Distribution Frame(ODF) with plug-and-play (MPO) cassettes is thehighest density optical distribution frame solution

available today. It efficiently manages up to 1,728fiber terminations using the 144-position block ina single frame in either a cross-connect or inter-connect design.

Its patented design incorporates the fundamentalsof cable management while using the industry’shighest fiber count MPO plug-and-play cassettes.

Features• Rapid installation of new deployments

• MPO trunks can enter rack from either under-floor or overhead

• Slack storage included in each rack allows forthe use of a single jumper length

• On frame jumper routing provides bendradius and physical protection with slackeasily andintuitively managed

Applications

• Provides managed high-density solutionfor optical distribution frames in the maindistribution area of the data center

• Can be successfully deployed in the cross-connect architecture recommended inTIA-942, and still provide clear, managedpathways for fiber



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

347w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


CONNECTION TABLE 144 POSMPO CONECTOR TRAY

FIBER COLOR

1-48 49-96 97-144

FIBER BUNDLE NUMBER 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

T/B POSITION1 13 25 37 49 61 73 85 97 109 121 133 BLUE2 14 26 38 50 62 74 86 98 110 122 134 ORANGE3 15 27 39 51 63 75 87 99 111 123 135 GREEN4 16 28 40 52 64 76 88 100 1 12 1 24 136 BROWN5 17 29 41 53 65 77 89 101 1 13 1 25 137 SLATE6 18 30 42 54 66 78 90 102 1 14 1 26 138 WHITE7 19 31 43 55 67 79 91 103 1 15 1 27 139 RED8 20 32 44 56 68 80 92 104 1 16 1 28 140 BLACK9 21 33 45 57 69 81 93 105 1 17 1 29 141 YELLOW

10 22 34 46 58 70 82 94 106 1 18 1 30 142 VIOLET11 23 35 47 59 71 83 95 107 1 19 1 31 143 ROSE12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 1 20 1 32 144 AQUA

Left Side

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

Fiber Bundle/MPO Connector Locations

Position #144

Position #12

Specifications

MPO connectormated pairs


Plug-and-Play trunks

LC Adapters

TFP Plug-and-Play Cassette TFP Plug-and-Play Cassette orOptical Distribution Frame Plug-and-Play Block

OPTICAL SPECIFICATIONS

850nm 1310nm

Module Loss (measured through MPO mated pair to LC adapter)

Insertion Loss

Maximum 0.7 dB 0.55 dB

Typical 0.25 dB 0.25 dB

Return Loss

Maximum — -55 dB

Trunk Loss (per meter)

Maximum .0035 dB .001 dB

Channel/Link Loss with 31 meter trunk (100feet) (as in figure above)



Top View



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

348w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r

P l u g - a n

d - P

l a y

S o

l u

t i o n s


O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o nDescription Catalog Number

144-position MPO – LC Blocks; Black

OM3–50/125 LOMMF 300 meters

LEFT block orientation NGFB-MPML0C112

RIGHT block orientation NGFB-MPMR0C112

OM4-50/125 LOMMF 550 meters

LEFT block orientation NGFB-MPML0C612

RIGHT block orientation NGFB-MPMR0C612Singlemode

LEFT block orientation NGFB-MPML0K512

RIGHT block orientation NGFB-MPMR0K512

Rack

30" x 24 " x 7 ft frame; black NGFB-MDF7A144-30

Rack Accessories

ISO Pad NGF-ACCIOSP30X24

End Guard NGFB-ACCEGD007

End Guard ISO Pad NGF-ACCISOPEG24

Rack Installation Kit Raised Floor FDF-ACC146

ENVIRONMENTAL CHARACTERISTICS Storage Temperature: -40° to 70° C (-40° to 158° F) Operating Temperature: 0° to 70° C (32° to 158° F) Installation Temperature: 0° to 70° C (32° to 158° F)

Please refer to pages 264-266 for more information on racks and accessories.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

349w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Fiber Plug-and-Play SolutionsTFP Plug-and-Play Cassettes

TE’s TrueNet® Fiber Panels (TFP) combine theunique features of vertical cable guides and ourpatented angle-left/angle right adapters, which

offers bend radius protection, intuitive routingand easy connector access. Our TFP series canbe ordered in one, two, four or five rack-unitsizes to fit your unique needs. Designed forrack or cabinet mounting in the horizontal orequipment distribution area, the TFP’s modularity,functionality and density make them ideal formounting in close proximity to servers, switches,routers and SANs.

The TFP’s functionality can be extended withits plug-and-play angled cassettes, which addup to 24-fiber terminations each for jumpermanagement in SANs-rich environments. Thesecassettes snap into place effortlessly; and evencome from the factory prelabeled with simpleinstallation instructions.

SpecificationsPANEL CONFIGURATIONS

TFP Series chassis utilize modular adapter packs which are unique to either the right or left position ofthe chassis. The left / right position must be specified to ensure proper adapter orientation and colororder in the backplane. Information below illustrates the various configurations for the three TFP chassis.

5 RU Chassis

MPL MPRMPL MPRMPL MPRMPL MPRMPL MPRMPL MPR

1 RU Chassis

MPL MPR

2 RU Chassis

MPL MPRMPL MPR

4 RU Chassis

MPL MPRMPL MPRMPL MPRMPL MPR

MPL = angle left plug-and-play cassetteMPR = angle right plug-and-play cassette

Features• Eliminates the need for on-site fiber

terminations, which means rapid deployments

• Incorporates angle left/angle right adapters toensure proper bend radius

• Use the same 1, 2, 4, and 5 rack unit standard

TFP chassis, which simplifies ordering



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

350w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r

P l u g - a n

d - P

l a y

S o

l u

t i o n s


Angle Right Polarity / Wiring Scheme

MPO – Fiber Position LC Connector Fiber Color

MPO-1 LC-2 & LC-14 Blue

MPO-2 LC-1 & LC-13 Orange

MPO-3 LC-4 & LC-16 Green

MPO-4 LC-3 & LC-15 Brown

MPO-5 LC-6 & LC-18 Slate

MPO-6 LC-5 & LC-17 White

MPO-7 LC-8 & LC-20 Red

MPO-8 LC-7 & LC-19 Black

MPO-9 LC-10 & LC-22 Yellow

MPO-10 LC-9 & LC-21 Violet

MPO-11 LC-12 & LC-24 Rose

MPO-12 LC-11 & LC-23 Aqua

Angle Left Polarity / Wiring Scheme


















LC Adapters


850nm 1310nm


Insertion Loss



Return Loss

Maximum — -55 dB








1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

351w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Termination only rack or cabinet mount panel, black

1 RU empty panel, black; accommodates 2 plug-and-play cassettes;T-handle latch close

TFP-1TT00-000B

2 RU empty panel, black; accommodates 4 plug-and-play cassettes;T-handle latch close

TFP-2TT00-000B

4 RU Termination only empty chassis, accommodates 8 TFP modular adapterpacks; black

TFP-4TT00-000B

5 RU empty panel, black: accommodates 12 plug-and-play cassettes;T-handle latch close

TFP-5TT00-000B

Plug-and-Play Cassettes

OM3 - 50/125 LOMMF 300 m

12-fiber cassettes; 6 LC (aqua) to 1 MPO adapter

Angle LEFT cassette TFP-12MPLDQ2

Angle RIGHT cassette TFP-12MPRDQ2

24-fiber cassettes; 12 LC (aqua) to 2 MPO adapters

Angle LEFT cassette TFP-24MPLDQ2

Angle RIGHT cassette TFP-24MPRDQ2

OM4- 50/125 LOMMF 550 m12-fiber cassettes; 6 LC (aqua) to 1 MPO adapter

Angle LEFT cassette TFP-12MPLFQ2

Angle RIGHT cassette TFP-12MPRFQ2

24-fiber cassettes; 12 LC (aqua) to 2 MPO adapters

Angle LEFT cassette TFP-24MPLFQ2

Angle RIGHT cassette TFP-24MPRFQ2

Singlemode

12-fiber cassettes; 6 LCUPC to 1 MPO adapter

Angle LEFT cassette TFP-12MPLSQ5

Angle RIGHT cassette TFP-12MPRSQ524-fiber cassettes; 12 LCUPC to 2 MPO adapters

Angle LEFT cassette TFP-24MPLSQ5

Angle RIGHT cassette TFP-24MPRSQ5


ENVIRONMENTAL CHARACTERISTICSStorage Temperature: -40° to 70 °C (-40° to 158 °F)

Operating Temperature: 0° to 70 °C (32° to 158 °F) Installation Temperature: 0° to 70 °C (32° to 158 °F)

Please refer to pages 283-285 for further specifications on TFP chassis.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

352w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r

P l u g - a n

d - P

l a y

S o

l u

t i o n s

Fiber Plug-and-Play SolutionsTFP MPO Pack

TE introduces an MPO adapter pack for theTrueNet TFP series fiber panel enclosures. Thisunique adapter pack contains 6 MPO adapters

to terminate 6 12 fiber trunks in each one. Dueto their high density, the MPO adapter packs areonly available for the 1 and 2 RU TFP chassis.With the use of these adapter packs, the 1RU willhold 144 fiber terminations, and the 2 RU willhold 288 terminations.

The TFP MPO adapter pack is ideally suited forapplications with high density switches, wherethe additional loss of the MPO cassette is notdesired. Either the TrueNet Microcable Trunksor High Count Plug-and-play trunks can beterminated in the back of the adapter pack

and a TrueNet Plug-and-Play Array cable can beterminated in the front of the adapter pack.

Features• Provides higher density in 1,2 RU TFP chassis by terminating 12 fibers in each adapter

• Limits insertion loss for loss sensitive optical budgets

• Unique angle right /angle left design allows for optimal management of the array cables off the front ofthe panel

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o nDescription Catalog Number

Termination Only Rack Mount Panel

1 RU empty panel, black; accommodates 2 modular adapter packs; T-handlelatch close

TFP-1TT00-000B

2 RU empty panel, black; accommodates 24 modular adapter packs; T-handlelatch close

TFP-2TT00-000B

MPO adapter pack

Contains 6 MPO adapters; can be installed in either left or right position TFP-72AP0MP

Cable Clamp

For use with 1/ 2RU chassis with high fiber count trunk applications TFP-ACC002



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

353w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Fiber Plug-and-Play SolutionsRMG Plug-and-Play Cassettes

TE’s RMG series fiber enclosure provides ruggedand durable protection for patching or splicingof fiber cables. Especially designed to be user-

friendly, the slide-out design and removable frontand rear panels provide convenient access points.

The RMGs modular MPO cassettes can beused in any of the RMG series fiber enclosuresin a LC and SC connector styles in OM3 andOM4 multimode and singlemode glass types.Designed for easy installation and allowing rapiddeployment with less labor.

Features• Completely interchangeable between RMG panel products

• Can be ordered with all standard types duplex and quad multimode and single mode adapters

• Modular design reduces installation costs



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

354w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r

P l u g - a n

d - P

l a y

S o

l u

t i o n s

Fiber Plug-and-Play SolutionsRMG Plug-and-Play Cassettes


Termination only rack or cabinet mount panel, black

1 RU empty panel, black; accommodates 3 MPO cassettes RMG-1000-000B



Accessory

Q-Frame RMG mounting bracket RMG-ACCQBRKT4RU

Plug-and-Play Cassettes

OM3 50/125 OMMF 300 meters cassettes

12 fiber cassettes; 3 quad LC (aqua) multimode adapters, 1 MPO adapter RMG-12MPODQ4

24 fiber cassettes; 6 quad LC (aqua) multimode adapters, 2 MPO adapter RMG-24MPODQ4

OM4 - 50/125 LOMMF 550 meters cassettes

12 fiber cassettes; 3 quad LC (aqua) multimode adapters, 1 MPO adapter RMG-12MPOFQ4

24 fiber cassettes; 6 quad LC (aqua) multimode adapters, 2 MPO adapter RMG-24MPOFQ4

Singlemode cassettes

12 fiber cassettes; 3 quad LC (blue) multimode adapters, 1 MPO adapter RMG-12MPOSQ8

24 fiber cassettes; 6 quad LC (blue) multimode adapters, 2 MPO adapter RMG-12MPOSQ8


Polarity / Wiring Scheme
















1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

355w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Fiber Plug-and-Play SolutionsPlug-and-Play Microcable Trunk Assemblies

TrueNet® plug-and-play microcable trunkassemblies are round 12 fiber optical trunkcables pre-terminated with a high-density MPO

connector on both ends. They can be used inconjunction with any of the other plug-and-playconnectivity products to rapidly deploy fiber intoa data center or Local Area Network (LAN). TheTrueNet Microcable assemblies can simply beplugged into any plug-and-play cassette in theoptical distribution frame or fiber enclosure whicheliminates the need for on-site fiber terminationand preparation.

Features• Available in OM3, OM4 and singlemode glass types

• Round design eliminates preferential bend issues which results in increased density and greatermanageability

• Compatible with FiberGuide® Optical Raceway system to add increased protection and manageability

• Utilizes small pulling pod, which can be removed completely and quickly in the field



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

356w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r

P l u g - a n

d - P

l a y

S o

l u

t i o n s


Polarity / Wiring SchemeMPO – A MPO – B Fiber Color

MT1 MT1 Blue

MT2 MT2 Orange

MT3 MT3 Green

MT4 MT4 Brown

MT5 MT5 Slate

MT6 MT6 White

MT7 MT7 Red

MT8 MT8 Black

MT9 MT9 Yellow

MT10 MT10 Violet

MT11 MT11 Rose (Pink)

MT12 MT12 Aqua

Specifications

STEALTH PULLING EYE CONFIGURATION

XXX = Length

7.25 ± .50in

2.75in

Connector "B"

Barcode Label

Connector "A"


850nm 1310nm


Insertion Loss


Typical 0.25 dB 0.25 dBReturn Loss

Maximum — -55 dB









LC Adapters




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

357w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Description Catalog Number 1

OM3 - 50/125 LOMMF to 300 meters, plenum jacket

3 mm 12-fiber microcable; MPO (no pins) – MPO (no pins) trunk MRM-AF/AFJG xxx F

OM4 - 50/125 LOMMF to 550 meters; plenum jacket

3mm 12-fiber microcable; MPO (no pins) - MPO (no pins) trunk MRM-AF/AFJP xxx F

Singlemode reduce water peak fiber, plenum jacket

3 mm 12-fiber microcable; MPO (no pins) – MPO (no pins) trunk MRE-AF/AFJA xxx F


1 xxx = length in feet.

COMPATIBILITY WITH FIBERGUIDE

Microcable Plug-and-Play Trunk

3.0 mm

Recommended patch cord density (per in 2) 40Maximum patch cord density (per in 2) 44

ENVIRONMENTAL CHARACTERISTICS Storage Temperature: -40° to 70° C (-40° to 158° F) Operating Temperature: 0° to 70° C (32° to 158° F) Installation Temperature: 0° to 70° C (32° to 158° F)

RECOMMENDED DENSITY

FiberGuide System

3.0 mm

Trough Pile-up 2x2 2x6 4x4 4x6 4x12 4x24

2-inch 160 480 320 480 960 1920

3-inch - - 480 720 1440 2880

4-inch - - 640 960 1920 3840

MAXIMUM DENSITY

FiberGuide System

3.0 mm

Trough Pile-up 2x2 2x6 4x4 4x6 4x12 4x24

2-inch 176 528 352 528 960 21123-inch - - 528 792 1584 3168

4-inch - - 704 1056 2112 4224



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

358w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r

P l u g - a n

d - P

l a y

S o

l u

t i o n s

Fiber Plug-and-Play SolutionsTrueNet High Fiber Count Plug-and-Play Trunks

TE’s TrueNet High Fiber Count Plug-and-PlayTrunks provide the backbone cabling for theTrueNet Plug-and-Play system. These high count

trunk cables come pre-terminated with a high-density MPO connectors on both ends andprovide an easy and efficient way to pull largenumbers of fibers at one time to help in therapid deployment of the TrueNet Plug-and-Playsystem either in the data center or Local AreaNetwork (LAN). Each trunk has custom breakoutsdesigned to work with the TE TrueNet Plug-and-Play connectivity. The TrueNet High Fiber CountTrunks can simply be plugged into any plug-and-play cassette in the optical distribution frame orfiber enclosure which eliminates the need foron-site fiber termination and preparation.

Features• Construction of rugged loose-tube fiber cable

• Ship with a pulling sock on one end to aid with installation

• Cable assemblies contain OFNP flame rated cable

• Breakouts specifically designed to work with TE TrueNet Plug-and-Play Connectivity



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

359w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



850nm 1310nm


Insertion Loss



Return Loss

Maximum — -55 dB

Trunk Insertion Loss (per meter)


Channel/Link Insertion Loss with 31 meter(100feet) trunk (as in figure above)



Polarity / Wiring SchemeMPO – A MPO – B Fiber Color

MT1 MT1 Blue

MT2 MT2 Orange

MT3 MT3 Green

MT4 MT4 Brown

MT5 MT5 Slate

MT6 MT6 White

MT7 MT7 Red

MT8 MT8 Black

MT9 MT9 Yellow

MT10 MT10 Violet

MT11 MT11 Rose (Pink)

MT12 MT12 Aqua

2.00in ± .10in

"L1" 5

+0in"L3" -1.75in+0in"L2" -1.75in

10in

.5in

FEMALE MPO CONNECTOR(6SHOWN FOR REF ONLYQUANTITYMAY VARY)

MULTI-FIBER CABLE(INDIVIDUALCIRCUITS NOT SHOWNREFER TO WIRECHART)

MPO-B(KEY DOWN)

MT1(REF)

MT12(REF)

ROUND TUBE

SUB-UNITS(5mmODMAX.)

FURCATION (2)(O.D.NOT TO EXCEED1.00 INFOR UP

TO 72FIBERS AND1.40INFOR 144 FIBERS.

LENGTH NOT TO EXCEED2.50IN FOR

UP TO 72FIBERS AND3.50IN FOR 144 FIBERS.)

MPO-A(KEY

UP)

"TFP OR NGF" LABEL

"TFP OR NGF" LABELINFORMATIONLABEL

L 1

L2

L 3

L 1

L 3

L2

SUB-UNITLABELS

6 7

8

8



Plug-and-Play high count trunks

LC Adapters




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

360w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r

P l u g - a n

d - P

l a y

S o

l u

t i o n s



OM3 - 50/125 LOMMF 300 m 24 fiber, MPO-MPO (no pins) 3mm round, OFNP rated MRM-AF/AFEJ xxx F- yy

24 fiber, MPO-MPO (no pins) 3mm dualzip, OFNP rated MRM-AF/AFZG xxx F

48 fiber, MPO-MPO (no pins) OFNP rated MRM-AF/AFFG xxx F- yy

72 fiber, MPO-MPO (no pins) OFNP rated MRM-AF/AFGG xxx F- yy

96 fiber, MPO-MPO (no pins) OFNP rated MRM-AF/AFKG xxx F- yy

OM4 - 50/125 LOMMF 550 m

24 fiber, MPO-MPO (no pins) 3mm round, OFNP rated MRM-AF/AFMP xxx F- yy

24 fiber, MPO-MPO (no pins) 3mm dualzip, OFNP rated MRM-AF/AFZP xxx F

48 fiber, MPO-MPO (no pins) OFNP rated MRM-AF/AFFP xxx F- yy

72 fiber, MPO-MPO (no pins) OFNP rated MRM-AF/AFGP xxx F- yy 96 fiber, MPO-MPO (no pins) OFNP rated MRM-AF/AFKP xxx F- yy

Singlemode

24 fiber, MPO-MPO (no pins) 3mm round, OFNP rated MRM-AF/AFMA xxx F- yy

24 fiber, MPO-MPO (no pins) 3mm dualzip, OFNP rated MRM-AF/AFZA xxx F

48 fiber, MPO-MPO (no pins) OFNP rated MRM-AF/AFFA xxx F- yy

72 fiber, MPO-MPO (no pins) OFNP rated MRM-AF/AFGA xxx F- yy

96 fiber, MPO-MPO (no pins) OFNP rated MRM-AF/AFKA xxx F- yy


1Note: xxx denotes length in feet of overall trunk, 001 = 1 ft, 010 = 10 ft, 100 = 100 ft2Note: yy denotes breakout definition for each end: AA = TFP to TFP, AB = TFP to ODF, BB = ODF to ODF, FF = RMG to RMG



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

361w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Fiber Plug-and-Play SolutionsTrueNet 12 Fiber Plug-and-Play Array Cables

TE’s TrueNet 12 Fiber Plug-and-Play Array Cablesprovide a convenient and efficient method toconnect active equipment into the network.

These 12 fiber round 3mm cables contain a pre-terminated high density MPO pinned connectoron one end and either LC or SC connectors onthe other. The TrueNet 12 Fiber Plug-and-PlayArray Cables assemblies can simply be pluggedinto any plug-and-play cassette in the opticaldistribution frame or fiber enclosure whicheliminates the need for on-site fiber terminationand preparation.

Features

• Round design with outer diameter of 3mm eliminates preferential bend issues which results in increaseddensity and greater manageability

• Each LC or SC leg clearly labeled and identified

• Standard breakout length 18 inches, which is optimum to connect to active equipment



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

362w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r

P l u g - a n

d - P

l a y

S o

l u

t i o n s



850nm 1310nm


Insertion Loss



Return Loss

Maximum — -55 dB

Trunk Insertion Loss (per meter)


Channel/Link Insertion Loss with 31 meter(100 feet) trunk (as in figure above)



I G U E

2.50inMAX

LENGTH IN METERS

18.00 in ± .50 in

H. F

: . I E G : .

EVI E

LL I LE E . : ±E I H E U LE . :±H E I E E I FI E GU L : ±

ILEI F I HI U E I

IE Y H LL EU E , IE , E U E

I L E I H LE II H U I E E F .

12 LC

SIMPLEXCONNECTORS

MALE MPO CONNECTOR(WITH ALIGNMENT PINS)

ROUND TUBE

(3mm O.D.MAX)

KRONEDUPLEX

CLIP (6)

FURCATION

2MM ROUND SUB-UNITS

PAIRLABELING



Plug-and-Play microcable trunks

LC / SCconnectors

TFP Plug-and-PlayMPO adapter pack



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

363w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


OM3 - 50/125 LOMMF to 300 meters – OFNP rated MPO pinned – LC; 18 in breakout; 3 meter length MRM-AM/0PJG003M-18

MPO pinned – LC; 18 in breakout; 4 meter length MRM-AM/0PJG004M-18

MPO pinned – LC; 18 in breakout; 5 meter length MRM-AM/0PJG005M-18

MPO pinned – SC; 18 in breakout; 3 meter length MRM-AM/09JG003M-18



OM4 - 50/125 LOMMF 550m - OFNP rated

MPO (pins) - LC; 18-inch breakout, 3 meter length MRM-AM/0PJP003M-18

MPO (pins) - LC; 18-inch breakout, 4 meter length MRM-AM/0PJP004M-18

MPO (pins) - LC; 18-inch breakout, 5 meter length MRM-AM/0PJP005M-18 MPO (pins) - SC; 18-inch breakout, 3 meter length MRM-AM/09JP003M-18

MPO (pins) - SC; 18-inch breakout, 4 meter length MRM-AM/09JP004M-18

MPO (pins) - SC; 18-inch breakout, 5 meter length MRM-AM/09JP005M-18

Singlemode Elite Cable Assemblies – OFNP rated

MPO pinned – LC/UPC; 18 in breakout; 3 meter length MRE-AM/0KJA003M-18



MPO pinned – SC /UPC; 18 in breakout; 3 meter length MRE-AM/07JA003M-18

MPO pinned – SC/UPC; 18 in breakout; 4 meter length MRE-AM/07JA004M-18

MPO pinned – SC/UPC; 18 in breakout; 5 meter length MRE-AM/07JA005M-18





1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

365w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Fiber Cable Raceway Systems

Introduction ..................................................... .............. 366

Features and Benefits ................................................. .... 367

Recommended and Maximum Patch Cord Densities ...... 368

FiberGuide ® Fiber Management System ......................... 369

Plenum FiberGuide ® System ........................................... 380



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

366w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r C a b l e R a c e w a y S y s t e m s

TE's FiberGuide® fiber management systems offer the greatest breadth of optical raceway products inthe industry. In response to customer requirements, TE continues to innovate and improve FiberGuide

systems, adding greater flexibility and driving down installation time to ensure a smooth deployment.FiberGuide is a raceway system designed to protect and route fiber optic patch cords, multi-fiber cableassemblies and intrafacility fiber cable (IFC) to and from fiber splice enclosures, fiber distribution framesand fiber optic terminal devices. FiberGuide ensures a two-inch minimum bend radius is maintainedthroughout the system. Tool-less, Snap-Fit ™ junctions, cover options and Plenum Express Exit ™ dropssignificantly reduce the amount of time required for installation.

The FiberGuide system is a complete set of products designed andmanufactured to ensure total off-frame protection and ease of use.Basic components include horizontal and vertical straight sections,horizontal and vertical elbows, downspouts, junctions and numerous support hardware and flex-tube kits.

Available in a variety of sizes:2x2 – Ideal for smaller installations or for vertical routing of a maximumof four hundred 2 mm fiber optic patch cords. All 2x2 FiberGuideproducts are shipped with covers.

2x6 – Designed for height restricted environments, this robust system provides the same support and system flexibility of the traditional4-inch-high system while saving 2 inches of overhead space. It featuresa maximum capacity of 1,200, 2 mm patch cords.

4x4 – Features the maximum capacity to support 1,600, 2 mm patchcords. It has been engineered to allow straight sections to beself-supporting over a span of up to 1.83 m (6 feet).

4x6 – Features the same benefits of the 4-inch system and a maximumtrough capacity of 2,400, 2 mm patch cords.

4x12 – The 12-inch-wide trough has a maximum capacity to supportnearly 5,000, 2 mm patch cords. Perfect for runs over fiber framelineups and perimeter routes.

4x24 – The 4x24-inch system is the ultimate raceway solution tosecurely route and protect patch cords over high-density opticaldistribution frames including TE's Data Center Optical Distribution Frame(ODF). Designed for maximum capacity, this robust system provides thesame support and flexibility as the traditional 4x12-inch system whiledoubling capacity.

Fiber Cable Raceway SystemsIntroduction

The Industry's Most Comprehensive Optical Raceway System



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

367w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Speed of InstallationFiberGuide ® systems feature a variety of products that allow for quick and easy installation. Express Exit ™ drops as well as tool-less products including Snap-Fit ™ junctions, snap-on covers and new hinged coveroptions save valuable time for installers.

Speed of DeploymentThe Express Exit system enables new drops to be added or removed quickly and easily. A drop can be addedinto a fully loaded raceway in seconds—without cutting.

Raceway FlexibilityFiberGuide features 38 support structures, over 75 fittings, multiple drop options and several othercomponents to suit any application you create.

Fiber ProtectionTE’s fiber expertise translates into maximum protection for your network. Two inch minimum bend radius ismaintained throughout the system regardless of the raceway size.

Strength and Durability100% raceway reliability—stands up to any challenge.

Fiber Cable Raceway SystemsFeatures and Benefits



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

368w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Fiber Cable Raceway SystemsRecommended and Maximum Patch Cord Densities

Recommended capacity takes into consideration random jumper placement into the FiberGuide ® system. Maximum density refers to the maximum number of fiber jumpers in a given cross-section of aFiberGuide installation. The TracerLight ® Connector Identification System is TE's newest patch cord solu -tion. It features slightly different dimensions than standard patch cords.

2.0 mmPatch Cords (per in 2)

90/ 102

3.0 mmPatch Cords (per in 2)

40/ 44

Recommended/ Maximum Density1.7 mm

Patch Cords (per in 2)

120/ 142

TracerLight ® Patch Cords—65 Patch Cords per in 2

Trough PileupRecommended/ Maximum Density

2-inch 3-inch 4-inch

4x24 System 3120 4680 6420

4x12 System 1560 2340 3120

4x6 System 780 1170 1560

4x4 System 520 780 1040

2x6 System 780 – –

2x2 System 260 – –

2-Inch 3-Inch 4-Inch

4x24 System

1.7 mm 5760/ 6816 8640/ 10224 11520/ 13632

2.0 mm 4320/ 4869 6480/ 7344 8640/ 9792

3.0 mm 1920/ 2112 2880/ 3168 3840/ 4224

4x12 System

1.7 mm 2880/ 3408 4320/ 5112 5760/ 6816

2.0 mm 2160/ 2448 3240/ 3672 4320/ 4896

3.0 mm 960/ 960 1440/ 1584 1920/ 2112

4x6 System

1.7 mm 1440/ 1704 2160/ 2556 2880/ 3408

2.0 mm 1080/ 1224 1620/ 1836 2160/ 24483.0 mm 480/ 528 720/ 792 960/ 1056

4x4 System

1.7 mm 960/ 1136 1440/ 1704 1920/ 2272

2.0 mm 720/ 816 1080/ 1224 1440/ 1632

3.0 mm 320/ 352 480/ 528 640/ 704

2x6 System

1.7 mm 1440/ 1740 – –

2.0 mm 1080/ 1224 – –

3.0 mm 480/ 528 – –

2x2 System1.7 mm 480/ 568 –

2.0 mm 360/ 408 – –

3.0 mm 160/ 176 – –



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

369w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Fiber Cable Raceway SystemsFiberGuide ® Fiber Management System

Express Exits™ Units (For use with 4x4, 4x6, 4x12 and 4x24 systems)

Description2-inch Express Exit Unit 4-inch Express Exit base with base cover 4-inch Express Exit rear cover kit Rear cover, 4-inch Express Exit—4x4 system Rear cover, 4-inch Express Exit—4x6 system Rear cover, 4-inch Express Exit—4x12 system Low profile Express Exit


Yellow System FGS-MEXP-A/B/F FGS-MEXP-E-A/B/F FGS-MEXC-E-A/B/F FGS-MEXC-E-A FGS-MEXC-E-B FGS-MEXC-E-F FGS-MEXP-LP-A/B/F

Black System FGSB-MEXP-A/B/F FGSB-MEXP-E-A/B/F FGSB-MEXC-E-A/B/F FGSB-MEXC-E-A FGSB-MEXC-E-B FGSB-MEXC-E-F FGSB-MEXP-LP-A/B/F

Catalog Number

2x2 Fittings and Junctions

Description

2x2 horizontal cross with cover 2x2 horizontal tee with cover 2x2 45º horizontal elbow with cover 2x2 90º horizontal elbow with cover 2x2 to 4-inch straight adapter with cover 2x2 end cap kit (includes junction) 2x2 45º up elbow with cover 2x2 45º down elbow with cover 2x2 90º up elbow with cover 2x2 90º down elbow with cover 2x2 junction


Yellow System

FGS-MHXP-C FGS-MHTA-C FGS-MH4A-C FGS-MH9A-C FGS-MDSA-AC FGS-HMEC-C1 FGS-MU4A-C FGS-MD4A-C FGS-MU9A-C FGS-MD9A-C FGS-MJWR-C

Black System FGSB-MHXP-C

FGSB-MHTA-C FGSB-MH4A-C FGSB-MH9A-C FGSB-MDSA-AC FGS-HMEC-C1 FGSB-MU4A-C FGSB-MD4A-C FGSB-MU9A-C FGSB-MD9A-C FGSB-MJWR-C

Catalog Number

2x2 Straight Section

Description

2x2 horizontal straight section withcover (6 feet)


Yellow System

FGS-MSHA-C

Black System

FGSB-MSHA-C

Catalog Number

Express Exits

FGS-MHTA-C

FGS-MSHA-C

FGS-MSDS-C

2x2 Downspout Options

Description2x2 standard downspout with cover 2x2 extended downspout with cover 2x2 flex tube attachment with 5-foot length

2-inch flex tube and 2x2 junction 2x2 extended downspout kit with 2-foot

length 2-inch flex tube and cover Dual 7 / 8 -inch flex tube attachment with

(2) 5-foot lengths flex tube and 2x2 junction

Kit of ten 7 / 8 -inch flex tube clamps


Catalog Number

Yellow System FGS-MSDS-C

FGS-MDSP-CFGS-MEX1-C-5F

FGS-KDH2-C

FGS-KT03-C

FGS-HSHS-C1

Black System FGSB-MSDS-C

FGSB-MDSP-CFGSB-MEX1-C-5F

FGSB-KDH2-C

FGSB-KT03-C

FGS-HSHS-C1

1 Note: Catalog number is the same for both yellow and black systems.

Express Exit



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

370w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



FGS-HLR2-C

FGS-HASK-C


Description

2x6 horizontal straight section (6-feet)2x6 horizontal straight section hinged cover


Yellow System

FGS-MSHS-G FGS-MSNC-B/G

Black System

FGSB-MSHS-G FGSB-MSNC-B/G

Catalog Number

2x6 Fittings

Description

2x6 to 2x2 downspout 2x6 horizontal T 2x6 horizontal cross 2x6 90º horizontal elbow 2x6 90º down elbow 2x6 45º horizontal elbow 2x6 45º up elbow with cover 2x6 45º down elbow 2x6 to 4x4 adapter 2x6 to 4x6 adapter 2x6 trumpet flare 2x6 end cap 2x6 Express Exit


Yellow System

FGS-MDSP-GFGS-MHRT-GFGS-MHXP-G FGS-MH9E-G FGS-MD9E-G FGS-MH4E-G FGS-MU4E-G FGS-MD4E-G FGS-MDSA-GA FGS-MDSA-GB FGS-MTRM-GFGS-HMEC-G1 FGS-MEXP-LP-G

Black System

FGSB-MDSP-GFGSB-MHRT-GFGSB-MHXP-G FGSB-MH9E-G FGSB-MD9E-G FGSB-MH4E-G FGSB-MU4E-G FGSB-MD4E-G FGSB-MDSA-GA FGSB-MDSA-GB FGSB-MTRM-GFGS-HMEC-G1 FGSB-MEXP-LP-G

Catalog Number

FGS-MSHS-G

2x2 Track Support Kits

Description2x2 aluminum track support kit (6-feet) New threaded rod kit ( 5 / 8 -inch)New threaded rod kit ( 1 / 2 -inch)2x2 track connecting bar kit Ladder rack bracket kit ( 5 / 8 -inch)Threaded rod 12" long Dual threaded rod bracket kit


Catalog Number 1

FGS-HASK-C FGS-HTR2-5/8 FGS-HTR2-1/2 FGS-HAEJ-C FGS-HLDR-5/8FGS-HTHR-5/8-12 FGS-HTUB-2-AB

2x2 Direct Support Kits

Description

2x2 ladder rack support kit 2x2 bay top short L bracket kit 2x2 bay top long L bracket kit 2x2 digital cableway support kit 2x2 underfloor support kit


Catalog Number 1

FGS-HLR2-C FGS-BTBS-CFGS-BTBL-CFGS-HDCB-CFGS-HUFB-C

1 Note: Catalog number is the same for both yellow and black systems, support kitsare the same for both systems.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

371w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


2x6 Junction



Description2x6 junction


Yellow System FGS-JUNC-G

Black System FGSB-JUNC-G

Catalog Number

Description4x4 downspout 4x4 and 4x6 downspout cover 4x4 extended downspout 4x4 and 4x6 extended downspout cover 4x4 horizontal T 4x4 horizontal T cover 4x4 horizontal cross 4x4 horizontal cross cover 4x4 90º horizontal elbow 4x4 90º horizontal elbow cover 4x4 45º horizontal elbow 4x4 45º horizontal elbow cover 4x4 90º up elbow with cover 4x4 90º down elbow 4x4 90º down elbow cover 4x4 45º up elbow with cover 4x4 45º down elbow 4x4 45º down elbow cover 4x4 to 4x6 straight adapter 4x4 to 4x6 straight adapter cover 4x4 end cap 4x4 snap-fit junction 4x4 cut-in T Cut-in T fixture4x4 IFC tie bracket


Yellow System FGS-MDSP-A FGS-MCDS-AB FGS-MDSP-EX-A FGS-MCDS-EX-AB FGS-MHRT-A FGS-SHRT-A FGS-MHXP-A FGS-SHXP-A FGS-MH9E-A FGS-SH9E-A FGS-MH4E-A FGS-SH4E-A FGS-MU9E-A FGS-MD9E-A FGS-SD9E-A FGS-MU4E-A FGS-MD4E-A FGS-SD4E-A FGS-MDSA-AB FGS-SDSA-AB FGS-HMEC-A1 FGS-MFAW-A FGS-MHIS-A FGS-MHIS-JIG-A/B/F1

FGS-HIFC-A1

Black System FGSB-MDSP-A FGSB-MCDS-AB FGSB-MDSP-EX-A FGSB-MCDS-EX-AB FGSB-MHRT-A FGSB-SHRT-A FGSB-MHXP-A FGSB-SHXP-A FGSB-MH9E-A FGSB-SH9E-A FGSB-MH4E-A FGSB-SH4E-A FGSB-MU9E-A FGSB-MD9E-A FGSB-SD9E-A FGSB-MU4E-A FGSB-MD4E-A FGSB-SD4E-A FGSB-MDSA-AB FGSB-SDSA-AB FGS-HMEC-A1 FGSB-MFAW-A FGSB-MHIS-A FGS-MHIS-JIG-A/B/F1

FGS-HIFC-A1

Catalog Number

Description4x4 horizontal straight section (6 feet) 4x4 horizontal straight section hingedcover (6 feet) 4x4 expandable straight section


Yellow System FGS-MSHS-A

FGS-MSHC-A

FGS-MVAR-A

Black System FGSB-MSHS-A

FGSB-MSHC-A

FGSB-MVAR-A

Catalog Number

FGS-JUNC-G

FGS-MDSP-A

FGS-MSHS-A

FGS-MH9E-A

FGSB-MFAW-A




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

372w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



4x4 and 4x6 Downspout Options

2x6, 4x4 and 4x6 Support Kits

Description

New threaded rod bracket ( 5 / 8 -inch)New threaded rod bracket ( 1 / 2 -inch)Modified new threaded rod bracket ( 5 / 8 -inch)Existing threaded rod bracket ( 5 / 8 -inch)Existing threaded rod bracket ( 1 / 2 -inch)Modified existing threaded rod bracket ( 5 / 8 -inch)Center support bracket ( 5 / 8 -inch)Center support bracket ( 1 / 2 -inch)L bay support bracketDigital cableway bracket kit (12-inch) Digital cableway bracket kit (15-inch)Top support C-bracketTop support low profile C-bracketLadder rack center support bracket kitThreaded rod, 5 / 8 -11x12-inch Threaded rod, 5 / 8 -11x30-inch Threaded rod, 5 / 8 -11x72-inch Auxiliary framing clip kit 5 / 8 -11 threadAuxiliary framing clip kit 1 / 2 -11 threadAdjacent angle support bracket 5 / 8 -11/36-inchAdjacent angle support bracket 5 / 8 -11/48-inch Adjacent angle support bracket 1 / 2 -13/36-inchAdjacent angle support bracket 1 / 2 -13/48-inch Ladder rack bracket kit ( 5 / 8 -inch)Unistrut nut kit ( 5 / 8 -inch)


Catalog Number 1

FGS-HNTR-5/8FGS-HNTR-1/2 FGS-HNTR-5/8-A FGS-HETR-5/8 FGS-HETR-1/2 FGS-HETR-5/8-A FGS-HTUB-5/8FGS-HTUB-1/2 FGS-HLBKFGS-HCBL-12 FGS-HCBL-15FGS-HNTS-5/8FGS-HNTS-5/8-LPFGS-HNLR-AB FGS-HTHR-5/8-12 FGS-HTHR-5/8-30 FGS-HTHR-5/8-72 FGS-HFCK-5/8FGS-HFCK-1/2 FGS-HASB-5/8-36 FGS-HASB-5/8-48 FGS-HASB-1/2-36 FGS-HASB-1/2-48 FGS-HLDR-5/8FGS-HDGR

FGS-HNTR- XX

Description4x4 downspout junction kit 2x2 flex tube attachment with 5-foot length

2-inch flex tube and 2x2 junction 4x4/4x6 downspout insert (adapts to 2x2 system) 4x4 trumpet flare kit 4-inch square to 2-inch round adapter with

5-feet flex tubing4-inch square to 2-inch round adapter with

10-feet flex tubing 4-inch square to 2-inch round adapter with

15-feet flex tubing4x4 single flex tube attachment with (1) 5-foot

length 2-inch flex tubing 4x4 dual flex tube attachment with (2) 5-foot

lengths 2-inch flex tubing


Yellow System FGS-MJWR-A

FGS-MEX1-C-5F

FGS-HDSI-AB1 FGS-MTRM-A FGS-ASRI-5F

FGS-ASRI-10F

FGS-ASRI-15F

FGS-KT03-A1

FGS-KT03-A

Black System

FGSB-MJWR-A FGSB-MEX1-C-5F

FGS-HDSI-AB1 FGSB-MTRM-A FGSB-ASRI-5F

FGSB-ASRI-10F

FGSB-ASRI-15F

FGSB-KT03-A1

FGSB-KT03-A

Catalog Number

FGS-MDSP-EX-A




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

373w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1




Description

4x6 downspout 4x4/4x6 downspout cover 4x6 extended downspout 4x4/4x6 extended downspout cover 4x6 horizontal T 4x6 horizontal T cover 4x6 horizontal cross 4x6 horizontal cross cover 4x6 90º horizontal elbow 4x6 90º horizontal elbow cover 4x6 45º horizontal elbow 4x6 45º horizontal elbow cover 4x6 45º up elbow with cover 4x6 45º down elbow 4x6 45º down elbow cover 4x6 90º down elbow 4x6 90º down elbow cover 4x6 90º up elbow with cover 4x6 cut-in T Cut-in T fixture4x6 trumpet flare kit 4x6 end cap 4x6 snap-fit junction 4x6 IFC tie bracket


Yellow System

FGS-MDSP-BFGS-MCDS-AB FGS-MDSP-EX-B FGS-MCDS-EX-AB2 FGS-MHRT-BFGS-SHRT-BFGS-MHXP-B FGS-SHXP-B FGS-MH9E-B FGS-SH9E-B FGS-MH4E-B FGS-SH4E-B FGS-MU4E-B FGS-MD4E-B FGS-SD4E-B FGS-MD9E-B FGS-SD9E-B FGS-MU9E-B FGS-MHIS-BFGS-MHIS-JIG-A/B/F1 FGS-MTRM-BFGS-HMEC-B1 FGS-MFAW-B FGS-HIFC-B1

Black System

FGSB-MDSP-BFGSB-MCDS-AB FGSB-MDSP-EX-B FGSB-MCDS-EX-AB2 FGSB-MHRT-BFGSB-SHRT-BFGSB-MHXP-B FGSB-SHXP-B FGSB-MH9E-B FGSB-SH9E-B FGSB-MH4E-B FGSB-SH4E-B FGSB-MU4E-B FGSB-MD4E-B FGSB-SD4E-B FGSB-MD9E-B FGSB-SD9E-B FGSB-MU9E-B FGSB-MHIS-BFGS-MHIS-JIG-A/B/F1 FGSB-MTRM-BFGS-HMEC-B1 FGSB-MFAW-B FGS-HIFC-B1

Catalog Number

Description

6-foot horizontal straight section6-foot horizontal straight section hinged cover 4x6 expandable straight section


Yellow System

FGS-MSHS-BFGS-MSHC-BFGS-MVAR-B

Black System

FGSB-MSHS-BFGSB-MSHC-BFGSB-MVAR-B

Catalog Number

FGSB-MFAW-B

FGSB-MH9E-B

FGS-MSHS-B

FGS-MU9E-B

FGS-MDSP-B

FGSB-MTRM-B

1 Note: Catalog number is the same for both yellow and black systems.2 Dual downspout requires 2 covers



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

374w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



4x12 Fittings


4x12 System Support Kits

Description

New threaded rod bracket ( 5 / 8 -inch)Existing threaded rod bracket ( 5 / 8 -inch)Top support threaded rod bracket kitTop support low profile threaded rod bracket kitTrapeze bracket kitLadder rack center support bracket kit

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o nCatalog Number 1

FGS-HNTR-F-5/8FGS-HETR-F-5/8 FGS-HNTS-F-5/8FGS-HNTS-F-5/8-LPFGS-HNTP-F-5/8FGS-HNLR-F

4x12 Junction

Description4x12 horizontal T 4x12 to 4x6 horizontal T 4x12 horizontal cross 4x12 to 4x6 horizontal cross 4x12 to 4x6 adapter 4x12 90º horizontal elbow 4x12 45º horizontal elbow 4x12 end cap 4x12 cut-in T Cut-in T fixture4x12 45º up elbow with cover 4x12 45º down elbow 4x12 90º down elbow 4x12 trumpet flare kit 4x12 downspout with 4x6 exit 4x12 downspout with rear T 4x12 to dual 4x6 adapter4x12 IFC tie bracket


Yellow System FGS-MHRT-FFGS-MHRT-F/BFGS-MHXP-F FGS-MHXP-B/F FGS-MDSA-FB FGS-MH9E-F FGS-MH4E-F FGS-HMEC-F1 FGS-MHIS-FFGS-MHIS-JIG-A/B/F1 FGS-MU4E-F FGS-MD4E-F FGS-MD9E-F FGS-MTRM-FFGS-MDSP-FFGS-MDRT-FFGS-MDSA-F2B FGS-HIFC-F1

Black System FGSB-MHRT-FFGSB-MHRT-F/BFGSB-MHXP-F FGSB-MHXP-B/F FGSB-MDSA-FB FGSB-MH9E-F FGSB-MH4E-F FGS-HMEC-F1 FGSB-MHIS-FFGS-MHIS-JIG-A/B/F1 FGSB-MU4E-F FGSB-MD4E-F FGSB-MD9E-F FGSB-MTRM-FFGSB-MDSP-FFGSB-MDRT-FFGSB-MDSA-F2B FGS-HIFC-F1

Catalog Number

Description6-foot horizontal straight section

4x12 expandable straight section 6-foot hinged cover


Yellow System FGS-MSHS-F

FGS-MVAR-F FGS-MSNC-F

Black System FGSB-MSHS-F

FGSB-MVAR-F FGSB-MSNC-F

Catalog Number

Description4x12 snap-fit junction


Yellow System FGS-MFAW-F

Black System FGSB-MFAW-F

Catalog Number

FGS-MH9E-F

FGS-MSHS-F

FGS-MFAW-F

Covers are availablefor 4x12 fittings.Please contact TE

or visit www.TE.com

FGSB-MDSA-FB

FGSB-MTRM-F




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

375w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Vertical Duct Systems

Accessories

Description2x2 vertical slotted duct kit, 6-feet 2x2 vertical 1.5-inch slotted duct kit, 6-feet 2x2 vertical solid duct 1x2 vertical duct kit 1x2 solid vertical duct kit 2x2 vertical to 1x2 vertical adapter bracket 2x2 vertical slotted duct, 6-feet 2x2 vertical 1.5-inch slotted duct, 6-feet Cover for 2x2 vertical duct, 6-feet 2x2 vertical duct mounting bracket 4x4 vertical duct kit 4x4 vertical adapter junction kit

4x4 vertical slotted duct, 6-feet Cover for 4x4 vertical duct, 6-feet 4x4 vertical duct mounting bracket


Yellow System FGS-KTW1-C

FGS-KTW1-CA FGS-KTW4-C FGS-KTW1-E FGS-KTW4-E FGS-ACC063 FGS-MSHS-CFGS-MSHS-CA FGS-MSHC-CFGS-HWMB-C1 FGS-KTW2-D FGS-MJWR-D

FGS-MSHS-DFGS-MSHC-DFGS-HWMB-D1

Black System FGSB-KTW1-C

FGSB-KTW1-CA FGSB-KTW4-C FGSB-KTW1-E FGSB-KTW4-E FGSB-ACC063 FGSB-MSHS-CFGSB-MSHS-CA FGSB-MSHC-CFGS-HWMB-C1 FGSB-KTW2-D FGSB-MJWR-D

FGSB-MSHS-DFGSB-MSHC-DFGS-HWMB-D1

Catalog Number

DescriptionFlex Tubing2-inch outer diameter slotted flex tube, 5-feet 2-inch outer diameter slotted flex tube, 10-feet 2-inch outer diameter slotted flex tube, 15-feet 1-inch outer diameter slotted flex tube, 100-feet 1-inch outer diameter slotted flex tube, 150-feet 1-inch outer diameter slotted flex tube, 200-feet 1-inch outer diameter slotted flex tube, 250-feet 7 / 8 -inch outer diameter slotted flex tube, 5-feet7 / 8 -inch outer diameter slotted flex tube, 10-feet 7 / 8 -inch outer diameter slotted flex tube, 15-feet7 / 8 -inch outer diameter slotted flex tube, 200-feet AccessoriesHinge kit for 4x4 and 4x6 covers (kit of 1) Self-closing hinge (kit of 3)Retainer rings (kit of 10)Trough cover clip kitMitre box and sawQuick knobs (10)Quick knobs (100) Flex tube clamps (kit of 10)


Yellow System

FGS-MIDY-5FFGS-MIDY-10F FGS-MIDY-15FFGS-MLDY-100F FGS-MLDY-150F FGS-MLDY-200F FGS-MLDY-250F FGS-MFTY-5FFGS-MFTY-10F FGS-MFTY-15FFGS-MFTY-200F

FGS-HHGK1 FGS-HVHG1 FGS-HFRR-101 FGS-KT091 FGS-MKIT-ABF1 FGS-KQKB1 FGS-HQKK1 FGS-HHEC-101

Black System

FGSB-MIDY-5FFGSB-MIDY-10F FGSB-MIDY-15FFGSB-MLDY-100F FGSB-MLDY-150F FGSB-MLDY-200F FGSB-MLDY-250F FGSB-MFTY-5FFGSB-MFTY-10F FGSB-MFTY-15FFGSB-MFTY-200F

FGS-HHGK1 FGS-HVHG1 FGS-HFRR-101 FGS-KT091 FGS-MKIT-ABF1 FGS-KQKB1 FGS-HQKK1 FGS-HHEC-101

Catalog Number

FGS-KTW2-D

FGS-MIDY




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

377w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


4x24 Inch Section

4x24 SystemFittings – 4" H x 24" W

Description

Catalog Number

Yellow System Black System

4x24 fittings45° horizontal ebow FGS-MH4E-H FGSB-MH4E-H

Horizontal T with single 12" exit FGS-MHRT-H/F1 FGS-MHRT-H/F1

Horizontal T with three 24" exits FGS-MHRT-H1 FGS-MHRT-H1

Horizontal cross FGS-MHXP-H FGSB-MHXP-H

Horizontal cross with dual 12" exits FGS-MHXP-F/H FGSB-MHXP-F/H

45° up elbow FGS-MU4E-H FGSB-MU4E-H

45° down elbow FGS-MD4E-H FGSB-MD4E-H

4x24 conversions

12" cut-in T for 4x24 2 FGS-MHIS-F/H FGSB-MHIS-F/H

6" cut-in T for 4x242

FGS-MHIS-B/H FGSB-MHIS-B/H4" cut-in T for 4x24 2 FGS-MHIS-A/H FGSB-MHIS-A/H

4x24 to 4x12 adapter FGS-MDSA-HF FGSB-MDSA-HF

4x24 end cap FGS-HMEC-H1 FGS-HMEC-H1


End Cap(FGS-HMEC-H)

12" Cut-in T(FGS-MHIS-F/H)

Horizontal Cross(FGS-MHXP-H)

Horizontal Cross withDual 12" Exits(FGS-MHXP-F/H)

45° Horizontal Elbow(FGS-MH4E-H)

Horizontal Twith Single 12" Exit

(FGS-MHRT-H/F)

1 Note: Catalog number is the same for both yellow and black systems.2 Designed exclusively for the 4x24" system.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

378w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


4x24 SystemDownspouts – 4" H x 24" W


Description

Catalog Number

Yellow System Black System

Island T with single 12" exit FGS-ISLAND-H/F FGSB-ISLAND-H/F

Trumpet flare FGS-MTRM-H1 FGS-MTRM-H1


4x24 downspouts and attachments feed fiber from overhead straight sections intofiber optic equipment below.

Island T with Single 12" Exit(FGS-ISLAND-H/F)

Trumpet Flare(FGS-MTRM-H)




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

379w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

12.7 mm(.5")

736.6 mm(29")844.6 mm

(33.25")

50.8 mm(2")

Split NutBracketClip

Existing Threaded Rod Trapeze Bracket

Threaded Rod Ref

Quick Knob

793.8 mm(31.25")

736.6 mm(29")

50.8 mm(2")



Variable Fitting Support LocatorKit – Horizontal Elbow

(FGS-MH4E-H-VS)

Variable Fitting Support Locater Kit –Horizontal T with Single 12" Exit

(FGS-MHRT-H/F-VS)

Variable Fitting SupportLocater Kit – Horizontal Cross

(FGS-MHXP-H-VS)

Variable Fitting Support Locater Kit –Horizontal Cross with Dual 12" Exits

(FGS-MHXP-F/H-VS)

New 5/8” Threaded Rod Trapeze Bracket Kit(FGS-HNTP-H-5/8)

Existing 5/8” Threaded Rod Trapeze Bracket Kit(FGS- HETP-H-5/8)

Catalog Number 1


Variable fitting support locater kit for;

Horizontal elbow FGS-MH4E-H-VSHorizontal T with single 12" exit FGS-MHRT-H/F-VS

Horizontal cross FGS-MHXP-H-VS

Horizontal cross with dual 12" exits FGS-MHXP-F/H-VS

Threaded rod trapeze bracket kit for;

Existing; 5/8" FGS-HETP-H-5/8

New; 5/8" FGS-HNTP-H-5/8


1 Note: Support kit catalog numbers are the same for both yellow and black systems.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

380w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Fiber Cable Raceway SystemsPlenum FiberGuide ® System

TE’s Plenum FiberGuide ® System is a fiber cableraceway system that protects optical fibers,routed beneath raised computer room floorsand above suspended ceilings. These physicalareas, used to transport environment air, aretypically categorized as plenum air spaces byNational Electric Code (NEC) Standards. Ingeneral, materials used in these spaces must benon-flammable and must not emit appreciableamounts of smoke or toxic gases when exposedto heat or flame.

Made from sturdy aluminum, TE’s PlenumFiberGuide System protects optical fibersby physically separating them from coppercommunications cable, power cable, groundcables, heating/ventilating ducts, water pipes andmany other obstructions commonly encounteredin plenum air spaces.

New Plenum FiberGuide Express Exits ™ allow jumpers to be permanently or temporarily routedto the fiber optic terminal (FOT) equipment orfiber frames. No cutting is required becauseknockout sections can be punched out asnecessary.

As seen in Figure 1 , the Plenum FiberGuideSystem can be used above a dropped ceiling aswell as below a raised computer floor.

Figure 2 details a layout below a computerfloor. This illustration shows a plenum FiberGuideSystem featuring new Express Exits.

DroppedCeiling

RaisedFloor

FiberDistribution

Devices

FiberOptic

Equipment

Figure 1

Figure 2

All plenum components, includingmounting hardware for mounting theFiberGuide to the raised floor struts,are available in the Plenum FiberGuideproduct line.

Contact TE's Technical Assistance Center (TAC) for more information.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

381w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Fiber Optic Cable Solutions

Introduction ............................................... .................... 382

Indoor/Outdoor Cable .................................................. . 383

Compact Building ™ Cables ............................................ 393



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

382w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

F i b e r O p t i c C a b l e S o l u t i o n s

Fiber Optic Cable SolutionsIntroduction

TE’s TrueNet Fiber Optic Solutions offers acomplete family of high performance singlemodeand multimode cables, including Indoor/Outdoor

cables, Compact Building cables, Armoredversions, and patch cord/pigtail cables. All cableis produced by highly automated manufacturingprocesses and each fiber is tested to specificationsafter cabling to ensure consistent quality anddependability.

All multimode fibers exceed IEEE 802.3zstandards for Gigabit Ethernet performance.Fiber cable solutions also support IEEE 802.3aestandards for 300 meter 10Gbps applications aswell as 550 meter 10Gbps applications. Advancedconstruction techniques simplify termination andallow faster installation. Each fiber cable offerslow attenuation for optimum signal reliabilitywhile offering excellent crush, cut and abrasionresistance. The following are the TrueNet fibercable solutions; additional fiber cable options areavailable in TE’s Fiber Cable catalog.

Features

• Each fiber tested to specifications after cabling• Each fiber type available in all standard TE cable designs

• All multimode fiber types exceed Gigabit Ethernet industry standards (IEEE 802.3z)

• Ultra 50μm fiber is laser-optimized for 300 meter 10Gbps applications (IEEE 802.3ae)• Ultra 50μm fiber for 550 meter 10Gbps applications is also available



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

383w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Fiber Optic Cable SolutionsIndoor/Outdoor Cable

Features

• Dry cable core and dry buffer tubes provide effective water blocking without the need fortraditional gel ller

• Can be placed anywhere in the network, bypassing transition points from outdoor to indoor

• Installation times reduced because there is no need to clean gels

• Excellent ame retardancy

• Flexible design for easy installation

• Color-coded buffer tubes and bers

• Wide operating temperature: -40° to +75° C (-40° to +167° F)

Ordering information follows on the next page.

250 μm UV Colored Optical Fiber

3.0 mm (.12") Thermoplastic Tube Drygel Water Blocked

Strength Member

Flame Retardant Outer Jacket

250 μm UV Colored Optical Fiber

3.0 mm (.12") Thermoplastic Tube Drygel Water Blocked

Central Strength Member

Strength MemberFlame Retardant Outer JacketRip Cord

Indoor/Outdoor Dry Loose Tube (up to 12 fibers)

Indoor/Outdoor Dry Loose Tube (up to 144 fibers)

Optical Performance

1Bandwidth speci ed by over lled launch (OFL)2Bandwidth speci ed by laser-based launch

Maximum Attenuation(dB/km)

Typical Attenuation(dB/km)

Guaranteed Minimumbandwidth (MHz/km)

Multimode 850 nm/1300 nm 850 nm/1300 nm 850 nm/1300 nm

62.5/125 3.5/1.5 3.0/1.0 200 1 /500 1

50/125 μm 3.0/1.5 2.5/1.0 700 1 /500 1

50/125 μm ultra 300 3.0/1.5 2.5/1.0 2000 2 /500 1

50/125 μm ultra 550 3.0/1.5 2.5/1.0 4700 2 /500 1

1310 nm/1550 nm 1310 nm/1550 nm 1310 nm/1550 nm

Singlemode 1.0/1.0 0.4/0.3 NA

Dry Loose Tube Cables:Riser and Plenum Listed OFNR/FT-4 and OFNP/FT-6 c(ETL)us



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

384w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Guaranteed Ethernet Transmission Performance

Fast Ethernet100 Mbps

Gigabit Ethernet1 Gbps

10 Gigabit Ethernet10 Gbps


62.5/125 μm 300 m/2 km 275 m/550 m 33 m/300 m 1

50/125 μm 300 m/2 km 750 m/500 m 150 m/300 m 1

50/125 μm ultra 300 300 m/2 km 1100 m/550 m 300 m/300 m 1

50/125 μm ultra 550 300 m/2 km 1100 m/550 m 550 m/300 m 1

1310 nm/1550 nm 1310 nm/1550 nm 1310 nm/1550 nm

Singlemode 2 km/NA 5 km/NA 10 km/40 km

110 Gigabit Ethernet distance guarantees at 1300 nm are achieved via four 3.125 Gbps channels multiplexed with WWDM technology (10GBASE-LX4)

Dry Loose Tube Cables:Riser and Plenum Listed OFNR/FT-4 and OFNP/FT-6 c(ETL)us

010 = Singlemode 062 = 62.5/125 μm Multimode 50E = 50/125 μm multimode

50U = 50/125 μm Ultra multimode laseroptimized to 300 m5U5 = 50/125 μm Ultra multimode laseroptimized to 550 m

*Replace XXX with ber count. Replace YYY with ber type:

UL Type FibersDiameter Weight

Catalog Number*mm in kg/km lb/1000'

Dry loose tube:in/outdoor riser

6 6.5 .255 43 29 QXXXDLTIORYYY

12 6.5 .255 43 29

24 10.1 .396 82 55

48 10.1 .396 82 55

72 11.9 .467 111 75144 17.8 .700 252 169

Dry loose tube:in/outdoor plenum

6 6.6 .26 48 32 QXXXDLTIOPYYY

12 6.6 .26 48 32

24 6.2 x 12.6 .245 x .495 80 54

48 9.4 .37 82 55

72 11.7 .46 101 68

144 17.5 .69 315 212




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

385w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

TE’s line of indoor/outdoor armored loose tubecables are designed to meet all the rigors of

the outside plant environment, and have thenecessary fire ratings to be installed inside thebuilding. These cables eliminate the messy gelfiller of traditional loose tube style cables withsuper absorbent polymers. The installer can placethe cable anywhere in the network, bypassingthe traditional transition points required in mostinstallations. Cables are available with fibercounts from 6 to 144.

Features

• No cleaning of gels, greatly reduces installation time

• Reduces labor costs by eliminating transitionpoints at the demarcation

• Can be used outdoors or indoors inplenum areas

Applications

• Between buildings in a campus environment

• Plenum rated environments

• Raised computer floors

• Outside plant environments

Applications


• Plenum rated environments

• Raised computer floors


Compliances

• Telcordia GR-20-CORE


• EIA/TIA FOTPs

• ETL, (UL) 910, NEC OFCP, FT-6

• ISO/IEC 11801

• TIA/EIA 568-B.3


Armored Dry Loose Tube Cables: Plenum



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

386w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Specifications

12 FIBER CABLE

250 μm UV ColoredOptical Fiber3.0 mm ThermoplasticTube Drygel WaterBlockedStrength Member

Flame Retardant Innerand Outer Jacket

Interlocking Aluminum

Armor

72 FIBER CABLE

250 μm UV ColoredOptical Fiber3.0 mm ThermoplasticTube Drygel WaterBlockedStrength Member

Flame Retardant Innerand Outer Jacket

Interlocking Aluminum

Armor


Operating Temperature: -40° to 75 °C (-40° to 167 °F) Installation Temperature: 0° to 60 °C (-32° to 140 °F)

MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Maxiumum Bend Radius (in) Maximum Tensile Load (lbf)

Fiber Count Diameter (in) Weightlb/1000 ft

Short Term(Install)

Long Term Short Term(Install)

Long Term

6 0.614 138 9.2 6.1 300 9012 0.614 140 9.2 6.1 300 90

24 0.765 257 11.5 7.7 600 180

36 0.765 257 11.5 7.7 600 180

48 0.765 257 11.5 7.7 600 180

72 0.765 257 11.5 7.7 600 180

96 0.821 275 12.3 8.21 600 200

144 0.972 350 14.6 9.7 600 200





1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

387w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Optical Performance

1Bandwidth speci ed by over lled launch (OFL)2

Bandwidth speci ed by laser-based launch





62.5/125 3.5/1.5 3.0/1.0 200 1 /500 1

50/125 μm 3.0/1.5 2.5/1.0 700 1 /500 1

50/125 μm ultra 300 3.0/1.5 2.5/1.0 2000 2 /500 1

50/125 μm ultra 550 3.0/1.5 2.5/1.0 4700 2 /500 1

1310 nm/1550 nm 1310 nm/1550 nm 1310 nm/1550 nm




Fast Ethernet100Mbps

Gigabit Ethernet1Gbps

10 Gigabit Ethernet10Gbps


62.5/125 μm 300 m/2 km 275 m/550 m 33 m/300 m 1

50/125 μm 300 m/2 km 750 m/2000 m 150 m/300 m 1

50/125 μm ultra 300 300 m/2 km 1100 m/550 m 300 m/300 m 1

50/125 μm ultra 550 300 m/2 km 1100 m/550 m 550 m/300 m 1

1310 nm/1550 nm 1310 nm/1550 nm 1310 nm/1550 nm




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

388w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Fiber Count Catalog Number*6 Q006DLTIAP XXX

8 Q008DLTIAP XXX

12 Q012DLTIAP XXX

24 Q024DLTIAP XXX

36 Q036DLTIAP XXX

48 Q048DLTIAP XXX

72 Q072DLTIAP XXX

96 Q096DLTIAP XXX

144 Q144DLTIAP XXX

*Replace XXX with fiber type:010 = Singlemode062 = 62.5/125 μm multimode50E = 50/125 μm multimode/orange jacket50U = 50/125 μm ultra multimode laser optimized to 300 meters5U5 = 50/125 μm ultra multimode laser optimized to 550 meters






1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

389w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


TE’s innovative line of indoor/outdoor armoredloose tube cables are designed to meet all therigors of the outside plant environment and havethe necessary fire ratings to be installed insidethe building. These cables eliminate the messygel filler of traditional loose tube style cables withsuper absorbent polymers. The installer can placethe cable anywhere in the network, bypassingthe traditional transition points required in mostinstallations. Cables are available with fibercounts from 2 to 144 fibers.

Features

• No cleaning of gels, greatly reducesinstallation time

• Reduces labor costs by eliminating transitionpoints at the demarcation

• Can be used outdoors or indoors inriser areas

Applications


• Riser rated environments


Compliances



• EIA/TIA FOTPs

• ETL, (UL) 1666, NEC OFCR, FT-4

• ISO/IEC 11801

• EIA/TIA 568B

Armored Dry Loose Tube Cables: Riser



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

390w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Specifications

12 FIBER CABLE

250 μm UV ColoredOptical Fiber

3.0 mm ThermoplasticTube Drygel WaterBlocked

Strength MemberInterlocking AluminumArmor

Flame Retardant Innerand Outer Jackets

72 FIBER CABLE

250 μm UV ColoredOptical Fiber3.0 mm ThermoplasticTube Drygel WaterBlocked

Strength MemberCentral StrengthMember

Interlocking AluminumArmor


Operating Temperature: -40° to 75 °C (-40° to 167 °F) Installation Temperature: -20° to 60 °C (-4° to 140 °F)

Flame Retardant Innerand Outer Jackets




Maxiumum Bend Radius (in) Maximum Tensile Load (lbf)

Fiber Count Diameter (in) Weightlb/1000 ft

Short Term(Install)

Long Term Short Term(Install)

Long Term

6 0.614 138 9.2 6.1 300 90

12 0.614 140 9.2 6.1 300 90

24 0.765 257 11.5 7.7 600 180

36 0.765 257 11.5 7.7 600 180

48 0.765 257 11.5 7.7 600 180

72 0.765 257 11.5 7.7 600 180

96 0.821 275 12.3 8.21 600 200

144 0.972 350 14.6 9.7 600 200



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

391w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Optical Performance







62.5/125 3.5/1.5 3.0/1.0 200 1 /500 1

50/125 μm 3.0/1.5 2.5/1.0 700 1 /500 1

50/125 μm ultra 300 3.0/1.5 2.5/1.0 2000 2 /500 1

50/125 μm ultra 550 3.0/1.5 2.5/1.0 4700 2 /500 1

1310 nm/1550 nm 1310 nm/1550 nm 1310 nm/1550 nm








62.5/125 μm 300 m/2 km 275 m/550 m 33 m/300 m 1

50/125 μm 300 m/2 km 750 m/2000 m 150 m/300 m 1

50/125 μm ultra 300 300 m/2 km 1100 m/550 m 300 m/300 m 1

50/125 μm ultra 550 300 m/2 km 1100 m/550 m 550 m/300 m 1

1310 nm/1550 nm 1310 nm/1550 nm 1310 nm/1550 nm




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

392w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1





Fibers Diameter Weight Catalog Number* mm in kg/km lb/1000'

6

812

2436

48

7296

144

14.5

14.514.5

20.820.8

20.820.8

22.125.9

0.57

0.570.57

0.820.82

0.820.82

0.871.02

214

214214

856856

856856

9191502

144

144144

261261

261261

280458

Q006DLTIARXXXQ008DLTIARXXX




Q144DLTIARXXX

*Replace XXX with fiber type:

010 = Singlemode 062 = 62.5/125 μm Multimode 50E = 50/125 μm Multimode 50U = 50/125 μm Ultra Multimode laser optimized to 300 m 5U5 = 50/125 μm Ultra Multimode laser optimized to 550 m



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

393w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Fiber Optic Cable SolutionsCompact Building ™ Cable

OFNP/FT-6 c(UL)us Plenum Cable

Features

• 900μm tight buffered fibers designed forone-pass mechanical stripping

• Constructions above 24 fibersfeature 12 fiber subunits

• All-dielectric construction includesaramid yarn tensile strength members

• Easy-to-strip outer jacket

• Features TrueNet technology to improvecable performance (up to 24 fibers)

Applications

• Between main cross-connects andtelecommunications room

• Horizontal cable runs from cross-connectto telecommunications room

• Areas requiring (UL) listed flameretardant cables

• Horizontal cable runs from telecommunications rooms to consolidation points

Compliances

• Telcordia GR-409-CORE, EIA/TIA FOTPs• TIA/EIA 568-B

• (UL) 910, NEC OFNP, FT-6


Optical Performance






62.5/125 3.5/1.5 3.0/1.0 200 1 /500 1

50/125 μm 3.0/1.5 2.5/1.0 700 1 /500 1

50/125 μm ultra 300 3.0/1.5 2.5/1.0 2000 2 /500 1

50/125 μm ultra 550 3.0/1.5 2.5/1.0 4700 2 /500 1

1310 nm/1550 nm 1310 nm/1550 nm 1310 nm/1550 nm




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

394w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



OFNP/FT-6 c(UL)us Plenum Cable

12-Fiber Cable 72-Fiber Cable

PVC Outer Jacket

900 μm TightBuffered Fiber

Aramid YarnStrength Member

Dielectric CentralStrength Member

Ripcord

12-Fiber Subunit

PVDF Outer JacketAramid YarnStrength Member

Rip Cord



*Replace YYY with ber type: 010 = Singlemode 50U = 50/125 μm Ultra multimode laser

062 = 62.5/125 μm Multimode optimized to 300 m 50E = 50/125 μm multimode 5U5 = 50/125 μm Ultra multimode laser optimized to 550 m

Fibers Diameter Weight Minimum Bend RadiusLoaded Installed

Catalog Number*

mm in kg/km lb/1000' mm in mm in

4 4.1 0.16 34 23 81.3 3.2 40.6 1.6 6004LFPCBCYYY

6 4.8 0.19 43 29 96.5 3.8 48.3 1.9 6006LFPCBCYYY

8 5.3 0.21 59 40 106.7 4.2 53.3 2.1 6008LFPCBCYYY

12 6.4 0.25 73 49 127 5.0 63.5 2.5 6012LFPCBCYYY

18 6.4 0.25 73 49 127 5.0 63.5 2.5 6018LFPCBCYYY

24 7.4 0.29 125 84 147.3 5.8 73.7 2.9 6024LFPCBCYYY

36 13.5 0.53 171 115 269.2 10.6 134.6 5.3 6036LFPCBCYYY48 16.3 0.69 261 176 325.1 12.8 162.6 6.4 6048LFPCBCYYY

72 19.1 0.75 322 216 381 15 190.5 7.5 6072LFPCBCYYY

96 22.9 0.90 325 218 457.2 18 228.6 9.0 6096LFPCBCYYY

144 23.4 0.92 474 319 467.4 18.4 233.7 9.2 6144LFPCBCYYY








62.5/125 μm 300 m/2 km 275 m/550 m 33 m/300 m 1

50/125 μm 300 m/2 km 750 m/2000 m 150 m/300 m 1

50/125 μm ultra 300 300 m/2 km 1100 m/550 m 300 m/300 m 1

50/125 μm ultra 550 300 m/2 km 1100 m/550 m 550 m/300 m

1310 nm/1550 nm 1310 nm/1550 nm 1310 nm/1550 nm




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

395w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Armored Plenum

Fiber Optic Cable SolutionsCompact Building TM Cable

TE’s armored plenum compact building cablesare designed for use in backbone or horizontalcabling applications. Constructions above 24fibers are available with 12 fibers subgroups (upto 144 fibers total).

Features

• Interlocking aluminum armor

• TrueNet ® Technology to improve cableperformance (up to 144 fibers)

• Constructions above 24 fibers feature 12fiber subunits

Applications

• Backbone distribution cabling

• Raised floor installations

• Industrial environments

Compliances

• Telcordia GR-409-CORE, EIA/TIA FOTP’s

• TIA/EIA 568-B

• (UL) 1666, NEC OFCR, FT-4



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

396w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Specifications

12 FIBER CABLE

Plenum Inner andOuter Jacket

InterlockingAluminium Armor900 μm TightBuffered FiberAramid YarnStrength MembersDielectric CentralStrength Member

Rip Cord

72 FIBER CABLE

Plenum Inner andOuter Jacket

InterlockingAluminum Armor

Rip Cord900 μm TightBuffered FiberAramid YarnStrength Members


12 Fiber Subunit


Operating Temperature: -20° to 70 °C (-4° to 158 °F) Installation Temperature: 0° to 70 °C (32° to 158 °F)


Part Number Diameter WeightMinimum Bend Radius Maximum Pulling Load

Loaded Installed Short Term Long Term

mm in Kg/km lb/1000ft mm in mm in N lbf N lbf

6004LFPCBAYYY 14.5 0.57 201 135 290 11.6 145 5.8 1000 224 300 67

6006LFPCBAYYY 14.5 0.57 210 141 290 11.6 145 5.8 1000 224 300 67

6008LFPCBAYYY 14.5 0.57 223 150 290 11.6 145 5.8 1000 224 300 67

6012LFPCBAYYY 14.5 0.57 240 161 290 11.6 145 5.8 1800 403 600 135

6018LFPCBAYYY 14.5 0.57 240 161 290 11.6 145 5.8 1800 403 600 135

6024LFPCBAYYY 15.7 0.62 310 208 314 12.4 157 6.2 1800 403 600 135

6036LFPCBAYYY 22.1 0.87 449 302 442 17.4 221 8.7 2700 604 1000 224

6048LFPCBAYYY 24.6 0.97 628 422 492 19.4 246 9.7 2700 604 1000 224

6072LFPCBAYYY 25.9 1.02 710 477 518 20.4 259 10.2 2700 604 1000 224

6096LFPCBAYYY 29.7 1.17 778 523 594 23.4 297 11.7 2700 604 1000 224

6144LFPCBAYYY 32.2 1.27 987 663 644 25.4 322 12.7 2700 604 1000 224

Armored Plenum



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

397w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Armored Plenum


Optical Performance







62.5/125 3.5/1.5 3.0/1.0 200 1 /500 1

50/125 μm 3.0/1.5 2.5/1.0 700 1 /500 1

50/125 μm ultra 300 3.0/1.5 2.5/1.0 2000 2 /500 1

50/125 μm ultra 550 3.0/1.5 2.5/1.0 4700 2 /500 1

1310 nm/1550 nm 1310 nm/1550 nm 1310 nm/1550 nm








62.5/125 μm 300 m/2 km 275 m/550 m 33 m/300 m 1

50/125 μm 300 m/2 km 750 m/2000 m 150 m/300 m 1

50/125 μm ultra 300 300 m/2 km 1100 m/550 m 300 m/300 m 1

50/125 μm ultra 550 300 m/2 km 1100 m/550 m 550 m/300 m 1

1310 nm/1550 nm 1310 nm/1550 nm 1310 nm/1550 nm




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

398w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


FibersDiameter Weight

Catalog Number*mm in kg/km lb/1000 1

4 14.5 0.57 201 135 6004LFPCBAYYY

6 14.5 0.57 210 141 6006LFPCBA YYY

8 14.5 0.57 223 150 6008LFPCBA YYY

12 14.5 0.57 240 161 6012LFPCBA YYY

18 14.5 0.57 240 161 6018LFPCBA YYY

24 15.7 0.62 310 208 6024LFPCBA YYY

36 22.1 0.87 449 302 6036LFPCBA YYY

48 24.6 0.97 628 422 6048LFPCBA YYY

72 25.9 1.02 710 477 6072LFPCBA YYY

96 29.7 1.17 778 523 6096LFPCBA YYY

144 32.2 1.27 987 663 6144LFPCBA YYY

*Replace YYY with fiber type:

010 = Singlemode062 = 62.5/125 μm multimode50E = 50/125 μm multimode/orange jacket50U = 50/125 μm ultra multimode laser optimized to 300 meters5U5 = 50/125 μm ultra multimode laser optimized to 550 meters

Note: Steel armor available by special quote


Armored Plenum




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

399w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


OFNR/FT-4 c(UL)us Riser Cable

Features

• 900 μm tight buffered bers designedfor one-pass mechanical stripping

• Constructions above 24 bersfeature subunits

• All-dielectric construction includes aramidyarn tensile strength members

• Features AirES® technology to improvecable performance (up to 24 bers)

Compliances

• Telcordia GR-409-CORE, EIA/TIA FOTPstandards

• TIA/EIA 568-B

• (UL) 1666, NEC OFNR, FT-4

Applications

• Designed for use in backbone orhorizontal cable applications

• Vertical cable runs from cross-connectsto telecommunication rooms

• Vertical cable runs from telecommunicationrooms to consolidation points

Armored constructions are available.Please contact your TE representative.

Ordering information follows on the next page.

Optical Performance






62.5/125 3.5/1.5 3.0/1.0 200 1 /500 1

50/125 μm 3.0/1.5 2.5/1.0 700 1 /500 1

50/125 μm ultra 300 3.0/1.5 2.5/1.0 2000 2 /500 1

50/125 μm ultra 550 3.0/1.5 2.5/1.0 4700 2 /500 1

1310 nm/1550 nm 1310 nm/1550 nm 1310 nm/1550 nm




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

400w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



OFNR/FT-4 c(UL)us Riser Cable

12-Fiber Cable 72-Fiber CablePVC Outer Jacket


Fiber Aramid YarnStrength Member


12-Fiber Subunit

PVC Outer Jacket

Aramid YarnStrength Member

Rip Cord



*Replace YYY with ber type: 010 = Singlemode 50U = 50/125 μm Ultra multimode lazer

062 = 62.5/125 μm Multimode optimized for 300 m 50E = 50/125 μm multimode 5U5 = 50/125 μm Ultra multimode lazer optimized for 550 m

Fibers Diameter Weight Minimum Bend Radius Catalog Number*

Loaded Installed

mm in kg/km lb/1000' mm in mm in

4 4.6 0.18 37 21 91.4 3.6 45.7 1.8 6004LFRCBCYYY

6 5.3 0.21 43 24 106.7 4.2 53.3 2.1 6006LFRCBCYYY

8 6.1 0.24 59 38 121.9 4.8 61.0 2.4 6008LFRCBCYYY

12 7.4 0.29 73 43 147.3 5.8 73.7 2.9 6012LFRCBCYYY

18 7.4 0.29 73 43 147.3 5.8 73.7 2.9 6018LFRCBCYYY

24 8.1 0.32 125 66 162.6 6.4 81.3 3.2 6024LFRCBCYYY

36 17.0 0.67 262 176 340.4 13.4 170.2 6.7 6036LFRCBCYYY48 19.6 0.77 307 206 396.2 15.6 195.6 7.7 6048LFRCBCYYY

72 21.1 0.83 414 278 421.6 16.6 210.8 8.3 6072LFRCBCYYY

96 22.4 0.88 399 268 447.0 17.6 223.5 8.8 6096LFRCBCYYY

144 23.9 0.94 430 289 477.5 18.8 238.8 9.4 6144LFRCBCYYY








62.5/125 μm 300 m/2 km 275 m/550 m 33 m/300 m 1

50/125 μm 300 m/2 km 750 m/2000 m 150 m/300 m 1

50/125 μm ultra 300 300 m/2 km 1100 m/550 m 300 m/300 m 1

50/125 μm ultra 550 300 m/2 km 1100 m/550 m 550 m/300 m 1

1310 nm/1550 nm 1310 nm/1550 nm 1310 nm/1550 nm




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

401w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Armored Riser

TE’s armored riser compact building cables aredesigned for use in backbone or horizontal

cabling applications. Constructions above 24fibers are available with 12 fiber subgroups(up to 144 fibers).

Features

• Interlocking aluminum armor

• TrueNet ® Technology to improve cableperformance (up to 144 fibers)

• Constructions above 24 fibers feature 12fiber subunits

Applications

• Backbone distribution cabling

• Raised floor installations

• Industrial environments

Compliances

• Telcordia GR-409-CORE, EIA/TIA FOTP’s

• TIA/EIA 568-B

• (UL) 1666, NEC OFCR, FT-4




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

402w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Specifications

12 FIBER CABLE

OFNR Riser Innerand Outer Jacket

Interlocking Armor900 μm TightBuffered FiberAramid YarnStrength Members


72 FIBER CABLE

OFNR Riser Innerand Outer Jacket

Interlocking ArmorRip Cord


Aramid YarnStrength MembersDielectric Central

Strength Member12 Fiber Subunitwith OFNR Jacket


Operating Temperature: -20 to 70 °C (-4° to 158 °F) Installation Temperature: 0° to 70 °C (-32° to 158 °F)


Part Number Diameter Weight

Minimum Bend Radius Maximum Pulling Load

Loaded Installed Short Term Long Term

mm in Kg/km lb/1000ft mm in mm in N lbf N lbf

6004LFRCBAYYY 14.5 0.57 198 133 290 11.6 145 5.8 1000 224 300 67

6006LFRCBAYYY 14.5 0.57 202 136 290 11.6 145 5.8 1000 224 300 67

6008LFRCBAYYY 14.5 0.57 223 150 290 11.6 145 5.8 1000 224 300 67

6012LFRCBAYYY 15.7 0.62 250 168 314 12.4 157 6.2 1800 403 600 135

6018LFRCBAYYY 15.7 0.62 250 168 314 12.4 157 6.2 1800 403 600 135

6024LFRCBAYYY 17.0 0.67 302 203 340 13.4 170 6.7 1800 403 600 135

6036LFRCBAYYY 25.9 1.02 650 437 518 20.4 259 10.2 2700 604 1000 224

6048LFRCBAYYY 28.4 1.12 740 497 568 22.4 284 11.2 2700 604 1000 224

6072LFRCBAYYY 29.7 1.17 868 583 594 23.4 297 11.7 2700 604 1000 224

6096LFRCBAYYY 31.0 1.22 918 617 620 24.4 310 12.2 2700 604 1000 224

6144LFRCBAYYY 32.2 1.27 929 624 644 25.4 322 12.7 2700 604 1000 224


Armored Riser



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

403w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Armored Riser

Fiber Optic Cable SolutionsCompact Building Cable

Optical Performance







62.5/125 3.5/1.5 3.0/1.0 200 1 /500 1

50/125 μm 3.0/1.5 2.5/1.0 700 1 /500 1

50/125 μm ultra 300 3.0/1.5 2.5/1.0 2000 2 /500 1

50/125 μm ultra 550 3.0/1.5 2.5/1.0 4700 2 /500 1

1310 nm/1550 nm 1310 nm/1550 nm 1310 nm/1550 nm








62.5/125 μm 300 m/2 km 275 m/550 m 33 m/300 m 1

50/125 μm 300 m/2 km 750 m/2000 m 150 m/300 m 1

50/125 μm ultra 300 300 m/2 km 1100 m/550 m 300 m/300 m 1

50/125 μm ultra 550 300 m/2 km 1100 m/550 m 550 m/300 m 1

1310 nm/1550 nm 1310 nm/1550 nm 1310 nm/1550 nm




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

404w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Armored Riser

FibersDiameter Weight

Catalog Number*mm in kg/km lb/1000 1

4 14.5 0.57 198 133 6004LFRCBAYYY

6 14.5 0.57 202 136 6006LFRCBA YYY

8 14.5 0.57 223 150 6008LFRCBA YYY

12 15.7 0.62 250 168 6012LFRCBA YYY

18 15.7 0.62 250 168 6018LFRCBA YYY

24 17.0 0.67 302 203 6024LFRCBA YYY

36 25.9 1.02 650 437 6036LFRCBA YYY

48 28.4 1.12 740 497 6048LFRCBA YYY

72 29.7 1.17 868 583 6072LFRCBAYYY

96 31.0 1.22 918 617 6096LFRCBA YYY

144 32.2 1.27 929 624 6144LFRCBA YYY

*Replace YYY with fiber type:

010 = Singlemode062 = 62.5/125 μm multimode50E = 50/125 μm multimode/orange jacket50U = 50/125 μm ultra multimode laser optimized to 300 meters5U5 = 50/125 μm ultra multimode laser optimized to 550 meters


Fiber Optic Cable SolutionsCompact Building Cable



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

405w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Complementary Products

Voice Grade Solutions

Series 2 ................................................................... 414

NT System .................................................. ............. 433

89D Style ................................................................ 437

Building Entrance Terminals

Fiber Wall Boxes ................................................... ... 450

Protection Devices ................................................ ... 461



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

406w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

C o m p l e m e n t a r y P r o d u c t s

V o i c e G r a d e S o l u t i o n s

Features

• The original IDC termination block system

• Can be custom configured to meet specificapplication requirements

• Available in 8- and 10-pair configurations

• Unique center port design allows forpatching or testing without removingcross-connect wires or disrupting the circuit

• Versatile mounting hardware allowsmounting on wall, in racks, etc.

• Comprehensive labeling options

Complementary ProductsVoice Grade Solutions: Series 2

Series 2 Wired Termination Block System

Series 2 10-pair disconnect block


Description Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog Number8-pair Series 2 block Quantity: 1 0.88" x 4.88" x 1.63" 6036 1 005-00 (order in multiples of 10 ) (22.35mm x 123mm x 41.4mm) Snaps into Type 85 rod mount bracket or standard Type 85 back mount frame10-pair Series 2 K110 disconnect block 0.88" x 4.88" x 1.63" 6468 5 102-00 Quantity per Pack: 10 (22.35mm x 123mm x 41.4mm) Snaps into universal mounting system, Type 105 rod mount bracket or standardType 105 back mount frame. Wires can be

terminated with either KRONE insertion toolor industry-standard punchdown toolequipped with 110-blade10-pair Series 10 block Quantity: 1 0.88" x 4.06" x 1.63" 6730 1 001-00 (order in multiples of 10 ) (22.35mm x 103.1mm x 41.4mm) Snaps into Type 85 rod mount bracket10-pair Series 10 block Quantity: 1 0.88 " x 4.06 " x 1.63 " 6730 1 001-01 (order in multiples of 10 ) (22.35mm x 103.1mm x 41.4mm) Includes (20) 5mm spacers for even spacing on Type 85 rod mount bracket

Tech TipFor proper wire management, use the wire management rings on both sides of the block.

Pull half the jumpers or patch cords to one side and the other half to the other side.

Tech TipField terminated kits are used for customized applications where preterminated blocks are not required.

Used with TE cable, the kits provide a complete broadband/DSL transmission solution.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

407w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Series 2 Field Assembly Kits

160-pair kit 200-pair kit

300-pair kit200-pair rod mount kit




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

408w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1





Description Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog Number160-pair field assembly kit Quantity: 1 18.44" x 4.06" x 3.81" 6636 1 210-00 Provides termination or patching for (4) (468.38mm x 103.12mm x 96.77mm) 4-pair cables. Includes (20) 8-pairSeries 2 blocks, (1) Type 85 label holder, (1)21-position Type 85 back mount frame,mounting hardware, protective rubbergrommets for back mount frame rear cable entry holes200-pair field assembly kit Quantity: 1 18.44 " x 4.88 " x 3.69 " 6638 1 180-00 Provides termination or patching for (468.38mm x 123mm x 93.73mm) multipurpose cable, including riser cable, totaling up to 200 pairs; allows easy pair

identification in 10-pair groups. Includes(2) 10-pair Series 2 blocks, (1) Type 105label holder, (1) 21-position Type 105back mount frame, mounting hardware,protective rubber grommets for mountingbracket rear cable entry holes300-pair field assembly kit Quantity: 1 27.13 " x 4.88 " x 3.69 " 6638 1 300-03 Includes (30) Series 2 10-pair blocks, (689mm x 123mm x 93.73mm) (1) 31-position back mount frame,label holder, mounting hardware200-pair field assembly kit Quantity: 1 18.63 " x 4.88 " x 3.69 " 6638 1 180-21 Includes (20) Series 2 10-pair blocks, (473.2mm x 123mm x 93.73mm) (1) 21-position rod mount frame,label holder, mounting hardware

Series 2 Field Assembly Kits



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

409w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Series 2 Preterminated Assemblies

160-pair block, factory preterminated 168-pair block, factory preterminated

200-pair block, factory preterminated 300-pair block, factory preterminated




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

410w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1






Description Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog Number160-pair factory preterminated kit Quantity: 1 18.44" x 4.06" x 3.81" 6635 1 210-08 For PBX switch cables using only 16-pair (468.38mm x 103.12mm x 96.77mm) per Telco connector, or for IBM 3270applications. Includes (20) 8-pair Series 2 blocks,affixed to back mount frame, preterminated to(10) RJ-21 50-pin male connectors withhook-and-loop fastener locks. Wires divided into16-pair groups. Each RJ-21 50-pin connector isconnected to (2) Series 2 blocks at the opposite end:Pairs 1 to 8 terminate to first block; pairs 9 to 16terminate to second block. Sequence repeated foreach 50-pin connector. Includes (1) Type 85label holder

168-pair factory preterminated kit Quantity: 1 18.44 " x 4.06 " x 3.81 " 6635 1 220-03 For PBX systems. Includes (21) 8-pair Series 2 (468.38mm x 103.12mm x 96.77mm) blocks, affixed to back mount frame,preterminated to (7) RJ-21 50-pin male connectors;hook-and-loop fastener locks on each 50-pinconnector secure equipment cables. Wires dividedinto 24-pair groups. Each group terminates to(1) RJ-21 50-pin connector at one end and (3)Series 2 blocks at the other end: Pairs 1 to 8terminate to first block; pairs 9 to 16 terminate tosecond block; pairs 17 to 24 terminate to thirdblock. Sequence repeated for each 50-pin connector200-pair factory preterminated kit 18.44 " x 4.88 " x 3.69 " 6637 1 180-03 Series 2 blocks, male connectors Quantity: 1 (468.38mm x 123mm x 93.73mm) For demarcation and multi-pair cable installations. Includes (20) 10-pair Series 2 disconnect blockspreterminated to (8) 25-pair male Telco RJ-21Xconnectors* on a 21-position back mount frame;includes (1) Type 105 label holder; hook-and-loopfastener locks on each 50-pin connector secureequipment cables. Mounts on mounting frameor support bars

*25-pair Telco connectors are oriented for bottom feed cable assemblies




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

411w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Description Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog Number200-pair factory preterminated kit with 10-pair 18.44" x 4.88" x 3.69" 6637 1 180-04 Series 2 blocks, female connectors Quantity: 1 (468.38mm x 123mm x 93.73mm) For demarcation and multi-pair cable installations.Includes (20) 10-pair Series 2 disconnect blockspreterminated to (8) 25-pair female Telco RJ-21Xconnectors* on a 21-position back mount frame;includes (1) Type 105 label holder; hook-and-loopfastener locks on each 50-pin connector secureequipment cables. Mounts on mounting frameor support bars300-pair factory preterminated kit with 10-pair 27.13" x 4.88" x 3.69" 6637 1 210-04 Series 2 blocks, male connectors Quantity: 1 (689mm x 123mm x 93.73mm) For demarcation and multi-pair cable installations.Includes (30) 10-pair Series 2 disconnect blockspreterminated to (12) 25-pair male Telco RJ-21Xconnectors on a 21-position back mount frame;includes (1) Type 105 label holder; hook-and-loopfastener locks on each 50-pin connector secureequipment cables. Mounts on support bars300-pair factory preterminated kit with 10-pair 27.13" x 4.88" x 3.69" 6637 1 210-10 Series 2 blocks, female connectors Quantity: 1 (689mm x 123mm x 93.73mm) For demarcation and multi-pair cable installations. Includes (30) 10-pair Series 2 disconnect blockspreterminated to (12) 25-pair female Telco RJ-21Xconnectors on a 21-position back mount frame;includes (1) Type 105 label holder; hook-and-loopfastener locks on each 50-pin connector secureequipment cable. Mounts on support bars


*25-pair Telco connectors are oriented for bottom feed cable assemblies



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

412w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



300-pair preterminated block


Series 2 Preterminated Blocks

Features

• High-density IDC termination system

• Preterminated to reduce installation time

• Provides “look-both-ways” fault isolation, testing and qualification without removing wires

• 25-pair connectors oriented for top feed cable assemblies

• Used with TE cable, the blocks provide a complete broadband/DSL transmission solution

200-pair preterminated block

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o nDescription Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog Number200-pair block Quantity: 1 18.44" x 4.88" x 3.69" 6637 1 180-49 Preterminated to (8) 25-pair female (468.38mm x 123mm x 93.73mm) Telco RJ-21X connectors300-pair block Quantity: 1 27.13" x 4.88" x 3.69" 6637 1 210-14 Preterminated to (12) 25-pair female (689mm x 123mm x 93.73mm) Telco RJ-21X connectors



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

413w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Description Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog Number100-pair stubbed disconnect block 9.63" x 4.88" x 3.69" 6637 1 140-30/15 with ARMM cable Quantity: 1 (244.6mm x 123mm x 93.73mm) Includes (10) 10-pair Series 2 disconnect blocks,label holder, (1) 11-position back mount frame withattached double group lug. Blocks preterminated to100-pair ARMM (24 AWG) cable (15'); cable stubexits through top of back mount frame

Mounts on support bars200-pair stubbed disconnect block 18.44" x 4.88" x 3.69" with ARMM cable Quantity: 1 (468.38mm x 123mm x 93.73mm) Includes (20) 10-pair Series 2 disconnect blocks,label holder, (1) 21-position back mount framewith attached double ground lug. Blockspreterminated to 200-pair ARMM (24 AWG)cable; cable stub exits through either top or bottomof assembly through rear cable entry holes on backmount frame Mounts directly to mounting frameor support bars 25' top rear exit stub 6637 1 250-01/25 50' top rear exit stub 6637 1 250-01/50 50' bottom rear exit stub 6637 1 250-02/50

200-pair stubbed disconnect block 18.44" x 4.88" x 3.69" 6637 1 180-51/50 with PVC cable stubs Quantity: 1 (468.38mm x 123mm x 93.73mm) Includes (20) 10-pair Series 2 disconnect blocks,label holder, (1) 21-position back mount frame. Blocks preterminated to (8) 25-pair unshieldedPVC (24 AWG) cables (50'); cable stub exits throughrear cable exit holes on back mount frameMounts to mounting frame or support bars

Series 2 Stubbed Disconnect Blocks

200-pair disconnect blockwith bottom rear exit stub

100-pair disconnectblock with top exit stub

200-pair disconnectblock with rear exit stub



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

414w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1




Features

• High-density wire termination system

• Support 4-wire circuits such as T1 or HDSL

• Disconnect blocks provide “look-both-ways” fault isolation, testing and qualification without removing wires

• Provide RJ48X or RJ48C handoff for easy access and circuit labeling• Equipped with eight-position keyed modular jacks; pins 1, 2, 4 and 5 preterminated to 8-pair Series 2

blocks. When an RJ plug is removed, pin 1 shorts to pin 4 and pin 2 shorts to pin 5, via a shorting barlocated in the jack. Upon insertion of a plug, the shorts are removed

• RJ48C versions can be used in conjunction with digital data jacks (smart jacks)

• Versatile patching options for easy changes or testing

• Preterminated blocks reduce installation time

• Superior contact performance

• Numerous labeling options

• Variety of mounting options on wall, in racks or cabinets

Series 2 8-Pair Termination Block Systems

RJ48X

RJ48C

Twenty-eight 2-pairchannels, unstubbed


Eight 2-pair channels,unstubbed

Twenty-eight 2-pairchannels, stubbed



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

415w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Series 2 8-Pair Termination Block Systems


Description Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog Number(28) 2-pair channels with 8-position keyed 18.38" x 4.16" x 3.13" modular jacks Quantity: 1 (466.9mm x 105.66mm x 79.5mm) Used to terminate HDSL service or to breakoutT3 (DS3) circuit into (28) 2-pair channels. 8-positionkeyed modular jack; pins 1, 2, 4 and 5 preterminatedto (7) 8-pair Series 2 blocksRJ48X modular jacks, no cable stub 6635 1 140-27RJ48C modular jacks, no cable stub 6635 1 140-29RJ48X modular jacks, (2) 50' cable stub 6635 1 140-28/50RJ48C modular jacks, (2) 50' cable stub 6635 1 140-30/50(8) 2-pair channels with 8-position keyed 5.25 " x 4.16 " x 3.13 " modular jacks Quantity: 1 (133.35mm x 105.66mm x 79.5mm) Used to terminate HDSL service or to breakoutT3 (DS3) circuit into (8) 2-pair channels. 8-positionkeyed modular jack; pins 1, 2, 4 and 5 preterminatedto (2) 8-pair Series 2 blocksRJ48X modular jacks, no cable stub 6635 1 140-31RJ48C modular jacks, no cable stub 6635 1 140-32



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

416w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1





Description Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog NumberType 105 grounding block Quantity: 1 0.88" x 4.88" x 1.56" 6089 2 017-00 Designed to provide common ground point for (22.35mm x 123mm x 39.6mm) shielded cable drain wires; earth lead allows

isolated ground connection. Snaps into Type 105back mount frame or rod mount bracket.NOTE: When used in rod mount bracket, groundclips must be used (2 clips per block) Termination:

38 drain wires: 20 AWG 76 drain wires: 22 to 26 AWG (2 per contact)

Color: Red Earth lead: 9.84" (250mm), 16 AWG redGround clips Quantity: 1 6089 3 202-00 Snap onto each end of 8- or 10-pair Series 2 rodmount block to ground to rod mount bracket.Allows installation of 10-pair protection magazinewhen overvoltage protection is required

Series 2 rod mount/back mount 6638 1 180-24 frame ground kit Quantity: 1 Kit includes (1) 10-pair hinged label holder,(1) earth module capable of terminating 68 drainwires (2 per contact). Remove standard 10-pairblock label holder and replace with earth moduleand hinged label holder

Grounding Blocks

Type 105 grounding block

Series 2 ground kit

Ground clip



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

417w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Description Catalog Number*Series 2 plug to Series 2 plug Quantity: 1 wired straight through, white cable1-pair 6647 2 000- XX 2-pair 6647 2 753- XX 4-pair 6647 2 752- XX

Series 2 plug to RJ45 (8P4C) plug Quantity: 1wired T568A, white cable 2-pair 6647 2 762- XX 4-pair 6647 2 750- XX Series 2 plug to RJ45 (8P4C) plug Quantity: 1wired T568B, white cable 2-pair 6647 2 782- XX 4-pair 6647 2 751- XX


Series 2 Accessories:Category 5 Patch Cords for Series 2 Blocks

These patch cords are used in all Series 2 8-pair and 10-pair disconnect blocks and exceed Category 5specifications for NEXT.

Category 5 Series 2 patch cords

Pair No. Pair 1 R

T

Pair 4 RT

Pair No.

Pair 3 RT

Pair 2RT

Pair 1 RT

Pair 2 RT

Pair No.

Pair 1 RT

T O P

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Pair 4 RT

Pair No.

Pair 3 RT

Pair 2 RTPair 1 R

T

8763

2145

Wired toPin #

T O P

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Pair 4 RT

Pair No.

Pair 3 RT

Pair 2 R

TPair 1 RT

87216

345

Wired toPin #

Pair 2 RT

Pair No.

Pair 1 RT

6345

Wired toPin #

Pair 2 RT

Pair No.

Pair 1 RT

2145

Wired toPin #

*Replace XX with: 04 = 4' 15 = 15' 07 = 7' 25 = 25' 10 = 10' 50 = 50'

6647 2 750- XX

6647 2 782- XX

6647 2 751- XX

6647 2 000- XX

6647 2 753- XX

6647 2 752- XX

6647 2 762- XX



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

418w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1




Series 2 Accessories: Labeling for Series 2 Blocks


Type 85 label strip

Side-mount label holder

Type 85 rod mount label holder


Type 105 label strip, slotted

Type 105 hinged openType 105 hinged closed

Type 85 openType 85 closed




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

419w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1




Description Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog NumberType 85 label holder Quantity: 1 0.63" x 3.41" x 1.31" 6036 2 018-00 Mounts onto Type 85 mounting bracket; each holder (16mm x 86.6mm x 33.27mm) requires 1 block position on a mounting bracket. Large printable space allows groupings based onapplication. Includes paper label, plastic carrier andaccepts label catalog number: 6631 3 100-04

Type 85 rod mount label holder Quantity: 1 0.63" x 3.41" x 1.31" 6630 1 009-01 Mounts onto Type 85 rod mount bracket; each holder (16mm x 86.6mm x 33.27mm) requires 1 block position. Includes paper label, plasticcarrier and accepts label catalog number: 6631 3 100-02

Type 85 hinged label holder Quantity: 1 0.63" x 3.5" x 0.63" 6036 2 005-02 Recommended for jumpered environments. (16mm x 88.9mm x 16mm) Snaps onto block face to provide hinged coverover block termination contacts and patch/test ports. Includes paper label, clear plastic protective coverfor each side of hinged cover and accepts labelcatalog number: 6631 3 100-02. Cover flips up forpatching, cross-connecting, testing and monitoring

Side-mount label holder Quantity: 1 0.63" x 1" x 0.31" 6462 2 016-00 Mounts onto side of either 8- or 10-pair Series 2 (16mm x 25.4mm x 7.9mm) blocks. 2 side-mount label holders attach to eachblock; includes rectangular paper label witheach holder

Type 105 label holder Quantity: 1 0.81" x 5.63" x 1.31" 6630 2 004-05 Includes jumper rings on both sides for additional (20.57mm x 143mm x 33.27mm)

wire management, paper label, plastic cover andaccepts labels catalog number: 6631 3 106- XX Mounts onto Type 105 mounting bracket, Type105 rod mount bracket or universal mountingsystem mounting bracket in Type 105 position.Each label holder requires one block position

Type 105 hinged label holder Quantity: 1 0.63" x 4.31" x 0.63" 6089 2 015-01 Recommended for jumpered environments. Snaps (16mm x 109.47mm x 16mm) onto block face to provide hinged cover over blocktermination contacts and patch/test ports. Includes paper label, clear plastic protective coverfor each side of hinged cover and accepts labelcatalog number: 6631 3 100-03. Cover flips up forpatching, cross-connecting, testing and monitoring. Extends 0.38" (9.7mm) from face of block

Type 105 slotted label strip Quantity per Pack: 10 0.81" x 4.25" x 0.88" 6462 2 096-00 Snaps onto face of 10-pair Series 2 block; covers (20.57mm x 107.9mm x 22mm) only top row of block and is fully visible with patch cords in place. Includes one slide-in paper label(Catalog Number: 6631 3 102- XX ) or can bewritten on directly



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

420w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1





Label sheet for Type 105label holder

Label sheet for Type 105hinged label holder


Examples of TIA/EIA-606 Color Coding

Color Identifies

Orange Demarcation point (e.g., central office terminations)

Green Network connections (e.g., network and auxiliary equipment)

Purple Common equipment, PBX, LANs, multiplexers (e.g., switching and data equipment)

White First level backbone (e.g., main cross-connect [MC (campus distributer[CD])]to a horizontal cross-connect [HC (floor distributer [FD])] or to an intermediatecross-connect [IC (building distributer [BD])])

Gray Second level backbone (e.g., IC [BD] to a HC [FD])

Blue Horizontal cable (e.g., horizontal connections to telecommunications outlets; formerly

referred to as “station cable”) Brown Interbuilding backbone (campus cable terminations)

NOTE: Brown takes precedence over white or gray for interbuilding runs

Yellow Miscellaneous (e.g., auxiliary, alarms, security)

Red Reserved for future use (also, key telephone systems)

Based on ANSI/TIA/EIA-606-A, May 1, 2002

Label sheet for Type 85 rodmount/hinged label strip

Label sheet for Type 105label strip

Label sheet for Type85 label holder



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

421w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Description Catalog NumberPaper label sheet for Type 85 rod mount label holder 6631 3 100-04 Labels come pre-cut on a white, 8.5" x 11" sheet, with 30 labels per sheet;accommodate hand or laser printing Quantity: 1 sheet per packagePaper label sheet for Type 85 label holder, hinged label holder or label strip 6631 3 100-02Labels come pre-cut on a white, 8.5" x 11" sheet, with 50 labels per sheet;accommodate hand or laser printing Quantity: 1 sheet per packagePaper label sheets in TIA/EIA-606 colors for Type 85 label holder, hinged label 6631 3 085-04 holder or label strip Labels come pre-cut on an 8.5" x 11" sheet with 50 labelsper sheet; accommodate hand or laser printing Quantity: 1 sheet per packagePaper label sheet for Type 105 hinged label holder 6631 3 100-03 Labels come pre-cut on a white 8.5" x 11" sheet, with 50 labels per sheet;accommodate hand or laser printing Quantity: 1 sheet per packagePaper label sheets in TIA/EIA-606 colors for Type 105 hinged label holder 6631 3 105- XX *Labels come pre-cut on an 8.5" x 11" sheet with 50 labels per sheet; accommodate Not available in hand or laser printing Quantity: 1 sheet per package -05 (brown)

-06 (yellow) -07 (red) -08 (white)

Paper label sheet for Type 105 label holder 6631 3 106- XX *Labels come pre-cut on a white 8.5" x 11" sheet, with 26 labels per sheet;accommodate hand or laser printing Quantity: 1 sheet per packagePaper label sheet for Type 105 label stripLabels come perforated on an 8.5" x 11" sheet, 20 labels per sheet; accommodatehand or laser printing. Available in all TIA/EIA-606 specified colors, two colors persheet (one color on each side) Quantity: 1 sheet per package

Orange, red 6631 3 102-01/09Green, purple 6631 3 102-02/03White, blue 6631 3 102-04/06Gray, brown 6631 3 102-05/07Yellow, white 6631 3 102-08


*Replace XX with: 00 = orange 01 = green 02 = purple 03 = gray 04 = blue 05 = brown

06 = yellow 07 = red 08 = white



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

422w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1




Disconnect plug Flat-top dummy plug

Marking caps Ground clip

Cable clamp8-pair disconnect bar 10-pair disconnect bar

Series 2 Accessories


Dust cover, 200-pair

Bridging test cord“Look-both-ways” test cord One-pair site-mounted test cord

Winged test adapter Signature device



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

423w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Description Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog NumberDisconnect plug Quantity: 1 6089 3 055-02 (order in multiples of 100) Color-coded plastic plugs plug intodisconnect block to open a pair of contacts. Centerhole for attaching ID tabs. Green only

Flat-top dummy plugs Quantity: 1(order in multiples of 100)Color-coded, plastic dummy plugs designed to pluginto disconnect block for quick identification ofspecial circuits and to block port access. Surface for writing or attaching small adhesive stickers(not supplied). Center hole for attaching ID tabs

Red 6417 3 105-00White 6417 3 105-01Blue 6417 3 105-07

Marking caps Quantity: 1(order in multiples of 100)Color-coded, plastic marking caps designedto snap over a block pair for quick identificationof special circuits. Caps block access to preventaccidental removal of jumper wires, but do notinterfere with patchingRed 6089 3 006-00

White 6089 3 006-01Blue 6089 3 006-07

Ground clips Quantity: 1 6089 3 202-00 Snap onto each end of 8- or 10-pair Series 2 rodmount block to ground to rod mount bracket.Used with connect-style blocks, allowing installation of 10-pair protection magazine when secondaryprotection is required

Cable clamp Quantity: 1 0.5" x 0.81" 6619 3 011-00Used to ground 10-pair Series 2 block. Fits on back (12.7mm x 20.64mm) of 10-pair rod mount blocks to provide tie-off pointfor cable foil on braided shield

Disconnect bars Quantity: 1Plug into disconnect blocks to open all contacts

simultaneously. For cutover and other applicationsrequiring numerous service disconnects. Made ofplastic. Extend 0.44" (11.11mm) from face of block

8-pair disconnect bar 0.13 " x 2.88 " x 1" 6418 3 405-00 (22.23mm x 73.15mm x 25.4mm)





1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

424w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1





Description Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog Number200-pair dust cover Quantity: 1 17.75" x 5" x 2.75" 6638 2 000-00 Protects (20) 10-pair Series 2 blocks. Greater depth (451mm x 127mm x 69.85mm) to clear overvoltage protection magazines or otherdevices. Allows approximately 1.25" (31.75mm)clearance from face of blockWinged test adapter Quantity: 1 6646 2 928-00 Allows monitoring of circuit without disruption inSeries 2 blocksSignature device Quantity: 25 6647 1 010-00 Provides ability to remotely sectionalize subscriberline fault to either the customer or network side of installation site by bridging line at the customer's

premises with voltage-level and voltage-polaritysensitive resistance. Provides signature for CO testequipment, even with customer side unterminatedTest CordsSeries 2 bridging test cord, 1-pair with 2 6646 2 900- XX * banana plugs Quantity: 1 Used to test parallel to the circuit. Two bananaplugs connect to test equipmentSeries 2 “look-both-ways” test cord Quantity: 1 Isolates cable side from jumper sidefor “look-both-ways” testing1-pair with 4 banana plugs 6647 2 900- XX *

1-pair with 4 alligator clips 6647 2 906- XX *

Series 2 1-pair site-mounted test cord Quantity: 1 6645 2 125- XX * Monitor or “look-both-ways” test circuit with flipof a switch. Mounts on 1 position of back mountframe or directly a wall. Includes RJ11 jack to quicklyisolate feeder or distribution network problems


*Replace XX with: 01 = 1' 04 = 4' 07 = 7' 10 = 10'



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

425w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

NT Termination Block System

Complementary ProductsVoice Grade Solutions: NT System

Features

• 100% compliant with Telcordia TR-NWT-

001195• UL 94V-0 plastic

• Available in disconnect, switching, connectcontact styles

• >200 IDC reterminations guaranteed

• >750 test cord insertions guaranteed

• 21% vertical space saving compared to Series 2

• Prevents accidental access to cable side contactduring cross-connect work

• Wire diameter range for solid and strandedcopper conductors

- 2 conductors per contact(same diameter) 22-26 AWG

- 1 conductor per contact 22-26 AWG

NT disconnect block NT switching block

NT connect block

Like the Series 2 termination block system, the NT system features 45-degree angled silver-platedcontacts, built-in test ports and insulation clamping ribs to protect the termination against vibrationand mechanical stresses.

The cable side (feed) contacts on the NT block are situated at a right angle on the back side of theblock. After the cable side contacts have been terminated and the blocks installed, access to the cableside contacts is blocked, preventing accidental access to these contacts.

The NT mounting pitch of 0.69-inch (17.5mm) represents a vertical space saving of over 21 percentcompared to standard Series 2 installations. Cable pairs are terminated with the KRONE insertion tooland a full line of accessories is available.


NT back mount frame

NT hinged label holder(closed)

NT label holder

NT marking cap

NT disconnect plug

NT hinged label holder(open)



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

426w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1






Description Catalog Number10-pair NT disconnect block Quantity: 1 (order in multiples of 10) 7014 1 004-03 Normally closed contact. Snaps into NT back mount frame10-pair NT footprint ground block Quantity: 1 (order in multiples of 10) 7014 1 005-00 Terminates up to 20 drain wires. Snaps into NT back mount frame

NT to Series 2 adapter Quantity: 1 7014 1 014-00 Accepts any standard single pair Series 2 test cord for NT testing

Black NT dummy plug Quantity: 1 (order in multiples of 100) 7014 3 049-00 Inserts into test/patch port of NT block for quickidentification of special circuits. Plugs block access to pairand prevent accidental removal of jumper wires

Red NT marking caps Quantity: 1 (order in multiples of 100) 6196 3 042-00 Snaps over block pair for quick identification of special circuits.Blocks access to pair and prevents accidental removal of jumper wires

Red NT disconnect plug Quantity: 1 (order in multiples of 100) 7014 3 021-00 Insert into patch/test port of NT block to open (disconnect) circuitNT 10-pair hinged label holder Quantity: 1 7014 2 007-00 Snaps onto 10-pair NT block face to provide hinged coverover block termination contacts and patch/test ports. Includeslabel for each side of hinged cover, clear plastic protectivecover. Cover flips up for testing, patching, cross-connection

NT 10-pair label holder Quantity: 1 7014 2 006-00 Requires 1 block position on NT back mount frame. Includescompartment for storing dummy plugs, marking caps, disconnect plugs

NT 1-pair site mounted test cord Quantity: 1 6645 2 126- XX 1 Mounts on 1 position of back mount frame or directly on wall

NT 1-pair "look-both-ways" test cord Quantity: 1 ANP-12NBAS- XXX XXX = length of test cord in feet 001 = 0.3 m (1') 004 = 1.2 m (4'), 007 = 2.1 m (7') 010 = 3 m (10')NT changeover adapter Quantity: 1 (Order in multiples of 10) 7014 1 044-00


1 Replace XX with: 01 = 1' 04 = 4' 07 = 7' 10 = 10'



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

427w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Description Catalog Number5-position NT back mount frame Quantity: 1 50-pair capacity; includes space for label holder Solid back 6655 2 850-05 Cable entry holes (1.75" diameter: 1.5" with 6655 2 851-05 protective rubber grommet)10-position NT back mount frame Quantity: 1 100-pair capacity; includes space for label holder Solid back 6655 2 850-10 Cable entry holes (1.75" diameter: 1.5" with 6655 2 851-10 protective rubber grommet)20-position NT back mount frame Quantity: 1 200-pair capacity; includes space for label holder

Solid back 6655 2 850-20 Cable entry holes (1.75" diameter: 1.5" with 6655 2 851-20 protective rubber grommet)30-position NT back mount frame Quantity: 1 300-pair capacity; includes space for label holder Solid back 6655 2 850-30 Cable entry holes (1.75" diameter: 1.5" with 6655 2 851-30 protective rubber grommet)




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

428w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Features

• Insertion sensor ensures the conductor is fully inserted into the block contacts before allowing anyexcess wire to be cut off

• An inhibitor lock prevents the scissors from operating—particularly useful in applications in whichconductors are daisy-chained through several contacts

• Universal scissors cut a variety of cable types, including 20 AWG through 26 AWG and Type 1foam-insulated conductors

• Specially designed wire hook removes terminated conductors

• Blade helps to remove blocks easily from back mount frames

Complementary ProductsVoice Grade Solutions: Accessories

KRONE insertion tool

LSA Plus Insertion Tool



Inhibitor LockPrevents the automatic trimming ofexcess wire to enable daisy-chaining

BladeUsed to remove termination

blocks from back mount frames

HookUsed to grab and remove

wires for changes

Insertion tool Quantity: 1 6417 2 055-01Disposable tool Quantity: 1 6417 3 006-01 Terminates wire into contact, will not cut excess wire; snips required to cut off excess wire



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

429w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Complementary ProductsVoice Grade Solutions: 89D Style

89D Style 25-Pair and 50-Pair Termination Blocks and Assemblies

Features

• Upgrade from 66-type technology

• Unique center port allows monitoring and “look-both-ways” testing without disturbing IDC

• Double the density at the demarcation point

• Available in traditional 25- and 50-pair increments

• Fits 89D-style mounting brackets

• Preterminated blocks available with a range of connector styles and positioning options

• The K110 feature enables the termination of wire with either the KRONE insertion tool or any industry-stan-dard punchdown tool with a 110 blade. Please note, the 5-pair disconnect block is not K110 compatible.


Description Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog Number25-pair disconnect block assembly Quantity: 1 10" x 3.38" x 1.38" 6639 1 003-01 Field-terminated disconnect block; snaps into (254mm x 85.85mm x 35.05mm) 89D bracket; includes label for empty half50-pair disconnect block assembly Quantity: 1 10" x 3.38" x 1.38" 6652 1 880-10 Field-terminated disconnect block; snaps into (254mm x 85.85mm x 35.05mm) 89D bracket; includes label and label holder5-pair disconnect block Quantity: 1 2" x 2" x 1.25" 6585 2 002-00 Field-terminated disconnect block; mounts (50.8mm x 50.8mm x 31.8mm) directly to wall or in an enclosure. This block is not K110 compatible

5-pair block

25-pair block 50-pair block



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

430w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Features

• Used at demarcation points

• 25-pair block preterminated to 25-pair female Telco connector for customer interface

• Mounts to wall or in mounting frame

• Quantity: 1


89D Style Preterminated 25-Pair Blocks

25-Pair Disconnect Block with 25-PairFemale Telco (RJ-21X) Connector

25-Pair Disconnect Block with RJ-71C

Features

• For applications in which telephone service is provided inconjunction with apartment building door answering system

• Provides 12-line series connection with door answering system

• Shorting plug provided to test loop continuity or to bypass theanswering system


• Quantity: 1

25-pair disconnect blockwith Telco connector

25-pair disconnect blockwith RJ-71C connector



25-pair disconnect block with 25-pair 10 " x 3.38 " x 2.88 " 6639 1 003-02 female Telco (RJ-21X) connector (254mm x 85.85mm x 73mm)



25-pair disconnect block with RJ-71C 10 " x 3.38 " x 2.88 " 6639 1 003-04 (254mm x 85.85mm x 73mm)



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

431w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



25-Pair Disconnect Block with 8 RJ48X Connectors


Description Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog Number25-pair disconnect block 10 " x 3.38 " x 2.88 " 6639 1 003-03 with 8 RJ48X connectors (254mm x 85.85mm x 73mm)

Features

• Connects T1 lines and other 4-wire circuits

• The RJ48X is an 8-position keyed modular jack. Pins 1, 2, 4 and 5 are preterminated to the disconnect block.When RJ plug is removed, pin 1 shorts to pin 4 and pin 2 shorts to pin 5 via a shorting bar located in the

jack. When a plug is inserted, the shorts are removed

• For shielded cable applications, pins 7 and 8 of the jack are also pretermintaed to the block (slate and brownconductors) so a common drain wire connection can be maintained throughout the circuit


• Quantity: 1

25-pair disconnect blockwith 8 RJ48X connectors

RJ48X



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

432w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Features• Connects T1 lines and other 4-wire circuits

• The RJ48C is an 8-position keyed modular jack with pins 1, 2, 4 and 5 preterminatedto the disconnect block


• Quantity: 1



25-Pair Disconnect Block with 12 RJ48S Connectors



25-pair disconnect block with 12 10" x 3.38" x 2.88" 6639 1 003-05 RJ48S connectors (254mm x 85.85mm x 73mm)

Features


• The RJ48S is an 8-position keyed modular jack with pins 1, 2, 7 and 8 preterminatedto the disconnect block


• Quantity: 1

T RR1

T1

25-pair disconnect block with

12 RJ48S connectors

RJ48S


25-pair disconnect block 10" x 3.38" x 2.88" 6639 1 003-18 with 12 RJ48C connectors (254mm x 85.85mm x 73mm)


RJ48C

25-Pair Disconnect Block with 12 RJ48C Connectors



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

433w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

25-Pair Disconnect Block with 12 RJ48S and25-Pair Female Telco (RJ-21X) Connector

Features


• The RJ48S is an 8-position keyed modular jackwith pins 1, 2, 7 and 8 preterminated to thedisconnect block

• 25-pair female Telco (RJ-21X) connector ispreterminated to the disconnect block,eliminating the need for field termination


• Quantity: 1



25-pair disconnect blockwith 12 RJ48S connectors

and Telco connector



25-pair disconnect block with 12 RJ48S 10" x 3.38" x 2.88" 6639 1 003-07 and 25-pair female Telco (RJ-21X) connector (254mm x 85.85mm x 73mm)

25-Pair Disconnect Block with 12 RJ14C and25-Pair Female Telco (RJ-21X) Connector



25-pair disconnect block with 12 RJ14C 10" x 3.38" x 2.88" 6639 1 003-06 and 25-pair female Telco (RJ-21X) connector (254mm x 85.85mm x 73mm)

1 2 3 4 5 6

T2R1 T1

R2

RJ14C

Features

• Used for bridged connections to the tip andring conductors of 2 separate telephone lines

• The RJ14C is a 6-position modular jack withpins 2, 3, 4 and 5 preterminated to thedisconnect block

• The 25-pair female Telco (RJ-21X) connectoris preterminated to the disconnect block,eliminating the need for field termination


• Quantity: 1

25-pair disconnect block

with 12 RJ14C connectorsand Telco connector



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

434w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1





50-pair disconnect block with (2) 25-pair female 10" x 3.38" x 2.88" 6639 1 051-02/01 Telco (RJ-21X) connectors (254mm x 85.85mm x 73mm)50-pair disconnect block with (2) 25-pair male 10" x 3.38" x 2.88" 6639 1 050-02/01 Telco (RJ-21X) connectors (254mm x 85.85mm x 73mm)


50-Pair Disconnect Block with (2) 25-Pair Telco (RJ-21X) Connectors

Features

• Used at demarcation points

• Disconnect block is preterminated to (2) 25-pair femaleor male Telco (RJ-21X) connectors for customer interface

• Includes 89D bracket, hook-and-loop fastener locks,label and label holder

• Blocks can be custom configured: Use chart on this page,substituting the 2-digit number for “01” at the end of thecatalog number

• Mounts directly to wall or in mounting frames

• Quantity: 1


Rear view showing rear mounting options

Custom ConfigurationsFront view showing side mounting options

01 02 03

04

50 51 52 53

05 06

Configuration/01: Connectors

top left, bottom right

Configuration/02: Both

connectors on left side

Tech TipWhen wiring 50-pair blocks with 4-pair data cable, you do not need to skip every fifth pair for patchingpurposes. In a jumpered environment, terminate all 25 pairs on each side.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

435w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Features

• The RJ48X is an 8-position keyed modular jackwith pins 1, 2, 4 and 5 preterminated to thedisconnect block. When RJ plug is removed, pin1 shorts to pin 4 and pin 2 shorts to pin 5 via ashorting bar located in the jack. When a plug isinserted, the shorts are removed


• Quantity: 1


50-Pair Disconnect Block with 16 RJ48X Connectors


Description Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog Number50-pair disconnect block 10" x 3.38" x 2.88" 6639 1 050-32 with 16 RJ48X connectors (254mm x 85.85mm x 73mm)

Features


• The RJ48X is an 8-position keyed modular jack with pins 1, 2, 4 and 5 preterminated to thedisconnect block

• For shielded cable applications, pins 7 and 8 of the jack are preterminated to the block (slate and brownconductors) so a common drain wire connection can be maintained throughout the circuit


• Quantity: 1

50-Pair Disconnect Block with 16 RJ48X ConnectorsModi ed for Shielded Applications

50-pair disconnect block with16 RJ48X connectors

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o nDescription Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog Number50-pair disconnect block with 16 RJ48X 10" x 3.38" x 2.88" 6639 1 050-33 connectors modified for shielded applications (254mm x 85.85mm x 73mm)

RJ48X



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

436w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1




Features


• The RJ48C is an 8-position keyed modular jack with pins 1, 2, 4 and 5 preterminatedto the disconnect block


• Quantity: 1RJ48C


50-Pair Disconnect Block with 16 RJ48C Connectors


Description Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog Number50-pair disconnect block 10" x 3.38" x 2.88" 6639 1 050-44 with 16 RJ48X connectors (254mm x 85.85mm x 73mm)

Features

• The RJ45 is an 8-position keyed modular jack with pins 5, 4, 1, 2, 3, 6, 7 and 8

(wired TIA 568-B) preterminated to thedisconnect block

• Includes label and label holder


• Quantity: 1

50-Pair Disconnect Block with 12 RJ45 Connectors

50-pair disconnect blockwith 12 RJ45 connectors


Description Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog Number50-pair disconnect block 10" x 3.38" x 2.88" 6639 1 052-01 with 12 RJ45 connectors (254mm x 85.85mm x 73mm)

T568B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

T2

T3T4

R4

R1 T1

R2R3



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

437w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Features• Incoming cable pairs are preterminated to ARMM

(24 AWG, CMR) cable

• 20-foot cable stub exits through top of 89D bracket

• Two 25-pair male Telco (RJ-21X) connectors are preterminated to thedisconnect block, eliminating need for field termination


• Quantity: 1





50-pair disconnect block with ARMM Stub —15' 10" x 3.38" x 2.88" 6639 1 056-01/15 (254mm x 85.85mm x 73.15mm)

Features

• Incoming cable pairs are preterminated toARMM (24 AWG, CMR) cable

• 15-foot cable stub exits through topof 89D bracket


• Quantity: 1

50-Pair Disconnect Block with ARMM Stub

50-pair disconnect blockwith ARMM stub



50-pair disconnect block with ARMM stub 10" x 3.38" x 2.88" 6639 1 056-00/20 and (2) 25-pair male Telco (RJ-21X) connectors. (254mm x 85.85mm x 73.15mm) Cable stub: 20'

50-Pair Disconnect Block with ARMM Stuband (2) 25-Pair Male Telco (RJ-21X) Connectors

50-pair disconnect block withARMM stub and connectors



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

438w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1





600-pair disconnect frame with ARMM stub 23" x 23" x 7" (584mm x 584mm x 178mm)

with 25' ARMM stub 6639 1 600-00/25

with 50' ARMM stub 6639 1 600-00/50900-pair disconnect frame with ARMM stub 23" x 35" x 7"

(584mm x 889mm x 178mm)

with 25' ARMM stub 6639 1 900-00/25with 50' ARMM stub 6639 1 900-00/50


Disconnect Frame with ARMM Stub

Features

• Incoming cable pairs of each block are preterminated to a 600- or 900-pairARMM (24 AWB, CMR) cable

• Cable stubs exit through bottom of frame

• Frame is equipped with (18) 50-pair disconnect blocks mounted

on 89D brackets• Includes label holders and labels

• Mounts directly to wall or in standard 35.5" (901.7mm) equipment rack

900-pair disconnect frame with ARMM stub

89D Style Preterminated 50-Pair Blocks with Stubs



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

439w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

35.5" wide mounting frame for25- and 50-pair block systems

19" wide mounting frame for25- and 50-pair block systems


19" mounting frame Quantity: 1 26.38" x 19.25" x 6.5" Supports up to (10) 25- or 50-pair blocks on (670mm x 589mm x 159mm) 89D brackets. Equipped with 6 jumper ringsfor cross-connect wire and/or patch cord routingWithout 89D brackets 6652 2 104-00With (10) 89D brackets 6652 2 104-10

23" mounting frame Quantity: 1 26.38" x 23" x 6.5" Supports up to (12) 25- or 50-pair blocks on (670mm x 589.6mm x 159mm) 89D brackets. Equipped with 7 jumper ringsfor cross-connect wire and/or patch cord routing

Without 89D brackets 6652 2 108-00With (12) 89D brackets 6652 2 108-12

35.5" mounting frame Quantity: 1 26.38" x 35.5" x 6.5" Supports up to (18) 25- or 50-pair blocks on (670mm x 901.7mm x 159mm) 89D brackets. Equipped with 10 jumper rings

for cross-connect wire and/or patch cord routingWithout 89D brackets 6652 2 105-00

With (18) 89D brackets 6652 2 105-18



These mounting frames are for 25-pair and 50-pair block systems only.They are specifically designed to accept 89D type brackets.

89D Style Mounting Frames



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

440w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1



Description Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog Number50-pair block center mount label holder 9.88" x 0.88" 6639 3 019-00 Quantity: 1 (250.9mm x 22.4mm) Snaps into center section of 50-pair blockto cover cable side terminationsClear dust cover Quantity: 1 10.06 " x 2.5 " x 1.38 " 6586 3 004-00 Clear, protective plastic dust cover snaps over (255.5mm x 63.5mm x 35.05mm) 50-pair block. Accepts adhesive paper label stripPaper labeling strip for 50-pair dust cover 9.75 " x 2.13 " 6639 3 019-01 Quantity: 1 (247.65mm x 54.1mm)Hinged dust cover Quantity: 1 10.06" x 2.5" x 1.38" 6639 2 004-00 Designed for 50-pair block; left and right (255.5mm x 63.5mm x 35.05mm) sides swing open independently for access;labeling areas inside both sides of cover;includes 2 snap-in legs and covers Color: orange89D bracket for 25- and 50-pair blocks 10" x 3.38" x 1.5" 6639 3 016-00 Quantity: 1 (254mm x 85.85mm x 38.1mm) Standard 89D stand-off bracket mountsto mounting frame or directly to wall


Hinged dust cover(closed)

50-pair label holder

Hinged dust cover(right side open)

Clear dust cover(shown on 50-pair block)

89D bracket

89D Style Termination Block Accessories




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

441w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Disconnect plug Flat-top dummy plug


89D Style Termination Block Accessories



Disconnect plug Quantity: 1 (order in multiples of 100) 6089 3 055-02 Color-coded plastic plugs plug into disconnect block to open a pair of contacts. Center hole for attaching ID tabs. Green only

Flat-top dummy plugs Quantity: 1 (order in multiples of 100) Color-coded, plastic dummy plugs designed to plug into disconnect block for quickidentification of special circuits and to block port access. Surface for writing orattaching small adhesive stickers (not supplied). Center hole for attaching ID tabs

Red 6417 3 105-00White 6417 3 105-01Blue 6417 3 105-07



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

442w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

B u i l d i n g E n t r a n

c e T e r m i n a l s


Complementary ProductsBuilding Entrance Terminals: Fiber Wall Boxes

TE's OmniReach ® Indoor Fiber Distribution

Terminal (iFDT) provides Multiple Dwelling Unit(MDU) applications with a compact and securefamily of enclosures by connecting fiber cablesat MDUs. The IFDT products are designed tosplice and terminate fibers in a range of sizesincluding 6, 12, 24, and 48 fibers.


• Integrated splice tray offers flexible splicemanagement for individual or mass splicing

• Sealed enclosure protect fibers from dust, waterspray, insects and other contaminants

• Dual-hinged design ensures separation ofowner/client network segments

• NEMA-12 Rated

• Tested to GR-2898-CORE

• Front and rear layer maximizes wall spaceutilization for both splicing and interconnect

• Robust steel construction protects fibers againstdamage and ensures network reliability

• Slotted cable entrance ports allow for rapidcable installation and pass-through capability

• Cable management and routing limits bendradius and adds strain relief

• 216-Tool (can wrench), key lock or padlockoffers flexible security options

Indoor Fiber Distribution Terminal

6-Port 12-Port

24-Port

48-Port



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

443w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


IFDT-6 IFDT-12 IFDT-24 IFDT-48

Fibers 6 12 24 48

Parking Adapters 6 12 24 48

Splice Trays 1/12f 1/12f 4/12f 8/12f

Grip Clamps 1 1 1 1

Jumper Ports 1 3 3 3

NEMA Rating 12 12 12 12

Height 7.0 in. (17.8 cm) 8.0 in. (20.3 cm) 18.5 in. (47.0 cm) 32.0 in. (81.3 cm)

Width 12.0 in. (30.5 cm) 14.0 in. (35.5 cm) 13.0 in. (33.0 cm) 13.0 in. (33.0 cm)

Depth 3.0 in. (7.6 cm) 5.0 in. (12.7 cm) 5.0 in. (12.7 cm) 5.0 in. (12.7 cm)

Color CO White CO White CO White CO White

Connector Type

J SC/APC

Catalog Number

FDT- __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __

Enclosure Type Max Capacity

Code Desc. w/Prkg w/o Prkg

A IFDT-6/12 6-Fiber 12-Fiber

B IFDT-12/24 12-Fiber 24-Fiber

C IFDT-24/48 24-Fiber 48-Fiber

E IFDT-48/96 48-Fiber 96-Fiber

Stub Length

000 0 Feet

025 25 Feet

100 100 Feet

200 200 Feet

300 300 Feet

500 500 Feet

Parking

P Parking

N No Parking

Splice Tray

0 No Tray

2 Heat Shrink Fusion

3 Mechanical/Ribbon

Fiber Count

06 6 Fiber

12 12 Fibers

24 24 Fibers

48 48 Fibers

96 96 Fibers

Cable Type

Pigtails

A Bare Rbn Pgtl Assy

C Pigtails (Colored)

Stubs

S Ribbon OSP w/Conn

R Ribbon IFC w/Conn

T Loose Tube OSP w/Conn

V Loose Tube IFC w/Conn

Pigtails

P Pigtails (2mm)

X No Pigtails



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

444w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1





Indoor Fiber Distribution Terminal

The TE Indoor Fiber Distribution Terminal (IFDT)

series provides Customer Premises Equipmentapplications with a compact and secure familyof enclosures for connecting fiber cables withinbuilding entrance locations, communicationclosets, computer rooms and other indoorenvironments. The IFDT products are designedto splice and terminate fibers in a range of sizesincluding 6, 12, 24, 48, 72, and 96 fibers.

Features

• 12-Packs provide for high-density

terminations and conserve wall space• Integrated splice tray offers flexible splice

management for individual or mass splicing

• Sealed enclosure protect fibers from dust,water spray, insects and other contaminants

• Dual-hinged design ensures separation ofowner/client network segments

• Designed to NEMA-12

• Designed to GR-2898-CORE

• Front and rear layer maximizes wall space uti-lization for both splicing and interconnect

• Robust steel construction protects fibersagainst damage and ensures networkreliability

• Slotted cable entrance ports allow for rapidcable installation and pass-through capability

• Cable management and routing limits bendradius and adds strain relief

• 216-Tool (can wrench), key lock or padlockoffers flexible security options



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

445w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Speci cations

IFDT-12 IFDT-24 IFDT-48 IFDT-72 IFDT-96

Fibers (nominal) 6 and 12 24 48 72 96

Adapter Panels 2 APLH 2 APLH 4 APLH 6 APLH 8 APLH

Splice Trays 1/12f 2/12f 4/12f 6/12f 8/12f

Cable Ports 2 slotted 4 slotted 4 slotted 4 slotted 4 slotted

Grip Clamps 2 4 4 4 4

Jumper Ports 2 slotted 2 slotted 2 slotted 2 slotted 2 slotted

NEMA Rating 12 12 12 12 12

Height 7.0 in.(17.8 cm)

8.0 in.(20.3 cm)

18.5 in.(47.0 cm)

24.5 in.(62.2 cm)

32.0 in.(81.2cm)

Width 12.0 in.(30.5 cm)

14.0 in.(35.5 cm)

13.0 in. (33.0 cm)

13.0 in.(33.0 cm)

13.0 in.(33.0 cm)

Depth 3.0 in.(7.6 cm)

5.0 in.(12.7 cm)

5.0 in.(12.7 cm)

5.0 in.(12.7 cm)

5.0 in.(12.7 cm)

Weight (Empty) 5.0 lbs(2.3 kg)

7.0 lbs(15.4 kg)

12.8 lbs (28.2kg)

16.0 lbs (35.2 kg)

20.0 lbs (44 kg)

Color CO White CO White CO White CO White CO White

Connector Type

N SC/UPC

J SC /APC

Catalog Number

FDT- __ __ __ __ N X __ __

Enclosure Type/Capacity

A IFDT-12 12 Fiber

B IFDT-24 24 FiberC IFDT-48 48 Fiber

D IFDT-72 72 Fiber

E IFDT-96 96 Fiber

Cable Type

Pigtails

A Bare ribbon pigtail assy


Stubs

S Ribbon OSP w/Conn

R Ribbon IFC w/Conn



Stub Length

000 0 Feet

025 25 Feet100 100 Feet

200 200 Feet

300 300 Feet

500 500 Feet

Splice Tray

0 No Tray

2 Heat Shrink Fusion3 Mechanical/Ribbon

Fiber Count

06 6 Fiber

12 12 Fiber

24 24 Fiber

48 48 Fiber

72 72 Fiber

96 96 Fiber



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

446w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1




The Outdoor Fiber Distribution Terminals 24 are

designed to terminate, splice and interconnectfiber optic cables in an outdoor environment.This terminal may be adapted to Fiber-to-The-Premise (FTTP) Multiple Dwelling Unit (MDU)applications and is particularly suited for gardenstyle MDU buildings. The enclosure is mountedto the exterior surface of a dwelling andconnects the distribution cable and drops routedto individual living units. The cables meet at acentral connector field that includes terminationfor the distribution cable and parking for thedrop cables. The cabinet may be configured withsplice trays for splicing the cable to connector

pigtails. The OFDT-24 may be pre-terminatedon the distribution side with outside plant cablestubs so that the unit is quickly connected tothe plant. The OFDT-24 may also be pre-wiredwith pigtails on the drop side so that individualdrops routed into the unit can be spliced to theconnectorized pigtails.


Outdoor Fiber Distribution Terminal 24 (OFDT-24)


• Accommodates smaller fiber counts; 6-, 12- and24-fiber

• Eliminates need for transitional NEMA box thatprovides for mini-ducts

• Liquid tight fittings offer cost savings

• Aesthetic benefits to MDU building owners

• Supplied with parking, pigtails and splice tray

• Wall-mount; efficient use of wall space

• Cable termination and splicing

• Complete connector access

• Lockable 216 tool/padlock offers flexiblesecurity options

• Environmental enclosure provides heavy-dutyprotection from wind, dust, rain, and othercontaminants

• Aluminum welded construction provides strengthand resists corrosion

• Lightweight structure provides for easyinstallation

• Cable entrance ports seal cable at entry

• Cable management and routing limits radius andadds strain relief

• Standard stub lengths of 100, 300, 500, and1000 feet



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

447w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Speci cationsHeight: 13.5" (35.0 cm)Width: 19.0" (49.0 cm)Depth: 8.0" (20.0 cm)Weight (Empty): 14 lbs (31 kg)Fiber Terminations: 6, 12, 24Parking Adapters: 6, 12, 24Splice Trays: 3Cable Ports: 2 in bottom; 1 in rearColor: Beige

Catalog NumberFDT- __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __

Enclosure

G OFDT-24


Connector Type

J SC/APC

Splice Tray

0 No Tray


3 Mechanical/Ribbon

Fiber Count

06 6 Fiber

12 12 Fibers

24 24 Fibers

Parking

P Parking

N No Parking

Stub Length

000 0 Feet

025 25 Feet

100 100 Feet

200 200 Feet

300 300 Feet

500 500 Feet

Cable Type

Pigtails

A Bare Ribbon PigtailAssembly


Stubs

S Ribbon OSP w/Conn

R Ribbon IFC w/Conn



Pigtails

P Pigtails (2mm)

X No Pigtails



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

448w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1





Outdoor Fiber Distribution Terminal 48 (oFDT-48)

The TE Outdoor Fiber Distribution Terminal 48F

(oFDT-48) is designed to terminate, splice and interconnect fiber optic cables in an outdoorenvironment. This terminal may be adapted toFiber-to-The-Premise (FTTP) Multiple DwellingUnit (MDU) applications by mounting theenclosure to the exterior surface of a dwellingand connecting between the distribution cableand drops routed to individual living units. TheoFDT-48 is typically divided into two side-by-sidesections with distribution cable routed into oneside and drop cable routed into the other side.The cables meet at a central connector fieldthat includes termination for the distribution

cable and parking for the drop cables. Eachside of the cabinet may be configured withsplice trays for splicing the cable to connectorpigtails. The oFDT-48 may be pre-terminated onthe distribution side with outside plant cablestubs so that the unit is quickly connected tothe plant. The oFDT-48 may be pre-wired withpigtails on the drop side so that individualdrops routed into the unit can be spliced to theconnectorized pigtails.

Features and Benefits• Environmental enclosure provides heavy-duty

protection from wind, rain, and othercontaminants

• Aluminum welded construction provides strengthand resists corrosion

• Flexible design accommodates 24 and 48 fibersincluding termination and parking

• Lightweight structure provides for easyinstallation

• Lockable tool or padlock offers flexible securityoptions

• Cable entrance ports seal cable at entry

• Cable management and routing limits radius andadds strain relief



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

449w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


Speci cations oFDT-48Height 22.0 in (56 cm)Width 20.0 in (51 cm)Depth 10.0 in (25 cm)Weight (Empty) 21.0 lbs (46 kg)Fiber Terminations Up to 48Parking Adapters 12, 24 or 48Splice Trays 1 to 4/sideCable Ports 2 on bottomColor Beige


Enclosure

F OFDT-48

Connector Type

J SC/APC

Splice Tray

0 No Tray


3 Mechanical/Ribbon

Fiber Count

24 24 Fibers

48 48 Fibers

Parking

P Parking

N No Parking

Pigtails

P Pigtails (2mm)

X No Pigtails

Cable Type

Pigtails

A Bare Ribbon Pigtail Assembly

C Pigtails (Colored)Stubs

S Ribbon OSP w/Conn

R Ribbon IFC w/Conn



Stub Length

000 0 Feet

025 25 Feet

100 100 Feet

200 200 Feet

300 300 Feet

500 500 Feet

Catalog Number

FDT- __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

450w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1





Fiber Splitter Box (FSB)

FSB-16 - Indoor/Outdoor Enclosure

TE’s OmniReach® Fiber Splitter Box (FSB) enables customers to accelerate their FTTX deployments more

effectively and is an ideal solution when deploying FTTX networks in non-residential Multiple TenantUnit (MTU) and residential Multiple Dwelling Unit (MDU) applications.

These wall boxes provide a small footprint for splitting, splicing and terminating and are environmentallyrated for indoor or outdoor use. Available in three sizes, each box is equipped with a 12-fiber splice trayallowing for an input splicing option. FSB’s accept standard plug and play (PNP) splitters (same as in theFiber Distribution Hub 3000 or FDH 3000) and splitters can be easily added after the wall box has beeninstalled. FSB’s accommodate 1x4, 1x8, 1x16 and 1x32 splitters; up to 72 fibers.

Speci cationsInstallation Type: Indoor/OutdoorFiber Count (Full): 16Parking Ports: 0Splitter/WDM Ports: 1Splice Trays: 1/12fNEMA Rating: 4 and 12Height: 9"Width: 9"Depth: 3.5"


• Accommodates up to 16 ports• Rated for indoor or outdoor use

• Traditional swing frame design allows foraccess to the back section of the wall box

• Splitter can be easily installed after wall boxinstall

• Standard 12-fiber splice tray allows for inputsplicing option

• Output pigtails can either be stored internallyor routed externally for MDU-ONTconnection

• Accepts standard PNP splitter

(same as FDH 3000)



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

451w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


FSB-32 - Indoor Enclosure

FSB-72 - Outdoor Enclosure


• Dual hinge design creates separation between rearsplitter section and front customer side access

• Splitters can be easily installed after wall box installallowing for separate purchase


• Accommodates up to 32 splitter ports for onesplitter modulel

• Dual hinge provides small footprint on the wall whilemaintaining excellent hand access to connectors

• Accepts standard PNP splitter (same as FDH 3000)


• Traditional swing frame design allows for accessto the back section of the wall box

• Splitter can be easily installed after wall box install


• Accommodates up to 3 PNP splitter modules

• 72 port capacity with built-in 32-port parking

• Easily wall mounts to buildings

• Accepts standard PNP splitter (same as FDH 3000)

Speci cationsInstallation Type: IndoorFiber Count (Full): 32Parking Ports: 0

Splitter/WDM Ports: 1Splice Trays: 1/12fNEMA Rating: 12Height: 8"Width: 13"Depth: 5"

Speci cations

Installation Type: OutdoorFiber Count (Full): 72Parking Ports: 32Splitter/WDM Ports: 3Splice Trays: 5/12fNEMA Rating: 4Height: 13"Width: 19"Depth: 10"



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

452w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1





Connector Type

J SC/APC

Splice Tray (Feeder Side)


3 Mechanical/Ribbon

0 No Splice Tray

Fiber Count (Distribution)

12 12 Fibers

16 16 Fibers

32 32 Fibers

48 48 Fibers

72 72 Fibers

Splitter Type Installed

0 None Installed

A 1x32 Standard

C 1x16 Standard

G 2x32 Standard Power

J 1x8 Standard

L Dual 1x8 Standard

M Dual 1x16 Standard

N 1x4 Standard

P 2x16 Standard

U Dual 1x4 Standard

Enclosure Type

Code Description Capacity Size (HxWxD)

B Indoor FSB-32 32-Fiber 8"x13"x5"

G Outdoor FSB-72 72-Fiber 13"x19"x8"

H Indr/Outdr FSB-16 16-Fiber 9"x9"x3.5"

Cable Type (Feeder Cable)

Adapters

0 Adapters Only(No Pigtail for Feeder)

Pigtails

A Splice Ribbon PigtailAssy

C Splice Pigtails (900Micron)

Stubs

S Ribbon OSP Cable

R Ribbon IFC Cable

T Loose Tube OSP Cable

V Loose Tube IFC Cable

M 900um IFNR Cable

Catalog NumberFSB- __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __

1 432 6 7 8 9 10 115

Feeder Cable Length

000 0 Feet

025 25 Feet

100 100 Feet

200 200 Feet

300 300 Feet

500 500 Feet

Feeder Fiber Count

0 No Stub

2 2 Fibers

4 4 Fibers6 6 Fibers

8 8 Fibers

Key Locks

0 None (Pad Lock Ready)

A Front Lock 1, Rear Lock 1

B Front Lock 1, Rear Lock 2

C Front Lock 1, No Rear Lock

D Rear Lock 2, No Front Lock

Splitter Qty Installed

0 None

1 One (1) Installed

2 Two (2) Installed

3 Three (3) Installed

Conguration

S Standard

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

453w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Complementary ProductsBuilding Entrance Terminals: Protection Devices

High-Density 5-Pin Protection

25-pair 5-pin protectionbuilding entrance terminal

100-pair 5-pin protection onlybuilding entrance terminal with

top and bottom stubs

50-pair 5-pin protectionbuilding entrance terminal

Features

• High-density primary protection allows up to eighteen (double-sided) 100-pair units to be mounted in a stan-dard 7-foot, 19-inch rack

• 26 AWG cable stub is provided for splicing to the incoming 24 AWG cable

• Building entrance terminals available with 5-pin protectors in 25-, 50- and 100-pair units

• 5-pin protectors are rated 300 volts

• Allow “look-both-ways” testing and monitoring without removing wires or protection

• Numerous labeling options allow comprehensive marking

• Variety of mounting hardware options

• UL 497 listed

• 100% compliant with Telcordia TR-NWT-000937




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

454w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1





Description Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog Number*25-pair 5-pin protection building terminal, 8.75" x 6" x 4.88" 6649 1 110-01/ XX bottom entrance stub Quantity: 1 (222.3mm x 152.4mm x 123.9mm)

50-pair 5-pin protection building entrance 14" x 6" x 4.88" 6649 1 210-01/ XX terminal, bottom entrance stub Quantity: 1 (355.6mm x 152.4mm x 123.9mm)

100-pair 5-pin protection building entrance 19.88" x 6.06" x 4.88" terminal, bottom entrance stub Quantity: 1 (505mm x 153.9mm x 123.9mm)5-pin protectors included 6649 1 310-01/ XX

5-pin protectors included; (4) 25-pin Telco 6649 1 313-01/ XX (RJ-21X) connectors mounted on back forfast installation100-pair 5-pin protection building entrance 19.88" x 6.06" x 4.88" 6649 1 310-03/ XX terminal, top entrance stub Quantity: 1 (505mm x 153.9mm x 123.9mm)

100-pair 5-pin protection building entrance 19.88" x 6.06" x 4.88" terminal, bottom rear entrance stub (505mm x 153.9mm x 123.9mm) Quantity: 1

5-pin protectors included 6649 1 310-02/ XX 5-pin protectors included; (4) 25-pin Telco 6649 1 313-02/ XX (RJ-21X) connectors mounted on back forfast installation100-pair 5-pin protection building entrance 19.88" x 6.06" x 4.88" 6649 1 310-04/ XX terminal, top rear entrance stub (505mm x 153.9mm x 123.9mm) Quantity: 1

100-pair 5-pin protection building entrance 10.75" x 6.06" x 2.75" 6649 1 316-05/ XX terminal, protection only, bottom and top (2273.1mm x 153.9mm x 69.85mm) stubs Quantity: 1

*Replace XX with: 25 = 25' 50 = 50'


High-Density 5-Pin Protection

100-pair 5-pin protectionbuilding entrance terminal with

bottom entrance stub



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

455w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


100-pair indoor enclosed 5-pin buildingentrance terminal with doors open

100-pair 5-pin indoor enclosedbuilding entrance terminal with doors

closed—with RJ-21X output shown

Features

• 5-pin protection devices safeguard valuable cable plant and equipment from voltage surges and spikes• Lockable metal enclosure with Telco override cover and a splicing chamber with the choice of either

710 or MS 2® splice connectors

• 5-pin protectors are rated 300 volts• 10-pair Series 2 disconnect block output field provided for cross-connection, “look-both-ways” testing

and monitoring without removing wires or protectors

• 25-pair female Telco (RJ-21X) connectors available on indoor units• Lightweight, compact and fully stackable

• Instructions, template and mounting hardware included to mount the terminal directly to a wall

• UL 497 listed• 100% compliant with Telcordia TR-NWT-000937

5-Pin Indoor and Outdoor Enclosed Building Entrance Terminals


MS2® is a registered trademark of 3M



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

456w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1





5-Pin Indoor and Outdoor Enclosed Building Entrance Terminals



Other configurations available; please contact TE Technical Assistance Center MS2® is a registered trademark of 3M

25-pair indoor enclosed 5-pin buildingentrance terminal Quantity: 1

710 splice connector input and RJ-21X optional output

MS2® splice connector input and RJ-21X optional output

25-pair outdoor enclosed 5-pin buildingentrance terminal Quantity: 1710 splice connector input

MS2® splice connector input

50-pair indoor enclosed 5-pin buildingentrance terminal Quantity: 1710 splice connector input


710 splice connector input and RJ-21Xoptional output

MS2® splice connector input and RJ-21Xoptional output50-pair outdoor enclosed 5-pin buildingentrance terminal Quantity: 1

710 splice connector input

MS2® splice connector input100-pair indoor enclosed 5-pin buildingentrance terminal Quantity: 1710 splice connector inputMS2® splice connector input

710 splice connector input and RJ-21Xoptional outputMS2® splice connector input and RJ-21Xoptional output

100-pair outdoor enclosed 5-pin buildingentrance terminal Quantity: 1

710 splice connector input


7.5" x 15.5" x 5.4" (190.50mm x 393.7mm x 137.2mm)

11.35" x 10.65" x 6.08" (288.29mm x 270.15mm x 154.43mm)

11.25" x 15.63" x 5.38" (285.75mm x 397mm x 136.65mm)

13.88" x 19.63" x 6.38" (352.55mm x 499mm x 162mm)

11.25" x 18.25" x 5.38" (285.75mm x 463.55mm x 136.65mm)

13.88" x 19.63" x 6.38" (352.55mm x 499mm x 162mm)

6649 1 430-09

6649 1 470-09

6649 1 720-00

6649 1 760-00

6649 1 530-006649 1 570-00

6649 1 530-09

6649 1 570-09

6649 1 820-00

6649 1 860-00

6649 1 630-00

6649 1 670-006649 1 630-09

6649 1 670-09

6649 1 920-00

6649 1 960-00



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

457w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


25-pair magazine protectionbuilding entrance terminal bottom

entrance stub

10-Pair Magazine Protection


entrance stub


entrance stub

Features

• High-density primary protection

• Solid-state protection devices safeguard valuable cable plant and equipment from voltagesurges and spikes

• Protector units are solid-state (320V median voltage rating) and equipped with individual fail-safe devices

• Wall or rack mount magazine protection building entrance terminals for protection of 25-,50- and 100-pairs

• Each building entrance terminal equipped with solid-state protectors and a 26 AWG stub cable forsplicing to the incoming 24 AWG cable, providing a built-in fuse link

• A 10-pair connector block (gray) field holds the protection magazines; connect block field is internallywired with 24 AWG cable to the disconnect block field

• A 10-pair disconnect block (white) field is provided for cross-connection, patching, “look-both-ways”testing, circuit monitoring, circuit disconnecting and marking without having to remove the protectionmagazines or wires

• Available with stubs that exit through the bottom, top or rear of the terminal

• UL 497 listed• 10-pair protection magazine assemblies snap into 10-pair blocks


• Mounting hardware is included for mounting directly to a wall or on back mount frames or support bars




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

458w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1





10-Pair Magazine Protection


Description Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog Number*25-pair magazine protection buildingentrance terminal, bottom entrance stub Quantity: 150-pair magazine protection buildingentrance terminal, bottom entrance stub Quantity: 1100-pair magazine protection buildingentrance terminalQuantity: 1Bottom entrance stubBottom rear entrance stubTop entrance stub

6.25" x 5.75" x 5.06" (158.75mm x 146.05mm x 128.52mm)

9.81" x 5.75" x 5.06" (249.17mm x 146.05mm x 128.52mm)

18.56" x 5.75" x 5.06" (471.42mm x 146.05mm x 128.52mm)

6659 1 025-32/ XX

6637 1 320-18/ XX

6637 1 320-19/ XX 6659 1 132-87/ XX 6659 1 132-48/ XX

*Replace XX with: 25 = 25' 50 = 50'

Other configurations available; please contact TE Technical Assistance Center



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

459w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Features

• Enclosed 10-pair magazine protection building entrance terminals for the overvoltageprotection of 100 pairs

• Protector units are solid-state (320 volt median voltage rating) and equipment with individualfail-safe devices

• Lockable metal enclosure with Telco override cover, a splicing chamber with the choice of either710 or MS2 ® splice connectors and a ground strap

• 10-pair connect block field holds the protection magazines

• 10-pair Series 2 disconnect block output field provided for cross-connection, “look-both-ways”testing and monitoring without removing wires or protectors

• 25-pair female Telco (RJ-21X) connectors available on indoor units

• Lightweight, compact and fully stackable

• Instructions, template and mounting hardware included to mount the terminal directly to a wall

• UL 497 listed



10-Pair Magazine Protection Indoor and OutdoorEnclosed Building Entrance Terminals

100-pair indoor enclosed magazine building entrance

terminal with doors open

100-pair indoor enclosed magazinebuilding entrance terminal with doors

closed—RJ-21X output shown


MS2® is a registered trademark of 3M



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

460w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1





10-Pair Magazine Protection Indoor and OutdoorEnclosed Building Entrance Terminals

O r d e r i n g I n f o r m a t i o nDescription Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog Number100-pair indoor enclosed 10-pair magazinebuilding entrance terminalQuantity: 1710 splice connector inputMS2® splice connector input710 splice connector input and RJ-21Xoptional outputMS2® splice connector input and RJ-21Xoptional output

11.25" x 18.25" x 5.38" (285.75mm x 463.55mm x 136.65mm)

6659 1 132-776659 1 132-786659 1 132-79

6659 1 132-80

Other configurations available; please contact TE Technical Assistance CenterMS2® is a registered trademark of 3M



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

461w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1


10-pair magazine, 10-pair system

Mountinghardware

10-pair connect block

10-pair solid-state protection magazine

Solid-state protector with fail-safe

10-Pair Protection Magazine with Fail-Safe



10-pair solid state magazine with fail safe 0.88" x 4.44" x 1.88" 6659 2 053-09

Quantity: 1 (22.23mm x 112.8mm x 47.8mm) 320V primary overvoltage protection; assemblyconsists of (1) 10-pair protection magazine fullyloaded with (1) 320V solid-state protectors.Snaps into 10-pair connect or disconnect blocksmounted in grounded back mount frame Extends 1.25" (31.75mm) from face of block Solid-state protector with fail-safe, 6659 2 060-03 Quantity: 1320V nominal clamping voltage; inserts into10-pair protection magazine

10-pair systemSpecifications

Median voltage rating: 320V Peak off-state voltage: 270V Switching voltage: 350V On-state voltage: 8V Leakage current: 5µA Switching current: 800mA On-state current: 2.2A Holding current: 150mA

Off-state capacitance: 60pF Peak pulse current @2x10µs: 250A Peak pulse current @8x20µs: 250A Peak pulse current @10x160µs: 150A Peak pulse current @10x560µs: 100A Peak pulse current @10x1000µs: 80A

The 10-pair solid-state protection magazine with fail-safe is a high-density protection solution, providingprimary overvoltage protection. The magazine is loaded with 320V solid-state protectors and snaps intoSeries 2 10-pair connect or disconnect termination modules. The three-chip balanced solid-state devicemeets balance requirements of GTS 8700 and GR 974. It is UL 497 listed.



1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

462w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1





Single-Pair Protectors

The ComProtect ™ single-pair protector system is a solid-state system that features an open contactdesign. The open contact design provides additional security because the circuit remains open until a

single-pair protection device is inserted. Single-pair protectors are available in a variety of voltages, andare conveniently packaged in groups of ten with a ground bar. This system uses a switching block witha normally open contact design.

The open contact feature offers additional security. If a protection device is removed, the circuit isopened and the outside cable is automatically disconnected from the inside wire.

25-pair, single-pair system






1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

463w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Single-Pair Protectors



Description Dimensions (HxWxD) Catalog NumberSingle-pair system buildingentrance terminalsUL 497 listed 26 AWG stub for splicing to incoming 24AWG cable. Lower switching block fieldaccepts single-pair protection devices. Upper disconnect block field providesdirect patching, cross-connection and“look-both-ways” testing Quantity: 1

25-pair building entrance terminal, 6.25" x 5.75" x 5.06" single-pair system (158.7mm x 146mm x 128.6mm)

25' stub 6659 1 025-20/25

50' stub 6659 1 025-20/5050-pair building entrance terminal, 9.81" x 5.75" x 5.06" single-pair system (249.2mm x 146mm x 128.6mm)25' stub 6659 1 050-43/25

50' stub 6659 1 050-43/50

100-pair building entrance 18.56" x 5.75" x 5.06" terminal, single-pair system (471.5mm x 146mm x 128.6mm)

25' stub 6659 1 100-73/25

50' stub 6659 1 100-73/50




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

464w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1




Single-Pair Solid-State Protector Units


ComProtect ™ K1 series solid-state protector units are UL 497 listed; K2 & K3 series units areUL 497A listed. The solid-state arrestors respond to voltage transients in 5 nanoseconds (typical).The single-pair protectors are sold in kits that include 10 units conveniently packaged with a10-pair ground bar.

ComProtect K1, K2 and K3

protectors have a clip

Type 105 ground bar




1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u

e N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

465w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

Single-Pair Solid-State Protector Units



Description Median Sneak Current Catalog NumberClamping Protection Kit of 10Voltage

K1-SeriesUsed for analog/digital phone systems thatdo not require sneak current protection. Kit includes ground barK1-270 270V N/A 6659 1 000-47K1-75 75V N/A 6659 1 000-43

K2-SeriesUsed for analog/digital phone systems, withadded security of sneak current protection. Kit includes ground barK2-235 235V 500mA time-delay fuse 6659 1 000-55K2-75 75V 500mA time-delay fuse 6659 1 000-53K2-30 30V 500mA time-delay fuse 6659 1 000-51

K3-SeriesUsed for high bit rate digital circuits(ISDN, DS1, etc.), with added benefitof sneak current protection. Kit includes ground barK3-235 235V 500mA time-delay fuse 6659 1 000-65K3-75 75V 500mA time-delay fuse 6659 1 000-63K3-30 30V 500mA time-delay fuse 6659 1 000-61

Type 105 Ground Bar 0.03" x 4.25" x 75" 5909 3 041-00 Used with ComProtect single-pair (0.8mm x 107.9mm x 19mm) protectors (Series K1, K2, K3). Bar snapsover cable side of Type 105 block andprovides path to ground for individualprotectors. Mounting bracket must beproperly grounded


For complete specifications please contact TE Technical Assistance Center



Index

w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1 467

1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

Part Numbers5ETP-2524WT02 ......................... 915ETR-2524GY02 ......................... 9310G-A6TPF-XX02 ............... 57, 12410G-A6TP-XX02 ................ 53, 10510G-A6TRF-XX02 .............. 60, 12810G-A6TR-XX02 ................ 54, 1065909 3 041-00 ......................... 4656004LFPCBAYYY ............. 396, 3986004LFPCBCYYY ...................... 3946004LFRCBAYYY ............. 402, 4046004LFRCBCYYY ...................... 4006006LFPCBAYYY ............. 396, 3986006LFPCBCYYY ...................... 3946006LFRCBAYYY ............. 402, 4046006LFRCBCYYY ...................... 4006008LFPCBAYYY ............. 396, 3986008LFPCBCYYY ...................... 3946008LFRCBAYYY ............. 402, 4046008LFRCBCYYY ...................... 4006012LFPCBAYYY ............. 396, 3986012LFPCBCYYY ...................... 3946012LFRCBAYYY ............. 402, 4046012LFRCBCYYY ...................... 4006018LFPCBAYYY ............. 396, 3986018LFPCBCYYY ...................... 3946018LFRCBAYYY ............. 402, 4046018LFRCBCYYY ...................... 4006024LFPCBAYYY ............. 396, 3986024LFPCBCYYY ...................... 3946024LFRCBAYYY ............. 402, 4046024LFRCBCYYY ...................... 4006036 1 005-00 ......................... 4066036 2 005-02 ......................... 4196036 2 018-00 ......................... 4196036LFPCBAYYY ............. 396, 3986036LFPCBCYYY ...................... 3946036LFRCBAYYY ............. 402, 4046036LFRCBCYYY ...................... 4006048LFPCBAYYY ............. 396, 3986048LFPCBCYYY ...................... 3946048LFRCBAYYY ............. 402, 4046048LFRCBCYYY ...................... 4006072LFPCBAYYY ............. 396, 398

6072LFPCBCYYY ......................

3946072LFRCBAYYY ............. 402, 4046072LFRCBCYYY ...................... 4006089 2 015-01 ................ 232, 4196089 2 017-00 ......................... 4166089 3 006-00 ......................... 4236089 3 006-01 ......................... 4236089 3 006-07 ......................... 4236089 3 055-02 ................ 423, 4416089 3 202-00 ................ 416, 4236096LFPCBAYYY ............. 396, 398

6096LFPCBCYYY ...................... 3946096LFRCBAYYY ............. 402, 4046096LFRCBCYYY ...................... 4006144LFPCBAYYY ............. 396, 3986144LFPCBCYYY ...................... 3946144LFRCBAYYY ............. 402, 4046144LFRCBCYYY ...................... 4006196 3 042-00 ......................... 4266417 2 055-01 ......................... 4286417 3 006-01 ......................... 4286417 3 105-00 ................ 423, 4416417 3 105-01 ................ 423, 4416417 3 105-07 ................ 423, 4416418 3 405-00 ......................... 4236450 1 101-00 ......................... 1566450 1 102-00 ......................... 1566450 1 103-00 ................ 109, 1566450 1 104-00 ......................... 1566450 1 107-00 ......................... 1096450 1 176-00 .........................157

6450 1 177-00 .........................157

6450 1 178-00 .........................157

6450 2 155-00 .........................157

6450 2 157-00 .........................157

6450 2 158-01 .........................157

6450 2 158-02 .........................157

6450 2 176-00 .........................157

6450 2 177-00 .........................157

6450 2 178-00 .........................157

6451 2 178-04 ......................... 2306451 2 700-XX ......................... 1626451 2 701-XX ......................... 1626451 2 702-XX ......................... 1626451 2 703-XX ......................... 1626451 2 704-XX ......................... 1626451 2 706-XX ......................... 1626451 5 035-00 ......................... 2306462 2 016-00 ................ 232, 4196462 2 096-00 ....................... , 2316462 2 097-00 ......................... 2306462 2 097-20 ......................... 2306462 2 101-01 ......................... 2306462 2 408-00 .........................157

6467 5 181-00 ................ 184, 2436467 5 181-10 ................ 184, 2436467 5 181-20 ................ 184, 2436467 5 181-22 ................ 184, 2436467 5 181-30 ................ 184, 2436467 5 181-40 ................ 184, 2436467 5 181-50 ................ 184, 2436467 5 181-60 ................ 184, 2436467 5 181-70 ................ 184, 2436467 5 181-80 ................ 184, 2436467 5 181-90 ................ 184, 2436467 5 195-00 ................ 184, 243

6467 5 195-10 ................ 184, 2436467 5 195-20 ................ 184, 2436467 5 195-22 ................ 184, 2436467 5 195-30 ................ 184, 2436467 5 195-40 ................ 184, 2436467 5 195-50 ................ 184, 2436467 5 195-60 ................ 184, 2436467 5 195-70 ................ 184, 2436467 5 195-80 ................ 184, 2436467 5 195-90 ................ 184, 2436467 5 198-00 ................ 184, 2436467 5 198-10 ................ 184, 2436467 5 198-20 ................ 184, 2436467 5 198-22 ................ 184, 2436467 5 198-30 ................ 184, 2436467 5 198-40 ................ 184, 2436467 5 198-50 ................ 184, 2436467 5 198-60 ................ 184, 2436467 5 198-70 ................ 184, 2436467 5 198-80 ................ 184, 2436467 5 198-90 ................ 184, 2436468 5 060-06 ......................... 1536468 5 070-00 .........................111

6468 5 102-00 ......................... 4066468 5 300-00 ......................... 1566468 5 600-00 ......................... 1566585 2 002-0 ........................... 4296586 3 004-00 ......................... 4406619 2 046-00 ......................... 2226619 2 046-01 ......................... 2226619 3 011-00 ......................... 4236630 1 009-01 ......................... 4196630 2 004-05 ....................... , 2316630 3 025-01 ......................... 2546630 3 025-09 ................ 254, 2576630 3 025-11 ......................... 2556631 2 003-00 ......................... 1986631 2 050-01 ......................... 2036631 2 125-XX ......................... 2586631 2 135-00 ......................... 1986631 2 135-05 ......................... 1986631 2 135-06 ......................... 1986631 3 046-08 ......................... 1526631 3 085-04 ......................... 4216631 3 100-02 ......................... 4216631 3 100-03 ................ 234, 4216631 3 100-04 ......................... 4216631 3 100-06 ......................... 2586631 3 100-22 ......................... 1986631 3 100-23 ......................... 1986631 3 100-26 ......................... 1986631 3 100-27 ......................... 1986631 3 100-28 ......................... 1986631 3 100-29 ......................... 1986631 3 100-30 ......................... 198



Index

w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

I n d e x

468

1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

6631 3 102-01/09 ........... 234, 4216631 3 102-02/03 ........... 234, 4216631 3 102-04/06 ........... 234, 4216631 3 102-05/07 ........... 234, 4216631 3 102-08 ................ 234, 4216631 3 105-XX ................ 234, 4216631 3 106-XX ................ 234, 4216635 1 140-27 ......................... 4156635 1 140-28/50 .................... 4156635 1 140-29 ......................... 4156635 1 140-30/50 .................... 4156635 1 140-31 ......................... 4156635 1 140-32 ......................... 4156635 1 210-08 ......................... 4106635 1 220-03 ......................... 4106636 1 210-00 ......................... 4086636 1 510-06 ......................... 1546636 1 518-06 ......................... 1546636 1 596-06 ......................... 1546636 1 596-46 ......................... 1546636 1 598-06 ......................... 1096636 1 598-46 ......................... 1096637 1 140-30/15 .................... 4136637 1 150-60 ......................... 1966637 1 180-03 ......................... 4106637 1 180-04 ......................... 4116637 1 180-49 ......................... 4126637 1 180-51/50 .................... 4136637 1 180-60 ......................... 1966637 1 210-04 ......................... 4116637 1 210-10 ......................... 4116637 1 210-14 ......................... 4126637 1 210-60 ......................... 1966637 1 250-01/25 .................... 4136637 1 250-01/50 .................... 4136637 1 250-02/50 .................... 4136637 1 320-18/XX .................... 4586637 1 320-19/XX .................... 4586638 1 180-00 ......................... 4086638 1 180-21 ......................... 4086638 1 180-24 ......................... 4166638 1 300-03 ......................... 4086638 2 000-00 ......................... 4246639 1 003-0 ........................... 4306639 1 003-01 ......................... 4296639 1 003-02 ......................... 4306639 1 003-03 ......................... 4316639 1 003-05 ......................... 4326639 1 003-06 ......................... 4336639 1 003-07 ......................... 4336639 1 003-18 ......................... 4326639 1 050-02/01 .................... 4346639 1 050-32 ......................... 4356639 1 050-33 ......................... 4356639 1 050-44 ......................... 436

6639 1 051-02/01 .................... 4346639 1 052-01 ......................... 4366639 1 056-00/20 .................... 4376639 1 056-01/15 .................... 4376639 1 600-00/25 .................... 4386639 1 600-00/50 .................... 4386639 1 900-00/25 .................... 4386639 1 900-00/50 .................... 4386639 2 004-00 ......................... 4406639 3 016-00 ......................... 4406639 3 019-00 ......................... 4406639 3 019-01 ......................... 4406642 1 115-04 ......................... 2006642 1 115-05 ......................... 2006642 1 315-04 ......................... 2006642 1 315-05 ......................... 2006644 1 024-01 ......................... 2506644 1 024-02 ......................... 2506644 1 024-03 ......................... 2506644 1 024-04 ......................... 2506644 1 024-06 ......................... 2506644 1 106-XX ......................... 2506644 1 107-XX ......................... 2506644 1 112-XX ......................... 2526644 1 143-XX ......................... 2526644 1 144-XX ......................... 2526644 1 152-XX ......................... 2486644 1 154-XX ......................... 2486644 1 156-XX ......................... 2486644 1 157-XX ......................... 2486644 1 164-XX ......................... 2486644 1 165-01 ......................... 2506644 1 165-02 ......................... 2506644 1 168-XX ......................... 2486644 1 174-XX ......................... 2466644 1 178-XX ......................... 2466644 1 222-XX ......................... 2536644 1 224-XX ................ 253, 2576644 1 450-XX ......................... 2556644 1 460-01 ......................... 2546644 2 016-01 ......................... 2576644 2 017-XX ......................... 2576644 2 018-XX ......................... 2466644 2 019-00 ......................... 2506644 2 201-XX ......................... 2536644 2 202-XX ......................... 2576644 3 000-28 ......................... 2506644 3 000-53 ......................... 2506644 3 205-XX ......................... 2556644 3 209-XX ......................... 2556644 3 211-XX ......................... 2556644 3 220-XX ......................... 2576644 3 267-XX ......................... 2556644 3 299-XX ......................... 2526645 1 157-XX ......................... 245

6645 1 158-XX ......................... 2456645 1 159-XX ......................... 2456645 1 160-01 ......................... 2456645 1 160-02 ......................... 2456645 1 160-03 ......................... 2456645 1 160-04 ......................... 2456645 1 166-XX ......................... 2456645 1 167-XX ......................... 2456645 1 169-XX ......................... 2456645 1 172-XX ......................... 2456645 1 173-XX ......................... 2456645 1 174-XX ......................... 2456645 1 180-04 ......................... 2586645-2-8X0-YY ........................ 1136645-2-8X5-YY ........................ 1136645 2 125-XX ......................... 4246645 2 126-XX ......................... 4266645 2 127-XX ......................... 2306645 2 251-XX ......................... 2026645 2 254-01 ......................... 2036645 2 264-XX ......................... 2026645 2 265-XX ......................... 2026645 2 266-XX ......................... 2026645 2 267-XX ......................... 2026645 2 268-XX ......................... 2026645-2-770-XX ......................... 1596645-2-771-XX ......................... 1596645-2-772-XX ......................... 1596645-2-773-XX ......................... 1596645-2-774-XX ......................... 1596645-2-777-XX ......................... 1596645-2-780-XX ......................... 1596645-2-781-XX ......................... 1596645-2-782-XX ......................... 1596645-2-783-XX ......................... 1596645-2-784-XX ......................... 1596645-2-787-XX ......................... 1596645-2-790-XX ......................... 1596645-2-791-XX ......................... 1596645-2-792-XX ......................... 1596645-2-793-XX ......................... 1596645-2-794-XX ......................... 1596645-2-797-XX ......................... 1596646 2 900-XX ......................... 4246646 2 928-00 ......................... 4246646 3 001-01 ......................... 2306647 1 010-0 ........................... 4246647 2 000-XX ......................... 4176647 2 750-XX ......................... 4176647 2 751-XX ......................... 4176647 2 752-XX ......................... 4176647 2 753-XX ......................... 4176647 2 762-XX ......................... 4176647 2 782-XX ......................... 4176647 2 900-XX ......................... 424



Index

w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1 469

1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

6647 2 906-XX ......................... 4246648 2 000-XX ......................... 1616648 2 005-XX ......................... 1616648 2 900-XX ......................... 2306648 2 901-XX ......................... 2306649 1 110-01/XX .................... 4546649 1 210-01/XX .................... 4546649 1 310-01/XX .................... 4546649 1 310-02/XX .................... 4546649 1 310-03/XX .................... 4546649 1 310-04/XX .................... 4546649 1 313-01/XX .................... 4546649 1 313-02/XX .................... 4546649 1 316-05/XX .................... 4546649 1 430-09 ......................... 4566649 1 470-09 ......................... 4566649 1 530-00 ......................... 4566649 1 530-09 ......................... 4566649 1 570-00 ......................... 4566649 1 570-09 ......................... 4566649 1 630-00 ......................... 4566649 1 630-09 ......................... 4566649 1 670-00 ......................... 4566649 1 670-09 ......................... 4566649 1 720-0 ........................... 4566649 1 760-00 ......................... 4566649 1 820-0 ........................... 4566649 1 860-00 ......................... 4566649 1 920-00 ......................... 4566649 1 960-00 ......................... 4566652 1 880-10 ......................... 4296652 2 004-00 ......................... 2266652 2 004-01 ......................... 2266652 2 004-30 ......................... 2256652 2 004-54 ......................... 2256652 2 004-56 ......................... 2246652 2 004-57 ......................... 2256652 2 006-00 ......................... 2266652 2 006-08 ......................... 2266652 2 006-09 ......................... 2266652 2 012-42 ......................... 2246652 2 012-45 ......................... 2246652 2 013-00 ......................... 2246652 2 014-00 ......................... 2246652 2 015-00 ......................... 2266652 2 021-00 ......................... 2246652 2 023-02 ......................... 2246652 2 039-06 ......................... 2216652 2 039-11 ......................... 2216652 2 039-21 ......................... 2216652 2 040-06 ......................... 2226652 2 040-11 ......................... 2226652 2 040-21 ......................... 2226652 2 067-19 ......................... 2166652 2 068-19 ......................... 216

6652 2 069-19 ......................... 2166652 2 069-23 ......................... 2166652 2 070-19 ......................... 2166652 2 070-23 ......................... 2166652 2 080-19 ......................... 2166652 2 080-23 ......................... 2166652 2 081-19 ......................... 2166652 2 081-23 ......................... 2166652 2 082-19 ......................... 2166652 2 083-19 ......................... 2166652 2 100-00 ......................... 2236652 2 101-00 ......................... 2236652 2 104-00 ......................... 4396652 2 104-10 ......................... 4396652 2 105-00 ......................... 4396652 2 105-18 ......................... 4396652 2 108-00 ......................... 4396652 2 108-12 ......................... 4396652 2 113-00 ......................... 2236652 2 114-00 ......................... 2236652 2 153-00 ......................... 2106652 2 153-14 ......................... 2106652 2 330-00 ......................... 2106652 2 330-24 ......................... 2106652 2 330-34 ......................... 2106652 2 452-35 ......................... 2116652 2 452-83 ......................... 2116653 1 585-24 .................. 47, 1806653 1 585-48 .................. 47, 1806653 1 587-24 .................. 47, 1806653 1 587-48 .................. 47, 1806653 1 607-00 ......................... 1836653 1 608-00 ......................... 1506653 1 677-24 .................. 47, 1486653 1 677-48 .................. 47, 1486653 1 679-24 .................. 47, 1486653 1 679-48 .................. 47, 1486653 2 000-01 ......................... 1486653 2 000-02 ......................... 1486653 2 700-03 ......................... 2286653 2 701-00 ......................... 2286653 2 701-01 ......................... 2286653 2 701-02 ......................... 2286653 2 701-03 ......................... 2286653 2 703-00 ......................... 2286653 2 703-10 ......................... 2286653 2 705-12 ................ 152, 1826653 2 760-24 ................ 152, 1826653 3 585-01 ......................... 2286654 2 350-06/1 ...................... 2186654 2 350-11/1 ...................... 2186654 2 350-21/2 ...................... 2186655 2 400-00 ......................... 2206655 2 400-03 ......................... 2206655 2 450-06/1 ...................... 219

6655 2 450-11/1 ...................... 2196655 2 450-21/2 ...................... 2196655 2 450-31/3 ...................... 2196655 2 850-0 ........................... 4276655 2 850-10 ......................... 4276655 2 850-20 ......................... 4276655 2 850-30 ......................... 4276655 2 851-05 ......................... 4276655 2 851-10 ......................... 4276655 2 851-20 ......................... 4276655 2 851-30 ......................... 4276657 2 005-03 ......................... 2156657 2 005-04 ......................... 2156657 2 005-19/03 .................... 2176657 2 005-19/04 .................... 2176657 2 005-23/03 .................... 2176657 2 005-23/04 .................... 2176657 2 005-35/04 .................... 2176657 2 005-35/05 .................... 2176657 2 005-35/06 .................... 2176657 2 005-43 ......................... 2156657 2 005-44 ......................... 2156657 2 006-06/02 .................... 2176657 2 006-09/03 .................... 2176657 2 165-00 ......................... 2136657 2 165-40 ......................... 2136659 1 000-43 ......................... 4656659 1 000-47 ......................... 4656659 1 000-51 ......................... 4656659 1 000-53 ......................... 4656659 1 000-55 ......................... 4656659 1 000-61 ......................... 4656659 1 000-63 ......................... 4656659 1 000-65 ......................... 4656659 1 025-20/25 .................... 4636659 1 025-20/50 .................... 4636659 1 025-32/XX .................... 4586659 1 050-43/25 .................... 4636659 1 050-43/50 .................... 4636659 1 100-73/25 .................... 4636659 1 100-73/50 .................... 4636659 1 132-48/XX .................... 4586659 1 132-77 ......................... 4606659 1 132-78 ......................... 4606659 1 132-79 ......................... 4606659 1 132-80 ......................... 4606659 1 132-87/XX .................... 4586659 2 053-09 ......................... 4616659 2 060-03 ......................... 4616730 1 001-00 ......................... 4066730 1 001-01 ......................... 4066830 1 811-XX ......................... 1306830 1 830-XX ................ 158, 2426830 1 835-XX ................ 112, 2417014 1 004-03 ......................... 426



Index

w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

I n d e x

470

1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

7014 1 005-00 ......................... 4267014 1 012-00 ......................... 4267014 1 014-00 ......................... 4267014 1 044-00 ......................... 4267014 2 006-0 ........................... 4267014 2 007-00 ......................... 4267014 3 049-00 ......................... 4267022 1 155-24 ......................... 1297022 2 155-24 ......................... 129AADCC06-2 ................................ 208ADCCM-06 ............................... 208ADCCM-08 ............................... 208ADCCM-10 ............................... 208ADCCM-12 ............................... 208ADCCMHIB-2U ......................... 209ADCCMHIB-3U ......................... 209ADCCMHIB-4U ......................... 209ADCCMHIBS-3U ....................... 209ADCCMHIBS-4U ....................... 209ADCCMRSB .............................. 209ADCCMRSB-4 ........................... 209ADCCMS-06 ............................. 208ADCCMS-08 ............................. 208ADCCMS-10 ............................. 208ADCCMS-12 ............................. 208ADCCMTG02 .................. 208, 209ADCCMTG04 .................. 208, 209ADCCMTG04-23 ...................... 209ADCCMVESB06 ........................ 209ADCCMVESB08 ........................ 209ADCCMVESB10 ........................ 209ADCCMVESB12 ........................ 209ADCCMVIB-3CB20-4 ................ 208ADCCMVIB-6CB20-4 ................ 208ADCCMVIB06F-2 ...................... 208ADCCMVIBC06B4 .................... 208ADCCMVIBC08B4 .................... 208ADCCMVIBC10B4 .................... 208ADCCMVIBC12B4 .................... 208ADCCMVIB-CB-4 ...................... 208ADCCMVIB-CB10-4 .................. 208ADCCMVIBS06F-2 .................... 208ADCCMVIBSP ........................... 209ADCDM-TEST ........................... 190ADCLS-CL4A ............................. 237ADCLS-CL10A .......................... 237ADCLS-CL12A .......................... 237ADCLS-CL24A .......................... 237ADCLS-CTAPA ........................... 236ADCLS-CTAPC .......................... 236ADCLS-DAA .............................. 236ADCLS-FPC ............................... 236ADCLS-FSC ............................... 236ADCLS-FTC ............................... 236ADCLS-HB25C .......................... 236

ADCLS-HNGC ........................... 236ADCLS-LSC ............................... 236ADCLS-NGF144LCAR ............... 237ADCLS-NGF144SCAL ................ 237ADCLS-NGF192LCAL ................ 237ADCLS-NGF192LCAR ............... 237ADCLS-PPA ............................... 236ADCLS-SSA ............................... 236ADCLS-TFP1RUA ....................... 237ADCLS-TFP2RUA ....................... 237ADCLS-TFP5RUA ....................... 237ADCPC-T3H1-5100-XX ............. 194ADCPC-T3H2-5100-XX ............. 194ADCPC-T3H3-5100-XX ............. 194ADCPC-T3T3-5100-XX ............. 194ADCPP16KSRJRJ ....................... 192ADCPP24-DFRJ ......................... 190ADCPP24-DRJ ........................... 190ADCPP24RJ5E-S ........................ 192ADCPP24RJ6-S .......................... 192ADCPP32KSRJRJ ....................... 192ADCPP24505 ..................... 47, 192ADCPP24606 ..................... 47, 192ADCPP48505 ............................ 192ADCPP48606 ............................ 192ADCPP245100TEL ............. 47, 193ADCPP245800BTEL ........... 47, 193ADCPP485100TEL .................... 193ADCPP485800BTEL .................. 193ADCRACKBLK73 ...................... 209ADCRACKBLK73UE-75 ............. 209ADCRACKBLK73WS ................. 209ADCRACKMF73 ....................... 209ANP-12NBAS-XXX .................... 426DD3X24D0-GYYY ......................... 97D3X24H0-GYYY ....................... 101D4X24D0-GYYY ......................... 97D4X24H0-GYYY ....................... 101D0024D0-GYYY ......................... 97D0024H0-GYYY ....................... 101D0224D0-GYR2 .......................... 97D0224D0-GYYY ......................... 97D0224H0-GYYY ....................... 101D0324D0-GYR2 .......................... 97D0324D0-GYYY ......................... 97D0324H0-GYYY ....................... 101D0424D0-GYR2 .......................... 97D0424D0-GYYY ......................... 97D0424H0-GYYY ....................... 101D0624D0-GYR2 .......................... 97D0624D0-GYYY ......................... 97D0624H0-GYYY ....................... 101D0824D0-GYYY ......................... 97D0824H0-GYYY ....................... 101D1224D0-GYYY ......................... 97

D1224H0-GYYY ....................... 101D2524D0-GYYY ......................... 97D2524H0-GYYY ....................... 101D5024D0-GYYY ......................... 97D5024H0-GYYY ....................... 101DCC24D0-GYYY ........................ 97DCC24H0-GYYY ...................... 101EEB-17B ............................. 209, 316EB-35B ............................. 209, 316EB-70B ...................................... 209EPLC-PUCK ............................... 337EPLCUSM30095 ........................ 336EPLCXMM30095 ...................... 336EP-LOC680 ................................ 338EP-LOC7649 ............................. 338EPSCUSM30096BL .................... 336EPSCXMM30096BK .................. 336EPSTUSM30096YL .................... 336EPSTXMM30096BK .................. 336EPTK-CON ................................. 338EPTK-LC .................................... 337EPTK-SC .................................... 337EPTK-ST ..................................... 337FFDF-ACC146 .................... 276, 348FEC-ACCCLMP01 ..................... 274FGS-ACC063 ............................ 375FGS-ASRI-5F .............................. 372FGS-ASRI-10F ............................ 372FGS-ASRI-15F ............................ 372FGSB-ACC063 .......................... 375FGSB-ASRI-5F ............................ 372FGSB-ASRI-10F .......................... 372FGSB-ASRI-15F .......................... 372FGSB-ISLAND-H/F ...................... 378FGSB-JUNC-G ........................... 371FGSB-KDH2-C ........................... 369FGSB-KT03-A ............................ 372FGSB-KT03-A1 .......................... 372FGSB-KT03-C ............................ 369FGSB-KTW1-C........................... 375FGSB-KTW1-CA ........................ 375FGSB-KTW1-E ........................... 375FGSB-KTW2-D........................... 375FGSB-KTW4-C........................... 375FGSB-KTW4-E ........................... 375FGSB-MCDS-AB ............... 371, 373FGSB-MCDS-EX-AB .......... 371, 373FGSB-MD4A-C .......................... 369FGSB-MD4E-A .......................... 371FGSB-MD4E-B ........................... 373FGSB-MD4E-F ........................... 374FGSB-MD4E-G .......................... 370FGSB-MD4E-H .......................... 377FGSB-MD9A-C .......................... 369



Index

w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1 471

1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

FGSB-MD9E-A .......................... 371FGSB-MD9E-B ........................... 373FGSB-MD9E-F ........................... 374FGSB-MD9E-G .......................... 370FGSB-MDRT-F ............................ 374FGSB-MDSA-AB ........................ 371FGSB-MDSA-AC ........................ 369FGSB-MDSA-F2B ....................... 374FGSB-MDSA-FB ......................... 374FGSB-MDSA-GA ....................... 370FGSB-MDSA-GB ........................ 370FGSB-MDSP-A ........................... 371FGSB-MDSP-B ........................... 373FGSB-MDSP-C ........................... 369FGSB-MDSP-EX-A ..................... 371FGSB-MDSP-EX-B ...................... 373FGSB-MDSP-F ............................ 374FGSB-MDSP-G........................... 370FGSB-MEX1-C-5F ............. 369, 372FGSB-MEXC-E-A ....................... 369FGSB-MEXC-E-A/B/F ................. 369FGSB-MEXC-E-B ........................ 369FGSB-MEXC-E-F ........................ 369FGSB-MEXP-A/B/F ..................... 369FGSB-MEXP-E-A/B/F .................. 369FGSB-MEXP-LP-A/B/F ................ 369FGSB-MEXP-LP-G ...................... 370FGSB-MFAW-A .......................... 371FGSB-MFAW-B .......................... 373FGSB-MFAW-F .......................... 374FGSB-MFAW-H .......................... 376FGSB-MFTY-5F .......................... 375FGSB-MFTY-10F ........................ 375FGSB-MFTY-15F ........................ 375FGSB-MFTY-200F ...................... 375FGSB-MH4A-C .......................... 369FGSB-MH4E-A .......................... 371FGSB-MH4E-B ........................... 373FGSB-MH4E-F ........................... 374FGSB-MH4E-G .......................... 370FGSB-MH4E-H .......................... 377FGSB-MH9A-C .......................... 369FGSB-MH9E-A .......................... 371FGSB-MH9E-B ........................... 373FGSB-MH9E-F ........................... 374FGSB-MH9E-G .......................... 370FGSB-MHIS-A ............................ 371FGSB-MHIS-B ............................ 373FGSB-MHIS-F ............................. 374FGSB-MHIS-F/H ......................... 377FGSB-MHRT-A ........................... 371FGSB-MHRT-B ........................... 373FGSB-MHRT-F ............................ 374FGSB-MHRT-F/B ......................... 374FGSB-MHRT-G ........................... 370

FGSB-MHTA-C .......................... 369FGSB-MHXP-A .......................... 371FGSB-MHXP-B ........................... 373FGSB-MHXP-B/F ........................ 374FGSB-MHXP-C .......................... 369FGSB-MHXP-F ........................... 374FGSB-MHXP-G .......................... 370FGSB-MHXP-H .......................... 377FGSB-MIDY-5F ........................... 375FGSB-MIDY-10F......................... 375FGSB-MIDY-15F......................... 375FGSB-MJWR-A .......................... 372FGSB-MJWR-C .......................... 369FGSB-MJWR-D .......................... 375FGSB-MLDY-100F ...................... 375FGSB-MLDY-150F ...................... 375FGSB-MLDY-200F ...................... 375FGSB-MLDY-250F ...................... 375FGSB-MSDS-C ........................... 369FGSB-MSHA-C .......................... 369FGSB-MSHC-A .......................... 371FGSB-MSHC-B .......................... 373FGSB-MSHC-C .......................... 375FGSB-MSHC-D .......................... 375FGSB-MSHS-A ........................... 371FGSB-MSHS-B ........................... 373FGSB-MSHS-C ........................... 375FGSB-MSHS-CA ........................ 375FGSB-MSHS-D ........................... 375FGSB-MSHS-F ............................ 374FGSB-MSHS-G........................... 370FGSB-MSHS-H ........................... 376FGSB-MSNC-B/G ....................... 370FGSB-MSNC-F ........................... 374FGSB-MTRM-A .......................... 372FGSB-MTRM-B .......................... 373FGSB-MTRM-F........................... 374FGSB-MTRM-G ......................... 370FGSB-MU4A-C .......................... 369FGSB-MU4E-A .......................... 371FGSB-MU4E-B ........................... 373FGSB-MU4E-F ........................... 374FGSB-MU4E-G .......................... 370FGSB-MU9A-C .......................... 369FGSB-MU9E-A .......................... 371FGSB-MU9E-B ........................... 373FGSB-MVAR-A .......................... 371FGSB-MVAR-B ........................... 373FGSB-MVAR-F ........................... 374FGSB-SD4E-A ............................ 371FGSB-SD4E-B ............................ 373FGSB-SD9E-A ............................ 371FGSB-SD9E-B ............................ 373FGSB-SDSA-AB ......................... 371FGSB-SH4E-A ............................ 371

FGSB-SH4E-B ............................ 373FGSB-SH9E-A ............................ 371FGSB-SH9E-B ............................ 373FGSB-SHRT-A ............................ 371FGSB-SHRT-B ............................. 373FGSB-SHXP-A ............................ 371FGSB-SHXP-B ............................ 373FGS-BTBL-C ............................... 370FGS-BTBS-C............................... 370FGS-HAEJ-C .............................. 370FGS-HASB-1/2-36 ..................... 372FGS-HASB-1/2-48 ..................... 372FGS-HASB-5/8-36 ..................... 372FGS-HASB-5/8-48 ..................... 372FGS-HASK-C ............................. 370FGS-HCBL-12 ............................ 372FGS-HCBL-15 ............................ 372FGS-HDCB-C ............................. 370FGS-HDGR ................................ 372FGS-HDSI-AB ............................. 372FGS-HETP-H-5/8 ........................ 379FGS-HETR-1/2 ........................... 372FGS-HETR-5/8 ........................... 372FGS-HETR-5/8-A ........................ 372FGS-HETR-F-5/8 ......................... 374FGS-HFCK-1/2 ........................... 372FGS-HFCK-5/8 ........................... 372FGS-HFRR-10 ............................ 375FGS-HHEC-10 ........................... 375FGS-HHGK ................................ 375FGS-HIFC-A ............................... 371FGS-HIFC-B ............................... 373FGS-HIFC-F ................................ 374FGS-HLBK .................................. 372FGS-HLDR-5/8 .................. 370, 372FGS-HLR2-C .............................. 370FGS-HMEC-A ............................ 371FGS-HMEC-B ............................. 373FGS-HMEC-C ............................ 369FGS-HMEC-F ............................. 374FGS-HMEC-G ............................ 370FGS-HMEC-H ............................ 377FGS-HNLR-AB ............................ 372FGS-HNLR-F............................... 374FGS-HNTP-F-5/8 ........................ 374FGS-HNTP-H-5/8 ....................... 379FGS-HNTR-1/2 ........................... 372FGS-HNTR-5/8 ........................... 372FGS-HNTR-5/8-A ....................... 372FGS-HNTR-F-5/8 ........................ 374FGS-HNTS-5/8 ........................... 372FGS-HNTS-5/8-LP ...................... 372FGS-HNTS-F-5/8 ........................ 374FGS-HNTS-F-5/8-LP ................... 374FGS-HQKK ................................ 375



Index

w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

I n d e x

472

1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

FGS-HSHS-C .............................. 369FGS-HTHR-5/8-12 ............ 370, 372FGS-HTHR-5/8-30 ..................... 372FGS-HTHR-5/8-72 ..................... 372FGS-HTR2-1/2 ........................... 370FGS-HTR2-5/8 ........................... 370FGS-HTUB-1/2 ........................... 372FGS-HTUB-2-AB ........................ 370FGS-HTUB-5/8 ........................... 372FGS-HUFB-C .............................. 370FGS-HVHG ................................ 375FGS-HWMB-C ........................... 375FGS-HWMB-D ........................... 375FGS-ISLAND-H/F ........................ 378FGS-JUNC-G ............................. 371FGS-KDH2-C ............................. 369FGS-KQKB ................................ . 375FGS-KT03-A .............................. 372FGS-KT03-A1 ............................ 372FGS-KT03-C .............................. 369FGS-KT09 ................................. . 375FGS-KTW1-C ............................. 375FGS-KTW1-CA .......................... 375FGS-KTW1-E ............................. 375FGS-KTW2-D ............................. 375FGS-KTW4-C ............................. 375FGS-KTW4-E ............................. 375FGS-MCDS-AB ................. 371, 373FGS-MCDS-EX-AB ............ 371, 373FGS-MD4A-C ............................ 369FGS-MD4E-A ............................. 371FGS-MD4E-B ............................. 373FGS-MD4E-F ............................. 374FGS-MD4E-G ............................ 370FGS-MD4E-H ............................. 377FGS-MD9A-C ............................ 369FGS-MD9E-A ............................. 371FGS-MD9E-B ............................. 373FGS-MD9E-F ............................. 374FGS-MD9E-G ............................ 370FGS-MDRT-F .............................. 374FGS-MDSA-AB .......................... 371FGS-MDSA-AC .......................... 369FGS-MDSA-F2B ......................... 374FGS-MDSA-FB ........................... 374FGS-MDSA-GA ......................... 370FGS-MDSA-GB .......................... 370FGS-MDSA-HF........................... 377FGS-MDSP-A ............................. 371FGS-MDSP-B ............................. 373FGS-MDSP-C ............................. 369FGS-MDSP-EX-A ....................... 371FGS-MDSP-EX-B ........................ 373FGS-MDSP-F .............................. 374FGS-MDSP-G ............................. 370

FGS-MEX1-C-5F ............... 369, 372FGS-MEXC-E-A ......................... 369FGS-MEXC-E-A/B/F .................... 369FGS-MEXC-E-B .......................... 369FGS-MEXC-E-F .......................... 369FGS-MEXP-A/B/F ....................... 369FGS-MEXP-E-A/B/F .................... 369FGS-MEXP-LP-A/B/F ................... 369FGS-MEXP-LP-G ........................ 370FGS-MFAW-A ............................ 371FGS-MFAW-B ............................ 373FGS-MFAW-F ............................ 374FGS-MFAW-H ............................ 376FGS-MFTY-5F ............................ 375FGS-MFTY-10F .......................... 375FGS-MFTY-15F .......................... 375FGS-MFTY-200F ........................ 375FGS-MH4A-C ............................ 369FGS-MH4E-A ............................. 371FGS-MH4E-B ............................. 373FGS-MH4E-F ............................. 374FGS-MH4E-G ............................ 370FGS-MH4E-H ............................. 377FGS-MH4E-H-VS ....................... 379FGS-MH9A-C ............................ 369FGS-MH9E-A ............................. 371FGS-MH9E-B ............................. 373FGS-MH9E-F ............................. 374FGS-MH9E-G ............................ 370FGS-MHIS-A .............................. 371FGS-MHIS-A/H .......................... 377FGS-MHIS-B .............................. 373FGS-MHIS-B/H ........................... 377FGS-MHIS-F ............................... 374FGS-MHIS-F/H ........................... 377FGS-MHIS-JIG-A/B/F . 371, 373, 374FGS-MHRT-A ............................. 371FGS-MHRT-B ............................. 373FGS-MHRT-F .............................. 374FGS-MHRT-F/B ........................... 374FGS-MHRT-G ............................. 370FGS-MHRT-H ............................. 377FGS-MHRT-H/F .......................... 377FGS-MHRT-H/F-VS ..................... 379FGS-MHTA-C ............................ 369FGS-MHXP-A ............................ 371FGS-MHXP-B ............................. 373FGS-MHXP-B/F .......................... 374FGS-MHXP-C ............................ 369FGS-MHXP-F ............................. 374FGS-MHXP-F/H .......................... 377FGS-MHXP-F/H-VS .................... 379FGS-MHXP-G ............................ 370FGS-MHXP-H ............................ 377FGS-MHXP-H-VS ....................... 379

FGS-MIDY-5F ............................. 375FGS-MIDY-10F ........................... 375FGS-MIDY-15F ........................... 375FGS-MJWR-A ............................ 372FGS-MJWR-C ............................ 369FGS-MJWR-D ............................ 375FGS-MKIT-ABF ........................... 375FGS-MLDY-100F ........................ 375FGS-MLDY-150F ........................ 375FGS-MLDY-200F ........................ 375FGS-MLDY-250F ........................ 375FGS-MSDS-C ............................. 369FGS-MSHA-C ............................ 369FGS-MSHC-A ............................ 371FGS-MSHC-B ............................. 373FGS-MSHC-C ............................ 375FGS-MSHC-D ............................ 375FGS-MSHS-A ............................. 371FGS-MSHS-B ............................. 373FGS-MSHS-C ............................. 375FGS-MSHS-CA .......................... 375FGS-MSHS-D ............................. 375FGS-MSHS-F .............................. 374FGS-MSHS-G ............................. 370FGS-MSHS-H ............................. 376FGS-MSNC-B/G ......................... 370FGS-MSNC-F ............................. 374FGS-MTRM-A ............................ 372FGS-MTRM-B ............................ 373FGS-MTRM-F ............................. 374FGS-MTRM-G............................ 370FGS-MTRM-H ............................ 378FGS-MU4A-C ............................ 369FGS-MU4E-A ............................. 371FGS-MU4E-B ............................. 373FGS-MU4E-F ............................. 374FGS-MU4E-G ............................ 370FGS-MU4E-H ............................. 377FGS-MU9A-C ............................ 369FGS-MU9E-A ............................. 371FGS-MU9E-B ............................. 373FGS-MVAR-A ............................ 371FGS-MVAR-B ............................. 373FGS-MVAR-F ............................. 374FGSO-MDSA-HF ........................ 377FGSO-MHIS-A/H ........................ 377FGSO-MHIS-B/H ........................ 377FGSO-MHXP-F/H ....................... 377FGSO-MU4E-H .......................... 377FGS-SD4E-A .............................. 371FGS-SD4E-B............................... 373FGS-SD9E-A .............................. 371FGS-SD9E-B............................... 373FGS-SDSA-AB ............................ 371FGS-SH4E-A .............................. 371



Index

w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1 473

1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

FGS-SH4E-B............................... 373FGS-SH9E-A .............................. 371FGS-SH9E-B............................... 373FGS-SHRT-A ............................... 371FGS-SHRT-B ............................... 373FGS-SHXP-A .............................. 371FGS-SHXP-B .............................. 373FL1-A ........................................ 322FL1-ACC001 ............................. 324FL1-ACC003 ............................. 324FL1-ACC004 ............................. 324FL1-ACC006 ............................. 324FL1-ACC011 ............................. 324FL1-B ................................... ...... 322FL1-G ........................................ 323FL1-H ........................................ 323FL1-J .................................... ...... 323FL1-M-FT ................................... 299FL1-M-HS .................................. 299FL1-M-MT ................................. 299FL1-P ......................................... 323FL2-6P4SC605R ............... 307, 325FL2-6P6JC605R ................ 307, 325FL2-6P7SC605R ............... 307, 325FL2-6P8SC605R ............... 307, 325FL2-6P9JC605R ................ 307, 325FL2-6PBLNK...................... 293, 306FL2-6PDJC605R ............... 307, 325FL2-6PMMDSC ................ 293, 306FL2-6PMMDSC-A ............. 293, 306FL2-6PMMLC ................... 293, 306FL2-6PMMLC-A ............... 293, 306FL2-6PMMSC ................... 306, 324FL2-6PMMSC-A ............... 293, 306FL2-6PMMST .................... 293, 306FL2-6PSMDSC .................. 293, 306FL2-6PSMLC ..................... 293, 306FL2-6PSMSC .................... 306, 324FL2-6PSMST ..................... 293, 306FL2-12RPNL-B ........................... 304FL2-12TS350-B .......................... 303FL2-19MAX0175-B ................... 311FL2-19MAX0350-B ................... 311FL2-19MAX0525-B ................... 311FL2-19MAX0700-B ................... 311FL2-19MAX0875-B ................... 311FL2-19MAX1050-B ................... 311FL2-19MAX1400-B ................... 311FL2-19MAX1750-B ................... 311FL2-24RPNL-B ........................... 304FL2-24TS525-B .......................... 303FL2-36RPNL-B ........................... 304FL2-48RPNL-B ........................... 304FL2-48SPNL2-B .......................... 305FL2-48SPNL-B ............................ 305

FL2-48TS875-B .......................... 303FL2-72RPNL-B ........................... 304FL2-72TS140-B .......................... 303FL2-96RPNL-B ........................... 304FL2-96SPNL2-B .......................... 305FL2-96SPNL-B ............................ 305FL2-144SPNL2-B ....................... 305FL2-144SPNL-B .......................... 305FL2-ACC006 ............................. 304FL2-ACC007 .................... 304, 305FL2-ACC008 ............................. 304FL2-ACC021 .................... 304, 305FL2-ACC033 ............................. 304FL2-FLMT0175-B ....................... 310FL2-FLMT0350-B ....................... 310FL2-FLMT0525-B ....................... 310FL2-FLMT0700-B ....................... 310FL2-FLMT0875-B ....................... 310FL2-FLMT1050-B ....................... 310FMT-ACC21B ............................ 300FMT-ACCCLMP01 ............ 299, 300FMT-ACCCLMP02 ............ 299, 300FMT-ACCVCG01B ..................... 299FMT-ACCWLMT01 .................... 299FMT-DBS000000-A00B ............. 294FMT-DDS000000-A00B ............. 294FOTP-1A .................................. .. 331FOTP-2 ...................................... 331FOTP-3 ...................................... 331FOTP-4 ...................................... 331FOTP-5 ...................................... 331FOTP-6 ...................................... 331FOTP-11 .................................... 331FOTP-21 .................................... 331FOTP-36 .................................... 331FPC-CLNKIT ............................... 339FST-DRS12-HS .................. 303, 305FST-DRS12-MT ......... 274, 303, 305FST-DRS24-NT .......... 274, 303, 305FST-DV-HS ................................. 316FST-DV-MT ................................ 316FST-HS ....................................... 324FST-HS-48 ................................ .. 285FST-M-FT ................................... 300FST-M-HS.......................... 300, 324FST-M-MT ......................... 300, 324FST-MT ...................................... 324IIDTK .......................................... 337IPA-K1 ....................................... 324IPA-K2 ....................................... 324LLCD-CLIP ................................. .. 336

MMPP-CXFBA1 ............................ 191MPP-CXFBA1-S ......................... 191MPP-CXZXBT2A ........................ 191MPP-CXZXF2 ............................. 191MPP-CXZXF3 ............................. 191MPP-CXZXF4 ............................. 191MPP-DXZBA0 ............................ 191MPP-GDXBA1 ........................... 191MPP-GDXBA2 ........................... 191MPP-N28BA1 ............................ 191MRE-AM/0KJA003M-18 ........... 363MRE-AM/0KJA004M-18 ........... 363MRE-AM/0KJA005M-18 ........... 363MRE-AM/07JA003M-18 ........... 363MRE-AM/07JA004M-18 ........... 363MRE-AM/07JA005M-18 ........... 363MRM-AF/AFEJxxxF-yy ................ 360MRM-AF/AFFAxxxF-yy ............... 360MRM-AF/AFFGxxxF-yy ............... 360MRM-AF/AFFPxxxF-yy ................ 360MRM-AF/AFGAxxxF-yy .............. 360MRM-AF/AFGGxxxF-yy .............. 360MRM-AF/AFGPxxxF-yy ............... 360MRM-AF/AFKAxxxF-yy .............. 360MRM-AF/AFKGxxxF-yy .............. 360MRM-AF/AFKPxxxF-yy ............... 360MRM-AF/AFMAxxxF-yy ............. 360MRM-AF/AFMPxxxF-yy .............. 360MRM-AF/AFZAxxxF ................... 360MRM-AF/AFZGxxxF ................... 360MRM-AF/AFZPxxxF .................... 360MRM-AM/0PJG003M-18 .......... 363MRM-AM/0PJG004M-18 .......... 363MRM-AM/0PJG005M-18 .......... 363MRM-AM/0PJP003M-18 ........... 363MRM-AM/0PJP004M-18 ........... 363MRM-AM/0PJP005M-18 ........... 363MRM-AM/09JG003M-18 .......... 363MRM-AM/09JG004M-18 .......... 363MRM-AM/09JG005M-18 .......... 363MRM-AM/09JP003M-18 .......... 363MRM-AM/09JP004M-18 .......... 363MRM-AM/09JP005M-18 .......... 363

MX6-BAYTEMPLATE .................

273MX6-BSPL-1440-D7 .................. 273MX6-BSPL-1440-U7 .................. 273MX6-SPLIFCCLMP ..................... 274



Index

w w w . t e . c o m / a d c • + 1 - 9 5 2 - 9 3 8 - 8 0 8 0 • 1 - 8 0 0 - 3 6 6 - 3 8 9 1

I n d e x

474

1 1 / 1 1

•

1 0 2 0 9 4 A E

T r u e

N e

t ® S

t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

NNGF-ACCCLMP04 .................... 275NGF-ACCCLMP08 .................... 275NGF-ACCIOSP30X24 ................ 348NGF-ACCISOPEG24 ......... 264, 348NGF-ACCISOPFS12X24 ............. 263NGFB-ACCEGD007 .......... 264, 348NGFB-ACCFOTSB ...................... 263NGFB-ACCRCMSLD .................. 271NGFB-ACCRCMSLU .................. 271NGFB-ACCRCMSRD ................. 271NGFB-ACCRCMSRU ................. 271NGFB-MDF7A100-30 ................ 262NGFB-MDF7A144-30 ....... 262, 348NGFB-MPML0C112 .................. 348NGFB-MPML0C612 .................. 348NGFB-MPML0K512 ................... 348NGFB-MPMR0C112 .................. 348NGFB-MPMR0C612 .................. 348NGFB-MPMR0K512 .................. 348NGFB-TB1MLD7 ........................ 269NGFB-TB1MLD9 ........................ 269NGFB-TB1MLDT ........................ 269NGFB-TB1MLU7 ........................ 269NGFB-TB1MLU9 ........................ 269NGFB-TB1MLUT ........................ 269NGFB-TB1MRD7 ....................... 269NGFB-TB1MRD9 ....................... 269NGFB-TB1MRDT ........................ 269NGFB-TB1MRU7 ....................... 269NGFB-TB1MRU9 ....................... 269NGFB-TB1MRUT ........................ 269NGFB-TB4MLDC ....................... 269NGFB-TB4MLDK ............... 269, 270NGFB-TB4MLDP ........................ 269NGFB-TB4MLUC ....................... 269NGFB-TB4MLUK ............... 269, 270NGFB-TB4MLUP ........................ 269NGFB-TB4MRDC ....................... 269NGFB-TB4MRDK .............. 269, 270NGFB-TB4MRDP ........................ 269NGFB-TB4MRUC ....................... 269NGFB-TB4MRUK .............. 269, 270NGFB-TB4MRUP ........................ 269

NGFB-TB4QLDC ........................

270NGFB-TB4QLDP ......................... 270NGFB-TB4QLUC ........................ 270NGFB-TB4QLUP ......................... 270NGFB-TB4QRDC ........................ 270NGFB-TB4QRDP ........................ 270NGFB-TB4QRUC ........................ 270NGFB-TB4QRUP ........................ 270NGF-SAP70K00 ......................... 272NGF-SAP90K00 ......................... 272NGF-SAPC0J00 ......................... 272NGF-SAPC0K00 ........................ 272

NGF-SAPK0J00 ......................... 272NGF-SAPK0K00 ........................ 272NGF-SAPP0J00 .......................... 272NGF-SAPP0K00 ......................... 272NGF-SAPT0K00 ......................... 272PPP24AC5ET ........................ 47, 181PP24AC6T .......................... 47, 149PP24PNPT .................................. 152PP48AC5ET ........................ 47, 181PP48AC6T .......................... 47, 149PP48PNPT .................................. 152PWUEF-7ERN-BLK ..................... 209QQ006DLTIAPXXX ....................... 388Q006DLTIARXXX ....................... 392Q008DLTIAPXXX ....................... 388Q008DLTIARXXX ....................... 392Q012DLTIAPXXX ....................... 388Q012DLTIARXXX ....................... 392Q024DLTIAPXXX ....................... 388Q024DLTIARXXX ....................... 392Q036DLTIAPXXX ....................... 388Q036DLTIARXXX ....................... 392Q048DLTIAPXXX ....................... 388Q048DLTIARXXX ....................... 392Q072DLTIAPXXX ....................... 388Q072DLTIARXXX ....................... 392Q096DLTIAPXXX ....................... 388Q096DLTIARXXX ....................... 392Q144DLTIAPXXX ....................... 388Q144DLTIARXXX ....................... 392QXXXDLTIOPYYY ...................... 384QXXXDLTIORYYY ...................... 384RRINST-TOP7 ............................... 276RMG-00ADP00 ......................... 316RMG-06ADPC1 ................ 317, 329RMG-06ADPC2 ................ 317, 329RMG-06ADPC5 ......................... 329RMG-06ADPT1 ................ 317, 329RMG-06ADPT2 ................ 317, 329RMG-12ADPC3 ................ 317, 329RMG-12ADPC4 ................ 317, 329RMG-12ADPC6 ......................... 329RMG-12ADPC7 ......................... 317RMG-12ADPC8 ......................... 317RMG-12ADPQ1 ............... 317, 329RMG-12ADPQ2 ............... 317, 329RMG-12ADPQ5 ............... 317, 329RMG-12MPODQ4 ..................... 354RMG-12MPOFQ4 ...................... 354RMG-12MPOSC8 ...................... 354RMG-12MPOSQ8 ..................... 354RMG-24ADPQ3 ............... 317, 329RMG-24ADPQ4 ............... 317, 329

RMG-24ADPQ8 ............... 317, 329RMG-24MPODQ4 ..................... 354RMG-24MPOFQ4 ...................... 354RMG-1000-000B ............. 316, 354RMG-2000-000B ............. 316, 354RMG-4000-000B ............. 316, 354RMG-ACC001 .......................... 316RMG-ACCQBRKT4RU ............... 354TTFP-00AP00 .............................. 285TFP-1TT00-000B ...... 285, 351, 352TFP-2TT00-000B ...... 285, 351, 352TFP-4TT00-000B .............. 285, 351TFP-5TT00-000B .............. 285, 351TFP-12APLC3 ............................ 286TFP-12APLC4 ............................ 286TFP-12APLC4DE3 ...................... 287TFP-12APLC8 ............................ 286TFP-12APLC8SB3 ...................... 287TFP-12APRC3 ............................ 286TFP-12APRC4 ............................ 286TFP-12APRC4DE3 ..................... 287TFP-12APRC8 ............................ 286TFP-12APRC8SB3 ...................... 287TFP-12MPLDQ2 ......................... 351TFP-12MPLFQ2.......................... 351TFP-12MPLSQ5 ......................... 351TFP-12MPRDQ2 ........................ 351TFP-12MPRFQ2 ......................... 351TFP-12MPRSQ5 ......................... 351TFP-24APLQ1 ............................ 286TFP-24APLQ2 ............................ 286TFP-24APLQ2DE3 ...................... 287TFP-24APLQ5 ............................ 286TFP-24APLQ5SB3 ...................... 287TFP-24APRQ1 ............................ 286TFP-24APRQ2 ............................ 286TFP-24APRQ2DE3 ..................... 287TFP-24APRQ5 ............................ 286TFP-24APRQ5SB3 ...................... 287TFP-24MPLDQ2 ......................... 351TFP-24MPLFQ2.......................... 351TFP-24MPLSQ5 ......................... 351TFP-24MPRDQ2 ........................ 351TFP-24MPRFQ2 ......................... 351TFP-24MPRSQ5 ......................... 351TFP-72AP0MP ........................... 352TFP-ACC002 ............................. 352TFP-VELSTP ................................ 285TN5ESPX2-XXYY ................ 81, 170TN5ESP-XXII ....................... 81, 170TN5ESP-XXRB ..................... 81, 170TN5ESP-XXYY .................... 81, 170TN5ESRX2-XXYY ................ 84, 173TN5ESR-XXII ....................... 84, 173TN5ESR-XXRB .................... 84, 173



Index

e t ®

S t r u c t u r e

d C a

b l i n g

TN5ESR-XXYY .................... 84, 173TN5ETOSP-BK02 ................ 89, 179TN6ESD-BL02 ..............................75

TN6ESD-BLRB ..............................75

TN6ESD-CL02 .............................75

TN6ESD-CLRB .............................75

TN6SPX2-XXYY .................. 63, 137TN6SP-XX02 ...................... 63, 137TN6SP-XXRB ...................... 63, 137TN6SR-XX02 ...................... 66, 140TN6SR-XXRB ...................... 66, 140TN6TOSP-BK02 .................. 77, 145TNSCSFPFS03-XX ...................... 252TNSCSFPSO4-XX ....................... 116TNSCSFPSO4-YY ....................... 248TNSCSSB6-XX ...........................117

TNSCSSB6-YY ........................... 253TNSP-36XX02 .................... 69, 143TNSP-46XX02 .................... 69, 143TNSP-66XX02 .................... 69, 143TNSR-3EXX02 .................... 87, 176TNSR-4EXX02 .................... 87, 176TNSR-6EXX02 .................... 87, 176TNSR-36XX02 ............................. 72TNSR-46XX02 ............................. 72TNSR-66XX02 ............................. 72TP5ETA0BLXX ........................... 185TP5ETA0GNXX.......................... 185

TP5ETB0RDXX ........................... 201TP5ETB0WTXX .......................... 201TP5ETB0YLXX ........................... 201TP5ETB-BLXX ............................ 202TP5ETB-GNXX ........................... 202TP5ETB-RDXX ............................ 202TP5ETB-WTXX ........................... 202TP5ETB-YLXX ............................ 202TP5ETF-BLXX ............................. 201TP5ETF-GNXX ........................... 201TP5ETF-GYXX ............................ 201TP5ETF-RDXX ............................ 201TP5ETF-WTXX ........................... 201TP5ETF-YLXX ............................. 201TP6ATB0XXYY ..........................115

TP6ATB-XXYY ...........................115

TP6ATH0XXYY ..........................115

TP6ATH-XXYY ...........................115

TP6TB0BLXX ............................. 160TP6TB0GNXX ............................ 160TP6TB0GYXX ............................ 160TP6TB0RDXX ............................. 160TP6TB0WTXX ............................ 160TP6TB0YLXX ............................. 160TP6TB-BLXX .............................. 160TP6TB-GNXX ............................. 160TP6TB-GYXX ............................. 160TP6TB-RDXX............................. 160

VVXCCC24-19YY ......................... 95VXV0024-18YY .......................... 99VXV0024-19YY .......................... 95VXV0224-18YY .......................... 99VXV0224-19R2 ........................... 95VXV0224-19YY .......................... 95VXV0324-18YY .......................... 99VXV0324-19R2 ........................... 95VXV0324-19YY .......................... 95VXV0424-18YY .......................... 99VXV0424-19R2 ........................... 95VXV0424-19YY .......................... 95VXV0624-18YY .......................... 99VXV0624-19R2 ........................... 95VXV0624-19YY .......................... 95VXV0824-18YY .......................... 99VXV0824-19YY .......................... 95VXV1224-18YY .......................... 99VXV1224-19YY .......................... 95VXV2524-18YY .......................... 99VXV2524-19XX .......................... 95VXV5024-18YY .......................... 99VXV5024-19YY .......................... 95VXV7524-19YY .......................... 95VXVCC24-18YY .......................... 99WWMG 2000 00B 327

TE ADC Catalog 4th Edition

Documents

Transcript of TE ADC Catalog 4th Edition